8 at Lah Wet Bae ha th Pane te Pre Bd Fhe (oI uo teh on pan nn ry rts » bookends the areal nil hiatatisine tied thle Titsintete Niche at ck aa ieeich odes alee aadientete tee ipa toot hendioatednaedndieetartioteiseteiemeiem one a
Ti ett Ot In etna”. o ts 2 Loereerarise Ns ce ee eee oe ee ee Cees + PO din Motel ee dle The Pte ht hy Casitas Bort) 4 te
LW oy Sra. $8. Se ae eS ae heey aaubederncapabesbetbetemid rine I ee rn oD ACM ATR Be IR te ODP ARI Se hte SA AAR A AMON tN ae ary SN Reign TPM RTA ay RT thar ert On Ate oh trea otien Seat AAR A el tte, BNA tae Ry Ar nec ate ene reer ere: ores
nites h Mn trenbs ty Aub ston FE PR Rn tent Ge Be Si IP Bae Bh Lite dine Rte nid. eae Om Ate AM MPA HB orig my PI ce te amatrn Pas bo PP strom teri Pirate Prats fs AEP tra anlitg AAA east a e AA mig te Meme at ee Hate Nea hn Re eA 8 he Cea Arn Ragan Atel g Ain Asatte Nate ye he Atel Pac Py a i ri
ABTS BAA ie Noi acted tee dM Oe nla bandh pitted rst” bin tre ttn. a ee ee ae adele pabaednsiantianial aca atin ten aimee ae be tai meat aeons A A ARR BBN Oy 2 0 RADE ANA ON yA II Ye Ay Mee 8 EM cr EN Pa LALO NS AO SAA Lae
eS OG Bw Sn ale tin dealin tint oie Domes i mtn tn thee Gimfiahy 92 of A itebne tie © oan Fim lene eee te A Do ae inte etd hh «ge mires ie BOP AaB An Oe Mtn Oo Be 20 aN Aone ana I ate Emin dat my tet hve Rai. Ae og Re Sn Rete ee Ree ke rae et Bee Tae teem tme te ae sen Me rate afin
hy Ded ronan a Stein 10 At LEE ee te a tte IOP mt Ng Rn tert @ Mn ODS 28, Mhad™ Pah oF Puen Bima Pim: Cartier ne Pree: ol mb Sales Ate ogy «ae em BS Ci eh at DEA a rm, I, TY AEN hits EIN Le id TMI IROL TAOS Ae Neg len hearin elie ayn heathen My Ratha eat Cs gE MONEE BRED re a EO ep NEE BR AEM
HB 06. Bi Mg dhnds ipantnth won Ne Pra Kast een th FP reton rete (nls VPs oho 8. oh bathe be Ree P Fmttade Atm. on » moon pet detain Bans (Bt YE RFs ny A ate hl th a nln tes PB wih abn me ABN Anas "a Wh iti Mit thy italic ar RA AI Te ill alntbelie Me Wei bel ee eee ee a ee eee ee a Aart wAntortne a Do Patnthon,
to aearwe “ F ° piey, heAeg eae cee oe
PPMP LA Die MOI nat nthe Oda thine me Oe ON 0 ALAR OA DAA ALLER AR A PAR AE BBA Ray fem te ag Lote Bade bBMN ttn Pmt hon Mente na thtbnnty A RPO AIA Oa SOA oat APN AS ey. DN. Boh ens 4 A ANN aN he A MeN et Nl ThA A At OO Ret eee bp pear entareontr aor or andoerararer mates ae tne!
Ph ines NEP oe Dh cine eS lm 0 witediss Kut one beth get 1 eB phn tind IM BR a saa On mes Monn eee Ripe Ne may hm Bah na Md enon Qa nin Anis Han 6 * AS NN Ae Ra an SMe a 1 Ahtarham tnaly wanti nants tee Salt tat 5am hades Pa aot AN Kar en Ne ali tn Ret Ran hate BM RRS a Ratna ee an a
hes aprdiireekdhenanonates RP ret etree AE A. chat Ama ae thee cite dati 258i. Am Ay NA a Ra DN Mile Pa ND Ni POR DS AR PNM etic Meee i ty ee a ek ee neh NaN ase Sah ah wR Ait Rm AE tl ate pM Tee al eteertynh olson Oe ee Aneta te © a ere Rte. ne Peta as
een Penden oem mab teo eb moon nt Ren be AD Oerd ya @- Sand ha Berl PAR Aon ae AS i oP Rls a me PAP duce ae Aten Sadan Mew dene de Se SiikaainiaBin iapda ei areas die ADA, a oy Atlin ty, 1s «ath arate Rng aegeteidomr stowage ys: “ Sere aaa coat a tanetarintaaeey gary eee eee ara e ere NE I ‘
i “~, er ex; BISA ah 68 Fate e intra i AiR eter tittle ela Rate npr Bn) mn nate owe Se ee ee ee ey eee in a Males come, Re ee A ee AES RY 0A OM ON Ae Nine eee mines ys Men Selene all ~ eh NN Ih IO IE tn athe On ol ta ag ere PN te tl arin nn ee oa allay Mayen My Hes pat tal lh, ety me
ae me ois oo ception feo Aumeo mat hare tee dn Seinen ask aoe wat RF ph hal een eh Bomnad Pp ie ere Ae Rao tn a A RNA HD min Rs neueeeay a cdot 2 eta tht A meg Ale alan Sea Neth Qa ty tinw Sawa the 2 ville thee Ante Naa och Seta etait: . | gamer
Ania La bpeMele hgh Aeoned. Os no Bt ean, Fiat in Bes rae PERM eatin Renn 0) Matnate IP oh Bem PRS ot hae IMs Bia hae RD ees, Petit rade Ani, ye ae a as :
PME SP Beda Meith Pee Br tte fase eto cla wee EO heat ob MA Poh n teh d cine ol tata. Coats abecmmd ie A P ipa ies © aC Aatath ete, Aber 8 :
Oh Rah ali . OA as Rate tet en Ee ee a NO Ray Pee ble Seltashaheteetienl a Hetil ta aa ae teed ets aetna ate ae ee Pe cs eth P mn rs ; 4, ce, a, rs <a pars = “ety .
es ume Ee EE tl RN ic the oe Ani OS Em ron Mane tat 5 'o tet Vin Batmch ah omy PAAR IAP Pe DP OP ih Rte. detent 4, rt mm me Ae ta Seale tabi eee adamant chhdae th tek ta ea ee een ee ae, oc Se anna oni apaent a RONEN Sint Sette: tera dear eee tenbsinntee wane pecteae nae PAC OPIN pare my he . OR pen
ee ee ey ae pring RO ete atkins a. = ance Mi) Rn tntemOO he ane nin ° Pant I de lett nr Be Surana ae aeedtase ee, eek Le Pee eerie edits -terk-oes ean aaa arian d-areabeteeedinmemendeinere temas ee ante aries amedreric ae tear cada ain
Ae Pi tithcicny PALA ecard Mme nn et Nn ths Rie atrthn RP ti ed = etme mea oS tonite rtm € tm PR Sin cei PO Ben ie Paf PB POLE IDB IB A Bom te rte inpn Ft SAAD M lin APO ah Paani et ab Rehm fom A ets MR Nat RR MAAN Renton | I Mae me mgiiwmanient Te Nhe Sete egg a ag oa Nera NR Ew ere bw femite e Bactiee oe lar te he em .
OP Nin 2 Poise. aim peli Analy tone at athe atl . tent mde. Pf teteattindity yA etn © ag tht bates bi em mn 6 Mg iste ON Behe aHiy Dn Mat te PAE) Bie coe >in NPG Satin hen EE te re tet ate) arb Sat it ad IM. etter on, a a a eee St are 8 Rn pet wiht A a Ra i Se ete teen tet, aud eR, Gore — | tere resi Sea rte Bele Bees
te Ei Pater e A oe SsdveicngtlieTeicadel detaendetaoncit aan et aa eee er ele eee a er eee Oe oe ea ee oe Hi tay ee ie i eae hh aide areetinindinn ardeabiatare oe aka ee ee eae er renee Sewer ee See nes a ears nti att Rance ‘ap petignit
Rs Wed nl (Atiets emmaiiec me " a mete 2 LB Birr tow Oa PO monet 0 Pn + PratW die i ery b chy beh ght ebiets, © “8A Pel tees BY Renate tpg hd ARRAN AIAN Te mah nhs thy OL Tyo ARN Ny tae hl wk ie mek pat me ie SO NAT aR A Aa NIMS A nectans wt baectatt Reve pcokem mah me -menk oa, 4 yfesrenis nm nt on come ian Renter eee
PD AL a a eet TS eh, eel fain CoG ats singe the CB Mate Lin psn tm te A MAD Pride Bin 068 han Bn Vi bee. Pete Fn mths thyin nediye Man taal! Ain Ee Pe Bite te natn Pal LP pene treed dD denims DAN In A bea Patna wa. (Nn amet a thintin Ken to 4 IN HR ate wk pichpee-idanharaibtniinaindnhe thar tertarhetaermemiinatateia tepiameaiete Deter Oe a acca iabaen prec nna
tgs 9 ali pat mit te Pago Siaempcteensenadadebsiaene tat FRO, Retin ™ Rnikn O PNA ht NM Ndnl aidiridin inane tel ete ae aor a ee Pee eee oye Re PNR eke ae Tete Te ah RAG Ln Se eat pei are MeiS Dehe te Ren. Beg ny Rh, Aaine Remagtes wR beh sane" a Ceyenarers =~ =
on ee OO OP. a A Nn Lin Sin tie 20 tear Peg 5+ Sat TaD gk on ge § Srl) ASB bo tae BS Pte mnt a te bs Pie at tetany cs i Sik PI othe Oe a Eo tach Reh eA ey A pd Rl nny hank Retr te ERG eA Tine Balt NO Ao A OM Sens ke a Ge Salen tthe Meat easing aac Bement : aithas Pape Blne™ ws Pm re “ -
Poher gan Sears : Or PRA Bee td ODORS EG Ned fon tains outa » 0 ge Be Ppt arentiaoaD Paige? hn ae © ated ae ah 6 Ral eed hdc kid iP, ae a a nee Sos ign SO AN en te MO en Ren wire Pah haa Ant AT rh NG AT Nir NS Re he aha m9 Meanie A Ty ola Ne gta tet a ea a =
pate em PB ive R= > Lee BaRlr Paton fae init Ne PW bh eitha Im bt” int Boe LADO PIR ned dm 6 a oe, snide. haegl Pine nn Bp. Oe ET Sees ee, Oe ma pe =p neni sas Cate Gh Rape athe tea Selthe Ds ohn 8 Pe Ahan ah mag ag RTL Re Mre th atean arene ce oe tone ta tana he SPH dete a te Bet ey ee oo
arenes ne enn TAB tp ann mnt AP: Ee me Ne Reon oth ak Mom eeicd cas 1 1 oF oe dk it, tS aN de Minh el SP POD OBA Poe ete IR Dh ek ET A PL eT OA UA ye etadeem meh Km e crore ac bee tennanotelamaiehs aneieen eieiemiietianal ts Abbie cioete oiceeabdebintets ts on ate tal aoe ae ole eee ananeananaain abana ab enaetin entnhe
nb ae meio wedge west ae ee a ne AeA: Som nym th eas Distie bans end ad 4 aide Pes aD tentac nnabch abe ed Papnee pea 7 Latina nepal RA a Mn nek NC AeA eM SMe tN Mae ARMAS ET WM ft MM Tin HL ee kh tp LD ae Mw! dana Nalhasinattonmatint Ma Man ah OR meno eg ak aan :
ae eal lng Mm il gin Doses a ate ae eee Wierd SARs Sek Finke Pia i OD dep dipper Aad me hon eS ee eee . OT hae taesh ham cane Diem ily ey Sok =m ¥. WectMondeinyeea% haar) pM adler. Dio cdacedaanaerencaraiedreann iehena om. pecanueeansan Pate ett Seta me of
a ee eases epee ed . ‘ : = 2 mn te ~ A eae y i Se: oa , . Cee FR RN Min a alin A feptrete ti ee eee i ie eae inet, ow asm tated
RF raga ee nce an a ee nm ee nae real Os Oncaea oR gate at aed Ana me Anh fat aR on pent eae Ne ON a aE earner - a= El A
madi ioe ake he et teeta Dec epolie BOE Lb — Me re Robie I, pac peBabend? ot Iprthen SAD ae PA to Bi tO Re DE Mi cy farina biel adhd * eae ee ae at a rare op ron Se ee eee ee ee dee
“ma ean 0 > Ae Bate ead I DEO 8 Bete oe | oo > ata eal a rare “i * : = ; s ° :
pak Ste ednedidiemes tiated ade DP, est 0h DAGON, Aa Aa eR Re es ake, Leng reat Bhat ede Pree a A ath tae ~ pe ashe Aiton + ore : Sete) NRE
edt eam He worn on ePaper aruba viet aims ARM ee OMA GE Ei te BS Gh bi at a PO Bm 8, pate eae ht een! ait e aa te ee hy - , «« 20 Satie rte near ta-ineennlioteintseded mess eres
- ae ee ae Van PN tent tn gt ln main DD ts Ree 8 im EM I PP 0 ah tl er eS ere aan oP gi. ter Dpnceaenocan ch i ee am - st GPs te eh tA
Grier amen ee EA NOOR eet tei Sana ede py, obtener kpc, Py Mob N. Seen ape r- roi SR eg le AEA eg eet =
rah heae. ie ok - + alos Te NAT Hime, tat. Nn Ret. hod ine Ainde the he A Mb hohe nD delet am F Pind. tn Bhtee Pay dy ss ee wee iatig att csdadpeinz® Pande Pam Giiaeae de pears pn nl a
- Nn GE -28 0. Hine Cay meas ey OP Ay Manet +t ote ttt entre > + Poe MP pe one. ms ana _ aPeitoyeas ems pate ~ os ee eae dee
Sic aie aie ea ae nam Bete hee Sin Mella de on 2e ~ ae - bay oe e — OS ae asiash me i panna neck tegrer poh eer
= 7 “tae . ia iol ~ oe et
Cr OG Ree mead Be BoM nemo eh Henican st ddl nbd, eth Po Ply linn tat tt oP ntadgl:
a Ae Rar Or BF ABD ele

5 ete ee

Shee dew ea 0 ae le lan Rais Salis ee elie fe aa” + ethene
Fe FAD tnt waren \ oud agnont

P 7 hands w : Ries aohoiec ct - - AM ie 10 tel, cede GS wb yeni eta oe Pe OAR pen ste ne twee ae fuse aes te
witha Das ich clea beta ere ay igie. Joanie Dubeyiiaunes eeteniecte Fo ae mR nce Nitec Bag ne ARI RNa ig ow oo Neen Regen a etme tialng Re hai, eehaliggeaca ds ne tak vee petatetinepiner Pourty thetrangyameaees heen diinte Note Dam
© cena pin Haake “MRt nn tinh. ey ate Bras 1 «ie Mee sefainmisii aed aes A win Se Sal te oth. Nee apn thrall agli ata algres sa Sa Re Reka eine ante nan, « Saeed “ ieee
ae hd, Hs a Gs Betonediire a a < Mo he 24 PO ee ee eee ee Sr ee en ae is <a Tan at att int wreak aah sens oiks - re ee RN tee eee Ree eens wate
, “ Died athe S0 ly pag te Pi og pred om an a: hearer Ni eA Met ugh @ rams © © alae Ls shia. eee ek nt et Oe ee ID Ne
SPE i EF ON) meme th am ae. “<a. * z mg Rin: ate tt Dad We a . ee . . te
wh Phot wha oda a nadee wen ® W-M Le Hane ~~ 8 eek AeA, nt BN. Ae Rieder. ae bees dole, ostetae
eo BRM 4. Note ah mmticbee nk aw a ime . paca 7 oe @ dese A tec NO ah Nitta he ate noe me au
9 4 aheentente oe male mh go a2. > : i -~- 7 = ath ein pains 4h (= oe eee oN ~
a ee me Mabeone ee a SE Eo bak oR BA aD ta ad Re att hun im Rete IY Me Sen | eit etcetera a ated Pde ty anette Seka. eRe Ree
were! « -+ 33 Pee ed he dP Mb Meee eho. A me Fo Meee tebe Mes AS ees o
Tae ae Fianna otis Es eR Ieee eehad at ape ee ba be eA ie Reale em el ing ham 5 eae a wr eRe. ens reteret Le
Sth ge ee Det i lee adh Ug eat cs pear i ’ ea. qe, 8 en a MB Na nls ore * $
to are as “ a See a
Pe ee ete Bas - eet Pra gett Mae, Wiha etle rae
ential teteaa el a tee ee : A Nei et mente ee Kale ei Se Min| an mentee rena sarRre Oe Ran
4 Me A taba ‘af ” = - . Pa
mt oe a

er aM Sek. eee

= Ne ee ete
wae *

ot aor te.” - - m4 Fane
a vety ee ee Th ge tite eee nee resin
sna ence ; % 7 i - - * P. , é., . 7 id a me ” ‘ eR ae = ite " "1 A
1 eta de Ray He aan ot Seven ey - : soe es ; J " : - ae : : : a ree Bk i ;
ee eee eee x me : 2
Fit nha ete 2 é “ 2 =o :
. “ - ee ne al) ee ve is
oe oH ser mer. ing = oot "
: = aout - = are ~~ -- .
e E Py : —™ Patt me nw nee atts Cte
* “se es te es : “ a :
“ mn wr a - - “
r i a a . - - SS —
a wv pe . = -
_ - - - - oT ~~ ~ @ sa * - 4 - hee Oe 7 Th ¥
- a - - . ” - = -~ -
= = = - - ” - * “ u* ~ * — ate ~ fc) _— Ve ~-
7 7 » - = : sal - Fae - ~ ~ - pew tel a
7 i e ~
ra : - >» \
7 : . 7 : ~* ~ he 1. ene ete &
— 7 8 eb 7 © Ea 7 —— ton.
f 7 : s » ~ - -' ~ ee
eee oe y ae
a ~ ~ - ed - ~ 7 ; Sena!
“ ome - - a 7
7 epoca is ae _ A
=_-ee . ~
* - - . = 7 : x a
7 y - 7% = - ~ ~ -
- = a - ~ - a
- m~ - = ad - . - - ~_
= - ’ tm , Sr = re a 2 -
- . — 7 a — any —— -—- ite et hn
; 7 he ‘~ an a = = ee - om ” ~
a At 4 = eo a aan tae
. = ee -
- ¥ ? Se iL nm + -
7 . on - - =
. e 4 - = ee <7. = =
J : : - ar
- < - 7 eed - - <
n - “ pecs ~~ -- Wa
- - . ~- -
a - ~ to - -
7 . ‘ :
, -
. - + - - - -
e - pd a
- - ~ -
; -
‘
- : .
ae ' Z ws
~ =
4 - - ~ =]
- -
- r - <
7 a as / - —_
: - m. i -_ .
- " bs ~ * ry ? - oe
i . r ~ - ‘ - - 7” —_ > an of a nga ~

TAY on «OE I = pa ‘Pt, aN ,
of ol AS Ba . o, St 2 “ 47} aa 52 Sy :
SAWS S ip SN ae Was’ S % oO osns
a | ull =
\RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILONLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S314WH
) ie ie 2 z i z
= -o , Oo - Oo
I-~ _ ~
3 < - - =
o = D a oa
z # Zz 4 Ee
LILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31uyvuaIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUT
ss = Penn tay ee = < ‘
; Ae + oye NY SS = Zz
Up 5 3 Dif 5 SS F :
vr SGyy = No. 8g x
ye Se Gye ee =
Up = > Me ‘f = . > =
” = Y) 5 = ep)

\RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOLINIJIISNI NYINOSHIWe S3a1yWwHy

we

)

LILSNI

SAIYVYUEIT LIBRARIES

RIES SIIIf

{}

()
=
SN = je. ae
‘\ G Division of Mollusks
SIS @) 4 3 é 3
~ Z Sectional Library
JiSNI_N {Bae by alli y
O <i 1) ee
=| Ve HH i] uy 4
— ies EGCG NOW ONC NNN NAN NES
Oo us AY . -- = = ae a AES FS 7 ba PE J = & = '
Fz

N

REES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILMLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS SAiuVvys

Fa or = a -
S ie S = S
i . 5 a >
EY es ES = EF
- = : a =
ke ”
z w Zz wD ee
LILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYNVWVYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUT
< = Ps wwe = < NS
me ar res SOs = Zz
oe oF pe A O a
= 2 S s 2 =
= > = 4 > =
Ww) POS v) * TZ wn a

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS SaluWuE

W =— WY) == yy)
ul = Lu Z NS rT
feta 4 a ” WN Ss am
=F = < s WX <
nh 4 fs = WG a

NOILE

RIES SMITHSONIAN

INSTITUTION

NVINOSHLIWS

SMITHSONIAN

RIES SMITHSONIAN

ALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS

SaiYyvVuaITI_LIBRARIES

RIES SMITHSONIAN

NVINOSHLINS

NVINOSHLIWS

NOLLNLILSNI

INSTITUTION

SMITHSONIAN

BRARIES

INSTITUTION

BRARIES

RIES SMITHSONIAN

sagiuvugin Li

ILSNI NVINOSHLINS SAIYVHEI1 LIBRARIES

< s) bar 4 = AV, Sa ‘ia = %
mo COU SMa oY 7 FXG
oe '@) /NOSAY a \\ O
ae z aa \ FA
INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S314
a z a z
2 o S
ha : 2 =
Z E 5 e
io i shi he
o Ae: n ez
SSIYVYEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTI
w Zz. ees w” = ‘
= 4 = < \
= z = Zz
= DH a oO
ree 7, i oY
O. 4 a SNe c
> = > =
Ps 7) ph Vv)
a pNOlLNLILSN| NYINOSHLIWS
” NN
4 - 2 OW =
(Ey) Cus) e WAR CE
= .
= i bic
oO _ ‘@) j Bie
Zz — z Ractieced
SS!IYVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTI
if Zz £ es
: 2 :
9) - a)
> = %,
Aj a cue? 0 |
ae ae iis
D z o

INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3Ild

& Z < z
S = 4b%.= ioe
Z 2 2 0
2 3 YG ? EY
E 2 = 7

I = eat = >
” +s z= Ww Ps 2
S3IUVUGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN. INSTI

= fs ea
UY,

Z Yim, *

oa Di he =

= hep, he

a, , ORS cx.

Oo Oo

= za

INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI salu

INSTITUTION
INSTITUTION

SMITHSONIAN

NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYUEIT LIBRARIE

NVYINOSHLIWS
Q
X aN

SMITHSONIAN
SMITHSONIAN

*

RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S314

IN LILSNI
3RARIES
ANLILSNI
SRARIES

y
ii

PROCEEDINGS Division of Molnar:

Moston Society of dlatural History.

BOLLE QD ND LDLLD OO Oe

AU ire 8 a) NG

= AAP ALRLSSISAS LISS

1sSGoOo-1S871.

BOSTON:
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY.
TRUBNER & CO., 60 PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON.
1s) Gee

Tae A ak ace a ee ee

SST Re eee aes ese ee
SST a stn, ae

a

ee ee

PUBLISHING COMMITTEE.

i Ee Bou vyr: Tuomas M. Brewer.
SAMUEL L. ABBOT. A. S. PacKARD, JR.

J: (AC Siwiaene

PRESS OF A. A. KINGMAN.
MUSEUM OF BOSTON SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY,
BERKELEY STREET,

PROCEEDINGS

BOSTON SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY.

TAKEN FROM THE SOCIETY’S RECORDS.

Annual Meeting, May 5, 1869.

Vice President Dr. C. T. Jackson in the chair. Forty-eight
members present.

_ Mr. 8. H. Scudder presented the following Report.of the
Custodian for the past year : —

In my last annual report I alluded to a topic which al-
though not directly connected with the operations of the
Society, seemed to demand its earnest attention. I refer to
the refusal of the State Legislature to act upon the petition
of the Society’s Council for an extension of the proposed
new edition of Dr Gould’s Invertebrates of Massachusetts.
Owing to the necessary and most fortunate delay in the pub-
lication of this work, an opportunity offered itself for a re-
newal of our plea, before a committee and a legislature more
open to reasonable suggestions; and to-night I am happy to
state that although the cost of the original edition was found
to be largely in excess of the estimates, a Resolve was intro-
duced into the House of Representatives on the twentieth
of April last, both supplying the requisite deficiency, and
authorizing an increased edition of eight hundred copies.
Four hundred copies were to be given to this Society for

distribution “to foreign public institutions of a similar nature,
PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.—VOL, XUI. 1 AUGUST, 1869.

Annual Report. ] 2 [May 6,

by direction of its Council and in behalf of the State,” and
one hundred copies to the editor, Mr. Binney, “to be -dis-
tributed among conchologists in this and foreign countries, in
behalf of the State”; this resolve was referred to the Com-
mittee of Finance, who have, as yet, taken no formal action
upon it; I am assured, however, that there is little doubt of
their favorable report and of the final success of the measure.

The history of the past twelve months differs little trom
that of the preceding year. There have been twenty
general meetings of the Society, ten of the Section of En-
tomology and six of the Section of Microscopy. At the
general meetings the average attendance of members has
been thirty-three, at those of the Section of Entomology
nearly twelve, and at the Microscopical meetings nearly
eight. This does not include ladies who attended nearly one
half of the general meetings in response to a recent invitation
of the Society. So few, however, availed themselves of the
opportunity, that should they be included, the average at-
tendance at the general meetings would only be increased to
thirty-five. One hundred and five scientific communications
have been presented by forty-nine persons, viz., sixty-seven
communications by thirty-six persons at the general meet-
ings; thirty-three communications by thirteen persons at the
meetings of the Entomological Section, and five communica-
tions by three persons at those of the Microscopical Section.
The following are their titles : —

ALLEN, J. A. Notes on Birds observed in Western Jowa, in the
months of July, August and September; also on Birds observed
in Northern Illinois, in May and June, and at Richmond, Wayne
Co., Indiana, between June third and tenth. June 3, 1868.

Catalogue of the reptiles and batrachians found in the vicinity of
Springfield, Mass., with notices of all the other species known to
inhabit the State. December 2, 1868.

Appendix to a paper on the reptiles and batrachians of Massa- ~
chusetts. January 20, 1869.

1869. } 3 {Annual Report.

Atwoop, Capt. N. E. Observations upon the habits of the sperm
whale. June 3, 1868.
Description of Carcharias tigris Atw. January 20, 1869.
Remarks upon the history of the halibut and other edible fish.
April 7, 1869.

Bickmore, A. S. Notice of some birds from the Island of Buru.
November 18, 1868.
Remarks on the animal of Nautilus pompilius. November 18, 1868.
On a collection of shells of Nautilus of various ages. December 2,
1868.
Remarks on the Babirusa and its distribution. December 2, 1868.

BLAKE, W. P. Remarks upon the Ainos. June 17, 1868.

Brewer, Dr. T. M. Remarks upon the death of Mr. John Cassin.
January 20, 1869.

Brieuam, W. T. Notes on Hesperomannia, a new genus of Ha-
waiian Composite. (With illustrations.) May 6, 1868. ~

Notice of a new and remarkable eruption of Mauna Loa on the
Hawaiian Islands. June 3, 1868.

Remarks upon Mr. N.S. Shaler’s Considerations concerning the
absence of distinct evidences of glacial action in the valley of
the Yukon’River, Alaska. November 4, 1868.

Remarks at the announcement of the death of Mr. Horace Mann.
November 18, 1868.

On the results of Mr. Mann’s study of the Hawaiian Flora. No-
vember 18, 1868.

The eruption of the Hawaiian Volcanoes, 1868. (With illustra-
tions.) December 2, 1868.

Volcanic manifestations in New England. April 7, 1869.

Brown, Dr. F. H. Some observations on the fauna of Madeira.
December 2, 1868.

Burcess, HE. On the habits of Anisomorpha buprestoides. Febru-
ary 24, 1869.

Cotsy, Dr. E. P. Note on the habits of Bryaxis luniger Lec.
November 25, 1868.

Annual Report.]} 4 (May 5,

Corr, E. D. On the Reptilian orders, Pythonomorpha and Strep-
tosauria. January 20, 1869.
Descriptions of extinct fishes previously unknown. February 3,
1869.

Cours, Dr. E. Synopsis of the Birds of 8. Carolina. October 7,
1868.

Cresson, E. T. Descriptions of North American Bees, No. I.
December 2, 1868.
Descriptions of North American Bees, No. HU. January 20, 1869.
Notes on Mexican Pompilide, with descriptions of new species,
March 24, 1869.

Dati, W. H. Remarks upon the Natural History of Alaska. No-
vember 4, 1868.

Dote, S. B. A synopsis of the Birds hitherto described from the
Hawaiian Islands. Jebruary 3, 1869.

Frost, Cuarres C. A further enumeration of N. England Fungi.
May 20, 1868.

GAFFIELD, T. On the accidental presence of water in glass stop-
pers. arch 3, 1869.

GREENLEAF, R. C. Remarks on the double plate of Aulacodiscus
oreganus. JJarch 10, 1869.
List of Diatoms from Ashley River, S. Car. March 10, 1869.

Hacen, Dr. H. Rectification of a previous paper on Hodotermes

japonicus. October 28, 1868.

Notice of an imago of Morpho Ilioneus with a caterpillar’s head.
November 25, 1868.

Upon the manufacture of microscopes. arch 10, 1869.

On the diseases of injurious insects. JZarch 24, 1869,

On the recent manufacture of cheap objectives for microscopes.
April 14, 1869.

Hitis, Lurver. Notice of a new locality for minerals, in Auburn,
Me. July 1, 1868.

1869.] 5 {Annual Report.

Hoy, Dr. G. R. On the nidification of Cooper’s Hawk. April 7,
1869.
Notes on the Rough-winged Swallow and the Yellow-bellied Fly-
catcher. April 21, 1869.

Hyatt, A. Remarks upon Mr. Shaler’s Considerations concerning
the absence of distinct evidences of glacial action in the valley
of the Yukon River, Alaska. November 4, 1868.
On the gradual involution of Cephalopods during life. December
2, 1868.

Jackson, Dr. C. T. Analysis of Petrosilex from Melrose. June
8, 1868.
Description of the beds of Apatite in North Burgess, Canada West.
June 17, 1868.
Description of a new locality for tin ore in Winslow, Me. Jan-
uary 20, 1869.

JerrRries, Dr. B. Joy. Remarks upon the discovery and structure

of Euplectella speciosa. ALay 6, 1868.

Remarks upon the projection of after-pictures. June 3, 1868.

Upon the principle of the Thaumatrope. July 1, 1868.

Observations on the vision of Fishes and Amphibians. December 16,
1868.

Remarks upon experiments with after-images. February 17, 1869.

On the method of accommodation in the eyes of birds. April 21,
1869.

McGurser, Henry. On the evidences of the antiquity of man, de-
duced from the excavations at High Rock Spring, Saratoga,
N. Y. April 21, 1869.

Mann, B. P. On the preservation of larve in carbolic acid. No-
vember 25, 1868.

Mann, Horace. Notes on Alsinidendron, Platydesma and Brig-
hamia, new genera of Hawaiian Plants; with an analysis of the
Hawaiian Flora. (With illustrations.) December 2, 1868.

‘Marsu, O. C. Observations on the metamorphosis of Siredon into
‘Amblystoma. September 16, 1868.

Annual Report.] 6 (May 5,

Minot, C. S. Notice of the broods of Chrysophanus americanus.
September 23, 1868.
Description of the male of Hesperia Metea. February 24, 1869.
On the limits of genera. March 24, 1869.
Notice of some abnormal cocoons of Bombycide. April 28, 1869.

Moore, N. B. Notes upon the habits of the Night Hawk in Lousi-
ana. October 7, 1868.

Morssz, E. S. On the land-slides in the vicinity of Portland,
Maine. (With illustrations.) January 6, 1869.
Remarks on the minuter classification of land snails. February 17,
1869.

Nites, W. H. Remarks on the occurrence of recent shells at a
great depth below Fort Warren, Boston Harbor. January 6,
1869, March 17, 1869.

Ancient operations in the Petroleum Region of Pennsylvania.
March 17, 1869.

PApPENDIEK, E. Notice of the occurrence of Silpha atrata in Milton,
Mass. March 24, 1869.

Perry, Rev. J. B. Sketch of the life of the late Dr. E. Emmons.
December 2, 1868.
Observations on some Indian Relics in Swanton, Vt. December 2,
1868.

PourtaLses, L. F. pe. On some deep sea dredging between Cuba
and the Florida Keys. October 7, 1868.

Putnam, F. W. On some ancient utensils from Nicaragua. De-
cember 2, 1868.

Sanporn, F. G. Description and history of a new species of Eri-

rhinus, E. juniperinus. May 27, 1868.

Description of the larva and pupa case of Microdon globosus Fabr.
(With illustrations.) June 24, 1868.

On the habits of Heterocerus fatuus Kiesenw. June 24, 1868.

Remarks on a number of interesting insects. September 22, 1868.

Intelligence in the larva of Elaphidion villosum. January 27, 1869. ©

Recent discovery of Boreus brumalis, in Mass. April 28, 1869.

1809.) 7 {Annual Report.

ScHLAGINTWEIT R. von. Remarks upon Nephrite from Turkistan.
October 21, 1868.

Scupper, 8. H. Brief account of the migratory grasshoppers of
the United States. June 17, 1868.

Experiments upon the reproduction of lost limbs in the Walking
Stick, Diapheromera femorata. September 23, 1868.

Notice of a Chalciditan, parasitic in the eggs of Gidipoda carolina.
September 23, 1868. |

A century of Orthoptera: Decade I, Gryllides. October.28, 1868.

Remarks upon Mr. Shaler’s Considerations concerning the absence
of distinct evidences of glacial action in the valley of the Yukon
River, Alaska. November 4, 1868.

Remarks upon the arrangement of the families of Orthoptera.
December 23, 1868.

Notes on Orthoptera collected by Prof. James Orton on either side
of the Andes of equatorial South America. February 24, 1869.

A study of the gigantic lobe-crested Grasshoppers of Central and
South America. February 24, 1869.

Report upon a collection of duwaal Lepidoptera, made in “Alasles
by the scientific corps of the Russo-American telegraph expedi-
tion, under the direction of Lieut. W. H. Dall. April 28, 1869.

Notice of a new cave insect from N. Zealand. April 28, 1869.

SHAuLerR, N. S. On the nature of the movements involved in the
changes of level of shore lines. (With illustrations.) October 7,
1868.

On the disappearance of the cane from the central part of the Ohio
valley. October 7, 1868.

Considerations concerning the absence of distinct evidences of
glacial action in the valley of the Yukon River, Alaska. No-
vember 4, 1868.

Notes on the concentric structure of granitic rocks. February 3,
1869.

SmituH, G. D. List of Coleoptera collected by Prof. James Orton in
Ecuador and Brazil. Tebruary 24, 1869.

Smitu, S. I. Notes on new or little known species of American
cancroid Crustacea. February 3, 1869.

Annual Report.] 8. [May 6,

StoppER, C. Remarks upon Dr. Woodward’s photographs of No-
bert’s test plate. November 11, 1868.

Sumicurast, F. The geographical distribution of the native birds
of the department of Vera Cruz, with a list of the migratory
species, translated by Dr. T. M. Brewer. December 16, 1868.

TRovuvELoT, L. Upon the comparative study of juvenile larve.

June 24, 1868.
On an interesting habit of the larva of Papilio Turnus. June 24,

1868.
Notice of some points of analogy between Limacodes and some
Hymenoptera. June 24, 1868.

Unter, P. R. Notices of the Hemiptera obtained by the expedi-
tion of Prof. James Orton in Ecuador and Brazil. February 24,

1869.

Verritt, A. E. On new and imperfectly known Echinoderms and
Corals. April 7, 1869.

Watney, C. P. Description of a new species of Thecla. Novem-
ber 25, 1868.

WuittLEsry, Cot. C. The physical geology of Eastern Ohio.
(With illustrations.) February 3, 1869.

Wrman, Dr. J. Ona thread worm (Filaria anhinge) infesting the
brain of the snake bird (Photus anhinga). (With illustrations.)

October 7, 1868.
On the mode of formation of the Dighton Rock inscriptions. De-

cember 2, 1868.

Five corresponding and twenty-nine resident members have
been elected during the year. Of the resident members six
have not complied with the requirements of the Constitution,
and their names are not placed on our rolls; two others who
have paid the entrance fee have not yet signed the Consti-
tution.

The Lectures given under the auspices of the Society are
coming into more general notice, and are therefore better

1869.] 9 {Annual Report.

attended. Three courses have been delivered during the
winter and spring. The first course consisted of four lec-
tures upon Optical Phenomena, by Dr. B. Joy Jeftries; the
second of twelve lectures upon the Geological History of
North America, by Mr. W. H. Niles, and the third of twelve
lectures, several of which are yet to be given, upon Plant
Life, by Mr. W. T. Brigham. The first course was but little
advertised, and being also upon a limited subject, attracted
but a slender audience; the second course was attended by
an average of sixty-six persons; and the third, delivered in
the evening, by an audience averaging thus far ninety-nine
persons.

Perhaps the large amount of the Society’s publications has
been the most noticeable feature in the history of the past
year. We have issued no less than the equivalent of one
thousand two hundred and twenty-nine octavo pages, a num-
ber at least double that of any previous year of our history.
It was announced in the last report that our publications, and
especially the Proceedings, would appear with greater prompt-
ness than before; and we can say with just pride that no
Society in this country can at all compete with us in this
respect; during the greater part of the year,—and had it not
been for one unforeseen and unavoidable strain upon our print-
ing office, we should have said during the whole year,—we
have placed upon the table at each meeting of the Society, a
part, at least, of the printed Proceedings of the previous meet-
ing; this has been scarcely more difficult, no more expensive,
and to our subscribers and contributors in every way more
satisfactory than the former deliberate method of issuing our
publications. We are now placing a press in our printing
office, so that, with the exception of stereotyping, all our
future work will be done within our own walls, and with still
greater promptness.

The twelfth volume of our Proceedings, begun a year ago,

Annual Report.] 10 [May 5,

has reached the four hundredth page, and includes the records
of the last regular meeting, held a fortnight ago to-day. Early
in the year we published the Annual Report and our first
Annual, of one hundred and twenty-eight pages, with which
you are all familiar; in the winter an outline Physical map
of North Amezvica, to be used in indicating the boundaries of
the geographical distribution of animals and plants; a large
edition was printed, and copies are sold at cost to induce stu-
dents to engage in a study which promises the best results.
Recently we have issued two important works, the fourth and
concluding part of the first volume of our Memoirs, and the
first volume of our Occasional Papers; the former included
papers by Col. Whittlesey, upon the weapons. and military
character of the ancient mound builders of the West, and
upon the physical geology of Eastern Ohio; by Mr. Vose on
the distortion of pebbles in conglomerates, mainly drawn from
his studies near Rangeley Lake in Maine; by Mr. Allen upon
the birds which he observed in Iowa, Illinois and Indiana;
by Mr. Brigham upon Hesperomannia, and upon the recent
eruption of the Hawaiian volcanoes; by the late Mr. Mann
upon new genera of: Hawaiian plants, with an analysis of the
Hawaiian flora; and by Prof. Sumichrast upon the geograph-
ical distribution of the birds of Vera Cruz, in Mexico.

‘Our new octavo series, called “Occasional Papers,” is intro-
duced by a volume of the Entomological Correspondence of
the late Dr. T. W. Harris, edited by the Secretary; the body
of the work is made up of both sides of the correspondence
between Dr. Harris and Prof. Hentz, Drs. Melsheimer, Le-
Conte, Zimmermann and LeBaron, Miss Morris, and Messrs.
Doubleday, Herrick, Say, Darling and Higginson. Numerous
notes, principally upon the earlier stages of Insects, are added
_ from Dr. Harris’s uss., and some articles which originally ap-
peared in obscure and now inaccessible Journals, are repub-
lished. An interesting Memoir of the author is given by Col.
Higginson, and a steel portrait from a photograph furnished ~

1869.] 11 [Annual Report.

by the family is prefixed. The work is also embellished by
steel plates and woodcuts.

We must again express our great indebtedness to the
Smithsonian Institution for the liberality with which they
transmit our publications from Washington to foreign coun-
tries, and receive returns for us through their European
agents, free of charge. This system of interchange, initiated
many years ago by the Smithsonian Institution, has proved
of immense advantage to American Societies, not only in a
monetary point of view, but in the simplicity of the method
and the certainty of its results. It is, however, much to be
desired that the transmission from this country could be made
with greater frequency, not so much for our own sake as for
that of our foreign correspondents; while parcels are for-
warded to us at an average interval of three or four weeks, we
do not send our own publications more than once a year; in-
deed many of our transactions do not reach our foreign friends
until a year after their publication. This year our transmis-
sions have been twice as large as usual, that for 1868 having
been forwarded immediately after the Annual Meeting, and
that for 1869 afew weeks ago. We have sent away 737
parts of our Memoirs, 312 parts of the old Journal, 254 com-
plete volumes of the Proceedings, unbound sheets of the
same equivalent to 367 volumes, 303 copies of the Harris
Correspondence, 340 copies of the first Annual, and 597
copies of the Annual Reports, equal in all to three quarters
of a million of octavo pages.

In response to our special requests, we have been favored
by the following Societies, with many early volumes of their
Publications : —

Naturhistorischer Verein des Preussischen Rheinlandes Bonn.

Société Linnéenne . 5 i - Bordeaux.
Schlesische Gesellschaft fiir vaterlandische Cultur - Breslau.
Ee Physiosraphiske Forening 290.2... .«. Christiania.

oyal Physical Society. -. . «.. « .. .« Edinburgh.

Anaual Report.] 12 [May 5,

Naturforschende Gesellschaft ope) 0h) yay, tm, SS Te

a Ue . e . e 2 . Gorl itz.
Naturhistorische < - : 5 Z . Hannover.
Finska Vetenskaps-Societeten 5 Helsingfors.

* Provinciaal Genootschap van Kunsten en 1 Weteriselaeepen Hertogenbosch.
Geological and Polytechnic Society of the West Riding of

Yorkshire 2 - 3 . Leeds.
* Zeitschrift fiir ireconacharthelte Zoolorte eae . Leipzig. =
Academia Lugduno-Batava . : . . Leyden.
* Société Impériale des Sciences, de P Accietitnts et des
Arts . : : : : ° » Latle.
Royal Geoerdnnien Soon = ° Big Os - London.
* The Zoologist . ¢ 5 5 : ‘ - .

K6onigliche Realschule . - : . ° - « Meseritz.
* Société Impériale d’ Agriculture . = . : - Moscou.

se “des Naturalistes =
Die Pollichia: naturwissenschaftlicher Vien ee: Rhein-
ialZzwhen ince Seite 2 bee: hy ane . Neustadt.
*® Ministére de la Newine ‘ A “ “ . : -, Paris,

* Muséum d’ Histoire Naturelle : é ° * . e
Société des Antiquaires de France

“ Géologique de France é ai! be a RS
* “ Impériale et Centrale duAericaieuie’ . 5
* Universidad de Chile . : : A . Santiago.

K. K. Zoologisch-botanische Gassicenee P 7 - Wien.

Of these we must particularly express our thanks to the
Imperial Society of Antiquaries, the Minister of the Marine,
the Imperial Society of Agriculture, the Geological Society
and the Museum of Natural History,—all of Paris, the Uni-
versity of Chili, the Leyden Academy, the new Magazine of
Natural History at Christiania, the Provincial Society of Sa-
ence and Arts in North Brabant, and the Imperial Society of
Science, etc. of Lille; they have favored us with extensive
series of great importance.

The following institutions, in addition to those prefixed by
an asterisk in the list above, have been added to our circle
of correspondents.

State Agricultural Society ey tates =) ot.) Adbamiye
Ministére de l’Intérieur du Royaume des PayelBee . Amsterdam.
Natural History and Philosophical Society . - Belfast.
Cambridge Philosophical Society . : Bit: he . Cambridge, Eng.
Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft : : - « Chemnitz.

1869.] 1133 [Annual Report.

Oekonomische Gesellschaft im Konigreich Sachsen - Dresden.
Botanical Society . : . : 5 - ° . Edinburgh.
Societa Entomologica Italiana . : é aa timenzes
Deutsche Malakozoologische Geselischinhy’ : - . Frankfurt a. M.
Universitat 2 a : - - . 5 - Kiel.
Historic Society of Lancashire Hard Cheshire . - . Liverpool.
Geological Magazine 4 : : : - London.
Journal of Travel and Natural Tistory : : - - ss
Scientific Opinion . ; : : 5 ; - > ee
Scientific Students’ Association - - 7 2 - Manchester.
Naturhistorischer Verein von Wisconsin : ° . Milwaukee.
Reale Istituto d’Incoraggiamento alle Scienze Naturali . Napoli.
American Agriculturist . ; 4 : ; : . New York.
Revue et Magazin de Zoologie : - : - ernie arise
Société des Antiquaires . . : : - : ig

Lotos: Zeitschrift fiir area senschatien : : Jie
Le Naturaliste Canadien . : : : : . - Quebec.

American Entomologist . 5 : “ - St. Louis.
Allgemeine Schweizerische Gesellschaft fiir die gesamm-
ten Naturwissenschaften - . : - Switzerland.

Canadian Entomologist . , ; - : : - Toronto.

The accompanying table gives a summary of the additions
to the Library by volumes, parts of volumes, pamphlets and
maps or charts.

Octavo: || Quarto. || Folio. ey a
vls|pts|ph | 'vls|pts|ph |/vls |pts| ph\|Ch’ts |/To’1
Books presented by individuals. . |l10i| eajisel| 22, | 3) 4/ 3| || — 58|| 410
ie A “ Publishing Com. 1) 35} 10 1 : 1} 54
«* purchased (Wolcott Fund) . 18} 1 3} 3} 2 5 82
** deposited in Binney library . 2| 2 4

«¢ «« by the Republican In-
SELMMOM Sse PTL ae HL 6 6
“* received in exchange . . . {/800)551)103)| 85/189) 41/) 10) 42) 1 2|/13825
Total . ||426\850/269|,113|1951 52|| 14l 50! 1) 61/1831

The arrangement of the books in the back library, not
completed at the time of the last report, was finished shortly
after ; since then the alcove catalogue of the whole liorary has
been completed, while the correction of the card catalogue,

Annual Report.] 14 [May 5,

necessitated by the almost entire rearrangement or the books
on furnishing the new library, is advancing as rapidly as pos-
sible. ‘The constant employment of a binder in the building
has wrought a most agreeable change in the appearance of
our shelves. Six hundred and seventy-seven books have been
bound, and more than five hundred volumes are at this time
in various stages of completion. But the work of the binder
has not been limited to the library, for besides the folding of
the signatures of our Proceedings and of extras issued to au-
thors, six hundred copies of the Harris Correspondence, and
over four hundred volumes of the Proceedings have been
bound in cloth, and more than four hundred numbers of the
Journal stitched. The binder has also been employed in some
outside work, for which the Society charges but a slight ad-
vance upon the cost, and which is permitted by the Council
in order to lessen the immediate expense incurred. The work
of the library assistants has been greatly increased, by the
necessary preparation of so many books for the binder, and as
their time has also been partly occupied by the Curators,
much work still remains unfinished ; notwithstanding the con-
tinual employment of a second assistant, the mass of pam-
phlets still remains inaccessible; all new pamphlets, however,
have been catalogued as soon as received, and perhaps one
tenth of the old ones are now upon the shelves.

636 books have been borrowed from the library by 82 per-
SONS.

In connection with the Smithsonian Institution, the Society
has continued to carry on explorations in Central America,
Since Col. Grayson’s return from the island of Socorro, he
has been investigating the natural history of the Sierra
Madre, but no returns are expected for several months to
come. Col. Grayson’s account of his expedition to Socorro
and the Tres Marias, sent to us for publication, has been re-
vised and partly annotated by Prof. Baird, but still remains in -
his hands, awaiting the result of additional excursions on the

1869.} 15 [Annual Report.

main land, that the peculiar fauna of that region may be
more fairly represented. In consequence, none of the birds
obtained by Col. Grayson have yet been distributed, but a
fine collection from Costa Rica, identified by Mr. Lawrence,
and kindly presented to us by Professor Henry, is an earnest
of what we may expect from time to time; indeed, our col-
lection of birds bids fair to exhibit in the course of a few
years a more complete representation of the fauna of North-
west Mexico and the adjacent islands, than can be found
outside of the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution.

We have also contributed toward an exploration of the
isthmus of Tehuantepec from ocean to ocean, carried on
through the patronage of the Smithsonian Institution by
Prof. Sumichrast, a most assiduous and scientific collector.
It will probably continue for one or two years, and a few re-
turns have already been received and distributed to various
parties for identification. The expedition promises to be. very
successful.

For several months we have been employing one of our
members, Mr. W. H. Dall, to select specimens from the
Smithsonian duplicates, partly in return for the contribution
we made toward their Explorations, partly as a direct gift
from the Institution. We have already received many fossils
and mollusks, and are daily expecting a large collection of the
nests and eggs of birds.

By the favor of the Mayor and Chief of Police, two offi-
cers are detailed on museum days to protect our collections
and preserve order; they render most efficient aid, without
which we think it would be impossible to maintain our prac-
tice of opening the museum twice a week.

There have been more than 36,000 visitors to the Museum
during the year, but it has been impossible to keep an accu-
rate record; the enumeration has often been a partial one
and at times estimates had to take the place of more careful
counting. The Museum has been open to the public 104

Annual Report.) 16 {May 5.

days; on Thursdays, by ticket, 52 days; the average attend- —
ance on public days has been at least 336.

In the department of Mammals and Comparative Anatomy
a very desirable step has been taken, authorizing the Cura-
tor to obtain mounted specimens of all our New England
mammals; to make room for them the Ethnological collec-
tions will be removed. For several months the department
was left without a curator, but lately the objects have been
placed in better order, and recently acquired specimens put
on exhibition. The principal additions have been a black
bear and an antelope, both in a fresh condition, one received
from Mr. W. T. Adams, and the other from the City, through
Mr. J. Galvin.

The collection of mounted birds has been rearranged so as
to bring it into more convenient view, and a case for skins
completed, which will enable the Curator to arrange the
unmounted birds more safely than has heretofore been possi-
ble. In accordance with the request made in last year’s
report, the collection of land birds of Massachusetts has been
enriched by a number of specimens, and especially by a
donation of twenty-five birds from Mr. L. L. Thaxter of
Newton. Mrs. Bryant has again laid the department under
obligation for a valuable and extensive collection of un-
mounted birds from the West Indies and Central and South
America, and Prof. Henry of the Smithsonian Institution has
presented eighty specimens of Costa Rican birds, all of which
have been labelled by Mr. Lawrence.

The department of the nests and eggs of birds has been
entirely rearranged and newly labelled, and is now in a very
satisfactory condition. In round numbers the collection consists
of the eggs of seven hundred birds, viz:—four hundred Ameri-
can, two hundred European, and one hundred from various
parts of the world; about one hundred and fifty of the whole —
number are accompanied by nests; this estimate includes a

1869.] 17 [Annual Report.

collection of European eggs which the Curator purposes to
present as soon as he can select them. Other important ac-
cessions have been received. Over fifteen hundred duplicates
of eggs of about fifty species, most valuable for exchange,
were given by Mrs. Bryant, and about two hundred and fitty
nests and eggs selected by the Curator, were presented by
the Smithsonian Institution. About thirty specimens from
Kurope have been received in exchange, and a small number
of nests and eggs purchased.

The following list of the nests and eggs of birds in our
collection has been prepared by the Curator, with the assist-
ance of Mr. Sanborn; any not specified would be acceptable
additions to this A iacunente ; they are all the gift of the late
Dr. Henry Bryant, excepting those prefixed by an asterisk;
Nn. following the name of the bird signifies that the nest alone
is in the collection; x. é. signifies nest and eggs; in all other
cases the eggs ail are meant.

BIRDS OF NORTH AMERICA NORTH OF MEXICO.

Cathartes aura Illig. Pandion carolinensis Bon.

Cathartes atratus Lesson. Polyborus tharus Cassin.

Falco anatum Bonaparte. Craxirex unicinctus Cassin.

Hypotriorchis columbarius Gr. Bubo virginianus Bonap.

Falco candicans Gmelin. _ Scops asio Bonap.

Falco islandicus Sabine. Otus Wilsonianus Lesson.

Tinnunculus sparverius Vieill. Brachyotus Cassinii Brewer.

Astur atricapillus Bonap. *® Syrnium nebulosum Gray.

Accipiter Cooperii Bonap. Crotophaga ani Linn.

Accipiter fuscus Bonap. Geococcyx californianus Baird.
* Buteo calurus Cassin. Coccygus americanus Bonap. n. e.

Buteo borealis Vieill. Coceygus erythrophthalmus Bonap.

Buteo montanus Nuttall. Picus villosus Linn.

Buteo lineatus Jardine. Picus pubescens Linn.

Archibuteo lagopus Gray. Picoides arcticus Gray.

Archibuteo ferrugineus Gray. Sphyropicus varius Baird.

Elanus leucurus Bonap. Centurus carolinus Bonap.

Ictinia mississippiensis Gray. Centurus flaviventris Sw.

Circus hudsonius Vieillot. Melanerpes erythrocephalus Sw.

* Aquila canadensis Cassin. * Melanerpes formicivorus Bonap.

Haliaetus leucocephalus Savigny. Melanerpes torquatus Bonap.

PROCEEDINGS B. &. N. H.—VOL. XIIi. 2 AuGust, 1869.

Annual Report.]

Colaptes auratus Swainson.

Colaptes mexicanus Swains.
* Lampornis mango Swains. n.
Trochilus colubris Linn. n. e.
Atthis Auna Reichenb. n.e.
Cheetura pelasgia Steph. n. e.
Antrostomus carolinensis Gould.
Antrostomus vociferus Bonap.
Antrostomus Nuttalli Cassin.
Chordeiles popetue Baird.
Chordeiles Henryi Cassin.
Chordeiles texensis Lawrence.
Ceryle alcyon Boie.
Milvulus forficatus Sw. n. e.
Tyrannus carolinensis Baird.
Tyrannus dominicensis Rich.
Tyrannus verticalis Say. n.e.
Tyrannus vociferans Sw. n. e.
Myiarchus crinitus Cab.
Myiarchus mexicanus Baird. n. e.
Sayornis nigricans Bonap. n. e
Sayornis fuscus Baird. n. e.
Sayornis Sayus Baird. n.
Contopus Richardsonii Baird. n.
Contopus virens Cab. n. e.
Empidonax Traillii Baird. n. e.
Empidonax pusillus Cab. n. e.
Empidonax minimus Baird. n. e.
Empidonax acadicus Baird. n.e.
Empidonax flaviventris Baird.
Empidonax difficilis Baird. n. e.
Pyrocephalus mexicanus Sclat.
Turdus mustelinus Gm. n. e.
Turdus PaHasi Cab.
Turdus fuscescens Stephens. n. e.
Turdus ustulatus Nuttall. n. e.
Turdus Swainsonii Cab. n. e.
Turdus Aliciae Baird. n. e.
Turdus migratorius Linn. n.e.
Saxicola cenanthe Bechst.
Sialia sialis Baird. n. e.
Sialia mexicana Swains. n. e.
Anthus ludovicianus Licht.
Mniotilta varia Vieill. n.
Parula americana Bonap.
Geothlypis trichas Cab. n. e.
© Geothlypis Macgillivrayi Baird. n.

nN. ée.

18

*

*

[May 5,

Icteria viridis Bonap. n. e.

Icteria longicauda Lawr. on. e.
Helminthophaga chrysoptera B. n. e.
Helminthophaga ruficapilla Bd. n.e.
Helminthophaga celata Baird. n. e.
Helminthophaga peregrina Cab.
Seiurus aurocapillus Sw. n. e.
Seiurus noveboracensis Nutt. n. e.
Seiurus ludovicianus Bonap. n. e.
Dendroica virens Baird. n. e.
Dendroica coronata Gray. n. e.
Dendroica Blackburnie Baird.
Dendroica castanea Baird.

Dendroica pinus Baird. n. e.
Dendroica pennsylvanica Baird. n. e.
Dendroica striata Baird. n. e.
Dendroica estiva Baird. n. e.
Dendroica maculosa Baird. n. e.
Dendroica discolor Baird. n. e.
Myiodioctes mitratus Aud.
Setophaga ruticilla Sw. n.e.
Pyranga rubra Vieill.
Pyranga estiva Vieill.
Hirundo horreorum Barton.
Hirundo lunifrons Say.
Hirundo bicolor Vieill.
Cotyle riparia Boie. n. e.
Cotyle serripennis Bonap.
Progne purpurea Boie.
Ampelis garrulus Binn.
Ampelis cedrorum Baird. n. e.
Collyrio ludovicianus Baird.
Collyrio excubitoroides Baird. n. e.
Vireo olivaceus Vieill.

Vireo altiloquus Gray. n.e.

Vireo gilvus Bonap.

Vireo Belli Aud. n.e.

Vireo noveboracensis Bonap. n. e.

Nn. &.

_Vireo solitarius Vieill.

Vireo flavifrons Vieill. n.e.
Mimus polyglottus Boie.

Mimus carolinensis Gray. n. e.
Oreoscoptes montanus Baird.
Harporhynchus redivivus Cab. n. e.
Harporhynchus cinereus Xantus.
Harporhynchus curvirostris Cab.
Harporhynchus longirostris Cab.

1869.] 19 [Annual Report.

Harporhynchus rufus Cab. Spizella pallida Bonap. n. e.
Campylorhynchus brunneicapillus * Spizella Breweri Cass. n. e.
Gray. n.e. Melospiza melodia Baird. n. e.

* Campylorhynchus affinis Xantus. n.e. Melospiza Lincolnii Baird.
Thryothorus ludovicianus Bonap. n.e. Melospiza palustris Baird.

Cistothorus palustris Cab. Peucza estivalis Cab.
Cistothorus stellaris Cab. n.e. Peuczea Cassinii Baird.
Troglodytes zedon Vieill. n.e. Passerella iliaca Sw.
Troglodytes Parkmanni Aud. Calamospiza bicolor Bonap.
Sitta carolinensis Gmelin. Euspiza americana Bonap. n. e.

* Sitta pygmea Vigors. n. Guiraca ludoviciana Sw. n. e.
Polioptila czerulea Sclat. n. e. Guiraca melanocephala Sw. n. e.
Parus atricapillus Linn. * Guiraca cerulea Sw. n.e.

Parus carolinensis Aud. Cyanospiza ciris Baird. n.e.
Psaltriparus minimus Bonap. n.e. Cyanospiza amcena Baird. n.e
Paroides flaviceps Baird. n.e. Cyanospiza cyanea Baird.

Certhiola flaveola Sund. n. e. Pyrrhuloxia sinuata Bonap.
Eremophila cornuta Boie. Cardinalis virginianus Benap. n. e.
Carpodacus purpureus Gray. n.e. Cardinalis igneus Baird.

Carpodacus frontalis Gray. n. e. Pipilo erythrophthalmus Vieill. n.e.
Chrysomitris tristis Bonap. n. e. Pipilo fuscus Sw. n.e.

Chrysomitris psaltria Bonap. n.e. * Pipilo chlorura Baird. on. e.
Chrysomitris Lawrencii Bonap. n. e. * Pipilo albigula Baird. n. e.

Zigiothus linaria Cab. Dolichonyx oryzivorus Sw. n.e.
Zigiothus fuscescens Coues. n. e. Molothrus pecoris Sw. |
Plectrophanes lapponicus Selby. n. é€. Agelaius phceniceus Vicill. n.e.
Plectrophanes pictus Sw. n.e. Agelaius gubernator Bonap.

* Plectrophanes ornatus Towns. n.es Xanthocephaius icterocephalus Bd.
Plectrophanes Maccownii Lawr. n. @.

Passerculus savanna Bonap. n.e. Trupialis militaris Bonap.
Passerculus anthinus Bonap. Sturnella magna Sw.
Passerculus alaudinus Bonap. n.e. Sturnella neglecta Aud.
Pooecetes gramineus Baird. n. Icterus Audubonii Giraud.

* Coturniculus passerinus Bonap. n.e. Icterus parisorum Bonap.
Coturniculus Henslowi Bonap. Icterus cucullatus Swains.
Ammodromus caudacutus Sw. Icterus spurius Bonap. n. e.
Ammodromus maritimus Sw. Icterus baltimore Daudin. n.e.
Chondestes grammaca Bonap. n.e. Icterus Bullockii Bonap. n.e.
Zonotrichia leacophrys Sw. Scolecophagus ferrugineus Sw. n. e
Zonotrichia Gambelii Nutt. n. e. Scolecophagus cyanocephalus Cab.
Zonotrichia albicollis Bonap. n. ¢. eee

* Junco oregonus Sclat. n.e. Quiscalus macroura Sw.

Junco hyemalis Sclat. n.e. Quiscalus major Vieill.

-® Poospiza bilineata Sclat. n.e. Quiscalus versicolor Vieill. n.e.
Spizella monticola Baird. n.e. Corvus carnivorus Bartram.

Spizella pusilla Bonap. na. e. Corvus cryptoleucus Couch.

Spizella socialis Bonap. n. e. Corvus americanus And.

Annual Report.]

Corvus ossifragus Wilson.
Pica hudsonica Bonap.
Cyanura cristata Sw. n.e.
Cyanocitta californica Strick.
Cyanocitta floridana Bonap.
Columba leucocephaia Linn.
Ectopistes migratoria Sw.
Zenaida amabilis Bonap.
Melopelia leucoptera Bonap.
Zenaidura carolinensis Bonap.

Scardafella squamosa Bonap. n. @.

Chameepelia passerina Sw.
Oreopeleia martinica Reich.
Ortalida M’c Calli Baird.
Meleagris gallopavo Linn.
Meleagris mexicana Gould.
Tetrao obscurus Say.
Tetrao canadensis Linn.

Centrocercus urophasianus Sw.
Pedicecetes phasianellus Baird.

Cupidonia cupido Baird.
Bonasa umbellus Steph.
Lagopus albus Aud.
Lagopus Reinhardtii.
Ortyx virginianus Bonap.
Ortyx texanus Lawr.
Oreortyx pictus Baird.
Lophortyx californicus Bonap.
Cyrtonyx massena Gould.
Grus canadensis Temm.
Demiegretta Pealii Baird.
Demiegretta rufa Baird.

Demiegretta ludoviciana Baird.

Garzetta candidissima Bonap.
Herodias egretta Gray.
Herodias californica Baird.
Ardea herodias Linn.

Audubonia occidentalis Bonap.

Florida czrulea Baird.
Ardetta exilis Gray.

Botaurus lentiginosus Steph.
Butorides virescens Bonap.
Nyctiardea gardeni Baird.
Nyctherodius violaceus Reich.
Tantalus loculator Linn.

Ibis alba VieillJot.

Ibis Ordii Bonaparte.

20 (May 6,

Platalea ajaja Linn.
Pheenicopterus ruber Linn.
Charadrius virginicus Borck.
fEgialitis vociferus Cassin.
Zgialitis Wilsonius Cassin.
gialitis semipalmatus Cab.
Zigialitis melodus Cab.

* Squatarola helvetica Cuv.
Haematopus palliatus Temm.

* Strepsilas melanocephala Vig.
Recurvirostra americana Gm.
Himantopus nigricollis Vieillot.
Phalaropus Wilsonii Sab.
Phalaropus hyperboreus Temm.

* Phalaropus fulicarius Bonap.
Philohela minor Gray.
Gallinago Wilsonii Bonap.

* Macrorhamphus griseus Leach.
Tringa maritima Brinnich.

* Tringa Wilsonii Nuttall.
Ereunetes petrificatus Ill.
Symphemia semipalmata Hartl.
Gambetta flavipes Bonap.

* Rhyacophilus solitarius Bonap.
Tringoides macularius Gray.

* Philomachus pugnax Gray.
Actiturus bartramius Bonap.

* Tryngites rufescens Cab.
Limosa hudsonica Sw.
Numenius longirostris Wils.

* Numenius hudsonicus Latham.

* Numenius borealis Latham.
Rallus elegans Aud.

Rallus crepitans Gm.

Rallus virginianus Linn. n. e.
Porzana carolina Vieill.

Crex pratensis Bechst.

Fulica americana Gmelin.
Gallinula galeata Bonap.
Gallinula martinica Lath.
Cygnus americanus Sharpless.

* Cygnus buccinator Rich.

* Anser hyperboreus Pallas.
Anser Gambelii Hartlaub.°
Bernicla canadensis Boie.

* Bernicla Hutchinsii Bonap.

* Bernicla nigricans Cassin.

1869.]

® Chloephaga canagica Bonap.
Dendrocygna autumnalis Eyton.
Anas boschas Linn.

Anas obscura Gm.

Dafila acuta Jenyns.

Nettion carolinensis Baird.
Nettion crecca Kaup.
Querquedula discors Steph.
Querquedula cyanopterus Cassin.
Spatula clypeata Boie.
Chaulelasmus streperus Gray.
Mareca americana Stephens.
Mareca Penelope Bonap.

Aix sponsa Boie.

Fulix marila Baird.

Fulix affinis Baird.

* Fulix collaris Baird.

Aythya americana Bonap.
Aythya vallisneria Bonap.
Bucephala americana Baird.
€ Bucephala albeola Baird.
Harelda glacialis Leach.

® Lampronetta Fischeri Brandt.
Melanetta velvetina Baird.
Pelionetta perspicillata Kaup.
Somateria mollissima Leach. n. e.

*® Somateria v-nigra Gray.

* Somateria spectabilis Leach.
Erismatura rubida Bonap.
Mergus americanus Cass.
Mergus serrator Linn.
Lophodytes cucullatus Reich.

® Pelecanus erythrorhynchus Gm.
Pelecanus fuscus Linn.

Sula bassana Briss.

Sula fiber Linn.

Tachypetes aquila Vieillot.
Graculus carbo Gray.
Graculus dilophus Gray.
Graculus floridanus Bonap.
Graculus penicillatus Bonap.
Graculus violaceus Gray.
Plotus anhinga Linn.
Phaeton flavirostris Brandt.

* Procellaria glacialis Linn.

* Thalassidroma furcata Gould.
Thalassidroma Leachii Temm.

[Annual Report.

# Thalassidroma pelagica Bonap.
* Pufiinus anglorum Temm.

Puffinus obscurus Lath.
Stercorarius parasiticus Temm.
Stercorarius cepphus Ross.
Larus glaucus Briinn.

Larus glaucescens Licht.
Larus leucopterus Faber.
Larus marinus Linn.

Larus argentatus Brinn.

.Larus occidentalis Aud.

Larus californicus Lawr.
Larus delawarensis Ord.

Larus brachyrhynchus Rich.
Chroicocephalus atricilla Linn.
Chroicocephalus Franklinii Br.
Chroicocephalus philadelphia Lawr.
Rissa tridactyla Bonap.

Xema Sabinii Bonap.

Sterna aranea Wils.

Sterna regia Gambel.

Sterna acuflavida Cabot.
Sterna fuliginosa Gm.

Sterna Wilsoni Bonap.

Sterna macroura Naum.
Sterna Forsteri Nutt.

Sterna paradisea Briinn.
Sterna frenata Gambel.
Hydrochelidon plumbea Wils.
Anous stolidus Leach.
Rhynchops nigra Linn.
Colymbus torquatus Briinn.
Colymbus arcticus Linn.
Colymbus pacificus Lawr.
Colymbus septentrionalis Linn.
Podiceps griseigena Gray.
Podiceps occidentalis Lawr.
Podiceps cornutus Latham.
Podiceps californicus Heermann.
Podilymbus podiceps Lawr.
Alcea torda Linn.

Mormon cirrhata Bonap.
Mormon arctica Illiger.
Cerorhina monocerata Cassin.
Uria grylle Latham.

Uria columba Cassin.

Uria carbo Brandt.

Annual Report. |

Uria lomvia Briinnich.
Uria ringvia Briimnich.

22

Uria arra Pallas.

BIRDS OF EUROPE.

* Halietus albicilla Leach.

* Buteo vulgaris Bechst.

* Archibuteo lagopus Brehm.

* Pernis apivorus Bonap.

* Milvus regalis Briss.

* Milvus niger Briss.

* Falco lithofalco Gmel.

* Falco tinnunculus Linn.

* Falco cenchris Naum.

* Astur palumbarius Bechst.

* Accipiter nisus Pall.

* Circus zruginosus Savigr.

* Circus cyaneus Boie.

* Circus cineraceus Naum.

* Syrnium aluco Brehm.

* Strix flammea Linn.

* Otus vulgaris Flemm.

* Scops Aldrovandi Willughb.

* Picus major Linn.

* Picus medius Linn.

* Gecinus viridis Boie.

* Gecinus canus Boie.

* Yunx torquilla Linn.

* Cuculus canorus Linn.
Coracias garrula Linn.

* Merops apiaster Linn.

* Alcedo ispida Linn.

* Sitta europzea Linn.

* Certhia familiaris Linn.

* Upupa epops Linn.

* Corvus corax Linn.

* Corvus corone Linn.

* Corvus cornix Linn.

* Corvus frugilegus Linn.

* Corvus monedula Linn.

* Pyrrhocorax alpinus VieilL

* Pica caudata Linn.

* Pica cyanea Wagl.

* Garrulus glandarius Vieill

* Lanius minor Gmel.

* Lanius rufus Briss.

* Lanius collurio Linn.

* Sturnus vulgaris Linn.

* Passer domesticus Briss.

* Passer hispaniolensis Degl.

* Passer montanus Briss.

* Pyrrhula vulgaris Temm.

* Coccothraustes vulgaris Vieill.
* Ligurinus chloris Koch.

* Fringilla celebs Linn.

* Montifringilla nivalis Brehm.
* Carduelis elegans Steph.

* Chrysomitris spinus Boie.

* Serinus meridionalis Bonap.

* Cannabina linota G. R. Gray.
* Cannabina flavirostris Brehm.
* Linaria borealis Vieill.

* Linaria rufescens Vieill.

* Miliaria europza Swains.

* Emberiza citrinella Linn.

* Emberiza cia Linn.

* Emberiza hortulana Linn.

* Cynchramus scheeniclus Boie.
* Plectrophanes lapponicus Selby.
* Alauda arvensis Linn.

* Alauda arborea Linn.

* Otocoris alpestris Bonap.

* Melanocorypha calandra Boie.
* Galerida cristata Boie.

* Agrodroma campestris Swains.
* Anthus arboreus Bechst.

* Anthus pratensis Bechst.

* Anthus spinoletta Bonap.

* Anthus obscurus Keys. et Blas.
* Budytes flava Bonap.

* Motacilla alba Linn.

* Motacilla Yarrellii Gould.

* Oriolus galbula Linn.

* Turdus merula Linn.

* Turdus torquatus Linn.

* Turdus pilaris Linn.

* Turdus viscivorus Linn.

[May 5,

1869.}

* Turdus musicus Linn.

* Rubecula familiaris Blyth.

* Philomela luscinia Selby.

* Cyanecula suecica Brehm.

* Ruticilla phoenicura Bonap.

* Ruticilla tithys Brehm.

* Saxicola cenanthe Bechst.

* Pratincola rubetra Koch.

* Pratincola rubicola Koch.

* Prunella modularis Vieill.

* Sylvia atricapilla Scop.

* Sylvia hortensis Lath.

* Curruca garrula Briss.

* Curruca orphea Boie.
Curruca cinerea Briss.
Curruca melanocephala Boie.
Hypolais icterina Z. Gerbe.
Hypolais olivetorum Z. Gerbe.
Hypolais eleica Z. Gerbe.
Calamoherpe turdoides Boie.
Calamoherpe arundinacea Boie.
Calamoherpe palustris Boie.
Locustella naevia Degl. n.
Calamodyta phragmitis Mey et Wolf.
Troglodytes parvulus Koch.
Phyllopneuste trochilus Brehm.
Phyllopneuste rufa Bonap.
Phyllopneuste sibilatrix Brehm.
Regulus cristatus Charlet.
Regulus ignicapillus Licht.
Parus major Linn.

Parus ater Linn.

Parus ceruleus Linn.

Orites caudatus G. R. Gray.
Panurus biarmicus Koch.
Muscicapa nigra Briss.
Butalis grisola Boie.

Hirundo rustica Linn.
Chelidon urbica Boie.

Cotyle riparia Boie.

Cypselus apus Il.

Cypselus melba II].
Caprimulgus europzeus Linn.
Columba palumbus Linn.
Columba cenas Linn.
Columba livia Briss.

* * * HK KK RK KK KK K KK HF KR HK KK KK KKK HK KH K K

28

{Annual Report.

* Turtur auritus Ray.

* Lagopus scoticus Bonap.

* Lagopus mutus Leach.

* Tetrao urogallus Linn.

* Tetrao tetrix Linn.

* Perdix greeca Briss.

* Perdix rubra Briss.

* Perdix petrosa Lath.

* Starna cinerea Bonap.

* Coturnix communis Bonnatt.

* Phasianus colchicus Linn.

* Otis tetrax Linn.

* Glareola pratincola Leach.

* Cdicnemus crepitans Temm,

* Pluvialis apricarius Bonap.
Charadrius hiaticula Linn.

* Vanellus cristatus Meyer et Wolf.

* Heematopus ostralegus Linn.

* Numenius arquata Lath.

* Limosa zegocephala Leach.

* Scolopax rusticula Linn.

* Gallinago scolopacinus Bonap.

Tringa maritima Brinn.

Pelidna cinclus Bonap.

Machetes pugnax G. Cuv.

Totanus calidris Bechst.

Totanus glareola Temm.

Actitis hypoleucos Boie.

Phalaropus fulicarius Bonap.

* Lobipes hyperboreus Steph.

* Recurvirostra avocetta Linn.

* Himantopus candidus Bonnatt.

* Rallus aquaticus Linn.

* Crex pratensis Bechst.

* Porzana maruetta G. R. Gray.

Gallinula chloropus Lath.

Fulica atra Linn.

Ardea cinerea Linn.

Ardea purpurea Linn.

Egretta garzetta Bonap.

* Bubulcus ibis Bonap.

* Buphus comatus Boie.

* Ardeola minuta Bonap.

* Botaurus stellaris Steph.

* Nycticorax europzeus Steph.

* Ciconia alba Willughb.

*

*

*
*
*

*

Annual Report.J

* Ciconia nigra Gesn.
* Phatalea leucorhodia Linn.
* Sula bassana Briss.
Phalacrocorax carbo Leach.
* Phalacrocorax cristatus Steph.
* Phalacrocorax pygmzeus Dum.
* Procellaria glacialis Linn.
* Puffinus anglorum Boie.
Puffinus obscurus Boie.
* Thalassidroma pelagica Selby.
* Thalassidroma Bulweri Bonap.
* Stercorarius catarractes Vieill.
* Stercorarius pomarinus Vieill.
* Stercorarius parasiticus G. R. Gray.
Larus giaucus Brinn.
Larus leucopterus Ferber.
Larus marinus Linn.
* Larus fuscus Linn.
Larus argentatus Briinn.
* Larus canus Linn.
Larus tridactylus Linn.
* Larus ridibundus Linn.
* Sterna cantiaca Gmel.
* Sterna hirundo Linn.
* Sterna paradisea Briinn.
Sterna minuta Linn.
* Hydrochelidon fissipes G. R. Gray.
* Hydrochelidon nigra G. R. Gray.
* Cygnus ferus Ray.

24

[May 5,

* Anser cinereus Meyer.

* Anser sylvestris Briss.

* Tadorna Belonii Ray.

* Anser erythropus Newton.

* Spatula clypeata Boie

* Anas boschas Linn.

* Chaulelasmus strepera G. R. Gray.

* Mareca penelope Selby.

* Dafila acuta Eyton.

* Querquedula crecca Steph.
* Clangula islandica Bonap.
Harelda glacialis Steph.

* Somateria mollissima Boie.
Oidemia nigra Flem.
Oidemia fusca Flem.

* Mergus merganser Linn.

* Mergus serrator Linn.

* Podiceps cristatus Lath.

* Podiceps fluviatilis Degl.

* Uria troile Lath.

Uria ringvia Brinn.
Uria arra Keys. et Blas.
Uria grylle Lath.

* Uria Mandtii Lichst.

* Mergulus alle Vieill.

* Fratercula arctica Vieill.

* Fratercula corniculata Brandt.
Alea torda Linn.

BIRDS OF JAMAICA.

Crotophaga ani Linn.
Tyrannus griseus Vieill.
Tyrannus caudifasciatus D’Orbign.
Myiarchus validus Cab.
Myiarchus stolidus Gosse.

* Dendroica petechia Sclat. n.

* Petrochelidon fulva Cab.

* Progne dominicensis March.

* Tachornis phcenicobia Gosse. n.

* Vireo modestus Baird.

* Vireo altiloquus Gray. n.

* Mimus orpheus Baird. n.

Phonipara Marchii Baird.
Loxigilla anoxantha Sclat.
Loxigilla violacea Sclat.

* Certhiola flaveola Sund.

* Coturniculus tixicrus Gosse. n.

* Icterus leucopteryx Wagl. n.
Quiscalus crassirostris Swains.

* Columba leucocephala Linn.
Zenaida amabilis Bonap.

* Melopelia leucoptera Linn.
Chameepelia passerina Swains.
Ortyx virginianus Bon.

ne

BIRDS OF MEXICO AND LOWER CALIFORNIA.

* Pitangus Derbianus Sclat. n.
* Turdus Grayi Bonap. n.

* Campylorhynckus affinis Xantus. n.
* Cardinalis igneus Baird. n.

1869.]

*® Volatinia jacarina Cab.

* Harporhynchus cinereus Xantus.
* Zonotrichia melanotis. n.

* Cyanospiza Leclancheri. n.

* Spermophila torqueola Sclat.

25

{Annual Report.

* Icterus pustulatus Wagl. n.
n.* Cassiculus melanicteris Swains.

* Pipilo albigula Baird. n.

* Todirostrum sp. indet. Tabaxo. n.

n.

TROCHILIDA.

Ramphodon nevius Cab. & Hein. n.
Glaucis hirsuta Gould. n.

Glaucis mazeppa Reich. n.
Phzethornis eurynome Gould. n.
Pygmornis eremita Gould. n.
Pygmornis rufiventris Gould. n.
Eupetomena macroura Gould. n.
Sphenoproctus pampa Gould. n.
Campylopterus hemileucurus Cab. &

Hein. n.

Aphantochroa cirrhochloris Cab. &

Hein. n.

Lampornis mango Cab. & Hein. n.
Lampornis gramineus Cab. & Hein. n.
Eulampis jugularis Cab. & Hein. n.
Eulampis holosericeus Bonap. n.
Aithurus polytmus Gould. n.
Thalurania glaucopis Bonap. n.
Thalurania furcata Bonap. n.
Florisuga mellivora Bonap. n.
Florisuga fusca Cab. & Hein. n.
Lophornis ornatus Gould. n.
Lophornis magnifica Bonap. n.
Lophornis chalybea Gould. n.
Gouldia Langsdorffii Bonap. n.

* Trochilus colubris Linn. n. e.
Mellisuga minima Bonap. n.
Calypte Costz Gould. n.

Calypte Anna Gould. n.

Selasphorus platycercus Bonap. n.
Calothorax lucifer Gray. n.
Cheetocercus Mulsantii C. & Hein. n.

Cheetocercus Rosze G. R. Gray. n.
Calliphlox amethystina Gould. n.
Pterophanes Temminckii C. & H. n.
Agleactis cupripennis Sclat. n.
Rhamphomicrus Stanleyi Sclat. n.
Metallura tyrianthina Reich. n.
Avocettula recurvirostris Bonap. n.
Chrysolampis moschitus Boie. n.
Orthorhynchus exilis Reich. n.
Cephalolepis Delalandii Sclat. n.
Clais Guimetii Sclat. n.
Augastes superbus Bonap. n.
Petasophora serrirostris Gray. n.
Petasophora anais Gould. n.
Polytmus viridissimus Gould. n.
Patagona gigas Gould. n.
Heliangelus clarissee Cab. & Hein.
Clytolema rubinea Gould. n.
Eriocnemis vestita Bonap. n.
Eriocnemis Alinze Cab. & Hein.
Eriocnemis Luciani Gould. n.
Leucochloris albicollis Reich.
Agyrtria niveipectus Cab. & Hien. n.
Agyrtria Milleri Cab. & Hein. n.
Agyrtria brevirostris Cab. & Hein. n.
Agyrtria albiventris Cab. & Hein. n.
Agyrtria maculata Cab. & Hein. n.
Amazilia beryllina Gould. n.
Eucephala cyanogenys Gould. n.
Chlorostilbon phaethon C. & Hein. n
Chlorostilbon prasinus Gould. n.

Nn.

MISCELLANEOUS.

* Cacicus cristatus Gmel. n.

* Rhynchotus rufescens Wagl.

* Rhea americana Lath.

* Struthio camelus Linn.

* Dromaius Novee-Hollandis Vieill.
Sphenezcus gramineus Gould. n.

* Gallinula phoenicura Penn.

* Ploceus philippinensis Linn. n.
* Ploceus ocularis Smith. n.
* Ploceus baya Blyth? n.

Orthotomus longicauda Strickl. n.
Nectarinia metallica Licht.? n.
Fiscus collaris Linn. n.

* Collocalia nidificans Lath. n.

Annual Report.] 26 [May 5,

The Curatorship of Reptiles was left vacant early in the
year by Dr. Wilder’s acceptance of a Professorship in Cornell
University ; the Curator subsequently chosen in his place leay-
ing for the south soon after his election, has only just returned.
He reports the collection to be in excellent condition, but
poorly represented even in our own reptiles; much labelling
remains to be done, and the proper identification of the species
is not completed. The Curator proposes to supply temporarily
some deficiencies in the representation of the Massachusetts
species, from the unlabelled specimens laid aside for anatomi-
cal purposes. He will also revise the whole collection with
care, and have skeletons prepared from the duplicates to illus-
trate the bony framework of at least each family. The
collection has been rearranged in the new gallery devoted to
it, and although not fully prepared for public inspection, has
been on exhibition for the first time during the past week.

In the new room devoted to Fishes, and recently opened
to the public, the specimens have been reassorted in glass
jars and arranged in extended faunal divisions: thus, the
species from the fresh waters of North America, east of the
Rocky Mountains, form one collection; the marine fishes of
the Atlantic shores, north of Cape Hatteras a second ; those
from the south of Cape Hatteras to Brazil a third, and the
species of the Hawaiian Islands a fourth. The collection con-
tains more than one thousand numbers, which have all been
entered in the catalogue, and in many instances the species
identified and recorded under their proper names; but al-
though the collection is in a safe and accessible condition, it
cannot be considered in proper order until every jar shall
have its label for the information of visitors. It will re-
quire more time than the Curator can afford to identify and
name all the specimens; and, unless some special arrangement
can be made, this work must necessarily proceed very slowly.
The collection is very deficient in the sea fishes of our neigh-~
borhood, and a large outlay would be necessary to complete it.

1869.] ii f {Annual Report.

In the Entomological department Mr. P. 8. Sprague has
spent much time upon the Carabide, and we are indebted to
Dr. LeConte, Dr. Horn and others, for identifying many
species sent to them. Rev. Mr. Trask, Mr. Stebbins and
Miss Sanborn have also assisted in various ways, both in this
and in other departments. Mr. Sanborn has rearranged the
Hemiptera of the Harris collection in the new cabinets, a few
additional trays of specimens have been placed on exhibition,
and about two thousand butterflies from Central America
spread, and thus made available for exchange. Much atten-
tion has been given to the preservation of the collections,
which, although not yet in the most desirable condition, are
greatly in advance of their state a year ago. Most of the
additions to this department have been made in small quanti-
ties by many persons. Some interesting East Indian Lepi-
doptera have been received in exchange from Mr. A. 8. Bick-
more, and Dr. C. F. Waters has constantly added new objects
from our own vicinity.

The lower Articulates remain in good condition. A num-
ber of species of Cancroids and Grapsoids, sent to Mr. S. I.
Smith of New Haven, for study, have been carefully labelled
and returned; the Astaci have also passéd through the hands
of Dr. Hagen of Cambridge. Thirty-six specimens of fifteen
Species of Crustacea, from various parts of America, have
been received, in exchange, from the Museum of Yale Col-
lege.

A portion of the new room devoted to the department of
Mollusks, has been placed in order and opened to the public.
In the month of January an arrangement was made with the
Curator to devote one half of the year to the collections
under his charge; in consequence, more than one thousand
tablets have already been arranged and placed on exhibition.
The Curator’s entire attention has been given to the Pratt
collection, and its arrangement will be completed before he
proceeds to other work. From what he has seen of the Soci-

Annual Report.] 28 [May 5,

ety’s old collection, he regrets to state that it is even in worse
condition than he had supposed. Nearly all the type speci-
mens of Mighels, Gould, and others are missing; very many
tablets are empty, while specimens are not infrequently mis-
placed.

When a newly-appointed Curator finds his collection in a
disorganized condition, much time must be spent in prelimi-
nary work; this was the case with the last Curator, and
although he gave two consecutive months of attention to the
collection, it did not suffice to restore anything like order.
The subsequent removal of the specimens to their new room,
required a repetition of much of the old labor. With the
exception of the work done by the last incumbent, there is —
no evidence of any attention bestowed upon the specimens for
the last fifteen years, during which time the Curator has been
familiar with the collection; it is now in a worse condition
than it was years ago, showing, that in this case, gratuitous
aid has proved a failure ; and any one who has passed his eve-
nings and holidays in arranging a small private cabinet will
appreciate the amount of time which an extensive public col-
lection will require, where all the groups must receive im-
partial attention, and new donations be placed upon exhibi-
tion at the earliest moment.

The Curator considers the upright wall cases in which the
shells are arranged as entirely unsuitable for the display of
the dry collection; the very nature of such objects requires
their exhibition in horizontal cases, where they may be seen
from above. He knows of but one other museum in the coun-
try where an upright arrangement is adopted, and there only
from lack of room,—to be remedied at the earliest possible
moment.

The Society is indebted to Dr. J. W. Newcomb and Mr.
R. E. C. Stearns for assistance they have rendered in identi-
fying and labelling Mollusks from the Hawaiian Islands and
the west coast of America. An effort will be made during
the coming year to complete the collection of Massachusetts

1869.] 29 [Annual Report.

Mollusks, and the Curator solicits material for this purpose.
The collection lacks all the smaller species, whether from land,
sea, or river.

Nearly five hundred species of Mollusks from various local-
ities determined by the late Mr. Cuming, have been pre-
sented by the Smithsonian Institution; a valuable dona-
tion of fifty-one species of deep-water Mollusks from our own
coast, has been received from Mr. E. R. Mayo, and ninety-
seven specimens of thirty-three Florida Mollusks from Mr.
R. E. C. Stearns.

The collection of Radiates has not been greatly increased
during the year; the most important additions are a small
collection of starfishes from California, presented by Mr. R.
E. C. Stearns, and a series of typical specimens of corals
and echinoderms, mostly of species described by the Curator
and sent by the Museum of Yale College, in exchange.

A number of Echini have been borrowed by Mr. Alexan-
der Agassiz for monographic work, and the condition of the
collection is generally satisfactory. The Echinoderms are all
identified and catalogued, although the final labels remain
unwritten; the corals have been mostly identified, and about
half catalogued; the collection would be improved if all
the corals were mounted in their natural position, and atten-
tion will be given to this point during the year. The Curator
begs leave to state that numerous species of Radiates on our
own coast, especially among the Hydroids, Ophiurans, and
small starfishes still remain unrepresented.

The specimens in the department of Microscopy are in
good condition ; there is much rough material in the Bailey
Collection ready at any time to be made use of by those in-
terested in diatoms.

- Little has been done to the Paleontological collections ; near-
ly all the specimens are still mounted on the old plaster trays,
which do not form an agreeable contrast to the new tablets and

>

Annual Report.] 30 (May 5,

labels of the neighboring departments. The Trenton Lime-
stone fossils have, however, been newly mounted and rela-
belled with the old names. The collection, even in its present
meagre representation of past epochs, requires the attention
of one person for several months in the year to revise the
nomenclature, and relabel and catalogue the specimens. The
most important addition consists of a series of casts of twenty-
eight species of fossils (mostly cretaceous) received from the
Smithsonian Institution.

The department of Geology has been enriched by a collec-
tion of more than five hundred named specimens of rocks,
purchased from Dr. Krantz of Bonn. The local collections
of volcanic products are mostly labelled and arranged in cases,
and the systematic collection of rocks has been rearranged.
The economic collections have not increased to the extent
hoped for by the Curator, and although architects and pro-
prietors of quarries have promised specimens, none have been
received during the year. A new case has been placed in the
room, but the Curator deems the additional facilities of gal-
lery cases needed for a proper display of the collection under
his care.

The Curator of Mineralogy reports that he has rearranged
nearly all the specimens in his department, in order to carry
out his plan of having the collection correspond in system
with that of the recent edition of Dana’s Mineralogy. He
has .also adopted the new system of labelling introduced in
other parts of the Museum, and the extent of his work can
be estimated, from the fact that about two thousand seven
hundred specimens are on exhibition. He expects to com-
plete the task before another annual meeting. As usual, the
department is indebted to Dr. C. T. Jackson for many valu-
able specimens.

I cannot trust myself to dwell on the loss which has befallen -
the Society in the sudden death of our Curator of Botany;

a

1869.) 31 [Annual Report.

we cannot penetrate the mystery of his early decease, nor
estimate the value of his counsel and the increasing import-
ance of his aid. Mr. Mann’s life was so rich in promise, his
heart so full of generous impulse, his judgment so mature,
that he was endeared to us all. We have looked in vain for
his successor, and long shall we lament our loss. The collec-
tion remains as he left it, and but few additions have been
received during the year.

This closes our review of the Society’s operations for the
past year. We would pass on to the next with better hope
were we not encumbered by the embarrassments of which the
Treasurer will shortly speak. or an institution like ours the
expenditures of the past twelve months have certainly not
been extravagant; all of them seem highly desirable, and we
are forced to the conclusion that larger means are absolutely
essential to our prosperity and growth. We have taken a
high stand among Societies of a kindred nature in this coun-
try, but unless our income is nearly doubled we cannot retain
it. Two things are urgently required,—more money and a
larger staff of assistants; otherwise, in receiving such large
additions as have been sent to us since our removal to the
present site, without the corresponding monetary bequests, we
shall be overwhelmed in the course of a few years by our own
external prosperity.

Annual Report.] 32 [May 5,

LETTERS RECEIVED

DURING THE YEAR ENDING APRIL 30, 1869.

From the Académie Royale des Sciences, etc., de Belgique, Bruxelles, Septem-
ber 14th, 1867; Bibliotheca Universitatis Lugduno-Batave, October 22d, 1867;
Bataafsch Genootschap der Proefondervindelijke Wijsbegeerte te Rotterdam,
October 23d, 1567; Bureau de la Recherche Géologique de la Suéde, Stock-
holm, December 31st, 1867; Director of the Real Gymnasium und Ober-
Realschule, St. Polten, December, 1867; Office of the Geological Survey of
India; Der Nassauischer Verein, Wiesbaden, January 6th, 1868; K. K. zoolo-
gisch-botanische Gesellschaft, Wien, January, 1868, and February, 1869;
Madras Literary Society, March, 1868; Utrecht Society of Arts and Sciences,
March, 1868; Smithsonian Institution, April 6th, June 26th, August 8th and
December 12th, 1868; Massachusetts Horcicultural Society, June ist and June
26th, 1868; Royal Society of London, April 20th, 1868; Naturforschende Gesell-
schaft, Freiburg, May 3d, 1868; Société des sciences physiques et naturelles du
Département d’Lle et Vilaine, Rennes, May 27th, 1868; Museum at Bergen, May
z8th and October 10th, 1868; Essex Institute, Salem, Mass., May 29th, June
26th, August 5th, October 28th, November 24th, December 14th, 1868, January
16th, February 3d, March 12th and April 14th, 1869; Naturforschende Gesell-
schaft in Bern, May, 1868; Lyceum of Natural History, New York, June ist
and July 15th, 1868, February 8th, March 1st, April 6th and April 12th, 1869;
Massachusetts Institute of Technology, June 2d and 23d, and August 13th,
1868, April 19th, 1869; Institute of Natural Science, Halifax, N.S., June 8th,
1868; New York State Agricultural Society, Albany, June 16th, 1868; Acad-
emy of Sciences of Chicago, June 18th, 1868, and April 29th, 1869; Massachu-
seits Historical Society, Boston, June 27th and Sept. 8th, 1868, and April, 1869;
Public Library of the City of Boston, June 27th and December 10th, 1868;
Schweizerische Gesellschaft, Bern, June, 1868; Amherst College Library, June,
1868; Regents of the University of the State of New York, Albany, July 3d,
1868; Corporation of Harvard College, Cambridge, July 20th, 1868, and April
6th, 1869; Linnean Society, London, July 22d, 1868; Société Hollandaise des
Sciences & Harlem, September 11th, 1868; Société Royale des Sciences a Upsal,
September 15th, 1868: Cercle Artistique, Littéraire et Scientifique d’Anvers,
September 26th, 1868; Académie Royale des Sciences & Amsterdam, October
18th, 1868; Naturforschende Gesellschaft des Osterlandes zu Altenburg, Octo-
ber 15th, 1868; Corporation of Williams College, Williamstown, October 20th,
1868, and April 20th, 1869; the Natural History and Medical Reunion at Heidel-
berg, October 21st, 1868; Physikalisch-medizinische Gesellschaft in Wiirzburg,
October 24th, 1868; Gesellschaft ziir Beforderung der Naturwissenschaften zu
Freiburg i. B., October 24th, 1868; Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Basel, October
30th, 1868; Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, November 13th, 1868,

1869.] 83 [Annual Report.

March 8th and April 9th, 1869; American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia,
November 18th, 1868 and March 8th, 1869; Institut National Genevois, Genéve,
November 14th, 1868; Finska Lakare-Sdllskapet, Helsingfors, November 15th,
1867; Zodlogical Society of London, November 10th, 1868; Prof. A. de Bary,
Director of the Botanical Garden of the University of Halle, November 10th,
1868; Royal Institution, London, November 18th, 1868; Editors of the Neues
Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, Stuttgart, November 4th, 1868; Literary and Philo-
sophical Society of Manchester, November 11th, 1868; K. K. Centralanstalt fiir
Meteorologie und Erdmagnetismus in Wien, November 26th, 1868; Belfast Nat-
ural History, etc., Society, December 4th, 1868; Royal Horticultural Society,
London, January, 1869; Royal Society of Edinburgh, January 5th, 1869;
Anthropological Society of London, January 20th, 1869; Naturforschende
Gesellschaft, Gorlitz, January 27th, 1869; Naturforschender Verein, Dessau,
January, 1869; Portland Society of Natural History, April Gth, 17th and
30th, 1869; American Antiquarian Society, Worcester, Mass., April 6th, 1869,
acknowledging the receipt of the Society’s publications.

From the K. preussische Akademie der Wissenschaften, Berlin, December 31st,
1867; Bureau de la Recherche Géologique de la Suéde, December 3ist, 1867,
and June 15th, 1868; Manchester Scientific Students’ Association, 1868; Nassau-
ischer Verein fir Naturkunde, Wiesbaden, January 6th, 1868; Superintendent of
the Geological Survey of India, Calcutta, January 8th, 1868: Verein fiir sieben-
birgische Landeskunde, January 24th, 1868; Naturhistorische Gesellschaft zu
Hannover, February 2d, 1868; Société Entomologique des Pays-Bas, Leide, Ieb-
ruary 12th, 1868; Naturforschender Verein zu Riga, February 18th, 1868; K. K.
zoologisch-botanische Gesellschaft, Wien, February 25th, 1868; Utrecht Society
of Arts and Sciences, March, 1868; Académie Impériale des Sciences, Belles-
Lettres, ete., de Lyon, April 10th, 1868; Universidad de Chile, April 15th, 1868;
K. Akademie der Wissenschaften, Wien, April 23d and August 26th, 1868;
Société Entomologique de France, Paris, April 25th, 1868; Oberhessische Gesell-
schaft fiir Natur- und Heilkunde, April 27th, 1868; Académie Royale des Sciences,
etc., Bruxelles, April 27th, 1868; K. bohmische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften,
May 14th, 1868; Société Hollandaise des Sciences, Harlem, May 20th, 1868;
Batavian Society, Rotterdam, May, 1868; Smithsonian Institution, Washington,
D. C., June Ist, 1868; Société Impériale d’Agriculture de Moscou, June ist,
1868; K. K. geographische Gesellschaft, Wien, June 30th, 1868; Naturfor-
schende Gesellschaft in Bern, June, 1868; Schweizerische naturforschende
Gesellschaft, Bern, June, 1868; Naturforscher-Verein zu Riga, July 13th, 1868;
Académie Impériale des Sciences, Belles-Lettres, etc., Lyon, July 15th, 1868; So-
ciété Linnéene de Lyon, July 15th, 1868; W. Hunter, Acting Secretary of State,
in behalf of A. Mazel, Minister from the Netherlands to the United States,
August 8th, 1868; Société Royale des Sciences & Upsal, August ist and Septem-
ber 15th, 1868; Schlesische Gesellschaft fiir vaterlandische Cultur, Breslau,
August 15th, 1868; Museum Francisco- Carolinum, Linz, August 19th, 1868;
_ Académie Royale des Sciences 4 Amsterdam, September 2d, 1868; K. Leopol-
dino-Carolinische deutsche Academie der Naturforscher, Dresden, September,
1868; Naturhistorische Gesellschaft, Niirnberg, October Ist, 1868; Geological and

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.—VOL. XIII. SEPTEMBER, 1869.

Annual Report.] 34. [May 5,

Polytechnic Society of the West Riding of Yorkshire, Leeds, October 16th, 1868;
Wetterauische Gesellschaft fiir die gesammte Naturkunde zu Hanau, November
11th, 1868; Université Royale a Christiania, November, 1868; Mannheimer
Verein fir Naturkunde, November, 1868; K. Preussische Akademie der Wissen-
shaften, Berlin, December 28th, 1868; Medizinisch-naturwissenschaftliche
Gesellschaft, zu Jena, January 29th, 1869; Prof. C. M. Von Siebold, Leipzig,
February 15th, 1869; Belfast Natural History and Philosophical Society, Febru-
ary 17th, 1869, presenting their various publications.

From the Gesellschaft naturforschender Freunde zu Berlin, February 7th,
1868; Société d’ Agriculture, etc., de la Sarthe, Le Mans, March Ist, 1868; Natur-
forschende Gesellschaft, Gorlitz, March 8th, 1868; Naturforschende Gesellschaft
in Danzig, June 2d, 1868; Société Impériale Géographique, St. Petersburg,
July 13th, 1868; Royal Society of Northern Antiquaries, Copenhagen, Septem-
ber Ist, 1868; K. K. geologische Reichsanstalt, Wien, October 16th, 1868;
Obperhessische Gesellschaft fiir Natur- und Heilkunde, Giessen, October 24th,
1868; Meklenburgischer patriotischer Verein, Rostock, October 25th, 1868;
Société de Physique et d’Histoire Naturelle de Genéve, November ist, 1868;
Die Pollichia, Diirkheim, November 20th, 1868; Société d’Histoire Naturelle
de Strasbourg, December 10th, 1868; K. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu
Gotiingen, January, 1869; Société Royale Linnéenne de Bruxelles, February
15th, 1869; Royal Physical Society of Edinburgh, March 8th, 1869; Edward
Newman, Esq., London, Eng., March 11th, 1869; Société Linnéenne de Bordeaux,
March 12th, 1869, acknowledging the receipt of the Society’s publications, and
presenting their own.

From the Geographical Society of Berlin, December 20th, 1868, acknowledg-
ing the receipt of the Society’s publications, and accepting the proposition to
exchange.

From the Oekonomische Gesellschaft, Dresden, April 8th, 1868, presenting its
publications and accepting the offer of exchange.

From the K. Norske Universitet, December 7th, 1868, presenting publications
and asking exchange.

From the Société Littéraire du Brabant Septentrional 4 Bois le Duc, Novem-
ber 17th, 1868; Ministére de la Marine et des Colonies, Paris, December 16th,
1868; Société des Sciences Physiques et Naturelles de Bordeaux, January 12th,
1869; Verein fiir vaterlandische Naturkunde in Wirttemberg, Stuttgart, Febru-
ary 15th, 1869, acknowledging the receipt of the Society’s publications, present-
ing their own, and asking that missing numbers of the Society’s publications
may be sent to them.

From the Bataafsch Genootschap der Proefondervindelijke Wijsbegeerte te
Rotterdam, September 29th, 1868, acknowledging the receipt of the Society’s
publications, and offering to complete the set of its own publications in the
possession of the Society.

From the Universitas Lugduno-Batava, September 14th, 1868; and from
Sefior Felipe Poey, Havana, September 19th, 1868, acknowledging the receipt
of the Society’s publications, and promising to supply deficiencies in the publi- -
cations heretofore received by the Society from them.

From the Société des Sciences de Finlande, Helsingfors, November 30th, 1868,

1869.] 35 [Annual Report.

and from the Schlesische Gesellschaft fiir vaterlandische Cultur, Breslau, De-
cember 2d, 1868, acknowledging the receipt of the Society’s publications, and
regretting inability to supply deficiencies in the publications heretofore trans-
mitted to the Society.

From the K. K. zoologisch-botanische Gesellschaft, Wien, November 23d,
1868, presenting its publications, regretting its inability to furnish publications
asked for by the Society, and asking that missing numbers of the publications
transmitted by the Society may be supplied.

From the K. K. zoologisch-botanische Gesellschaft, Wien, October 12th,
1867; Naturhistorischer Verein der preussischen Rheinlande und Westphalens,
- Bonn, March Ist, 1868; Verein fur vaterlandische Naturkunde in Wiirttemberg,
Stuttgart, April 12th, 1868; Superintendent of the Geological Survey of India,
Calcutta, May 20th, 1869; Andrew Murray, Esq., London, November, 1868;
Institut Impérial de France, Paris, December 5th, 1868; and the Société d’ Agri-
culture, Sciences et Arts de la Sarthe, Le Mans, February 27th, 1869, acknowl-
edging the receipt of the Society’s publications, and asking that missing
numbers may be supplied.

From the Société Entomologique de France, Paris, April 16th, 1869, acknowl-
edging the receipt of the Society’s publications, asking for missing numbers,
and promising to complete the series of its publications in the possession of the
Society so far as possible.

From the Société Linnéenne de Bordeaux, March 17th, 1869, asking that de-
ficiencies in their series of the Society’s publications may be supplied to them,
and promising to reciprocate.

From the Royal Geographical Society, London, January 4th, 1869, presenting
some of the back numbers of its publications.

From Dr. H. Loew, Meseritz, Prussia, February 28th, 1868; Prof. O. C.
Marsh, New Haven, Conn., July 6th, 1868; Prof. William H. Brewer, New
Haven, Conn., July 22d, 1868; Prof. T. Eulenstein, Dresden, Saxony, October
5th, 1868; Prof. Burt. G. Wilder, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y,, January
24th, 1869; Prof. Charles Wedl, Vienna, Austria, February 20th, 1869, in
acknowledgment of their election as Corresponding Members.

From Dr. Christopher Kollock, Cheraw, N. C., June 22d and October 21st,
1868; Henry Davis, Money Creek, Minnesota, October 27th, 1868; and John W.
M. Appleton, Waldingfield, W. Va., November 5th, 1868, offering specimens to
the Society, etc.; A. A. Gautier, Chevalier de la Légion d’Honneur, Paris,
September 30th, 1868, a circular concerning the cultivation of the Potato; Dr.
C. A. Martius, Miinchen, December 15th, 1868, announcing the death of Dr.
Carl Friedrich Philipp von Martius; Biological Department of the Academy of
Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, February 25th, 1869, a circular concerning
the objects of the department; the University of Vermont, Burlington, March
9th, 1869, in acknowledgment of having been placed on the list of Institutions
to which the Society’s publications are sent.

Annual Report.) 36 [May 5,

ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY

DURING THE YEAR ENDING APRIL 30, 1869.

A Guide to the Study of Insects. By A. S. Packard, Jr., M.D. Parts 1-
vi. 8vo. Salem, 1868-9. From the Author.

Annual Meteorological Synopsis for the year 1867. By J. B. Trembley,
M. D., in the city of Toledo, Ohio. 8vo. Pamph. From the Author.

A System of Mineralogy. By James Dwight Dana, aided by George Jarvis
Brush. 5th Edition. 8vo. New York, 1868. From the Author.

Queries on the Red Sandstone of Vermont, and its Relations to other Rocks.
By the Rev. John B. Perry. 8vo. Pamph. Boston, 1868. From the Author.

Notes on certain Terrestrial Mollusca, with Descriptions of new Species. By
Thomas Bland. 8vo. Pamph. New York, 1868. From the Author.

The Institutes of Medicine. By Martyn Paine, M. D. 8vo. New York,
1867. From the Author.

Contributions to the Mineralogy of Nova Scotia. By Professor How. 111.
8vo. Pamph. 1868. From the Author.

Catalogue of the Phzenogamous Plants of the United States east of the
Mississippi, and of the Vascular Cryptogamous Plants of North America,
north of Mexico. By Horace Mann. 8vo. Pamph. Boston, 1868. From the
Author.

Mr. Meek’s Notes on my Preliminary Report of the Geology of Kansas, as
edited by Dr. Hayden. By Prof. G. C. Swallow. 8vo. Pamph. St. Louis,
1868. From the Author.

On some Cretaceous Fossil Plants from Nebraska. By Leo Lesquereux. 8vo.
Pamph. Columbus, 1868. From the Author.

Céphalopodes Siluriens de la Bohéme. Groupement des Orthocéres. Par
Joachim Barrande. 8vo. Pamph. Paris, 1868. From the Author.

Derivative Hypothesis of Life and Species. By Professdr Owen. 8vo. Pamph.
London, 1868. From the Author.

Capillar-Blut undefibrinirtes zur Transfusion. Von Dr. med. Franz Ge-
sellius. 8vo. Pamph. St. Petersburg, 1868. rom the Author.

Outlines of Comparative Anatomy and Medical Zodlogy. By Harrison Allen,
M.D. 8vo. Philadelphia, 1869. rom the Author.

Mutillarum novarum species aliquot. Auctore H. de Saussure. 8yo. Pamph.
Paris, 1867. From the Author.

Notes on the later extinct Floras of North America. By J. S. Newberry.
8vo. Pamph. New York, 1867. From the Author. “ti

The Pampas and Andes. A Thousand Miles’ Walk across South America.
By Nathaniel H. Bishop. 12mo. Boston, 1869. From the Author.

Action of Ansesthetics on the Blood Corpuscles. By J. H. McQuillen, M. D.
8vo. Pamph. Philadelphia, 1869. From the Author.

Introduction to Zoology. By Robert Patterson, F.R.S. i16mo. Belfast, 1866.
From the Author.

1869.] 37 [Annvel Report.

On the Geology and Silver Ore of Wood’s Location, Thunder Cape, Lake
Superior. By Thos. Macfarlane. 8yo. Pamph. Actonvale, 1869. From the
Author.

Die Vegetationsverhdltnisse von Croatien. Von Dr. August Neilreich. 8vo.
Wien, 1868. From the Author. :

Die Zoophyten und Kchinodermen des Adriatischen Meeres. Von Prof.
Cam. Heller. 8vo. Pamph.~ Wien, 1868. rom the Author.

On the Origin of Genera. By Edward D. Cope, A. M. 8vo. Pamph.
Philadelphia, 1869. From the Author.

Flora Brasiliensis. Edidit Carolus Fridericus Philippus de Martius. Fasc
44-46. Folio. Lipsiae, 1868. From Mrs. B. D. Greene.

Annual Report of the Surgeon-General, United States Army. 8vo. Pamph.
Washington, 1868. From the Surgeon-General.

California Wine, Wool and Stock Journal. J. Q. A. Warren, Editor. Vol. 1.
4to. San Francisco, 1863. From the Editor.

Geological and Natural History Survey of North Carolina. Part 11. Bot-
any, by Rey. M. A. Curtis, D. D. 8vo. Raleigh, 1867. From C. J. Sprague.

Report on the State of the Militia of the Province of Canada, for the year
1867. 8vo. Ottawa, 1868. From L. A. H. Latour.

Forty-eighth Annual Report of the Mercantile Library Association of the
City of Boston. 8vo. Pamph. 1868. From the Association.

The Galaxy, Vol. v, No.6. 8vo. New York, 1868. From the Publishers.

Drawing of Cypreza. From Mr. G. W. Pratt.

The Journal of the Franklin Institute. 3d Series. _ Vol. tv1, No.1. 8vo.
Philadelphia, 1868. From the Institute.

American Cervus, by John D. Caton. 8vo. Pamph. Ottawa, 1868. From
Mr. B. D. Walsh.

Photographs of Macherodon. From Mr. J. Dorr.

A General Catalogue of Books, arranged in Classes, offered for sale by Ber-
nard Quaritch. 8vo. London, 1868. From Mr. Bernard Quaritch.

Beitrag zur Kentniss der mikroskopischen Fauna jurassiseher Schichten.
Von Conrad Schwager. 8vo. Pamph. Stuttgart, 1865. From Dr. C. F.
Winslow. :

Catalogue of the Officers and Students in Yale College, 1868-69. 8vo. Pamph.
New Haven, 1868. rom the Trustees of Yale College.

Hawaiian Club Papers. Edited by a Committee of the Club. 8vo. Boston,
1868. From Mr. William T. Brigham.

Ueber Capillargefaszsysteme von Gasteropoden. Von. Prof. Dr. C. Wedl.
8vo. Pamph. Wien, 1868. From Dr. F. H. Brown.

The Missisquoi Springs and their wonderful Cures. 12mo. Pamph. New
York. From the Proprietors of the Springs. :

Acts and Resolves passed by the General Court of Massachusetts, in the
years 1864-68. 8vo. Boston. rom Mr. Alanson Hawley.

The Athenzum. 1850, Vol. 1; 1851, m-1v; 1852, 1-111; 1853, 1-11: 1854,
mm. 4to. London. From Mr. N. L. Hooper.

Public Library of Cincinnati. Rules, By-Laws and other Items, with Annual
Reports. 8vo. 1868. From the Trustees.

Annual Report.] 38 [May 5,

The Inaugural Address of Nathaniel B. Shurtleff, Mayor of Boston, to the
City Council, January 4, 1869. 8vo. Boston, 1869. From the City of Boston.

An Act to aid in the preservation of Birds, Birds’ Eggs and Deer. Senate,
No. 111. The same, Senate, No. 191. 8vo. Pamph. Boston, 1868. From
Mr. H. A. Purdie.

Free Public Library of the City of New Bedford. Seventeenth Annual Re-
port of the Trustees. 8vo. 1869. Supplement to the Catalogue. 8vo. 1869.
From the Trustees.

Geology of New Jersey. George H. Cook, State Geologist. 8vo. Newark,
1868. Map, 4to. From the Board of Managers of the Survey.

North-West Territory. Report on the Assiniboine and Saskatchewan Explor-
ing Expedition, by Henry Youle Hind, M. A. 4to. Toronto, 1859. From Mr.
C. S. Minot.

Reports of the Commissioners of Fisheries of the State of Maine, for the
years 1867 and 1868. 8vo. Augusta, 1869. From the Commissioners.

Report of the Commissioner of Agriculture and Arts of the Province of On-
tario, for the year 1868. 8vo. Toronto, 1869. From the Commissioner.

A Concise History of High Rock Spring. By Henry McGuier. 16mo.
Pamph. Albany, 1868. From Dr. 8S. Kneeland.

Photographs of Japanese. From Mr. C. K. Dillaway.

Offenes Schreiben an Herrn Franz Maurer, als Erwiederung auf dessen
Schmihschrift ‘“ Nicobariana.’’ 8vo. Pamph. Berlin, 1868. From M. Georg
Ritter von Frauenfeld.

Protection a Boon to Consumers. Address before the National Association of
Knit Goods Manufacturers, May 1, 1867. By John L. Hayes. 8vo. Boston,
1867.

The Fleece and the Loom. Address before the National Association of Wool
Manufacturers, Sept. 6, 1865. By the same. 8vo. Boston, 1865. From the
Author.

List of Birds collected in Southern Arizona by Dr. E. Palmer; with remarks.
By Dr. Elliot Coues, U.S. A. 8vo. Pamph. Philadelphia, 1868.

A Monograph of the Alcidz. By the same. 8vo. Pamph. Philadelphia,
1868. From the Author.

On Sussexite, a new borate from Mine Hill, Franklin Furnace, Sussex Co.,
N. J. By George J. Brush. 8vo. Pamph. New Haven, 1868.

Catalogue of Meteorites in the Mineralogical Collection of Yale College. By
the same. 8vo. Pamph. New Haven, 1869. From the Author.

Descriptions of twelve new species of Unionidae from South America, etc.
By Isaac Lea. 8vo. Pamph. Philadelphia, 1868.

Observations on the Genus Unio. By Isaac Lea, LL.D. Vol. XII. 4to.
Philadelphia. From the Author.

Rapport sur Jes Phénoménes Chimiques de l’Eruption de Etna en 1865.
Par M. F. Fougué. 4to. Pamph. Paris, 1866.

1839.] &9 [Annual Report.

Rapport sur les Tremblements de Terre de Céphalonie et de Mételin en 1867.
By the same. 8vo. Pamph. Paris, 1867.

Premier Rapport sur une Mission scientifique 4 l’Ne Santorin. By the same.
8vo. Pamph. Paris, 1867. From the Author.

On the Origin of the so-called Lignilites or Epsomites. By Prof. O. C. Marsh.
fvo. Pamph. New Haven, 1867.
- Observations on the Metamorphosis of Siredon into Amblystoma. By the
same. 8vo. Pamph. New Haven, 1868.
_ Notice of a new species of Fossil Horse. By the same. 8vo. Pamph. New
Haven, 1868. From the Author.

Une Ascension dans les Montagnes Rocheuses. Par J. Marcou. 8vo. Pamph.
Paris, 1867.

Notice sur les Cartes Géologiques de Victoria (Australie) et des Iles Britan-
niques. By thesame. 8vo. Pamph. Paris, 1868.

Distribution Géographique de l’Or et de l’Argent aux Etats-Unis et dans les
Canadas. By the same. 8vo. Pamph. Paris, 1867. From the Author.

Description of a new Pseudomorpha from California, with notes on the Pseu-
domorphide. By Geo. H. Horn, M.D. 8vo. Pamph. Philadelphia, 1867.

Geotrupes of Boreal America. By the same. 8vo. Pamph. Philadelphia,
1868.

Catalogue of Coleoptera from South Western Virginia. By the same. 8vo.
Pamph. Philadelphia, 1868. From the Author.

Descriptions of American Lepidoptera. No.3. By A. R. Grote and C. T.
Robinson. 8vo. Philadelphia, 1868.

Notes on the N. A. Lepidoptera contained in the British Museum, and de-
scribed by Francis Walker. By thesame. 8vo. Pamph. Philadelphia, 1868.

List of the Lepidoptera of North America. By the same. 8vo. Pamph.
Philadelphia, 1868. From the Authors.

Symbole Sirenologicz. Auctore Johanne Friderico Brandt. 4to. Petrop-
oli, 1861-8.

Ueber eine neue Abbildung der Steller’schen Seekuh. By the same. 8vo.
Pamph. St. Petersburg, 1867.

Bericht iber den zweiten und dritten Fascikel der Symbole Sirenologice.
By the same. 8vo. Pamph. 1867.

Ueber die systematische Stellung und die Verwandtschaften des Dodo (Didus

ineptus). By the same. 8vo. Pamph. St. Petersburg, 1867. rom the
Author.

De la Classification de certains Opercules de Gastéropodes. Par M. Ch. Des-
Moulins. 8vo. Pamph. Bordeaux, 1867.

Lettre a M. Frangois Crépin. By the same. 8vo. Pamph. Bordeaux, 1868.

Liste des principaux Fossiles recueillis par les Membres de Ja Société Linné-

Annual Report. ] 49) [May 5,

enne & Cazeneuve dans le Calcair de Bazas. By thesame. 8yo. Pamph.
Bordeaux, 1868.

Descriptions et Figures de quelques Coquilles Fossiles du Terrain Tertiare,
etc. By the same. From the Author.

The Ainos or Hairy Men of Yesso, Saghalien and the Kurile Islands. By
Albert S. Bickmore. 8vo. Pamph. New Haven, 1868.

Sketch of a Journey from Canton to Hankow, through China. By the same.

8vo. Pamph. New Haven, 1868.
" $ketch of a Journey through the Interior of China. By the same. 8vo.
Pamph. Shanghai, 1867.

Recent Elevations in China and Japan. By the same. 8yo. Pamph.
Shanghai, 1867. From the Author.

Osservazioni del M. E. Prof. Ab. Cav. Franc. Zantedeschi all’ Argomento
addotto all’ Ipotesi della Elettricita negativa d’Induzione, ete. 8vo. Pamph.
Venezia, 1868.

Dei Caratteri della Tromba terrestre accaduta nel Fruili il 28 di Luglio, 1867.
By the same. 8yo. Pamph. Venezia, 1868.

Della Necessita di nuovi studi meteorologici, ete. Nota del C. F. Zantedeschi.
8vo. Pamph. Venezia, 1868.

Documenti intorno agli studi Spettrescopici. By the same. 8vo. Pamph.
Padova, 1868.

Pubbliche Date del Magnettoelettrico ed Elettromagnetico. By the same.
8vo. Pamph. Padova, 1868.

La Scienza alla Esposizione Universale di Parigi nel 1867. By the same.
8vo. Pamph. Venezia, 1868. From the Author.

Mimus melanopterus. By George N. Lawrence. 8vo. Pamph. New York,
1849.

Observations on Mr. Bell’s Paper on the Limosa scolopacea of Say. By the
same. 8vo. Pamph. New York, 1849. .

On the occurrence of the Caspian Tern (Sylochelidon caspius) in North
America. By thesame. 8vo. Pamph. New York, 1850.

Description of a new species of Tyrannus. By the same. 8vo. Pamph.
New York, 1850.

Descriptions of new species of Birds of the Genera Toxastoma Wagler,
Tyrannula Swainson, and Plectrophanes Meyer. By the same. 8yvo. Pamph.
New York, 1851.

Additions to North American Ornithology. Nos. 2-3. By the same. 8vo.
New York, 1851-3.

Ornithological Notes. By the same. Nos. 1-2. 8vo. New York, 1852-3.

Descriptions of new species of Birds of the Genera Ortyx Stephens, Sterna
Linn., and Icteria Viellot. By thesame. 8vo. Pamph. New York, 1853.

Description of a new species of Bird of the Genus Larus Linn. By the
same. 8vo. Pamph. New York, 1854.

Description of a new species of Humming Bird of the Genus Mellisuga

19€9.] 41 [Annual Report.

Brisson, with a note on Trochilus aquila Bourcier. By the same. 8vo. Pamph.
New York, 1855.

Descriptions of new species of Birds of the Genera Chordeiles Swainson, and
Polioptila Sclater. By thesame. 8vo. Pamph. New York, 1856.

Descriptions of two new species of Gulls in the Museum of the Smithsonian
Institution. By the same. 8vo. Pamph. New York, 1858.

Descriptions of seven new species of Humming Birds. By the same. 8vo.
Pamph. New York, 1858.

Observations on Gundlach’s ‘‘ Notes on some Cuban Birds.’”? By the same.
8yo. Pamph. New York, 1858.

Descriptions of three new species of Humming Birds of the Genera Helio-
master, Amazilia, and Mellisuga. By the same. 8vo. Pamph. New York,
1860.

Description of a new species of Bird of the Genus Phaeton. By the same.
8vo. Pamph. New York, 1860.

Descriptions of new species of Birds of the Genus Myiarchus and Phlogopsis.
By the same. 8vo. Pamph. New York, 1860.

-Notes on some Cuban Birds. By the same. 8vo. Pamph. New York, 1860.

Catalogue of a Collection of Birds made in New Granada, by James McLean-
nan, Esq., of New York, with notes and descriptions of new species. By the
same. Parts1-rv. 8vo. New York, 1861-3.

Descriptions of three new species of Birds. By the same. 8vo. Pamph.
New York, 1861.

Descriptions of six new species of Birds of the Families Charadride, Tro-
chilide and Caprimulgide. By thesame. 8vo. Pamph. New York, 1862.

Descriptions of new species of Birds of the Families Vireonide and Rallide.
By the same. 8vo. Pamph. Philadelphia, 1868.

Descriptions of new species of Birds of the Families Cerebids, Tanagride,
Icteridse and Scolopacide. By the same. 8vo. Pamph. Philadelphia, 1864.

Descriptions of new species of Birds of the Families Tanagridz, Cuculidee
and Trochilide. By thesame. 8vo. Pamph. New York, 1864.

Catalogue of Birds collected at the Island of Sombrero, W. I., with Observa-
tions by A. A. Julien. By the same. 8vo. Pamph. New York, 1864.

Descriptions of new species of Birds of the Families Paride, Vireonida,
Tyrannidz and Trochilide. By the same. 8vo. Pamph. Philadelphia,
1865.

Descriptions of new species of Birds of the Families Tanagridz, Dendroco-
laptide, Formicaride, Tyrannide and Trochilide. By the same. 68vo.
Pamph. New York, 1865.

Descriptions of four new species of Birds from the Isthmus of Panama, New
Granada. By the same. 8vo. Pamph. Philadelphia, 1865.

Descriptions of six new species of Birds from Central America. By the same.
8vo. Pamph. New York, 1865.

List of Birds from near David, eaEiauy, New Granada. By the same. 8vo.
Pamph. New York, 1865.

Catalogue of a ollecan of Birds in the Smithsonian Institution, made by
Mr. H. E. Holland at Greytown, Nicaragua, with descriptions of new species.
By the same. 8vo. Pamph. New York, 1865.

Annual Report.] 42 [May 5,

Catalogue of Birds observed on New York, Long and Staten Islands, and the
adjacent parts of New Jersey. By the same. 8vo. Pamph. New York, 1866.

Characters ef seven new species of Birds from Central and South America.
By the same. 8vo. Pamph. New York, 1866.

Descriptions of six new species of Birds of the Families Hirundinide, For-
micaride, Tyrannide and Trochilide. By the same. 8vo. Pamph. New
York, 1866.

Descriptions of new species of American Birds. By the same. 8yvo. Pamph.
New York, 1867.

Descriptions ef new species of Trochilidae. By the same. 8vo. Pamph.
New York, 1867.

Notes on certain Birds from New Granada, with descriptions of new species.
By the same. 8vo. Pamph. Philadelphia, 1867.

Descriptions of five new species of Central American Birds. By the same.
8vo. Pamph. Philadelphia, 1867.

A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Rica. By the same. 8vo. Pamph.
New York, 1868. From the Author.

Dictionary of the Spanish and English Languages. By S.H. Blanc. 24mo.
Paris, 1852.

Guias Poligliotas. Manuel de la Conversacion Espamiol-Inglés por F. Corona.
Bustamante y M. Clifton. 32mo. Paris. From Mrs. Bryant.

Catalogue des Livres publiés en Langues ¢étrangéres par |’ Académie Impériale
des Sciences de St.-Pétersbourg. 8vo. 1867.

Bibliotheca Historico-Naturalis Physico-Chemica et Mathematica. Jahrg.
xvi, Heft 2; xv, 1. 8vo. New York, 1867-8. From Messrs. B. Wester-
mann g Co.

Cosmos: Sketch of a Physical Description of the Universe. By Alexander
von Humboldt. Vol. 1v, Pt.1. 8vo. London, 1858.

Zodnomia; or, the Laws of Organic Life. By Erasmus Darwin, M.D. Vols.
I-Iv. 8vo. London, 1801. From Dr. Robert Amory.

The Peabody Institute of the City of Baltimore. The Founder’s Letters and
the Papers relating to its Dedication, and its History up to January, 1868. 8vo.
Baltimore, 1868. Address of the President, and Reports of the Treasurer and
Provost, February 12, 1869. 8vo. rom the Institute.

Beschreibungen neuer und wenig bekannter Arten aus der Familie Orbitelae
Latr. oder Epeiridae Sund. Von Eugen Keyserling. 8vo. Pamph. Dresden,
1864. ;

Monographie der Scydmaeniden Central-und Siidamerika’s. Von-L. W.
Schaufuss. 4to. Dresden, 1866. From Mr. J. C. Merrill.

Die amerikanischen Ulidina. Von Director H. Loew in Meseritz. §8yo.
Pamph. ; .

Diptera Americae Septentrionalis indigena. Descripsit H. Loew. pp. 115-
166. 8vo.

1869.] 43 [Annual Report.

Ueber eine Reproduction der Siemens’schen Widerstands-Einheit. Von Franz
Dehms. 4to. Pamph. Berlin, 1868. From Dr. H. Loew.

Report of the State Geologist (New Jersey), Prof. Geo. H. Cook, for the years
1864, 1867. 8vo. Trenton.

Geological Map of New Jersey, 1868.

Report of the Board of Visitors, New Jersey State College for the benefit of
Agriculture, 2d and 4th, 8vo. Trenton, 1866, 1868. From Prof. Geo. H. Cook-

Description of new species of Cyprea. By S.R. Roberts. 8vo. Pamph.
Philadelphia, 1868.

Descriptions of Miocene Shells of the Atlantic Slope. By T. A. Conrad. 8vo.
Pamph.

Remarks on some of the Mollusca of the valley of the Mohawk. By Jas.
Lewis, M.D. 8vo. Pamph. From Mr. S. R. Roberis.

On Symmetry and Distorted Symmetry in the Leaves of Plants. By Burt
G. Wilder, M.D. 8vo. Pamph. Boston, 1867.

Extra Digits. By the same. 8vo. Pamph. Boston, 1868.

Cornell University. Circular to School Commissioners, City Superintendents
and Superiors. 8vo. Pamph. Albany, 1868. Supplement.

Catalogue of the Officers and Students of the Cornell University for the year
1868-9. 8yvo. Pamph. Ithaca, N. Y., 1869. From Prof. B. G. Wilder.

Invertebrata of Massachusetts. Dr. Gould’s Manuscript Catalogue, revised
by W. G. Binney. 8vo. Pamph. Burlington, 1868.

Land and Fresh Water Shells of North America. By W.G. Binney. Parts
i-11. 8vo. Washington, 1865.

Bibliography of American Conchology previous to the year 1860. Parts 1-11.
By W. G. Binney. 8vo. Washington, 1863-4.

Researches upon the Hydrobiinz and allied forms. By Dr. William Stimp-
son. 8vo. Pamph. Washington, 1865. From Mr. W. G. Binney.

Report of the Commissioners of Fisheries, for the year ending January 1,
1868. 8vo. Pamph. Boston, 1868.

Fifteenth Annual Report of the Secretary of the Massachusetts Board of
Agriculture. 8vo. Boston, 1868.

Report of the Librarian of the State Library for the year ending Sept. 30,
1868. 8vo. Pamph. Boston, 1869.

Plates to Hitchcock’s Ichnology of Massachusetts.

Report of the Commissioners of Fisheries for the year ending January 1,
1869. 8vo. Pamph. Boston, 1869. From Mr. F. G. Sanborn.

Message from the President of the United States, communicating the fourth
Meteorological Report of Prof. James P. Espy. 4to. Washington, 1857.

Reports of the Superintendent of the Coast Survey, showing the Progress of
the Survey during the years 1855 and 1861. 4to. Washington.

Annual Report.) 44 [May 5,

A Statistical View of the District of Maine. By Moses Greenleaf. 8vo.
Boston, 1816. ;

A Survey of the State of Maine, in reference to its Geographical Features,
Statistics and Political Economy. By Moses Greenleaf. 8yvo. Portland, 1829.

Second Annual Report of the Geology of the Public Lands of Maine and
Massachusetts. By C. T. Jackson. 8vo. Augusta, 1838.

Third Annual Report on the Geology of the State of Maine. By Charles T.
Jackson, M.D. 8vo. Augusta, 1839. From Mr. C. A. Stearns.

Annual Report of the Commissioner of Patents for the year 1866. Vols. 1-
m1. 8vo. Washington, 1867.

Expulsion of the President. Speech of Hon. Charles Sumner of Massachu-
setts. 8vo. Pamph. Washington, 1868.

Validity and Necessity of Fundamental Conditions on States. Speech of
Hon. Charles Sumner, in the Senate of the United States, June 10, 1868. 8yo.
Pamph.

Reports on the Mineral Resources of the United States. 8vo. Washington,
1868.

Issues at the Presidential Elections. Speech of Hon. Charles Sumner at the
City Hall, Cambridge, Oct. 30, 1868. 8vo. Pamph. Boston, 1868.

Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution for
1867. 8vo. Washington, 1868.

Report on the Exploration of the Yellowstone River, by Brevet Brig.-Gen.
W.F. Raynolds. 8vo. Washington, 1868. From Hon. Charles Sumner.

Wahrnehmungen bei einer Bereisung des Kupfer- und Blei- Gebietes im
nordwestlichen Theile der Vereinigten Staaten Nord-Amerika’s, von Dr. Charles
M. Wetherill. 8vo. Pamph. Wien, 1856.

Report of Experiments upon the Ventilation of the Capitol Extension. By
the same. 8vo. Pamph. Washington, 1865.

Experiments with the Ammonium Amaigam. By the same. 8yo. Pamph.
New Haven, 1865.

Report on the Chemical Analysis of the White Sulphur Water of the Artesian
Well of Lafayette, Ind. By thesame. 8vo. Pamph. Lafayette, 1859.

On the Crystallization of Sulphur, etc. By the same. 8vo. Pamph. New
Haven, 1865.

A brief Sketch of the modern Theory of Chemical Types. By the same.
8vo. Pamph.

Experiments on Itacolumite (Articulite). By the same. 8vyo. Pamph. New
Haven, 1867.

Ozone and Antozone. By the same. 8vo. Pamph.

On the Crystalline Nature of Glass. By the same. 8vo. Pamph. New
Haven, 1866.

Register of the Officers and Students of the Lehigh University, South Beth-
lehem, Penn. 8vo. Pamph. 1868. From Prof. Charles M. Wetherill.

Catalogue of the Orthoptera of North America described previous to 1867.

1869.] 45 [Annual Report.

Prepared for the Smithsonian Institution by Samuel H. Scudder. 8vo. Pamph.
Washington, 1868.

Notes on the Stridulation of some New England Orthoptera. By the same.
8vo. Pamph. Boston, 1868.

Check-List of the Butterflies of New England. By the same. 32mo.
Pamph. Boston, 1868.

Entomological Notes,I. Bythesame. 8vo. Pamph. Boston, 1868.

Supplement to a List of the Butterflies of New England. By the same.
8vo. Pamph. Boston, 1868.

Revision of the Large, Stylated, Fossorial Crickets. By the same. 8vo.
Salem, 1869.

The Indian Races of North and South America. By Charles De Wolf Brownell.
8vo. Hartford, 1861.

The American Naturalist. Vol. 1, Nos. 5-10. 8vo. Salem, 1867.

Ueber Agrilus viridis Kiesew., ein die Erlen verwiistendes Insect. Von Vin-
- cenz Kollar. 8vo. Pamph. 1858.

Portrait of Dr. T. W. Harris.

Lexikon der Entomologischen Welt, der Carcinologischen und Arachnologis-
chen. Bearbeitet unter Mitwirkung von achtundfinfzig Gelehrten und Natur-
forschern durch Johannes Gistel. 8vo. Stuttgart, 1846.

School of Mines, Columbia College, Catalogue, etc., 1868-9. 8vo. Pamph.
New York.

On the Phalangez of the United States of America. By Horatio C. Wood,
Jr.,M.D. 8vo. Pamph. Salem, 1868. From Mr. S. H. Scudder.

Hallucinations. By A. Brierre de Boismont. 8vo. Philadelphia, 1853.

A Treatise of the Materia Medica. By William Cullen, M.D. 8vo. Phila-
delphia, 1808.

Discourses on the Nature and Cure of Wounds. By John Bell. 8vo. Wal-
pole, N. H., 1807.

First Lines of the Theory ahd Practice of Philosophical Chemistry. By
John Berkenhout, M.D. 8vo. London, 1788.

A: New Theory of Physick and Diseases. By Nicholas Robinson, M.D. 8vo.
London, 1725.

A System of Surgery. By Benjamin Bell. Vols.1-1v. 8vo. Troy, N. Y.,
1804.

The Principles of Surgery. By John Bell. 8&vo. New York, 1810.

Text Book of a Course of Lectures on the Theory and Practice of Physic.
Part second. By James Jackson, M.D. 8vo. Boston, 1827.

The Diseases of the Urethra. By Charles Bell. 8vo. Boston, 1811.

The Edinburgh New Dispensatory. By Andrew Duncan, Jun., M.D. §&vo.
Edinburgh, 1803. ,

The American New Dispensatory. By James Thacher, M.D. 8vo. Boston.

An Essay on the Organic Diseases and Lesions of the Heart and Great Ves-
sels. By J. N. Corvisart. 8vo. Boston, 1812.

An Introduction to the Practice of Midwifery. By Thomas Denman, M. D.
Vols. 1-1. 8vo. New York, 1802.

Annual Report.] 46 [May 6,

Hydropathy. By Joel Shew, M.D. 8vo. New York, 1844.

Hydropathy. By Edward Johnson, M. D. 8vo. London, 1846.

Treatise on Strabismus. By John H. Dix, M.D. 8vo. Boston, 1841.

A Treatise on Hemorrhage. By J. F. D. Jones, M. D. 8vo. London, 1805.

Medical and Surgical Memoirs. By Nathan Smith, M.D. 8vo. Baltimere,
1831.

On the Treatment of Curvature of the Spine and Club Feet. By John B.
Brown, M.D. 8vo. Pamph. Boston, 1839.

Dissertation on Croup. By J. H. Wright. 8vo. Pamph. Northampton, 1838.

Engravings, representing the Generation of some Animals. By Thomas
Denman, M.D. 4to. London, 1815.

Anatomy of the Heart, Cranium and Brain. By Alexander Ramsay, M. D.
4to. Edinburgh, 1813.

Elements of Chemistry. By Robert Kerr. 8vo. New York, 1806.

A Practical Treatise on the Diseases of the Eye. By William Mackenzie.
8vo. Boston, 1883.

Surgical Essays. By Astley Cooper and Benjamin Travers. 8vo. Philadel-
phia, 1821.

A Popular Treatise on Deafness. By Dr. Lighthill. 8vo. New York, 1862.

Three Dissertations on Boylston Prize Questions for the years 1806 and 1807.
By George Cheyne Shattuck, M.D. 8yvo. Boston, 1808.

Boylston Prize Dissertations for the years 1836 and 1837. By O. W. Holmes,
M.D. 8vo. Boston, 1838.

Boylston Prize Dissertations. By Usher Parsons, M.D. 8vo. Boston, 1839.

An Essay on the Bowel Complaints of Children. By John Cheyne, M. D.
8vo. Philadelphia, 1813.

Facts and Observations on Puerperal Fever. By John Armstrong, M. D.
8vo. London, 1814.

Library of Practical Medicine. Vols. I-11, IV, viI-vi. 8vo. Boston,
1831-8.

The Anatomy of the Bones, Muscles and Joints. By John Bell. Vols. 1-111.
8vo. Edinburgh, 1802.

Elements of Chemistry. By A. F. Fourcroy. Vols. 1-m1. 8vo. Edinburgh,
1800.

Observations on Typhoid Fever. By Enoch Hale, M.D. 8vo. Boston, 1839.

A Treatise on the Venereal Diseases. By John Hunter. 8vo. Philadelphia,
1791.

Elements of Chemistry. By J. A. Chaptal. 8vo. Boston, 1806.

Anatomicae Disquisitiones de Auditu et Olfactu. Auctore Antonio Scarpa.
Folio. Meriolani, 1795.

Sull’ Ernie. Di Antonio Scarpa. Folio. Milano, 1809.

Sul?’ Aneurisma. Di Antonio Scarpa. Folio. Pavia, 1804.

A Sett of Anatomical Tables. By William Smellie, M. D. Folio. London,
1754.

Crustacea from the West Coast of North America. By J. W. Randall. 8vo.
Pamph. 1839.

1859.] AT [Annual Report.

Flora from the Apalachian Coal-Field. By JamesP.Kimball. 8vo. Pamph.
Gottingen, 1857.

Description of a Species of Caligus. By Chas. Pickering, M. D. 8vo.
Pamph. New Haven, 1838.

Universal Geography. By M. Malte-Brun. Vols. I-Iv, VI-vIlI. §8vo.
Boston, 1824-31.

Baley’s Dictionary. 8vo. |

Boyer’s French Dictionary. 8vo. Boston, 1839.

History of England. By Lord Mahon. Edited by Henry Reed. Vols. 1-11.
8vo. New York, 1849.

Trigonometry. By Thomas Simpson. 8vo. Philadelphia, 1810.

Statistical View of the United States, being a Compendium of the Seventh
Census. By J.D. B. DeBow. 8vo. Washington, 1884.

First Report to the Cotton Planters’ Convention of Georgia. By Joseph Jones.
8vo. Augusta, 1860.

Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Vol. 1,
Sign. 1-2, 4-33; 11, 1-6, 8. Lists of Members, 1812-41. 8vo. From Dr. J.
W. Randall.

Sveriges Geologiska Undersodkning, Stockholm. XxiI-xxy. §8vo. 1867.
(With maps.)

Exposé des Formations quaternaires de la Suéde, par A. Erdmann. Text
8vo. Atlas 4to. Stockholm, 1868.

Regia Societas Scientiarum Upsaliensis. Nova Acta. Vol. u~v; Seriei
Tertiz. Vol. vi, Fasc. 2. 4to. 1775-99, 1868. Arsskrift. Arg. 1-11. 8vo.
1860-61.

Videnskabs-Selskab i Christiania. orhandlinger. Aar, 1867. Register,
1858-67. 8vo.

Kongelige Norske Frederiks Universitets, Christiania. Aarsberetning for
Aaret 1867. 8vo. Index Scholarum, Feb. et Aug., 1868. 4to.

Mémoires pour servir & Ja connaissance des Crinoides Vivants, par Michael
Sars. 4to. Pamph. Christiania, 1868.

- Physiographiske Forening, Christiania. Nyt Magazin for Naturvidenskaberne.
Bind. 1, Heft. 2; m-xv. 8vo. 1837-68.

Universitat zu Kiel. Schriften, 1867. 4to. 1868.

Société Royale des Antiquaires du Nord, Copenhague. Mémoires, 1850-1860.
Nouvelle Série, 1866. 8vo.

Tilleg til Aarboger for Nordisk Oldkyndighed og Historie. Aargang 1866.
8vo. Pamph. Kjébenhavn, 1867.

Clavis Poética Antique Linguz Septentrionalis. 8vo. Hafniae, 1864.

Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskab, Kjébenhavn. Skrifter. Femte
Rekke. Naturv. og Math. Afdeling. Bind. vi-vm. 4to. 1867-8. Oversigt
over Forhandlinger. 1865, Nr. 5; 1866, Nr. 7; 1867, Nr. 4-6; 1868, 1-2.
8vo.

Om Integrationen af Differentialligninger, etc., af Adolph Steen. 4to. Pamph.
Kjobenhavn, 1868.

Annual Keport.] 48 {May 8,

Gelehrte estnische Gesellschaft zu Dorpat. Sitzungsberichte, 1866-7. 8vo.
Schriften, No. 5-6. 8vo.

Die aeltesten Gerichts-Ordnungen Russlands. Von Dr. jur. E. S. Tobien.
1. 4to. Pamph. 1846.

Societas Scientiarum Fennice, Helsingfors. Notiser ur Sallskapets pro Fauna
et Flora Fennice Forhandlingar. Haft. 1-vi1,1x. 4to and 8vo. 1848-68.

Genmile med anledning af Sallskapets pro Fauna et Flora Fennica Notiser
Haft. v och vi af Th. M. Fries. 8vo. Pamph. Upsala, 1862.

Herbarium Musei Fennici. 8vo. Pamph. Helsingfors, 1859.

Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou. Bulletin. Années 1865, Nos.
I-IV; 1867, 11-1v; 1868, 1. 8vo.

Société Impériale d’ Agriculture de Moscou. Journal. 1865, Nos. 1-4; 1866,
1-8, 5-18; 1867, 4-11. 8vo. (In Russian.)

Recueil d’ Articles sur l’Agriculture. 1867, Nos. 1-2. 8vo. Moscou. (In
Russian.)

Conférences Agronomiques. Années 1864; 1865; 1866, Nos. 1-3. 8vo. Mos-
cou. (In Russian )

Brown Hay. 8vo. Pamph. Moscow, 1867. (In Russian.)

Naturforschender Verein, Riga. Correspondenzblatt. Jahrg. 1-xm1, xvtI.
8vo. 1846-67. Arbeiten. Band 1. 8vo. Rudolstadt. Neue Folge, Heft. 2.
8vo. Riga. 1868.

Académie Impériale des Sciences de St.-Pétersbourg. Mémoires. 7° Serie.
Tomes x1, Nos. 9-18; x11, 1-3. 4to. 1867-8. Bulletin. Tomes xm, Nos. 2-5;
xi, 1-3. 4to. 1868.

Imperial Russian Geographical Society, St. Petersburg. Proceedings, Vol.
i, Nos. 4-8; Iv, 1-3. 8vo. 1867-8. Report for 1867. 8vo. (In Russian.)

Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Altenburg. Mittheilungen aus dem Osterlande,
Band xvitt, Heft. 3-4. 8vo. 1868.

Deutsche geologische Gesellschaft, Berlin. Zeitschrift. Band xx, Heft. 1-3.
8vo. 1868.

Archiv fir Naturgeschichte, Berlin. Jahrg. xxxu, Heft. 6; xxx, 5;
XXXIV, 1-4. 8vo. 1866-8.

Entomologischer Verein in Berlin. Berliner Entomologische Zeitschrift.
Jahrg. xu, Heft. 1-2. Svo. 1868.

Konigliche Preussische Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin. Abhand-
lungen, 1866-1867. 4to. Monatsberichte Dec., 1867,—Jan., 1869. 8vo.

Gesellschaft naturforschender Freunde zu Berlin. Sitzungs-Berichte. Jahr.
1867-8. 4to. 1868-9.

Verein zur Beforderung des Gartenbaues, Berlin. Wochenschrift, 1867, Nos.
27-52; 1868. to.

Naturhistoricher Verein der preussischen Rheinlandes und Westphalens,
Bonn. Verhandlungen. Jahrg. vu, Heft. 3; xxiv. 8vo. 1851, 1867. Das
finf und zwanzigjahrige Stiftungsfest. 4to. Pamph. 1867.

Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein zu Bremen. Abhandlungen. Band 1, Heft.
3. S8vo. 1868.

Verein fiir schlesische Insektenkunde zu Breslau. Zeitschrift fir Entomol-
ogie. Jahrg. I-vi, viI-x. 8vo. 1847-57.

1869. ] 49 {Annual Report.

Schlesische Gesellschaft fir vaterlandische Cultur, Breslau. Abhandlungen.
Philos. Abth., 1867; 1868, Heft. 1. Abth. fiir Naturw., 1862, 1-3; 1863, 1-3;
1864; 1867-8. 8vo. Jahres-Berichte XXXIX-XLIII, XLV. 8vo. 1862-1667.
Verzeichniss der in den Schriften, etc., von 1804 bis 1863 incl. 8vo.

Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft zu Chemnitz. Berichte 1-11. 8vo. 1865-8.

Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Danzig. Schriften. Neue Folge. Band n,
1. 8vo. 1868.

Separat-Abzug aus der Hedwigia. Nr. 12. 8vo. Pamph. Danzig, 1867.

Mittelrheinischer geologischer Verein, Darmstadt. Notizblatt. m1 Folge,
Heft 6. 8vo. 1867.

Naturhistorischer Verein fiir Anhalt in Dessau. Verhandlungen. Bericht
XXVII. 8vo. 1869.

Kaiserliche Leopoldino-Carolinische deutsche Akademie der Naturforscher,
Dresden. Verhandlungen. Band xxxiv. 4to. 1668.

Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft Isis in Dresden. Sitzungs-Berichte
1868. 8vo.

Jahrbiicher fir Volks- und Landwirthschaft. Band 1x, Heft. 1-2. 8vo.
Dresden, 1868.

Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Emden. Jahresbericht Lv, 1867. 8vo. 1868.

Zoologische Gesellschaft, Frankfurt a. M. Der Zoologische Garten. Jahrg.
Ix. 8vo. 1868.

Deutsche Malakozoologische Gesellschaft, Frankfurt a. M. Nachrichtsblait,
No. 1-2. 8vo. 1868.

Naturforschende Gesellschaft zu Freiburg i. Br. Bericht tiber die Verhand-
lungen. Band. 1-11; 1v, Heft.4; v,1. 8vo. 1855-62, 1867-8.

Oberhessischen Gesellschaft fir Natur- und Heiikunde, Giessen. Berichte
I-ll. 8vo. 1847-53.

Naturforschende Gesellschaft zu Gorlitz. Abhandlungen. Band. 1v—v, xu.
Svo. 1844-50, 1868.

Oberlausitzische Gesellschaft, Gorlitz. Neues Lausitzisches Magazin. Bind.
XLIV, Heft. 2-3; xLtv,1. 8vo. 1868.

K. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Gottingen. Nachrichten. 1868. 12mo.
Gottingische gelehrte Anzeigen. Band. 1-11. 12mo. 1868.

Verein der Aerzte in Steiermark, Gratz. Sitzungsberichte. Vereinsjahr
v, Nr. 1-5. 8vo. 1867-8.

Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein in Halle. Zeitschrift fur die gesammten
Naturwissenschaften. Band. xx1x-xxx1. 8vo. Berlin, 1867-8.

Wetterauische Gesellschaft fiir die gesammte Naturkunde zu Hanau. Bericht
Oct. 14, 1868—Dec. 31, 1867. S8vo. 1868.

Naturhistoriche Gesellschaft zu Hannover. Jahresberichte 1-11, V—vIt, 1x, Xv—
vu. 8vo. and 4to. 1850-67. Verzeichniss der Bichersammlung. 8vo.
Pamph. 1861.

Das Staatsbudget und das Bediirfniss fiir Kunst und Wissenschaft im Konig-
_ reich Hannover. 4to. Pamph. 1866.

Nachtrag zu dem ferzeichnisse der in den grafschaften Hoja u. Dipholz
gefaspflanzen, etc. Svo. Pamph. Hannofer.

Ferzeichnis der im Sollinge gefispflanzen, etc. 8vo. Pamph. Hannofer.

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.—VOL. XIII. 4 SEPTEMBER, 1869.

Annual Report.} 50 [May 5,

Naturhistorisch-medicininischer Verein zu Heidelberg. Verhandlungen.
Band tv, Heft.6. 8vo. 1868.

Verein fiir siebenbiirgische Landeskunde, Hermannstadt. Archiv. Neue
Folge. Band. vii, Heft. 3; vim, 1. 8vo. 1867. Jahresbericht, 1866-7. 8vo.

Programm des evangelischen Gymnasiums in Schissburg und der damit
verbundenen Lehranstalten, 1866-7. 8vo. Hermannstadt, 1867.

Programm des Gymnasiums A. C. zu Hermannstadt fiir das Schuljahr 1865—-
6. 4to. 1866.

Siebenbiirgischer Verein fiir Naturwissenschaften zu Hermannstadt. Ver-
handlungen und Mittheilungen. Jahrg.xvu. 8vo.

Medicinisch-naturwissenschaftlicher Verein, Jena. Jenaische Zeitschrift fiir
Medicin und Naturwissenschaft. Bandity. 8vo. 1868.

Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Zoologie, Leipzig. Band. xv; xvu, Heft.
2-4. 8vo. 1865-8.

Museum Francisco-Carolinum, Linz. Bericht xxym. 8vo. 1868.

Mannheimer Verein fiir Naturkunde, Mannheim. Jahresbericht xxx1v. 8vo.
1868.

Konigliche Realschule zu Meseritz. Programme 1850-51, 1863-67. Ato.

Commentatio de Monstrorum duplicum Origine, ete. 4to. Pamph. Halis,
1848.

Ueber die Dehnung und das Zerreiszen prismatischer Korper, ete. Von
Herrn Brix. 4to. Pamph. Berlin, 1845.

Belehrungen iiber den Kalender. Vortrag von W. Brennecke, gehalten im
naturwissenschaftlichen Verein zu Posen am 16. Januar, 1867. 8vo. Pamph.
Posen, 1867.

Verein der Freunde der Naturgeschichte in Meklenburg, Neubrandenburg.
Archiv. xxiJahr. 8vo. 1868.

Pollichia: ein naturwissenschaftlicher Verein der Rheinpfalz, Neustadt a. H.
Jahresberichte WI-IvV, XI-XIV, XXV-XXVII. 8yo. 1845-68. Statuten. 8vo.
Pamph. 1862.

Naturhistorische Gesellschaft, Niirnberg. Abhandlungen. Bandtv. 8vo.

Offenbacher Verein fur Naturkunde. Offenbacham Main. Berichte yi-rx.
8vo. 1867-8.

K. Bohmische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften in Prag. Abhandlungen. v1
Folge. Bandr. 4to. 1868. Sitzungsberichte. Jahrg. 1867. 8vo. 1867-8.

Lotos. Zeitschrift fiir Naturwissenschaften, Prag. Jakrg. xy-xxi. §&vo.
1865-7.

Zoologisch-mineralogischer Verein, Regensburg. Correspondenz-Blatt. Jahrg.
XXII 8vo. 1868.

K. bayerisch-botanische Gesellschaft, Regensburg. Flora. Neue Reihe.
Jahrg. XXvI. 8vo. 1868.

Meklenburgischer patriotischer Verein, Rostock. Landwirthschaftliche An-
nalen. 1866, Nr. 6; 1868, 1-30. 4to.

St. Gallische naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft, St. Gallen. Bericht uber die
Thatigkeit wAhrend des Vereinsjahres 1866-7. 8vo. 1867.

No. Landes- Ober- Realschule in St. Polten. Programm 4. 8vo. 1867.

1869. 51 [Annual Report.

Entomologischer Verein, Stettin. Entomologische Zeitung. Jahrg. xxrx.
8vo. 1868.

Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, Geologie und Palzontologie, Stuttgart.
Jahrg. 1868, Heft. 1-7; 1869, 1. 8vo.

Verein fiir vaterlandische Naturkunde in Wiirttemberg, Stuttgart. Wiirttem-
bergische naturwissenschaftliche Jahreshefte. . Jahrg. xxu1, Heft. 2-3; xx1v,
1-2; xxv,1. 8vo. 1867-9.

Kaiserliche Akademie der Wissenschaften, Wien. Denkschriften. Math.-
naturw. Classe. Band. xxvlI-xxviul. 4to. 1867-8. Sitzungsberichte. Math.-
naturw. Classe. 1% Abth., Band. Lyi, Heft. 2-5; Lyi, 1-3. 2te Abth. Lv1,
3-5; Lv, 1-3. 8vo. Wien, 1867-8.

K. K. geologische Reichsanstalt, Wien. Jahrbuch. Band xvi. 8vo. 1868.
Verhandlungen. 1868, Nrs. 1-11, 14-17. 8vo.

Kais.-Konigl. zoologisch-botanische Gesellschaft in Wien. Verhandlungen.
Band. Xm, XVII-Xvil. 8vo. 1862, 1867-8.

Beitrag zu einer Monographie der Sciarinen von Johann Winnertz. 8vo.
Pamph. Wien, 1867.

Diagnosen der in Ungarn und Slavonien bisher beobachteten Gefasspflanzen,
etc. Von Dr. August Neilreich. 8vo. Pamph. Wien, 1867.

Die Diatomeen der hohen Tatra. Von J. Schumann. 8vo. Pamph. Wien,
1867.

Kais. Konigl. geographische Gesellschaft in Wien. Mittheilungen. Neue
Folge, 1868. 8vo.

K. K. Central-Anstalt fiir Meteorologie und Erdmagnetismus, Wien. Neue
Folge. Band 111, 1866. 4to. 1868.

Nassauischers Verein fiir Naturkunde, Wiesbaden. Jahrbiicher. Heft. 19-
20. 8vo. 1864~6.

Physicalisch-medicinische Gesellschaft in Wiirzburg. Verhandlungen. Neue
Folge. Band1, Heft. 1. 1868. Wiirzburger naturwissenschaftliche Zeitschrift.
Band vi, Heft. 4. 1866-7. 8vo.

Schweizerische naturforschende Gesellschaft. Verhandlungen, Rheinfelden,
am 9,10 und 11 September 1867. 51 Versammlung. 8vo. Aarau.

Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Basel. Verhandlungen. Theil v, Heft. 1.
8vo. 1868.

Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Bern. Mittheilungen, 1867. 8vo. 1868.

Naturforschende Gesellschaft Graubiindens, Chur. Jahresberichte. Neue
Folge. Jahrg. x1. 8vo. 1868.

Société de Physique et d’Histoire Naturelle de Genéve. Mémoires. Tome
xIx, Pt. 1. 4to. 1868.

Société Vaudoise des Sciences Naturelles, Lausanne. Bulletin, Nos. 57-59.
8vo. 1867-8. ;

Académie Royale des Sciences, des Lettres et des Beaux-Arts de Belgique,
Bruxelles. Mémoires Couronnés et Mémoires des Savants Etrangers. T.
xxx. 4to. 1867. Mémoires Couronnés et autres Mémoires. T. XIx-xx.
8vo. 1867-8. Bulletins. 2° Série. T. xxiv. 8vo. 1867. Annuaire. 34™°
Année. 12mo. 1868.

Annual Leport.] 52 [A\fay 5,

Société Royale des Sciences de Liége. Mémoires. 2°Sér. T. 1. 8yvo. 1867.

Société des Sciences, des Arts et des Lettres du Hainaut, Mons. Mémoires
et Publications. 3° Série. T.11. 8vo. 1868.

Nederlandsche Entomologische Vereeniging, ’s Gravenhage. Tijdschrift
voor Entomologie. Tweede Serie. Deel. m1, Afl. 2-9; 11,1. 8vo. 1867.

Essai d’une Faune Entomologique de J’Archipel Indo-Néerlandais, par S. C.
Snellen van Vollenhoven. Troisi¢me Monographie, 17¢ Partie. 4to. La Haye,
1868.

Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen, Amsterdam. Verhandelingen.
Deel x1. 4to. 1868. Verslagen en Mededeelingen. Tweede Reeks. Deel 11.
8vo. 1868. Jaarboek, voor 1867. 8vo. Processen-Verbaal. Afd. Natuurk.,
1867-8. 8vo. Programme, 1867. 4to.

Flora Batava, door Jan. Kops en J. F. A. Hartsen. Aflev. 200-203. 4to.
Amsterdam.

Hollandsche Maatschappij der Wetenschappen te Haarlem. Natuurkundige
Verhandelingen. 2° Verz. Deel. xxv. 4to. 1868. Archives Néerlandaises.
Tome 111, Livr. 1-2. 8vo. 1868. i

Provinciaal Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen in Noordbrabant,
’s Hertogenbosch. Handelingen. Deel 1, St. 3 (1844). Jaar. 1852. 4to.
Jaar. 1865-7. 8vo. Catalogus der Bibliotheek, 1852; Suppl., 1866. 8vo.
Vlugtig Overzigt der Verzamelingen, door Dr. C. R. Hermans. 8yvo. 1855.

Handelingen van het zesde Nederlandsch Taal-en Letterkundig Congres,
gehouden September 1860. 8yvo. ’s Hertogenbosch, 1860.

Catalogus der Noord- en Zuid- Nederlandsche Munten, etc. 8vo. ’s Hertogen-
bosch, 1860.

Beredeneerd Overzigt der Landbouwkundige Schriften, door Dr. C. R. Her-
mans. 8vo. Pamph. ’s Hertogenbosch, 1845.

Noordbrabants Oudheden door Dr. C. R. Hermans. 8vo. Pamph. ’s Herto-
genbosch, 1865.

Geschiedenis der Rederijkers in Noordbrabant. Door Dr. C. R. Hermans.
2° Stuk. 8vo. ’s Hertogenbosch, 1867.

Analytische Opgave van Noord-Brabandsche Charters. Door C. R. Hermans.
8vo. ’s Hertogenbosch, 1844.

Verhandeling over de Rupsen-Soorten en derzelver Verdelging, door D.
Buijzen. 8vo. Pamph. ’s Hertogenbosch, 1845.

De Levensgeschiedenis van Maarten van Rossem. Door Mr. J. D. W. Pape.
8vo. Pamph. ’s Hertogenbosch, 1847.

Beantwoording der Vraag. Door J. F. Boorgaard. 8vo. Pamph. ’s Herto-
genbosch, 1860.

Academia Lugduno-Batavee. Annales 1837-61, 1863-4. 4to.

Bataafsch Genootschap der Proefondervindelijke Wijsbegeerte te Rotterdam.
Nieuwe Verhandelingen. Deel xu, St. 1. 2° Reeks. Deel 1, St. 1-3. 4to.
1851, 1867.

Provinciaal Utrechtsch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen, Utrecht.
Natuurkundige Verhandelingen. Nieuwe Reeks. Deel 1, St.5. 4to. 1868.
Aanteekeningen, 1867. 8vo. Verslag,1867. 8vo.

1880.] 53 _ [Annual Report.

Société d@’Emulation du Doubs, Besancon. Mémoires. 4° Série. Vol. un.
8vo. 1868.

Société des Sciences Physiques et Naturelles de Bordeaux. Mémoires, T. v,
Cahier 3; v1,2. 8vo. 1867-8. Extraits des Procés-Verbaux. 8vo. 1867.

Société Linnéenne de Bordeaux. Actes. Tomes xx; xxvI, Livr. 4-6. §8vo.
1855, 1868.

Société d’Agriculture, Sciences et Arts de la Sarthe, Le Mans. Bulletin.
1868, Tr. 1-4. 8vo.

Annales de la Société d’Agriculture, Sciences, Arts et Commerce du Puy.
Tome xxvit. 8vo. Le Puy, 1867.

Société Impériale des Sciences, de l’Agriculture et des Arts de Lille.
fémoires. Années 1850-1852, 1853 et Suppl. 2°Sér. Vols. 1x, x et Suppl.
3° Sér. Vols. 1-v. 8vo. 1850-67.

Académie Impériale des Sciences, Belles-Lettres et Arts de Lyon. Mémoires.
Classe des Sciences, T. xvi. Classe des Lettres, T. x11. 8vo. 1866-8.

Société Linnéenne de Lyon. Annales. N. 8. T. xv, Année 1867. 8vo.
Paris, 1868.

Société Géologique de France, Paris. Mémoires. 2° Série. Tome viru, Nos.
1-3. 4to. 1865-8. Bulletin. Tomes vit, xui-xiv. 2° Sér. T. vin, fe.
1-9;. x, 12-16; x1x, 21-32, 59 au fin; xx, 1-8; xxv, Nos. 1-4. vo. 1836-68.

Société de Géographie, Paris. Bulletin. Fév. 1868,—Jan., 1869. 8vo.

Société Entomologique de France, Paris. Annales. 4° Série. Tome vit.
8vo. 1867.

Société d’ Anthropologie, Paris. Mémoires, Tome 1, fasc. 1. 8vo. 1868.
Bulletin. 2° Série, Tome 11, fasc. 2-5. 8vo. 1867.

Société Impériale et Centrale d’ Agriculture, Paris. Mémoires, Années 1848-
62, 1864-5. Bulletin des Séances. 2° Sér. T. x11i-xx; 3° Sér. T. 1-01. 8vo.
1856-67. Biographies des Membres, 1848 41853. 8vo.

Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris. Nouvelles Archives. Tomes I-111; Iv,
fasc. 1-2. 4to. 1865-8.

Société Impériale Zoologique d’Acclimatation, Paris. Bulletin Mensuel. 2°
Sér. Tomes v, Nos. 38-12; vi, 1-2. 8vo. 1868-9.

La Matiére Médicale a l’Exposition de 1867 par J. Léon Souberain et Augus-
tin Delondre. 8vo. Pamph. Paris, 1£68.

Société des Antiquaires de France, Paris. Mémoires. Tomes xx-xXvI,
XXVIII-Xxx. 8vo. 1850-68.

Revue et Magazin de Zoologie, Paris. 1869, No.1. 8vo.

Journal de Conchyliologie, Paris. 38° Série. T. vir1, Nos. 2-4; 1x, 1. 8vo.
1868-9.

Diagnoses MolJuscorum novorum Guatemale et Reipublicae Mexicanze. Auct.
H. Crosse et P. Fischer. 8vo. Pamph. Paris, 1868.

Annales des Mines, Paris. 6* Série, 1867, Livr. 4-6; 1868, 1-5. 8vo.

Société Impériale et Centrale d’Horticulture de France, Paris. Exposition
générale des Produits de Il’Horticulture du 1*7 au 8 Mai, 1868. 8vo. Pamph.
Journal. 2° Série. T. 11, Nos. 2-12; 11,1. 8vo. 1868-9.

Les Ecoles d’Enseignement Primaire et Professionnel de la Marine. 8vo.
Pamph. Paris, 1867.

Annual Report.) . 54 [May 5,

Les Combustibles pour les Chaudiéres 4 Vapeur. Par D. Morel. §8vo.
Pamph. Paris, 1868.

Produits tirés des Eaux et des Rivages dans les Colonies Frang¢aises par M.
Aubry Le Comte. 8vo. Pamph. Paris, 1865.

Etude sur l’Industrie Huitriére des Etats-Unis. Par M. Ph. de Broca. §8vo.
Pamph. Paris, 1863.

Rapport sur l’Exposition Internationale de Péche des Pays-Bas. 8vo. Pamph.
Paris, 1861.

La Péche Cotiére dans la Méditerranée par M. J. B. A. Rimbaud. 8vo.
Pamph. Paris, 1864.

Notice sur les Péches du Danemark, des Tes Féroé, etc. Par. M. Irminger.
8vo. Pamph. Paris, 1863.

Rapport sur l’Exposition Internationale de Péche de Boulogne-sur-Mer. Par
M. Ducrest de Villeneuve. 8vo. Pamph. Paris, 1867.

Exposition Internationale de Péche et d’Acquiculture d’Archachon, 1866.
8vo. Pamph. Paris, 1867.

Statistiques des Péches Maritimes, 1866-7. 8vo. Paris, 1868.

Observations sur les Sels par M. Roux. 8vo. Pamph. Paris, 1868.

Culture et Production du Café. Par M. Aubry Le Comte. 8vo. Pamph.
Paris, 1865.

Culture et Production du Coton. Par M. Aubry Le Comte. 8vo. Pamph.
Paris, 1866.

Culture et Production du Tabac. Par M. Aubry Le Comte. 8vo. Pamph.
Paris, 1865.

Legislation et Production du Sucre de Canne. Par M. Aubry Le Comte.
8vo. Pamph. Paris, 1865.

Exploitations des Matiéres Textiles. Par M. Aubry Le Comte. 8vo. Pamph.
Paris, 1866.

Rapport sur la Conservation des Vins, par M. de Lapparent. 8vo. Pamph.
‘Paris, 1868.

Notice sur les Eaux Thermales de Hammam-Melouan. Par L. Ville. 8vo.
Pamph. Paris, 1864.

Etudes sur les Mouvements de l’Air. Par M. Lartigue. 8vo. Pamph. Paris.

Recherches Ophthalmiques sur ]’Algérie. Par §. Furnari. 8vo. Pamph.
Paris, 1860.

Du Climat d’ Alger dans les Affections Chroniques de la Poitrine. Parle Dr.
Pr. de Pietra Santa. 8vo. Pamph. Paris, 1860.

Le Volcan de la Réunion. Eruption de Novembre 1858. Par M. Hugoulin.
8vo. Pamph. Paris, 1862.

Immigration Indienne. Par M. L. A. Gaigneron et J. Plomb. 8vo. Paris,
1862, 1865.

Bibliographie Annamite. Par M. V.-A. Barbié du Bocage. 8vo. Pamph.
Paris, 1865.

Les Oasis du Sahara. Par L.deColomb. 8vo. Pamph. Paris, 1860.

Nouvelle-Calédonie et ses Dépendances. 8vo. Pamph. Paris, 1866.

Tle de la Réunion. Productions Naturelles, etc. Par. M. G. Imhaus. 8va.
Pamph. Paris, 1858.

1869.} 55 {Annual Report.

Applications des Industries de la Métropole a l’Ile dela Réunion. Par M.
Hugoulin. 8vo. Paris, 1863.

Loi sur le Régime Douanier, etc. Svo. Pamph. Paris, 1861.

Catalogue des Produits des Colonies Frangaises, etc. 8vo. Pamph. Paris,
1862.

Population, etc., Colonies Frangaises, 1865. 8vo. Paris, 1867.

Le Commerce et le Navigation de l’Algérie. Par M. F. Elie de la Primandaie.
8vo. Paris, 1861.

Du Sénégal au Niger. Par M.E. Mage. 8vo. Paris, 1867.

Société d’Agriculture, Sciences, Arts et Belles-Lettres du Département
d’Indre-et-Loire, Tours. Annales. T. xivu, Nos. 9-10. 8vo. 1868.

Societa Entomologica Italiana, Firenze. Bullettino. Anno1, Fasc. 1. 8vo.
1869.

Reale Istituto d’Incoraggiamento alle Scienze naturali, etc., di Napoli. Atti,
2* Ser., T. 1, 1v. 4to. 1865, 1867.

Societa Reale di Napoli. Atti dell’ Accademia delle Scienze Fisiche e Math-
ematiche. Vol. um. 1865. 4to. Rendiconto. Anno Iv, Fasc. 4-10; v; vi, 1-
5. 1865-7. 4to.

Giornale di Scienze Naturali ed Economiche, Palermo. Vol. 111, Fasc. 1-4.
4to. 1867.

Libros del Saber de Astronomia del Rey D. Alfonso X de Castilla. Tomo v,
Parte 1. Folio. Madrid, 1867.

Natural History and Philosophical Society, Belfast. Annual Report of the
Belfast Museum. Session 1867-8. 12mo.

Naturalists’ Field Club, Belfast. Fifth Annual Report. S8vo. 1868.

Saint Patrick: Apostle of Ireland. By R. Steele Nicholson, M. A. 8vo.
Dublin, 1868.

Royal Dublin Society. Journal. No. xxxvu. 8yo. 1868.

Royal Society of Edinburgh. Transactions. Vol. xxv, Pt. 1. 4to. 1868.
. Proceedings. Session 1867-8. 8vo.

Royal Physical Society of Edinburgh. Proceedings. Sessions 1862-6. 8vo.

Botanical Society of Edinburgh. Transactions. Vol. 1x,Pt.2. S8vo. 1868.

Philosophical and Literary Society, Leeds. Annual Report, 1867-8. 8vo.

Report of the Proceedings of the Geoiogical and Polytechnic Society of the
West Riding of Yorkshire, Leeds. 1850, 1860, 1861, 1867, 1868. 8vo.

Historic Society of Lancashire and Cheshire, Liverpool. Address to the
Members, by Joseph Mayer, President. 8vo. Pamph. 1868.

Entomological Society of London. Transactions. 38d Ser. Vols. m1, Pt.
5-6; Iv, 4-5; v, 8. Year 1868, Parts 1-5. 8vo.

Royal Geographical Society, London. Proceedings. No. 9; Vols. xu, Nos.
1-5; xin, 1. 8vo. 1868. Journal. Vols. xix, xxxvu. 8vo. 1849, 1867.

Linnean Society of London. Proceedings. Vol. vit, Sign. a-g; Session
1866-7. 8vo. 1862, 1867. Transactions, Vol. xxv, Pt. 1. 4to. 1868. Journal,
Zoology, Nos. 36-42; Botany, Nos. 40-47; Vol. rx, Title Page. List, 1867. 8vo.

Royal Society of London. Philosophical Transactions. Vol. ciyit, Part 2.
4to. 1867. List, 1867. 4to. Pamph. Proceedings. Nos. 45, 95-109. 8vo.
1861, 1868-9.

Annual Report. ] 56 [May 5,

A Monograph on the Structure and Development of the Shoulder-Girdle and
Sternum in the Vertebrata. By W. Kitchen Parker. 4to. London, 1868.

Royal Institution of Great Britain, London. Proceedings. Vol. v, Parts 1-4.
8vo. 1867-8. List, 1868.

The Anthropological Review, London. Nos. xx1-xxiv. 8vo. 1868.

Geological Society of London. Quarterly Journal. Nos. 92-97. 8vo.
1867-8. List, 1867, 1868. 8vo.

Zoological Society of London. Proceedings of the Scientific Meetings. 1867,
Part 111; 1868, 1-11. 8vo. Index, 1848-60. 8vo.

The Geological Magazine, London. Vols. v; v1, 1-3. 8vo. 1868-9.

Royal Horticultural Society of London. Journal. New Series. Vol. m1,
Part 5. 8vo. 1868. Proceedings. New Series. Vol. 1,Nos.10-12. 8vo. 1868.

The Ethnological Journal, London. Nos. 1-111, v-1x. 8yvo. 1865-6.

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History; London. Fourth Series.
Nos. 8-9, 11-16. 8vo. 1868-9.

The Journal of Travel and Natural History, London. Vol. 1, Nos. 1-5. 8vo.
1868.

The Entomologist, London. Vols. 111; tv, Nos. 48-60. 8vo. 1866-8.

The Zodlogist, London. 2d Ser. Vol. 111. 8vo. 1868.

Triibner’s American and Oriental Literary Record, London. Nos. 34-43. 4to.
1868.

Scientific Opinion, London. Vol.1, No.1. 4to. 1868.

Manchester Scientific Students’ Association. Reports, 1862-7. 8vo. Abstract
of an Address on Man’s Earliest Works. By John Plant. 8vo. 1865.

Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, Bombay. Journal. Vol. vu,
No. 24. 1865-6. 8vo. Bombay, 1868.

The Times of India. Vol. xxx1, No. 30. Folio. Bombay, 1868.

Asiatic Society of Bengal, Oalcutta. Journal. 1866, Part 1, Title Page; 1867,
Part 1, No. 2; Part 11, No.2. 8vo. Proceedings, 1867, Nos. 8-10. 8vo.

Geological Survey of India, Calcutta. Memoirs, Palzontologia Indica, v,
1-4. 4to. 1867. Memoirs. Vol. vi, Parts 1-2. 8vo. Annual Report,
Eleventh year, 1866-7. 8vo. Catalogue of the Meteorites in the Museum of the
Survey. 8vo. Pamph. 1867.

Royal Society of Victoria, Melbourne. Transactions and Proceedings. Vol.
vitl, Part 2; 1x, 1. " 8vo.

The Canadian Naturalist and Geologist, Montreal. New Series. Vol. m1,
Nos. 4-6. 8vo. 1868.

Le Naturaliste Canadien, Québec. Tomer, Nos. 1-5. 8vo. 1868~9.

The Canadian Journal of Industry, Science and Art, Toronto. New Series.
Nos. LXVI-LXvu. 8vo. 1867-8.

Entomological Society of Canada, Toronto. The Canadian Entomologist.
Vol. 1, Nos. 1-9. 8vo. 1868. Constitution and By-Laws. 8vo. Pamph.

Repertorio Fisico-Natural de la Isla de Cuba, Habana. Tom. 1, Nos. 8, 15-
end. 8vo. 1868.

Real Sociedad Economica, Habana. Memorias y Anales de Fomento. Tom.
ix, Entr. 4-6; x, 1-10. 8vo. 1864-5.

Universidad de Chile, Santiago. Anales, 1860-66. 8vo.

1869.] es," [Annwal Report.

Descubryimiento i Conquista de Chile. Por Miguel Luis Amundategui. 8vo.
Santiago, 1862.

Historia Jeneral de la Repttblica de Chile desde su Independencia hasta
nuestros Dias. 8vo. Santiago, 1866.

Chile durante los Afios de 18241828. Por Melchor Conchai Toro. 8vo.
Santiago, 1862.

Chile bajo el Imperio de la Constitucion de 1828. Por. Frederico Errazuriz.
_ 8vo. Santiago, 1861.

Bosquejo Historico de la Poesia Chileno, escrito por Adolfo Valderrama. 8vo.
Santiago, 1866. :

Oratorio Sagrada. Por P. G. dela Fuente. Tomer. 8vo. Santiago, 1866.

Examen Comparativo de la Tarifa i Lejislacion Aduanera de Chile con las de
Francia, Gran Bretafia i Estados-Unidos. Por J. H. Courcelle Seneuil. 8vo.
Pamph. Santiago, 1856.

Informe sobre los Depésitos de Guano de Mejillones. Por Don Luis Larroque.
8vo. Santiago, 1863.

Memoria que el Ministro de Estado en el Departamento de Hacienda presenta
al Congresio Nacional de 1863-1867. 8vo. Santiago.

Noticia sobre el Terreno Carbonifera de Coronel i Lota, etc. Por Don
Paulino del Barrio. 8vo. Santiago, 1857.

Cuenta Jeneral de las Entradas i Gastos Fiscales de la Republica de Chile en
1866. 8vo. Santiago, 1867.

Censo Jeneral, Abril 1865. 4to. Santiago, 1866.

Anuario Estadfstico de la Reptiblica de Chile. Entrega 2-7. 4to. Santiago,
1861-5.

Estadistica Bibliografica de la Literatura Chilena. Por Don Ramon Brisefio.
4to. Santiago, 1862.

New York State Agricultural Society, Albany. Transactions, 1867, Pts. 1-11.
8vo.

American Academy of Arts and Sciences, Boston. Memoirs. New Series.
Vol. rx, Part 1. 4to. Proceedings. Vol. vir, Sign. 24-48. S8vo. 1868.

Public Library of the City of Boston; Balene Nos. 4-9. 8vo. 1868. An-
nual Report; 16th. 8vo. 1868.

Massachusetts Historical Society, Boston. Collections. Fourth Series. Vol.
“vit. 8vo. Boston, 1868.

The Boston Medical and Surgical Journal. New Series. Vol. 1, Nos. 14-22,
24-26; 11, 1-3, 5-18, 20, 22-26; 111, 1, 83-12. Svo. 1868-9.

Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Boston. Fourth Annual Catalogue.
8vo. Pamph. 1868.

Massachusetts Horticultural Society, Boston. Transactions for the year 1868.
8vo. 1869.

American Association for the Advancement of Science. Seventeenth Meet-
ing, at Chicago, August, 1868. Circular of the Local Committee, Chicago,
June 8, 1868. Proceedings of the Sixteenth Meeting, held at Burlington, Vt.,
August, 1867. 8vo. Cambridge, 1868.

Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, Cambridge. Builetin, Nos. 6-7. 8vo. 1868.
Annual Report of the Trustees, 1867, 1868. 8vo.

Annual Report.) 58 (May 5,

State Historical Society of Wisconsin, Madison. Report and Collections.
Vol. v, Parts 1-3. 8vo. 1868.

Naturhistorischer Verein von Wisconsin, Milwaukee. Jahres-Bericht. 8vo.
1869.

The American Journal of Science and Arts. Nos. 135-140, 8vo. New
Haven, 1868-9.

Lyceum of Natural History, New York. Annals. Vol. 1x, Nos. 1-4. 8vo.
1868.

The American Agriculturist, New York. Vol. xxvim, Nos. 1-5. 4to. 1869.

The American Atheneum, New York. Vol. 1, Nos. 16-18. Fol. 1868.

Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Journal. New Series, Vol.
vi, Pt. 8. 4to. 1869. Proceedings. 1866, No. 5; 1867, No. 3; 1868, Nos. 1-3.
8vo.

The American Journal of Conchology, Philadelphia. Vol.1v. 8vo. 1868.

American Entomological Society, Philadelphia. Transactions. Vols. 1, No.
4; 11, Nos.1. 8vo. Philadelphia, 1868.

American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia. Proceedings. Vol. x, Nos.
78-80. 8vo. 1868.

Portland Society of Natural History. The Portland Catalogue of Maine
Plants. 8vo. Pamph. 1868. History and Condition of the Society, from
1866 to 1869. 8vo. 1869. Proceedings. Vol. 1, Pt.2. 8vo. 1869.

Reports of the Commissioners of Fisheries for the State of Maine, for 1867
and 1868. 8vo. Augusta, 1869.

Academy of Science, St. Louis. Transactions. Vol. 11, Sign. 30-end. 8vo.
1868.

The American Entomologist, St. Louis. Vol. 1, Nos. 1-8. 8vo. 1868.

The Essex Institute, Salem. Proceedings. Vol. v, Nos. 6-8. 8yvo. 1867-8.
Bulletin. Vol. 1, Nos. 1-2. 8vo. 1869.

The North American Grapes. By Dr. George Engelmann. 8vo. Pamph.
Salem, 1868.

Peabody Academy of Science, Salem. Memoirs. Vol.1, No.1. 8vo. 1869.
The American Naturalist. Vols. 11, Nos. 4-12; 111, 1-2. 8vo. 1868-9.

California Academy of Natural Sciences, San Francisco. Proceedings.
Vols. 111, Pt. 5; 1v,1. 8vo. 1868-9.

Geological Survey of California, San Francisco. Geology. Vol. 1. 4to.
Philadelphia, 1865.

The California Farmer, San Francisco. Vols. xx1x, Nos. 14-24; xxx, 1-3,
5-24; xxx1,1,4-10. Folio. 1868-9.

Department of Agriculture, Washington. Monthly Report, April, 1868; Feb-
ruary, 1869. 8vo.

Illustrations of Insects injurious to the Cotton Plant and Orange Tree. 381
plates. By Townend Glover.

Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C. Annual Report, 1867. 8vo.

Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge. Vol. xv. 4to. 1867.

New Species of North American Coleoptera. By John L. Leconte, M. D.
Parti. 8vo. Washington, 1863.

National Academy of Sciences, Washington. Report 1866, 1867. 8vo. 1867-8.

1869.) 59 [Annual Report,

Proceedings of the American Antiquarian Society. Nos. 49-51. 8vo. Wore
cester, 1868. By Exchange.

Botany of the United States Exploring Expedition. Phanerogamia, by Asa
Gray, M.D. 4to. New York, 1854.

Report of a Geological Reconnoissance of Indiana, made during the years
1859 and 1860, under the direction of the late David Dale Owen, M. D., by
Richard Owen, M.D. 8vo. Indianapolis, 1862.

Key to the Geology of the Globe; an Essay, by Richard Owen, M.D. 8vo.
Boston, 1857.

Mémoire sur |’Anatomie et la Physiologie des Polypiers composés d’Eau
douce, nommés Lophopodes. Par B.C. Dumortier. 8vo. Pamph. Tournay,
1836.

In the Mont Cenis Tunnel. 8vo. Pamph.

First Annual Report on the Geology of Wien! By B. F. Mudge. 8vo.
Pamph. Lawrence, 1866.

Bijdragen tot de Kennis van Nieuw-Guinea. Door Salomon Miiller. Text
and Plates. 2vols. Folio.

Nieuw-Guinea. Zoologie. Schlegel und Miiller. Text and Plates. 2 vols.
Folio.

Nieuw-Guinea. Papilionide. De Haan. Kruidkunde, Korthals. Text and
Plates. 2vols. Folio.

Introduction & l’Entomologie, par M. Th. Lacordaire. 2 vols. 8vo. Paris,
1834.

Histoire Naturelle des Insectes. Névroptéres. Par M. P. Rambur. 8vo.
Paris, 1842.

Iconographie der Land- und Siisswasser-Mollusken. Von Prof. E. A Ross-
missler. Heft.1-xu. 4to. Dresden und Leipzig, 1835-44.

Exploration Scientifique de l’ Algérie, pendant les Années 1840, 1841, 1842.
Histoire Naturelle des Mollusques. Par M.G. P. Deshayes. Tome 1, texte et
atlas. 4to. .

The Fishes of Malabar. By Francis Day. 4to. London, 1865.

The Zodlogy of Captain Beechey’s Voyage. By J. Richardson, N. A. Vigors,
ete. 4to. London, 1839.

Donovan’s Natural History. British Birds, Vols. 1-1x; Quadrupeds, 1-111;
_ Fishes, 1-v; Shells, -v; Insects, 1-xvi. 8vo. London, 1794-1819.

Die Europaischen Bohrfliegen (Trypetide). Von H. Loew. Folio. Wien,
1862.

Systematische Beschreibung der bekannten Europdischen zweifliigeligen In-
sekten, von Johann Wilhelm Meigen. Theile 1-vir. 8vo. Aachen und Hamm,
1818-38.

Dipterologische Beitrage, vom Dr. H. Loew. Theile 1-1v. 4to. Posen,
1845-50.

Gattungen der Fliegen in xt Kupfertafeln. VonJ.R. Schellenberg. 8vo.
Ziirich, 1803.

Mémoires de I’Institut Impérial de France. Académie des Sciences. T,
xxx. Avec Atlas. 4to. Paris, 1861

Annual Report.] 60 [May 5,

Archiv fiir Anatomie, etc. Herausgegeben von Dr. Johannes Muller. Jahrg.
1848-50, 1853-56. $8vo. Berlin.

Bulletin de la Société de Géographie. 2° Sér., T. vii, fe. 35-40; 1x, 15-40;
X, 1-16; xu, 1-23; xvi. 3°Sér., T. rx-xiv. 4° Sér., T. rv. 8vo. Paris,
1848-59.

Annales des Mines. 5° Sér., T. 1-11. Partie Administrative, T. 1. 8vo.
Paris, 1852.

Acta Eruditorum Anno 1720 publicata. 4to. Lipsiae.

Pomarium Britannicum. By Henry Phillips. 8vo. London, 1821.

Carolus Illiger. Prodromus systematis Mammalium et Avium. 8vo. Bero-
ini, 1811.

List of the Specimens of Lepidopterous Insects in the British Museum. By
Francis Walker. Part xx. Geometrites. 12mo. London, 1860.

Traité du Développement de l)Homme et des Mammiferes. Par T.-L.-G.
Bischoff, traduit par A.-J.-L. Jourdan. Accompagné d’un Atlas. vo. et 4to.
Paris, 1843.

Mémoires de Académie des Sciences, Littérature et Beaux-Arts de Turin,
pour les Années X et x1. Sciences physiques et mathematiques, 1'* Partie. 4to.
Turin.

Académie des Sciences de l'Institut Impériale de France. Mémoires. T.
XXVII, Part. 1. 1856. Suite des Mémoires. Année 1718. Comptes Rendus.
T. XXXVII-XXXIX, 1853-4. 4to. Paris.

Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London. Vols. exuti11,
Pts. 1-2; cxLvi. 4to. 1853-8.

Druidical Remains at Halifax, Yorkshire, discovered and explained by Rev.
J. Watson. 4to. Pamph. London, 1771.

Account of Druidical Remains in Derbyshire. By H. Rooke. 4to. Pamph.
London, 1794.

Account of Druidical Remains in Guernsey. By J. Gosselin. 4to. Pamph.
London, 1811.

Observations on Circles of Druidical Stones in Scotland. By J. Logan. 4to.
Pamph. London 1827.

Dissertation on the Topography of the Ancient Babylon. By Major Rennel.
4to. Pamph. London, 1815.

Mémoires de l’Académie Impériale et Royale des Sciences et Belles-Lettres
de Bruxelles. Tomer. 4to. 1780. By Exchange.

Boston Society of Natural History. Memoirs. Vol. 1, Pt. 4. 4to. 1869°
Proceedings. Vols. x1, Sign. 22-end; x11, 1-21. 8vo. 1868-9. Condition and
Doings. 8vo. May, 1868. Annual,1. 12mo. 1868. Occasional Papers, 1. The
Entomological Correspondence of Thaddeus William Harris, edited by Samuel
H. Scudder. 8vo. 1869. North America. A working map, prepared for the
Boston Society of Natural History by William C. Cleveland. fol. 1868.

Queries on the Red Sandstone of Vermont and its Relations to other Rocks.
By the Rev. John B. Perry. 8vo. Pamph. Boston, 1868.

Note on a Point in the Habits of the Diatomacee and Desmidiacee. By
Arthur Mead Edwards. Syvo. Pamph. Boston, 1868.

1869.] 61 [Annual Report.

On the Development of a Dragon-Fly (Diplax). By A. S. Packard, Jr.,
M.D. 8vo. Pamph. Boston, 1868.

On the Structure of the Ovipositor and Homologous Parts in the Male Insect.
By A. S. Packard, Jr.. M.D. 8vo. Pamph. Boston, 1868.

On the Weapons and Military Character of the Race of the Mounds. By
Col. Charles Whittlesey. 4to. Pamph. Boston, 1867.

On the Distortion of Pebbles in Conglomerates, with Tlustrations from
Rangely Lake, in Maine. By Geo. L. Vose. 4to. Pamph. Boston, 1868.

Account of some observations on the metamorphosis of Siredon into Am-
blystoma, by Prof. O. C. Marsh. 8vo. Pamph. Boston, 1868.

Synopsis of the Birds of South Carolina. By Elliott Coues, M.D. 8vo.
Pamph. Boston, 1868.

Notes on Birds observed in Western Iowa,etc. By J. A. Allen. 4to. Pamph.
Boston, 1868.

Descriptions of North American Bees. No. 1. By E. T. Cresson. 8vo.
Pamph. Boston, 1868.

Notes on Hesperomannia. By William T. Brigham. 4to. Pamph. Boston,
1868.

On the Nature of the Movements involved in the Changes of Level of Shore
Lines. By N.S. Shaler. 8vo. Pamph. Boston, 1868.

Catalogue of the Reptiles and Batrachians found in the vicinity of Sar
field, Mass. By J. A. Allen. 8vo. Pamph. Boston, 1868-9.

Some Observations on the Fauna of Madeira. Be Francis H. Brown, M. D.
8vo. Pamph. Boston, 1868.

Native Birds of the Department of Vera Cruz, by Prof. F. Sumichrast.
Translated by Dr. T. M. Brewer. 8vo. Pamph. Boston, 1868.

On the Land-Slides in the Vicinity of Portland, Me. By Edward S. Morse.
8vo. Pamph. Boston, 1868.

A Synopsis of the Birds of the Hawaiian Islands. By Sanford B. Dole. 8vo.
Pamph. Boston, 1869.

Notes on the Eruption of the Hawaiian Volcanoes, 1868. By William T.
Brigham. 4to. Pamph. Boston, 1869.

Four new Genera of Hawaiian Plants. By William T. Brigham and Horace
Mann. 4to. Pamph. Boston, 1869.

The Physical Geology of Eastern Ohio. By Colonel Charles Whittlesey.
4to. Pamph. Boston, 1869.

Memoir of Thaddeus William Harris. By Thomas Wentworth Higginson.
8vo. Pamph. Boston, 1869. From the Publishing Committee.

The Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London. No. 40. 8vo.
1864.

The Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Albert C. L. G. Giinther.
1866-7. Vols. 11-1v. 8vo. London, 1867, 1868.

Catalogue of a Collection of American Birds belonging to Philip Lutley
Sclater, M. A. 8vo. London, 1862.

Species Filicum. By Sir William Jackson Hooker. Vols. 11-v. $8vo.
London, 1860-64.

oe

Annual Report.) 62 (May 5,

Sixth, Seventh, Eighth and Ninth Reports on the Noxious, Beneficial and
other Insects of the State of New York. By Asa Fitch,M.D. 8vo. Albany,
1865.

Geological Survey of Illinois. A. H. Worthen, Director. Vols. 1-1. 8vo.
Springfield, 1866.

The Butterflies of North America. By Wm. H. Edwards. Parts 1-11. 4to.
Philadelphia, 1868.

Palzontographical Society. Vols. xx-xx1. Issued for 1866 and 1867. 4to.
London, 1868.

Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte. Jahrg. x1v-xvy. 8vo. Berlin, 1848-9.

Rede bei Eroffnung der Versammlung deutscher Naturforscher und Aerzte
am 18ten September 1829. Von F. Tiedemann. 4to. Pamph. Heidelberg,
1829.

Archiv fir Anthropologie. Band 11, Heft. 1-2. 4to. Braunschweig, 1868.

Catalogue of Scientific Papers (1800-1863). Compiled and published by the
Royal Society of London. Vol.1. 4to. London, 1867.

Synopsis Filicum; or, a Synopsis of all known Ferns. By the late Sir Wil-
liam Jackson Hooker and John Gilbert Baker. 8vo. London, 1868.

Lieferungs-Ausgabe von A. Stieler’s Handatlas. Lief. 24-28. Folio. Gotha,
1867.

Die politische Neu-Gestaltung von Nord-Deutschland im Jahre 1866. 4to.
Pamph. Gotha.

Catalogus Coleopterorum hucusque descriptorum, synonymicus et systemati-
cusautoribus Dr. Gemminger et B. de Harold. Tom. 1-1. 8vyo. Monachii, 1868.

Ornithologie Européenne, par C. D. Degland et Z. Gerbe. TomesiI-m. 8vo.
Paris, 1867. From the Wolcott Fund.

Recherches sur les Ossemens Fossiles. Par Georges Cuvier. Atlas, Tomes
1-11. 4to. Paris, 1836. Deposited in the Binney Library.

History of the United Netherlands. By John Lothrop Motley. Vol. m1.
8vo. New York, 1868.

Autobiography of Benjamin Franklin. Edited by John Bigelow. $8vo.
Philadelphia, 1868.

Modern Inquiries. By Jacob Bigelow, M.D. 8vo. Boston, 1867.

Human Life in Shakespeare. By Henry Giles. 16mo. Boston, 1868.

A History of Massachusetts in the Civil War. By William Schouler. 8vo.
Boston, 1868.
_ Recollections of a Busy Life. By Horace Greeley. 8vo. New York, 1868.

Deposited by the Republican Institution.

1869.) 63 [Annual Report.

e

ADDITIONS TO THE MUSEUM

DURING THE YEAR ENDING APRIL 30, 1869.

MAMMALS AND CoMPARATIVE ANATOMY. Skin of black-footed Kangaroo,
collected by Capt. I. E. A. Todd at King George’s Sound, Australia, by Mr. Nath.
Wales. A large, white birch log, bearing marks of the teeth of the beaver,
and samples of wood used by the beavers as food, etc., from Rangely Lake, Me.,
by Mr. Luther Hills. A specimen of Vespertilio carolina from Ashburnham,
Mass., by Mrs. Addison Howe. Five house mice, Hesperomys leucopus, in alco-
hol, from Hart’s Location, N. H., by Dr. S. A. Bemis. Cranium and Atlas of
Felis from the Cape of Good Hope, by Dr. Edw. Gilchrist, U.S. N. A skel-
eton of Negress from Zanzibar, Africa, by Mr. Samuel V. Goodhue. Skull of
an albatross, Diomedea exulans, from the South Atlantic, by Dr. G. F. Waters.
An embryo spermophile from Arizona, by Capt. F. Dame. A young black
bear, , by Mr. Wm. T. Adams. Three fatty tumors from abdominal cay-
ity of domestic fowl, by Mr. P. S. Sprague. A specimen of the star-nosed
mole, Condylura cristata, from Brookline, by Mr. J. E. Cabot. <A fine head with
antlers of Cervus virginianus, & , from Northern Maine, by Messrs. C. D. and I.
H.Presho. A young male Prong-horn, Antilocapra americana, by the City of
Boston.

Brrps. Twenty-five specimens of birds, most of them mounted, from New-
tonville, by Mr. L. L Thaxter, being species needed to complete the Society’s
New England collection. A large number of birds’ skins from Central and
South America, by Mrs. Henry Bryant. Mounted specimen of a variety of
Pigeon, Columba livia, bred in Cambridge, by Mr. Edw. D. Harris. A small
bird skin from St. Domingo, by Mr. E. C. Ring. <A bird from Hart’s Location,
N. H., by Dr. S. A. Bemis. A fresh specimen of Ruddy Duck, Lrismatura
rubida, 9, from Halifax, Mass., by Mr. C. Cowing. Barred owl, Syrnium nebu-
losum from Auburndale, Mass., by Mr. Chas. O. Bouvé. Thirty-two birds’ skins
from Equatorial America, by Prof. James Orton. A mounted specimen of Gal-
linula galeata shot in Massachusetts, by Mr. E. A. Brigham. Skin of white-
winged cross-bill, 9, Curvirostra leucoptera, from Cambridge, by Mr. W. W.
Dodge. A Pine Grosbeak,?, Pinicola canadensis, from Brookline, by Mr. J.
E. Cabot. An owl, fresh, from North Brookfield, by Mr. Sam. Mixter. Eighty
specimens of seventy-six species of birds’ skins, determined by Mr. Geo. N.
Lawrence, from Costa Rica and vicinity, by the Smithsonian Institution. A
young, unfledged owl, Budo virginianus, from Brookline, by Mr. Arthur Smith.

Annual Report.] 64 [May 5,

Birps’ Nests AnD Eces. Ninety-seven specimens of seventy-two species
of birds’ nests and one hundred and forty-five specimens of fifty-seven species
of eggs from various parts of North America, selected by Dr. T. M. Brewer
with a view to complete the Society’s collection, by the Smithsonian Institu-
tion. Seventy species of North American eggs, represented by fifteen hundred
and ninety-eight specimens, collected by Dr. Henry Bryant, by Mrs. Bryant.
Twelve specimens of six species of eggs, by exchange with Mr. C. M. Jones,
North Madison, Ct. Egg laid by 9 canary paired with ¢ linnet, by Mr. J.
Baird. Eighteen nests of birds containing eggs collected by Geo. Welch of
Lynn, eighty-three specimens of forty-six species of European birds’ eggs, and
nest of Lriocnemis Luciani from the eastern slope of Pichincha, S. A., collected
by Dr. E. Coues, by Dr. T. M. Brewer.

Rerrites. Eggs of the black snake, Bascanion constrictor, from Lexington,
by Mr. Chas. A. Wellington. Ten specimens of salamanders, in alcohol, by
Mr. F. G. Sanborn. Four saurians from Madeira, by Dr. Francis H. Brown.
Five reptiles from Texas, by Mr. C. P. Dillaway. Two snakes in alcohol, from
Baltimore, by Mrs. R. A. and E. M. Howard. Box-tortoise, Cistudo carolina,
from North Wrentham, Mass., by Miss Abbie H. C. Hills. Rattlesnake, Crota-
lus durissus, from Milton, Mass., by Mr. Arthur Sias. A specimen of Diadophis
punctatus from Phillips, Me., by Mr. Luther Hills. Three saurians from Ari-
zona, by Capt. F. Dame. An Anolius carolinus with bifurcation of the pos-
terior extremity, from South Carolina, by Dr. Geo. F. Waters.

Fisnes. A sword of the sword-fish, Xiphias gladius, by Dr. H. I. Bowditch.
Twenty-two fishes from Madeira, by Dr. Francis H. Brown. Two fishes belong-
ing to the genus Ostracion from the Bahamas, by Mr. Otto Cuntz. One Remora
from the Gulf of Mexico, by Mr. C. P. Dillaway. A Harpoon float made from
the stomach of the Black-fish, by Capt. N. E. Atwood. A Sygnathus in alcohol,
from Cohasset, by Dr. S. Kneeland. The sixth spine of the dorsal fin of a
sword-fish, Histiophorus sp., obtained forty miles west of Cape St. Lucas, by
Mr. Caleb Howland, with a pencil sketch of the animal, by Mr. H. F. Copeland.
A mass of eges of Cyclopterus lumpus, by Mr. D. F. Carlton. A plank of south-
ern pine perforated by, and containing a portion of, the sword of the sword-fish,
Histiophorus, from the side of ship Pocahontas, by the owners, Messrs. Foster,
Waterman & Co. Specimens of Amblyopsis from Mammoth Cave, Ky., by Mr.
S. H. Scudder. A small fish, said to have been taken from the stomach of a
dolphin, on the passage of the Brig Abby, Capt. W. H. Lewis, from Cienfuegos
to Boston, by Capt. H. Merrill.

InsEcts. Several insects from Mexico, and two species of butterflies from
the Philippine Islands, by Dr. 8. Kneeland. A prepared section of the pupa of
Samia Cecropia and two specimens of Mitremyces cinnabarinum from Medford,
by Mr. F. G. Sanborn. Twenty-five insects and myriapods from Madeira, by
Dr. Francis H. Brown. A living specimen of Mygale fasciata from Calcutta,
by Mr. Wm. E. Baker. Ten species of Insects from Texas, by Mr. C. P. Dilla-

1869.] 65 [Annual Report.

way. Three hundred and ninety-five mounted specimens of various orders of
insects from Texas, by exchange with Mr. G. A. Belfrage. Two living speci-
mens of the “‘ Colorado Potato beetle,’ Doryphora decemlineata from Laporte,
Ind., by Mr. W. O. Ross. A hymenopterous insect from Boston, by Mr. R. C.
Greenleaf. About seventy-five specimens of insects and larve in alcohol, from
North Wrentham, Mass., by Mr. Luther Hills. Seventy-five specimens of
Cicada septendecim from Baltimore, by Dr. C. D. Homans. One hundred and
eighteen European Coleoptera in alcohol, and one hundred and fifty insects also
alcoholic, from Barnstable, Mass., by Mr. T. W. Thacher. Over three hundred
alcoholic specimens of insects from Springfield, Mass., by Mr. Solomon Stebbins.
Forty-five alcoholic specimens of insects from Lexington, by Mr. Chas. A.
Wellington. Twenty-eight alcoholic specimens of insects from West Newton,
by Mr. Henry A. Purdie. Twenty-one larve of Lepidoptera from South Ded-
ham, by Mr. Nelson B. White. One larva of a Lepidopteron from Charlestown,
by Mr. Stillman Holt. One lepidopterous larva from Andover, by Mr. A. C.
Locke. Two specimens of Cicada septendecim from Ohio, by Dr. J. E. Tyler.
_ Diapheromera femorata from Jamaica Plain, by Mr. Isaac H. Cary. Diaphe-
romera femorata from vicinity, by Mr. H. Blancliard. Alcoholic specimen of
Spirobolus marginatus and thirty-eight specimens of insects, from Walding-
field, Kanawha Co., West Va., by Maj. J. W. M. Appleton. Sixty-four mounted
specimens of insects from South America, by Dr. B. 8. Shaw. Alcoholic
specimen of Epeira fasciata and egg sac from Hampton, Falls, N. H., by Miss
Francis Dow. Nest of Mygale Girardi from California, by Mr. R. E. C. Stearns.
Cells containing young of the “yellow jacket’’ wasp, Vespa germanica, from
China, Me., by Mr. J. McKay. A fine specimen of the golden nut-weevil,
Balaninus Sayi from Woburn, by Mr. J. G. Shute. Diapheromera femorata, &,
from Malden, by Mr. John K. Abbott. A dry specimen of Mygale from St.
Domingo, by Mr. E. C. Ring. A number of insects from Hart’s Location,
N. H., by Dr. S. A. Bemis. Diapheromera femorata, 9? , from Suncook, N. H.,
by Dr. Hildreth. Over three hundred specimens, illustrating various facts in
insect economy, from the West Indies, Southern States and New England,
seventy-five Lepidoptera from the Isle of Pines, and seven from India, by Mr.
S. H. Scudder. A large number of fine specimens of insects pinned, and others
in alcohol from Walpole, by Miss Clarissa Guild. Several singular cylindrical
galls from Holly Springs, Miss., by Dr. Arnold. Five Arachnide, four Myria-
poda and two specimens of Stenopelmatus talpa from Arizona, by Capt. F.
Dame. Cocoon of Platysamia Cecropia from Dedham, by Mr. Geo. F. Fisher.
Ten finely mounted specimens of insects from Cambridge, by Mr. S$. Lockwood.
Two living specimens of Belostoma Haldemanum from Jamaica Plain, by Mr. C.
F. Smith. Large dry specimen of Tropidacris dux from South America, by
Miss Whitwell. Nine specimens of five species of Crambus, from Beverly,
determined by Prof. Zeller, by Mr. Edward Burgess. A pair of Boreus bruma-
lis in alcohol, from Medford, by Dr. E. P. Colby. A pair of Chrysophora chryso-
chroa from Napo River, 8. A., by Prof. James Orton. Sixteen specimens of
Brephos infans and two abnormal cocoons of Saturnians, from Jamaica Plain,
by Mr. C. S. Minot. Several galls of Cynips quercus-ficus, cocoons of Callo-
samia Promethea, cluster of eggs of Clisiocampa sylvatica, one hundred and sixty
PROCEEDINGS B. 8. N. H.—VOL. XIII. 5 SEPTEMBER, 1869.

Annual Report.) 66 [May 5,

specimens of insects in different stages, and over a hundred specimens of
cocoons, galls and other illustrations of insect economy frong Newton Corner,
by Dr. Geo. F. Waters.

CRUSTACEA AND Worms. Several crustacea from Mexico, by Dr. S. Knee-
land. Twenty crustacea from Madeira, by Dr. Francis H. Brown. Three crus-
tacea from Texas, by Mr. C. P. Dillaway. Large claw of Lobster, Homarus
americanus, from vicinity, the animal weighing twenty-five pounds, by Dr. B.
Joy Jeffries. Two specimens of Pycnogonum from the Bay of Fundy, by Mr.
L. L. Thaxter. Thirty-six specimens, representing fifteen species of crustacea,
from North, Central and South America, by exchange with the Museum of Yale
College, New Haven, Ct. An entozoon from the domestic fowl, by Dr. Geo. F.
Waters. A 9 Astacus with its young, and Astacus from the Mammoth Cave,
Ky., by Mr. S. H. Scudder. A small crab in alcohol, from St. Augustine’s,
Fla., by Mr. E. Samuels.

SHELLs. A number of shells by Dr. H. I. Bowditch. Several mollusca from
Mexico, by Dr. S. Kneeland. About two hundred Mollusca from Madeira, by
Dr. Francis H. Brown. Two specimens of Caprella from the Bay of Fundy,
by Mr. L. L. Thaxter. Pearly concretions found in oysters, by Dr. S.
Kneeland. Four hundred and fifty species of shells of mollusca from various
localities, determined by Hugh Cuming, by the Smithsonian Institution. Sixty
specimens of fresh water mollusca from Waterville, Me., by Dr. Geo. F. Waters.
Two specimens of Platyodon cancellatum from California, and ninety-seven
specimens of shells of thirty-three species of mollusca, from the Atlantic Coast
near Florida, by Mr. R. E. C. Stearns. A number of shells of mollusca from
the deep sea Atlantic, by Mr. E. R. Mayo.

RADIATES, SPONGES, ETC. Flower-basket Sponges, Euplectella speciosa, from
the Philippine Islands, four specimens, two of which contained Crustacea, by
Mr. H. U. Jeffries, and one specimen by Capt. H. P. Snow. A large ‘Portu-
guese Man o’ War,” Physalia, from the coast of Texas, by Mr. C. P. Dillaway.
Three specimens of Asterina miniata from California, and three specimens of
Melita quinguepora from Amelia Island, Fla., by Mr. R. E. C. Stearns. A Mad-
repora, by Mr. D. F. Carlton.

Botany. Several specimens of twigs and leaves of the Red Cedar, Junipe-
rus virginiana, with its parasitic fungus, Podisoma junipert, by Mr. Luther Hills.
Leaves of Quercus pedunculatus from Madeira, and a ruler illustrating various
woods of Madeira, by Dr. Francis H. Brown. Sixty-five specimens of dried
plants, fibrous vegetable material and samples of wood from Africa, by the
Massachusetts Horticultural Society. Dry specimens of fungi from Hart’s Lo-
cation, N. H., by Dr. S. A. Bemis. Two specimens of Lycopodium lepidoden-
dron from Texas, by Dr. Edw. Gilchrist, U.S. N. Twelve specimens of two
species of grasses from the Philippine Islands, by Dr. S. Kneeland. A pod
of Theobroma cacao from Cuba, and a specimen of Cordyceps entomorhiza on
larva of a Lachnosterna, by Mr. S. H. Scudder. Three woody tumors, or

1869.] 67 {Annual Report.

““wood-pearls,’’ from the Maple, by Mr. Samuel Berry, Porter, Me. Several
specimens of fruits and seed-vessels, by Mr. D. F. Carlton. Nine specimens
of plants from vicinity of Boston, and three specimens of Polyporus on willow
from Newton, by Dr. G. F. Waters. Twelve specimens of cones and leaves
of four species of Coniferae from the Pacific Coast, and leaves and cones
of two species of pines, P. teda and P. palustris, from Florida, by Mr. R. E.
C. Stearns.

Microscopy. Slide containing skin of Sole, by Mr. Chas. Stodder. Slide
containing infusorial earth from Monmouth, Me., by Mr. Edward Bicknell. A
mass of infusorial earth from Nevada, by Mr. R. E. C. Stearns. Slide contain-
ing specimen of Aulacodiscus oreganus by Mr. E. Samuels.

PALZONTOLOGY. Fossils from Cincinnati, Ohio, by Miss Kyle. Shell in-
crustations from Hawkinsville, Fla., by Mr. Geo. A. Boardman. Two fossil
shells from Madeira, by Dr. Francis H. Brown. Thirty specimens of fossil
echinoderms from the Chalk Cliffs of Dover, Eng., by Mr. Luther Hills. One
hundred and thirty-two specimens of fossils from Decorah, Iowa, by Mr. Henry
Davis. A fossil Buccinum from Labrador, by Mr. S. H. Scudder. Seven fossil
shark’s teeth from Holly Springs, Miss., by Dr. Arnold. Specimen of fossil
coral and coal-plant from Neuse River, N. C., by Dr. N. H. Talbot. Casts of
twenty-eight species of fossil mollusca and crustacea, by the Smithsonian Insti-
tution, through Mr. W. H. Dall. Four specimens of fossil coral and chalcedony
from Florida, by Mr. R. E. C. Stearns.

GroLocy. Over one hundred specimens of rocks and minerals, by Dr. H. I.
Bowditch. Three specimens of Lime rock from Madeira, by Dr. Francis H.
Brown. Four specimens of Porphyry and “Green horn-stone,’” from Melrose,
by Mr. Wm. B. Shedd. Ten specimens of manufactured stone, by Messrs.
McLean Bro’s. A “ Pot-hole” and eight specimens of rocks from Maine, by
Mr. Luther Hills. Sixteen specimens of rocks from Rangely Lake, Me., by
Mr. Geo. L. Vose, iilustrating his paper in Vol. I, Part 1v, of the Memoirs
of the Society. Basaltic column from the ‘‘ Giant’s Causeway,” Ireland, and a
wooden model of the Causeway, by Dr. W. W. Morland. A specimen of birch
wood found twelve feet below the surface of an ancient landslide on the Pre-
sumpscot River, Me., by Mr. E.S. Morse. Thirty-three specimens of stalag-
mites and stalactites from Fountain Cave, Missouri, by Mr. C. S. Lynch.
Petrosilex and green stone porphyry from Cohasset, by Mr. W. S. Balch
through Dr. C. T. Jackson.

MINERALOGY. Over one hundred specimens of minerals and rocks, by Dr.
H. I. Bowditch. Two specimens of Graphite from Ticonderoga, N. Y., by Mr.
Michael Snow. Twenty-six specimens of minerals from Rideau Lake, C. W.,

_by Dr. C. T. Jackson. A specimen of specular iron ore from Lubec, Me., by
Mr. C. Stillwell. A cut glass cruet-stopper with its central cavity partly filled
with water from a recent fire in Boston, by Mr. Thomas Gaffield.

Annual Report.] 68 (May 5,

Mr. Edward Pickering presented the following report of
the Treasurer for the past year: —

REPORT OF E. PICKERING, TREASURER,

ON THE

FINANCIAL AFFAIRS OF THE SOCIETY,

For the year ending April 30, 1869.

The Receipts and Expenditures for the year have been as follows :

Receipts.
Dividends and Interest o: ute hl aceon $8,480.40
Courtis Fund Income : - . 5 : 600.00
Pratt UG - ae SPS 585.00
Wolcott cs - - 799.49
Walker “ «¢ (one half.) 1,233.15
Annual Assessments . ; 5 F : 1,340.00
Admission Fees + - “ : - 130.00
Life Membership 5 ; : : : “ 100.00
Profit on sales of Stock 5 * : . é - 43.00
Total 5 . - SPI ARE er a ace eee : $18,311.04
Expenditures.
Museum Builane aud eure : 2 A he $694.95
Cabinet . ain ee : ake 1,417.71
Library “ : ‘ 279.97
Memoirs and Publications 5 ail $7270. 16
Less receipts . 5 : x ; ; . 1491.90
SS 5,778.26
Gas. 5 : 5 Seb : : : A ‘ 168.29
Fuel - : is as : 439.75
Repairs of Building « ear e ere ce a 483.49
Biiding] .. Oy iat tre no ete 1,674.06
Lectures. : - “| sant he ; - $713.88
Less receipts . - selbiiedutes : - 204.00
—_ 509.88
Faunal Map c - . : 418.15
Smithsonian Institute Explorations : ‘ é ; 300.00
Salaries and wages . 5 = 5 : 6,156.85
Insurance . ¢ nttnht : - 2 f - 875.00
General Expenses Lf coy coy CA Schott Gage ‘ 943.25) $19,639.61

Excess of Expenditures over Receipts : ps $6,328.57

18¢9.} 69

[Annual Report.

The following is a statement of the Property of the Society, ex-
clusive of the Cabinet and Library, which are not susceptible of a

definite valuation.

Museum Building.
Cost of Building and Furniture, per inst Report. .
Expended during the year... - : °
Bulfinch St. Estate Fund.
Note secured by mortgage ey poets
. eee Tremont National Bank . Si aeec pele c
as e . . . e . . . s e e

Courtis Fund.
50 Shares Globe National Bank
35 Shares Philadelphia, Wilmington ve Balt. R.R. Co.
$400 U. S. 5-20 Bonds : LUTE

Walker Fund.

Notes secured by mortgage

26 Shares Tremont National Bank .
1 Atlas + -
Cash s e s e e . es e

A, F. Wolcott Fund.
$6,000 Chicago and N. Western R.R. Co. 10’s Bonds .

S. P. Pratt Fund.
27 Shares Philadelphia, Wilmington & Balt. R.R. Co.
50 <‘« Norwich & Worcester R.R. Co.
10 ‘“ Webster National Bank . >
Boston a : 6
Cash . ; : ° ; : : :

General Fund.

17 Shares Bates Manufacturing Co. _.
35 Everett Mills .

eoeee

30 “ Hamilton Woolen Manuf. Co. Zs : A
1 ‘ Lawrence Manuf. Co. . : = S
80 ‘* Washington Mills . ap Ue teal ke
114 +“ Vermont and Canada R. R. Co. 5 “ :
12 ‘£ Cocheco Manuf. Co. : : : 3
2 * lLowell Manuf. Co. 3 a 4 5

4 ‘“ Waconia Manuf. Co. 6 A A 5

3 ‘ Pepperell Manuf. Co. . A 3 .

a « Neptune Ins. Co. . = ; ° .

Boston Ins. Co.
oa 000 Vemops { Cent. & Vermont & Canada R. Re Co. 8
onds . ; ; é
$10,000 Albany City Bonds .
$1,000 Chicago & N. Western R. R. Co.’s Bonds"
95 Shares Michigan Central R.R.Co. .

50 “ Ogdensb’g & Lake Champlain R R. Pref. Stks.

88 ‘“ Philadelphia, Wilmington & Balt. R.R. Co.

20 ‘“ National Bankof Redemption .<«. .

Miscellaneous.

Unsetiled Accounts : ; ; 4 5 - $24.43

Cash : PE CL eh as 2,544.14

mrs outstanding bills -;- . ., ». «. -

Total value of Property April 30, 1869 . 5 5 -
ne ee sae 30) 1868, PO oe

Diminution of value the past year Spt her tte meds

$186,030.19
694.95

$15,000.00
10,122.00
142.45

$6,250.00
1,827.50
425.00

$41,105.00

$1,407.63
5,212.75
1,072.75
657.25
121.94

DM CRO ROR DOR COR RTE oom

.

S2SeSsesses5
Sssssssssss3

~

a

~~

~

ae
DO
SoS

.

aoe oee
ReoaSssss

_!

1 CO ICO
1D
NAAN

~

$2,568.57
177.86

$136,725.14

25,264.45

8,502.50

47,239.49
6,000.00

8,472.82

92,817.25

2,390.71

$327,411.86

$340,710.79

$13,298.93

Annual Report.) | 70 [May 5,

This apparent diminution is occasioned principally by a reduction
to the amount of $9,356.00 in the estimated value of the manufactur-
ing and insurance stocks received under the Walker bequest, by the
expense of binding the pamphlets and periodicals which have accumu-
lated for several years, and by the unusually large cost of the publi-
cations, including the Harris Correspondence, etc. ‘The publication
of this work, of which three hundred copies are still undisposed of,
was authorized nearly six years ago by the Council, and has cost about
$2,000. We receive in exchange for our Memoirs and Proceedings,
the publications of Foreign Scientific Societies; and in this way the
value of the library has been increased during the past year by the
sum of, at least, five thousand dollars.

It should be observed that a large portion of the income of the
Society cannot be applied to general purposes. One half of the in-
come of the Walker Fund is not received by the Treasurer, or in-
cluded in the above receipts, but is reserved as a prize fund for essays
on subjects relating to Natural History, and for other special purposes.
The income of the Wolcott Fund can only be used in the purchase of
books; and that of the Pratt Fund is applicable only to the Concho-
logical Department. Under an order of the Council, the Bulfinch
Street Estate Fund, with its accruing income, is to constitute an
accumulating Building Fund, and for this reason, such income also is
not included in the receipts of the Treasurer.

All which is respectfully submitted,
E. PICKERING,
Treasurer of the Boston Society of Natural History.

Boston, April 30, 1869.

Mr. T. T. Bouvé, on behalf of the Trustees, presented the
following report on the Trust Funds of the Society for the
past year:—

{Annual Report.

71

1869.]

Dr. Tuos. T. Bouvé, Cuas. J. Spracurt anp Epwarp Pickrerine, TrustTers, In account Or.
WITH THE CouRTIS FUND OF THE Boston Society oF NATURAL HIsTorRY. .

1868. 1868.
Sept. 26. |To Cash received for Interest on $10,000 St. Sept. 26. |By Cash paid to Edw. Pickering, Treasurer, $300.00
1869. Louis Bonds ; é : 0 $3800.00 1869.
March. “ received for Interest on $10,000 St. March 26. “ 6 “ “s 800.00-
Louis Bonds : ; . . 300.00 April. “« paid for Stock, as follows:
April. “received for $10,000 St. Louis Bonds «* 50 Shares Globe Bank, at 125. 6 6,250.00
sold at $81 (it being thought best «¢ 30 Shares Phil, & Wil. R.R., at 52, 1,827.50
by the Trustees to invest in prop- ‘¢ paid Treasurer balance cash . C 22.50
erty not so readily transferable “
by delivery only, and less likely
to cause loss by robbery) . ; 8,100.00
[The Trustees intend to transfer from General ———
Fund stocks to make this prop- $8,700.00 $8,700.00

erty again $10,000.] |
Errors Excepted. Boston, April 30, 1869.
THOS. T. BOUVE,

SERAGUE, | Teer.
E. PICKERING,

Memo., April 30, 1869. The property of this Fund consists on date, of

50 Shares Globe Bank at 125. , . i Faas See, Se “ss - 5 é ames 4 $6,250.00
385 Shares Phil. & Wil. R.R.at52 . : 2 ‘ 0 ‘ ° . . . c 6 . é 1,827.50
WU. S.-Bonds' 7400 (Transterred from General Fund) =.“ whe«s +» @& “»s 5 « « » « 425.00

$8,502.50

(May 5,

Annual Report.}

BrFEL‘OS — |

6162 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ° e ‘e puey uo Yseyp
00°88L'8 Oe aie Ga an a ge NE a A Ee 42 YUL WWouIaAy, soreys 9%
00° FOR‘ 2s8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OIL 4B yueg SvLV soIvys 6L

JO S}SISMOD O}Up TO puny sIqy Jo Ajxodorg OUT, ‘69ST ‘Og IAdy “ower

‘ONTUAMOTA “
‘SAMISANL ) CAOVUAS ‘SVE ‘SVHO
‘TANOM “L ‘SOHL

"698 ‘08 [dy ‘u0jsog ‘poydooxny sr01InT
ST'SoP‘ Ld SL'Soh' LG
00°FOL ee a aan * . *4sor0juT wod
“NOD 04 Sursuo0joq “ETT 4& OST‘os
vAoqe Jo mou tedoad LOF POstoood ‘g judy
GZ TPL‘S : Aayua yxou tod sv 480
“1OJUT OF woryzodoad ssoy %ett 4B
OST'ak ‘Atoqqoxr Aq ssoy 03 “joatqns
}OU puR ‘spuog sB o[qvAoAUod ATT
-pvo.t 0s you £}.A0d01d ploy 04 zexes
yt Surspnl Aoyy ‘soojsnay, JO 940A
Aq pos ‘spuog °g ‘qQ «40f POATOOOL 45 'g [dy
83° TPZ wot} pred yunoure Jey ouo ‘puny
6F'L6), : , . * purty mo oouved Ysto Ag} ‘0g tadyw TON[BAA FO SOO}SNAT, WoIZ PoAtooor ,, ‘g [dy
00'eeL‘e : ; : : 2061 00°SLe Woy pred yunoure Fey ouo ‘pang
1B “yuBg JuowosLy, sorvys 9g TOY[VAA JO S90jsnA], WOIF poayooat ,, ‘TL Woleyy
00°606'S OTL 3B ‘YUU svlpy soIvys 6T 83° L8T : * spuog “698T
SSMO][[OJ SBYIOIG 4, yy & adyw "9 ' stuodnoy 4so10jUy OF poAtoovoI ‘00q.
00°SSF : (00F ) »5 295) TORE wey he a? yy | PT OLVL || 19° 16S Woy} pred yunoure J[ey ouo ‘puny
*G98T TOHIBAA JO SOOJsNAY, WOIZ PoAaTooot ,, 190
L8°80T ; (00T ) 55 Oe 0 PA = pp ” "ydog 00°918 wou} pred yunoure J[ey ow ‘puny
Z0' OL : (OO Ta) ease TAL MEE. tI > "00, TON[VAA JO Soojpsnay, WoAF PoaToot ,, ‘ydog
GL LIS . (006 ) » Dy = 3y) yo” ” ‘yO 0§°S9T . ‘spuog °§ ‘11
GZ 98 . (OS Yo A ‘adag TO SsuOdNOD 4sSd.10}UT AOF pPoATodo.T ‘T Ane
GL's0r$ : (001) spuog 19 Ss IO} pred yse9 Ag “Aqne ST L28 : oYVP OF JUNODOV UO. DOUBLE yse9 OL} ‘08 dy
*S98T ESOS eee

= —— ot

‘XMOLSIFT ee NT LO ALaTO0g NOLSOG FHL tO GNOW ASNAdX Tviloudg AGNV Eee | UANTV AA AHL BLIM
‘AQ «= ENQOOOV NI ‘SHRLSOUT, “ONIUHHOIG GUVMGY GNV DTAyvadg “f ‘SVHH ‘“FANOG ‘7, ‘SOHN, ‘aq

[Annual Report.

13

1869.}

Dr. Tuos. T. Bouvté, Cuas. J. SpRacuE anp Epwarp Pickrrine, TRUSTEES, IN ACCOUNT CR.
WITH THE INCOME FROM THE WALKER FunD oF THE Boston Society oF NaturaAt History.

1868. 1868.
Sept. |To Cash, six months’ Interest on note secured Sept. |By Cash paid to Treasurer, one half of amount
by mortgage . arte estes, $750.00 received on date for Interest on
Oct. ‘é six months’ Interest on note secured Note. 3 2 , 3 A $375.00
by mortgage ee ree a0 483.15 “‘ paid to Trustees of Prize Fund . 875.00
1869. Oct. «paid to Treasurer, one half amount
March 1, ‘¢ six months’ Interest on note secured received Interest on note secured
: by oT eae ae Peace Meets 750.00 by mortgage i a year 241.58
April 5. ‘¢ six months’ Interest on note secured ‘¢ paid to Trustees of Prize Fund . 241.57
by mortgage SS 7 483.15 1869.
March 1. ‘¢ paid to Treasurer, one half amount
received on date . . : 9 375.00
ae ‘¢ paid to Trustees of Prize Fun 6 375.00
April 5. ‘paid to Treasurer, one half amount
received ondate. . . . 241.57
aS ‘‘ paid to Trustees of Prize Fund . 241.58
$2,466.80 $2,466.30
Errors Excepted. Boston, April 30, 1869.
THOS. T. BOUVE,
’ CHAS. JAS. SPRAGUE, } TRUSTEES,

kK. PICKERING,

[May 5,

T4

Annual Report.]

SP'F9Z CZF
OF ZT . . . e e « e e e e e }
00°22 ‘OL . ~ . e . e . e . * e

00°000‘SLS$ . . . . . ° ° e e e e e

e e e e e e e

pury wo seo
a. _ AOR ye ‘Y00jS YUv_ JUOWOIT, sorveys F8
. 2 * WIS “gq ‘f JO OJON ONBSIO[W
JO S}sIsMOO puny sty} Jo Ayxodorg oyT, “69ST ‘08 Tady “owoyy

‘ONTINAMOLA “A
‘TAOWVUMdS ‘SVL 'SVHO
‘TANOT WL ‘SOHL

*SHLLYOWY,

“698 ‘08 Id y ‘uojsog *poydooxg srong
'eg'989'TIS
CZ LL ‘+ puny [eromoy) WO POATOIOI 49 Py)
GL'FF0' OL 2 * ASI y8 098'8$
ono Sv A[IPBor OS PoAIOJSUVIy 9q
Ge'989'TTS jouuvs yvyy Aqzodoid ur ysoAUr 04
4saq IU Snoyy Suraq 41 ‘svoysn4y, JO
CPSP oo ke * 898p Uo puvy uo YstO {Oe O}0A 4q PIOS SPU “S “1 4OJ POATOIOI 4» Thady
00'GEL‘OL : 3 : * FL0GL 3B “9098 8&°8PS * spuog “6981
yuvg jyuou1y, Jo sores FQ los pied ,, Widy uo suodnog 4SoIOJUT IOJ POATVIOI yy ”
"*G698T 00°0SP o esesj10u1 £q poinoas
$0399 : * spuog, ‘S ‘A 009% a0F pred ,, ‘00d oyou mo 4so10}U] <SqyMOU Q POATIOOI 55 mil ¢ §
GS'9% _ ~ Spuod 069 "S70 OOgs TOF pred ,, ‘TAne | /L6°ST8 * spuog
ge sérs ; suodnoy Ajne¢ yno | 06-g ZO ‘suodnog 4SO10JUT IOJ POATOIOI y ‘rT Ane
gat ‘spuog ‘9 ‘A 02-8 OOPS 10F pred yseH Aq] ‘goune |'90'0Sts * 9sv5}10UL Aq poindes
€3" * 9}ep UO Ssoojsnay, oY} onp souvjeg Aq] ‘og “aidy 9}0U UO SY}UOU 9 ySO10JUT PaATODEI YSeH OF} “9 oune
“S98T “898T.

“AUOLSI]]T TVUALVN 10 ALMINOG NOLSOG AHL JO GNA ALVISY LATAIG HONIUTIOG FHL LIM
e ¢ ¢ e ° ¢ e@ e e
YQ INAOOOV NI ‘sHHLsoAUy, ‘ONINHMOIG GUVMGY GNV BASvadg ‘fF ‘SVHOD ‘“HANOG ‘J, ‘SOHY, “AT

e 2
*¢ Dr. Tuos. T. Bouvié, Cuas. J. Spracuz anp Epwarp Pickertne, TRUSTEES, IN AccouNT Cr.
& WITH THE WoLcoTT FunpD or THE Boston Socinty or Naturat History.
5 1869. 1868.
a Apr. 30. |To Cash balance on hand on date ath sstthe $15.61) July 1. |By Cash paid for U. S. ’67 Bonds, $200__. $217.50
_ July 1. «« received for Interest Coupons on Dec. “« paid to Treasurer to be expended by
= U.S. Bonds . ; 226.00 him for books . ees 244.51
Dec. “© yeceived for Interest Coupons on G “¢ paid to Treasurer for books. . 217.48
U.S. Bonds : 217.48 1869.
Ot “ -yeceived for U.S. Bonds, $200 220.50) Apr. 80. sé paid to Treasurer for books . 307.00
1869. (Not all expended by the Treas-
Apr. 380. ‘¢ received for Interest Coupons on -urer for books. The balance—
U.S. Bonds . ; 237.50 $613.26 —is therefore added to
os “received for Interest accrued on the Fund, as per provision of
Bonds sold . 100.00 trust.)
“ ‘6 received for $5,000 U. §. Bonds sold, “cc © paid for $6,000 Chicago and North
exchanged for Chicago and N orth Western Bonds, received in ex-
Western Bonds . 5,575.00 change for U.S. Bonds, as Oppo
1s “received for $400 Government Bonds, site, and of Treasurer . 6,000.00
te 5-20’s e e ° e ° ° 425.00
$7,016.99 $7,016.99
Errors Excepted. Boston, April 30, 1869.

THOS. T. BOUVE,
CHAS. JAS. SPRAGUE, TRUSTEES.
E. PICKERING,

Memo., April 30, 1869. The Property of this Fund on date consists of

Chicago and North Western Railroad Bonds ‘ ‘ 0 $6,000.00
Which represent $6,058.27; the increase being due to non-expenditure of the whole income for
ooks.,

1869.)

[May 5,

76

Annual Report.)

BE'ZLFE8$

#6121 e . . e . e e . e . . e . e e . pueyq 10.0) qYsep
€9° LOFT ’ 3 : , ‘ 3 ° ; : : “19 qu puosiyex ‘wo Sayer MA ace BI dlopBiig | sorvys 17
GLSLOL : 3 : al Maes a ie ar fs eine re * LOLS 7B YAV Ao}sqo AA Solvys OT
GZ LS9 * 3 : ; : s : . i : : * eors 18 Huvg [euoyeN woysog sorvys 9
GLZ1ee$ - : ; 3 ‘ . : : % . 2 * POTS 1B pvorrery 10jSs90010 AA PUB YOIMION soreys 0g

JO S}SISUOD OYEp UO puny Sq} Jo AJAodorg OUT ‘69ST ‘08 Lady “owayr

: ‘ONTIWAMOIA “7
*SHALSAUY, GNOVAdS “SV£ ‘SVHO
WANO “L ‘SOHL

"6981 ‘Of [dy ‘uoysog *poydooxny s101107
Ze L90°6$
$6 121 ‘ + ayep Wo puvy mo douveq YsuD Ag ”
€9° LOFT * 7G 48 ‘proxrrey wojysuruTt
; “TEM pus BrydpopeyMd SLB S LZ 28° L906
GLSLOT “LOL 9B
‘queg [BMO}FTN 10}S8G2AA SOIVUS OT ZS SLPS s : : soojsnty, oy
GZ 189 2601 38 jo aon Aq ‘spuog pvoarprey [814
‘queg [CUOHBN WO}sog solvyy g “199 HIOXK MON OOO‘OTH 1OJ POATOIOT 54
Gi ZIZs : FOL 1B ‘pvo.aprery 103 00°008 _ Spuog WO 4so.10}U] Poealaoor 4, ‘dy
-SOOIO AA PUL YOIMION Salvys og 00°S8z% . q XU, sso] ‘spuog
:SMO[OF SB YOO}S 1OF pred ,, ee poorly Teague ALOK MON
oo Sse : . * qoaunsvary, oy} 03 pred yseg Aq] ‘og ‘ady 000‘0L% WO “yudd 10d v0.14} ‘poAtodeI YSBD OF) ‘TE 390
“6981 “S98T

‘AUMUOLSIFT TWUOLVN AO ALWIOOG NOLSOG FHL FO GNOW LLIVag AHL HALIM
‘IQ LNAOOOV NI ‘SATLsAUy, “ONINTMOIG GUVMaY AGNV FASVAdG ‘f ‘SVHD “AANOG ‘J, ‘SoH, “Ad

1869.] Tt (Officers.

The Nominating Committee presented a list of candidates
for office during the ensuing year, and the following gentle-
men were elected : —

PRESIDENT,
JEFFRIES WYMAN, M.D.

VICE-PRESIDENTS,
CHARLES T. JACKSON, M.D., THOMAS T. BOUVE.

CORRESPONDING SECRETARY,
SAMUEL L. ABBOT, M.D.

RECORDING SECRETARY,
SAMUEL H. SCUDDER.

TREASURER,
EDWARD PICKERING.

LIBRARIAN,
SAMUEL H. SCUDDER.

CUSTODIAN,
SAMUEL H. SCUDDER.

CURATORS,
THOMAS T. BOUVE, MINERALS.
THOMAS M. BREWER, M.D., Brirps’ NESTS AND Eaas.
SAMUEL H. SCUDDER, INSECTS.
FREDERIC W. PUTNAM, FISHES.
B. JOY JEFFRIES, M.D., MICROSCOPY.
ALPHEUS HYATT, PALZONTOLOGY.
A. S. PACKARD, JR., M.D., CRUSTACEANS,
ADDISON E. VERRILL, ; RADIATES.

BoTany.

WILLIAM T. BRIGHAM, GEOLOGY.
J. ELLIOT CABOT, BIRgDs.
EDWARD S. MORSE, Mo.uusxs.
JAMES A. ALLEN, REPTILES.

CHARLES F. FOLSOM, MAMMALS AND CoMP. ANATOMY.

Coues.} 78 {May 19,

May 19, 1869.
The President in the chair. Twenty-three members present.

Dr. Jeffries Wyman exhibited the head of a crocodile, C.
acutus, obtained in the Miami River, as it enters Key Bis-
cayne Bay, Florida. This was presented to him by William
H. Hunt, Esq., of Miami, and was the second that had been
shot at that place. The existence of a true crocodile within
the limits of the United States has not been previously
recognized, though the species just mentioned has long been
known in Cuba, San Domingo and South America.

The following paper was presented : —

On A CHICK WITH SUPERNUMERARY LeEGs. By ELLioTT
Cours, A. M., M. D.

The anatomical peculiarities involved in the freak of nature I am
about to describe, are sufficiently remarkable to render this monstrous
chick something more than an object of vulgar curiosity, and appear
quite worthy of being placed on record. Although four-legged
chicks, like double-headed calves and pigs, are not of very rare occur-
rence, comparatively speaking, this instance of monstrosity by redun-
dancy is unique, so far as I am aware, in the extent to which nature
has made sport of her laws for the development of limbs, and in the
kind and degree of asymmetry thereby produced.

Regarding the development of supernumerary limbs, or parts of
limbs (the latter involving the production merely of redundant seg-
ments), two conditions have been so generally observed to obtain,
that they may fairly be held expressive of acertain kind of law to
which even these seemingly pure freaks are subjected. The first is
the degree of constraint imposed by the fundamental law of bilateral
symmetry, in obedience to which accessory or redundant limbs are
prone to make their appearance in pairs, opposite each other, on
either side of the body, so that the monster remains symmetrical, as
far as bilaterality is concerned. Two-headed creatures, in particular,
rarely, if ever, show departure from this condition. The second is,
that liability or tendency to reduplication of segments of limbs in-
creases from the proximal to the distal extremity of a member, pars

1869.] 19 [Coues.

passu, it would seem, with the rate of increase of the normal number
of segments. Instances of duplication of a whole limb are so ex-
tremely rare that they bear, perhaps, no computable proportion to
those in which distal segments alone are abnormally multiplied, ap-
pearing in the form of supernumerary digits; and I have not before
met with, nor do I recollect seeing any record of, a case wherein the
modification by redundancy was so profound as to affect the scapular
or pelvic arch. On the other hand, extra digits are so common, as
well in lower animals as in our own species, that statistical tables
have been drawn up, showing the percentage of their occurrence,
their comparative frequency upon one or both sides of the body, and
upon the fore and hind limbs, as well as, to a degree, the influence of
race, sex, temperament, etc., in their production; and even permitting
some application to them of the law of antero-posterior, as well as

' bilateral, symmetry.t

This chick’s malformation by redundancy appears utterly refrac-
tory, violating the first principles usually found to hold in cases of
monstrosity by duplication of parts, and carrying the heteromorphy
to the greatest possible degree; inasmuch as the two supernumerary
legs are both on the same side, both composed of the normal number
of osseous segments, and both separately and movably articulated
with the pelvic arch; the latter presenting three acetabula on one
side, and being otherwise modified in shape. But even in the obscu-
rity of this extreme modification, no less of a hemal arch than of its
diverging appendages, may be discerned a curious and instructive
display of the force of the law of bilateral symmetry, operating under
well-nigh hopeless circumstances.

At Columbia, S. C., early in April, 1868, my attention was invited
to a ‘four-legged chicken” that had just been hatched, forming one
of a numerous brood, all the rest of which were perfect. The little
creature appeared healthy, and was well-formed, except that it had
three legs on the left side. It ate freely, and the only trouble it had

‘was in walking; for although seemingly so well provided for in the

matter of legs, it could only use one of the four to any advantage,
the others being useless encumbrances. In moving it hopped on the
right leg, occasionally supporting itself on the foremost left one, while

1 Consult, in this connection, Prof. B. G. Wilder’s able and instructive paper,
“Extra Digits,” in the Publications of the Massachusetts Medical Society, Vol.
II, No. 8. ;

Coues.] 80 {May 19,

the middle one dragged on the ground, and the hind one was elevated
behind; but it continually fell over on its left side.

The supernumerary legs were not merely offshoots from the nor-
mal one, or dangling by tegumentary attachments; but were entire,
movable from the hip-joints, and apparently provided with all the
ordinary muscles; but from some defect in the articulations, or want
of voluntary control over their muscles, they were functionless, and,
indeed, decidedly worse than useless. They were clothed with skin
and feathers to the usual point (tibio-tarsal joint), and projected out-
side the common integument of the body as far up the thighs as the
normal legs did. The middle left leg was bound by common integu-
ment to the anterior one as far as the heel; the posterior left leg was
freely isolated. The right leg was perfect in every respect; the left
one corresponding to it (anterior one of the three) was as large, and
equally perfect, except in a slightly increased stiffness and basal ad-
hesion of the anterior toes; the sole of this foot rested on the ground
in normal position. The middle left leg (anterior supernumerary one)
was scarcely shorter, and very nearly as stout; it dangled close be-
hind and reached the ground, but was twisted half around by great
eversion of the thigh, so that the knee pointed outward instead of
forward, and the heel inward, while stiffening, or other defect of the
tibio-tarsal joint, caused the metatarsus to project nearly horizontally
outwards. The toes of this leg were permanently stiffened, flexed
and drawn together; and in consequence of the direction of the
preceding segments, their outer sides instead of their plantar sur-
faces were opposed to the ground; and all the claws, the hind one
included, pointed forward and outward. ‘The anterior claws, however,
would have pointed backward could they have been outstretched.
The third or posterior (second supernumerary) left lez was stunted as
well as misshapen. It projected far backward, almost under the tail,
and was permanently so much flexed at knee and ankle that the toes
did not touch the ground. The flexures and direction of the seg-
ments of this leg were all normal; the foot and toes perfect in shape ~
and relative proportions. Its chief peculiarities were its permanent
flexion and its general marasmic condition—the stunting affecting
bones and muscles alike. Corresponding to this atrophied condition
was a lack of pigmentary matter in the scaly parts of the lee; these
being yellowish flesh color, while the other three legs were dusky.
When the chick moved about, this posterior leg spasmodically sawed
the air in the vain attempt to coordinate its motions with those of

1869.) Si [Coues.

the anterior one; while the middle one followed the latter like a
simple appendage, in consequence of being bound to it as far as the
heel by integument.

Such were the external appearances presented by this malformed
chick. After observing it for a few days I had it killed, in order to
examine the internal structure of the anomaly, and found the follow-
ing condition of the osseous structures involved. The right lee was
normal in all respects; and so also was the corresponding side of the
pelvis. The pelvis as a whole, however, was asymmetrical, the left
side being abnormally developed to furnish points of support to the
two extra legs. Behind the left ilium proper (which was shorter
than the other one) appeared an accessory plate of bone, of an irreg-
ularly triangular shape, convex above in every direction, running out
in a sharp point laterally; separated anteriorly by a deep narrow
fissure from the termination of the proper ilium, closely joined, if not
really articulating with, the vertebre mesially, and in similar inti-
mate relations, inferiorly, with an irregular backward prolongation of
the ischium. The latter appeared to be duplicated like the ilium;
but the nature of the ischial redundancy was not clearly made out;
this part of the bone having been accidentally injured before it was
seen or suspected to exist. ‘The redundant iliac bone bore upon its
antero-external and postero-external aspects, two acetabula, imper-
fect, but still well marked and unmistakable, for the movable
articulation of the two extra femora; all three of the left legs thus
depending from the haunch-bones in a row, one behind the other.

Each of the three left legs possessed the normal number, position,
shape and relative sizes of the component bones, even to the pha-
langes, which numbered on each foot 2, 3, 4, 5, as usual; only the
third, or posterior leg was, as has been said, slenderer and weaker
than the other two; and the head and trochanter of its femur were
not quite so perfect. ‘The positions of the three legs having been
already noted in the description of their external appearance, it only
remains to call attention to the very singular characteristics presented
by the middle left leg,—the anterior of the two extra ones.

Close inspection reveals the indisputable and highly interesting fact,
that this is, in reality, a leg of the right side, transferred by some
strange freak and in a totally inexplicable way, to the left side.
‘This curious fact is susceptible of direct and positive demonstration
from the characters of the bones themselves, and ig proven beyond all
question. This leg, as has been said, was, when in situ, so far everted

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.—VOL. XIII. 6 OCTOBER, 1869.

Coues.] 82 [May 19,

by outward rotation of the thigh, as to be almost reversed. The
femur and convexity of the knee pointed outward, downward and
backward, instead of forward; the leg and convexity of the heel
inward, downward and forward, instead of backward; the front of
the metatarsus (“tarsus” of ordinary descriptive language) faced
directly backward; the hind toe pointed forward, and the three an-
terior toes would have had the opposite direction could they have
been extended and outspread. It is needless to go into the details
of the articular extremities of the bones, the shapes and planes of
which all proclaim the same fact of the reversion of the whole limb.
Now in this reversed position of the leg, the fibula, as usual, lies upon
the outside of the tibia, and the three-jointed lateral toe, as usual, is
the inner one. But on rotating the femur inward, so as to bring its
axis, and that of succeeding segments, in the same plane as, and
parallel with, the corresponding segments of the other two legs, the
fibula is found upon the inner side of the tibia, opposed to the inner
condyle of the femur; and also the outer five-jointed toe comes on
the inside, where the one with the three joints ought to be. Such a
state of things involves an anatomical absurdity; the conclusion is
irresistible and almost self-evident, that, in a word, we have here a
right leg, turned hind part before, and hung on the left side.

I should not have considered it necessary to more than simply state
this fact, were it not such a unique phenomenon as to excite natural
doubts, and call for the proof i have given.

This four-legged chicken, then, tie really two pairs of legs—two
right legs and two left legs. The middle leg upon the left side is the
right redundant limb—the mate of the left supernumerary member,—
that has in some inexplicable way got on the wrong side. Thus far
has bilateral symmetry ruled in even such an anomaly as this; it has
stamped a misplaced limb with unmistakable characters, in the vain
struggle to retain and assert its supremacy.

Dr. J. Wyman said it was not necessary to suppose that
one of the supernumerary legs was transferred from the
opposite side. It has often been observed that when a limb
is more or less doubled it consists of both right and left parts.
A left arm doubled below the elbow has right and left fore
arms and hands; a whole limb may be doubled in an anal-
ogous manner.

19€9.} 8&3 [Minot.

Section of Entomology. May 26, 1869.
Mr. P. 8. Sprague in the chair. Hight members present.

The following papers were presented :—
AMERICAN LEPIDOPTERA. I. Grometrip& Latr.

By C. S. Minor.

Fidonia bicoloraria nov. sp. Al. ex.,1.10inch. White spotted
and marked with brown. ‘Tibize white. Margin of primaries brown,
except at the terminations of the nervures of secondaries white.
Above ; primaries with brown spots most numerous at the base and
along the costal border, and two broad, maculated bands extending
from the anterior to the inner edge; the first, subapical, tapers
slightly towards the inner margin; the second is marginal, and of
uniform width. Secondaries with a few spots chiefly on inner and
outer portions. Both wings have a dot at the outer termination of
the cell. Beneath markings above very faintly repeated except the
cellular dots, which are as distinct as above. Massachusetts, July?
Coll. Min.

Fidonia Faxonii nov. sp. Al. ex., 1.5 to 1.12inch. Ferru-
ginous densely spotted with brown. Above primaries darker than
secondaries, with three transverse, erose, brown bands, narrow, and
most distinctly defined towards the base of the wing, while towards
the exterior border they have a tendency to disappear into the
ground color. Between the second of the bands and the third, and
between the third and outer edge, are sparsely scattered in blotches, a
few white scales. The first band extends from near the middle of
costal margin almost, if not quite, to the interior; the third from near
the apex to the inner border, and owing to the white scales it is more
distinctly defined exteriorly than the other two. The second from
half way between the first and the third on the costal margin to any
point between their interior terminations, being extremely variable
in its direction, though always starting from the same point on the
costa. Secondaries fulvous, with three bands, like primaries. The
first on the basal third passing through the centre of the discal
cell, has an outward curve following the direction of the exterior
margin. ‘The second extends from the middle of the anterior border

a

Minot.] 84 [May 26,

curving in nearly a semicircle round the cell to the second divarica-
tion of the median, then recurving ends near the anal angle. The
third extends, slightly curving, from the exterior to the anal angle,
and is not very distinct, as the space between it and the external bor-
der is of a deep ferruginous brown, forming indeed a marginal band.
Beneath both wings fulvous, almost chromaceous, sparsely spotted
with brown. Primaries with bands of upper surface repeated without
white scales. Third band nearly obsolete. Secondaries with bands
of upper surface repeated; third nearly obsolete. No traces of the
marginal one exist, except that the brown spots are thicker along the
outer border.

This species is very common throughout New England in July and
August. It is found in pathways and sandy open glades, flying in
the hottest sunshine. I have named it after my friend Mr. Faxon.

Anisopteryx ? strigataria nov. sp. ¢ Al. ex., 1.5 to 1.7 inch.
Smoky, plain silvery white margin. Above, primaries with three
transverse, erose, linear bands of a fuliginous color, extending respect-
ively from the exterior and basal quarters, and the middle of the
costal to the interior margin. The first is curved outwardly, the
second is nearly straight, the third is very variable and irregular.
Along the outer margin there is a continuous row of triangular, fulig-
inous, internervular dots. Secondaries dirty white, with a few brown
scales, thickest near the external border, very faint traces of the
continuation of the bands on the primaries, except at the inner
margin, where the bands are broad, distinct, and taper so rapidly
that (since the rest of the line is so nearly obsolete) we might per-
haps say there were three triangular spots on the inner margin. The
marginal dots of the forewings have become a narrow line. There is
a brown spot at the termination of the disk. Beneath, both wings
color of the upper surface of the secondaries, with a few brown scales
at the outer third of the subcosta, with a dot at the termination of
the disk. Mr. Sanborn informs me that the ? is wingless.

Taken around Boston on the last of April and the first of May, in
the same places as A. vernata (Peck) Harris. Flies towards dusk.

Var. Primaries above with a transverse sinuous band near the
outer margin.

Colls. Min. and Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.

Tephrosia fumataria nov. sp. Al. ex., 1.4 to 1.6 inch.-
Smoky, spotted and marked with brown. Above, primaries with a
transverse, somewhat nebulous band, sinuate and erose on the. ex-

1869.] 85 [Whitney.

terior margin, and extending from near the apex parallel to the outer
edge, and a second broader one, quite faint, from the costal subapical
angle, formed by a succession of blotches. A third and fourth each
nearer the base, often wanting, or represented only by a nebulous
spot on the costa. A marginal row of fuliginous internervular dots,
on the secondaries becoming subtriangular. Secondaries with all
except the basal band of primaries continued, becoming more nearly
linear. The second from the apex has become a fuliginous series of
inward curves. Both wings marked with irregular blotches. Be-
neath dirty white, with a silvery lustre. Primaries with marginal
spots.

Taken in West Roxbury, Mass., in April. Though the markings
are not distinct, but clouded, the species is easily recognized.

DESCRIPTION OF THE MALE OF LIMENITIS PROSERPINA. By
C. P. WHITNEY.

On the 4th of July, 1868, I captured near Lake Tanapus, in
Brookline, N. H., a female LZ. Proserpina. Agreeably to request of
Mr. Scudder, who very kindly loaned me a male for the purpose,
before I was aware I| had one in my collection, I have compared the
sexes, and will notice here the chief points of difference.

The band on the wings, which in the male is blue, and obsolete on
the primaries, in the female is light metallic green, extending across
both wings, becoming whitish on the primaries, but much wider on the
secondaries, shading almost to the base. The lunules are also green.
On the lower surface the band corresponds to that of the male, but is
much wider; greenish, instead of blue, and white, wide and distinct
on primaries. ‘This band above and below is much more irregular in
its contour than in Arthemis, and on the secondaries extends nearer
the margin, as in Ursula, between which and Arthemis it seems to
form a connecting link. Male expands two and three fourths inches. -
Female three and one fourth.

Cores. ] 86 [June 2,

June 2, 1869.
The President in the chair. Twenty-six members present.
The following paper was presented :—

OBSERVATIONS ON THE Marsu Hare. By Exxiotr Cougs, M.D.
LEPUS PALUSTRIS Bachman.

Lepus palustris Bachman, Journal Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., VU, 1837,
pp: 194, 366, pl. xv, xvi; and VIII, 1839, p. 79.—(Read 1836.)

Lepus palustris Audubon, Orn. Biog., IV, 1839, p. 510, pl.
ccocLxxu (of Buteo “vulgaris”).

Lepus palustris Waterhouse, Nat. Hist. Mam., II, 1848, p. 119.

eG “© Audubon and Bachman, Quad. of N. Am., I, 1849,
p. 15t, pl xvur.

Lepus palustris Baird, Mam. of N. Am. (P. Rr. Rep., VIII), 1857,
p. 615.

Lepus Douglassii, var. 2, Gray, “Charlesw. Mag., N. H., Nov.,
1837, p. 586.” (Fide Baird.)

In the work above cited, Audubon and Bachman state that the
‘‘ Marsh Hare has been seen as far north as the swamps of the south-
ern parts of North Carolina.” It is the most abundant and charac-
teristic mammal along the coast of this State, on Borden Banks and
contiguous islands, as far north, at least, as Cape Lookout; and its
ordinary range extends somewhat further. The same authors accord
it a range extending to Texas; Baird, however, is inclined to doubt
the correctness of assigning this locality. 1t appears to be strictly a
maritime species, almost exclusively confined to the vicinity of the
sea; one of the most interior localities thus far accredited being the
swampy ground along the Wateree River, between Columbia and
’ Charleston, S. C.

Along a considerable part of Borden Banks, a narrow strip of dry
ground, overgrown with shrubbery and rank weeds, separates the
sea-wall of sand drifts from the low, flat, reedy marsh on the Bogue
Sound side. This situation is the favorite resort of the rabbits upon
the island; they apparently prefer it to the marsh itself. In some
places, in fact, they are so numerous that the thick shrubbery resem-_
bles a great warren, intersected as it is with numberless covered path-
ways, beaten by innumerable footsteps, and plentifully bestrewn with

oe

1869.1 87 [Coues.

ordure. Many of these paths lead to and from the marsh; and the
animals’ tracks are often seen in the dry upper belt of the sea beach
itself. But I have never yet, in the course of many rambles, startled
a hare in the muddier parts of the marsh, nor seen footprints or
excrement in the oozy black soil; and am inclined to think that the
prevalent impression regarding the decidedly aquatic habits of the
animal is somewhat exaggerated. However it may be in other local- °
ities, the hares on Borden Banks prefer to stay where they can pass

dry-shod over the ground; will run around rather than enter pools,

and only betake themselves to the water in emergencies. This

opinion I find corroborated by the observations of those with whom I

have conversed upon the subject; and it is further sustained by the

location of the remains of the numerous traps with which the natives

used, in ante-bellum times, to capture the unsuspecting little animals.

All the dead-falls I have seen, and they have been many, were placed,

without exception, around the edges of the marsh, in comparatively

dry places. That the little knolls scattered about in the beginning
of the marshes, before the ground subsides to the general water’s

level, are especial places of resort, is shown by the quantity of drop-

pings found in such situations. In the face of positive and unequivo-

cal testimony, such as Audubon and Bachman give, no one can

pretend to deny either the aquatic instincts or natatorial capabilities

of the animal; but I think that the generalizations deduced by these

authors from the illustrations that they bring forward, require some

qualification.

I have met with no wood rabbits (L. sylvaticus) on Borden Island,
and do not think that the two species are there associated, though
such is the case in many other localities. The observer has conse-
quently no opportunity of directly comparing the appearances pre-
sented by these animals during life; but one familiar with the looks of
the cotton-tails (and who is not?) cannot fail to be impressed at first
sight with the different aspect of the marsh rabbits. The difference.
in the contour of the body, and in color, is readily appreciable at any
distance; and the gait is strikingly dissimilar. The marsh rabbit
looks much darker, and duller, and, in particular, fails to discover
the conspicuous white spot that the upturned tail of the wood rabbit
discloses, and which has earned for the latter its aptly expressive
designation. The marsh rabbit also looks smaller, although actual
measurement does not show any very decided difference in size. This
deceptive appearance is owing to the different gait just alluded to.

Coues.} 88 [June 2,

The animal’s general configuration is more squat and bunchy; it
seems to run with its body nearer the ground; scuttles along with
shorter, quicker steps, more constrained and spasmodic, moving by
jerks, as it were; and has little or nothing of the free bouncing
movements that mark the progress of the wood rabbit. In these
respects the last named species is exactly intermediate between the
marsh rabbit and the large “ Jackass” hares (L. callotis, etc.) of the
West, in which length of stride, height of bound, and general free-
dom of swinging gait, reach an extreme. These Western hares are
the swiftest of their tribe in this country, and the marsh rabbit is
just the opposite. As attested by all observers, the speed of the
latter is appreciably less than that of even the wood rabbit, though
it certainly appears to get over the ground quite cleverly, particularly
to one who has just missed, by undershooting, a running shot.

The marsh rabbit has the habit, common to other species, of evad-
ing the pursuit of dogs by throwing them off its track, making a
detour, and returning to the spot whence it was started. I have
frequently witnessed this performance—the animal, after running at
its best for a few yards, with the dog close at its heels, plunging into
some thick clump of bushes, reappearing after a few moments to one
side or the other, at right angles to its original course, and then steal-
ing quietly along at an easy gait, while the dog was intently pursuing
a contrary direction. After this exploit, the rabbit usually came
directly back to the spot where I stood, and could be very easily
secured. I did not observe upon such occasions that the animal
directed its course more particularly toward the marsh, than in any
other direction.

During February, March and April, every specimen out of a score
or more that I examined, was terribly infested with ticks.1 These
parasites were found clinging all over the body, but were especially
numerous about the head, neck and ears—the latter more particularly.
Both the inner and outer surfaces of the ears were, in some instances,
literally covered. Notwithstanding such extreme infestation, the
animals did not appear to have been materially inconvenienced, and
they certainly had not suffered in flesh or general appearance. Ac-
cording to Audubon and Bachman, the marsh hare is also “ infested
with a troublesome larva of an cestrus in the summer and autumn;

1 My friend, Dr. A. 'S. Packard, Jr,, to whom I sent specimens for identification, —
discovers these ticks to be of an undescribed species of Ixodes, which he has called
J, leporis-palustris. (Ann. Rep. Peab. Acad. of Science, 1869.)

1869.] 89 Coues.

which penetrating into the flesh and continually enlarging, causes
pain to the animal and renders it lean.”

While it is not to my present purpose to give any special descrip-
tion of the marsh hare, I may mention a few points of external form
before proceeding to a consideration of the skull, the decided pecu-
liarities of which, as compared with that of the wood rabbit, I wish
to elucidate. The animal’s gait already described is a direct conse-
quence of the comparative shortness of its legs—of the hinder ones
particularly. A part of its bunchy appearance is due to the dispro-
portionally large head. When closely examined, its physiognomy is
noticeably characteristic, owing to the unusual size of the eyes, and
of the upper incisors. Whether the condition of the former organs is
related, as cause or effect, to nocturnal habits of the animal, I am not
prepared to say; the proportions of the incisors, however, in all proba-
bility are directly correlated to the nature of the vegetable substances
upon which the animal ordinarily feeds. The shortness of the ears,
and their great proportional width, are noticeable features. The
remarkable shortness of the tail, which exhibits the extreme among
American hares, so far as I know, appears to be of a part with the
equally noticeable scanty furring of the feet, and to be connected
with the semi-aquatic habits of the animal. The condition of the
fur (aside from considerations of color) is palpably a similar result,
or to speak more correctly, a similar evidence of designing adapta-
tion. Though very dense, the under fur particularly, it has a peculiar
coarseness and harshness to the touch; it is not so glossy, or does it
lie so smoothly as in other species, appearing matted and “ shocky”;
and the longer hairs are very numerous, stiff and wiry. This condi-
tion is partly due, I think, to the mechanical action of the reeds,
among which the animal spends much of its time; constant friction
of the coarse wiry rushes and saw-like silicious grasses effecting a
certain roughening and fraying of the fur. An entirely analogous
condition is seen on the plumage of certain birds that live in the
same situations, as the sea-side finches and clapper rails; in which
latter, indeed, the fraying of the feathers is carried so far as to become
very palpable to the eye. The length and number of the bristles
may be designed as protection against too great an injury of the rest
_ of the fur. .

The following dimensions of an adult male, taken in March, will
be found to differ somewhat from those given by Audubon and Bach-
man; and are believed to represent an average. In total length, the

Coues.] ST) {June 2,

animal hardly. differs appreciably, if at all, from the wood rabbit.
The shortness of the tail, it will be observed, is due mainly to the
paucity of the furring, and not to the characters of the vertebre
themselves.

Nose to end of out-stretched hind feet . : é ‘ , 22.25 1
“root of tail c 3 3 “ : ° 5 3 - 15.00
“ end of tail vertebre . ) ‘ . - : " 16.75
ge oo ) be hairs 3 s " yi ; 2 ss Raley)

co YOOROLeCain rs 5 3 ‘ 5 5 é : 4 8.00
Length of ear Shp pe Mery minats Kh bey een ec ee
Width * ; y ; . ‘ : : s 1.70

Length of eye (antero-posterior diameter) . . . ot eo
Elbow to end of middle finger : : ¢ : é y 4.00
Heel toend’of middle toe... 460.) \5.0 (al) ee

Skull. In the following paragraphs the comparative expressions
used have reference to the cranium as related to that of L. sylvaticus.

The skull, as a whole, is strikingly larger, as shown by the follow-
ing measurements; and most of its ridges and sulci are more de-
veloped.

palus-

Measurements. tris. |SY¥vaticus.

End of occipital platform to end of nasals . .. . 3.081] 2.80

Anterior border of foramen magnum to incisors. . 2.38 2.12

4 # Pr ey (‘palate .. 50." 1.33 1.15
Inter-paroccipital diameter oP SNS, ee ee 1.00 -70
Inter-squamosal ‘“ é4 othihieta)- sien) i mae 1.10 1.08
Inter-zygomatic ‘“ er eee 1.45 1.35
Inter-molar diameter, tis cis: Wasiaeie 3) (Sane 88 -80
Greatestawidth of masals.. J. 2 \s.lcu ote 55 05
east width of frontal’. .) 5) si.) os -70 -70
Length-of trontal 3.) 1.) en 1.35 1.20

Bere MASAI!) fee re te) ent te a 1.30 1.18

ibaa (0) EAT tent, Wire 1.35 1.15
Vertical diameter of foramen magnum .... . -40 40
Width across occipital condyles . ..... . -33 33
Antero-posterior diameter of orbit . ..... . 95 88
Merticalidiameter of orbit. <6). <)) ee eee eee 68 68
Greatest\length of premaxillaries 22 2) 2) )en eee 1.85 1.30
Width of upper incisors at base . . 2 2. 1. 30 .25
Length of anterior palatine vacuity ...... 75 -70
Angle of lower jaw to tip of incisors. . . .. . 2.40 | 2.10
Condyle of « bes aiics SLO Pee
Height of, condylar preeess, . > «se + ae 1.40 1.30

1 English inches and hundredths.

~ 1869.) Pl [Cones.

The upper incisors, besides being larger, show a difference in the
position of the groove, which runs between the inner and middle,
instead of along the middle third of the tooth. Except in being pro-
portionally larger, the molars show little difference; but, age for age,
the transverse oval pits appear rather shallower.

The difference in the “ zygomatic processes of the temporal bones”
(i. e., of the squamosal), given by Audubon and Bachman, has no
existence in any of the numerous specimens compared; these processes
having as nearly as possible the same shape. That of palustris is
absolutely larger, proportionately to the greater size of the whole
skull.

The malar is longer, and also stouter; its greater length is chiefly
due to development of both anterior and posterior processes; the
point of the latter reaches half way from the zygomatic spur of the
squamosal to the tympanic orifice. Notwithstanding the very appre-
ciable difference in the size of the external eye, the bony orbits show
little discrepancies in size. There is, however, a singular difference in
the upper border of the orbital cavity. In sylvaticus the postorbital
processes of the frontal have the form of slender spicula directed
backward, touching the parietals at their extremities, transforming
what would otherwise be a deep notch into an actual oval foramen on
either side of the frontal; in palustris, both notch and foramen usually
disappear by blending of this process with the frontal; sometimes,
however, a minute opening remains. Similarly, the anteorbital pro-
cesses in sylvaticus form a deep transverse notch, of which only a trace
exists in palustris. ‘The median anterior extremity of the frontal is
prolonged in a point further between the nasals; while the posterior
extremities of the latter are also more acutely pointed, and run further
up on either side of the frontal. ‘The slender nasal process of the
intermaxillary is longer. _The base of the skull is both relatively and
absolutely broader, in consequence of the size and lateral projection
of the paroccipital.

The form of the lower jaw, no less than the size of the incisors,
would seem to indicate greater masticatory power. The various
ridges and roughened depressions for muscular attachment are better
pronounced. The angle of the jaw has more sweep, and extends
further backward; the coronoid process is higher, wider, and more
upright.

The skull of a full grown and mature (as shown by the dentition),
but not an old animal, exhibits the following condition of the several

Coues.] 92 [June 2,

sutures, most of the bones, as will be seen, remaining unanchylosed.
The epencephalic arch can be detached entire; the basi-, ex-, and par-
occipital elements are completely soldered together; but the superoc-
cipital shows traces of its original separation, its suture with the
exoccipitals displaying the part it takes in the formation of the fora-
men magnum (production of the characteristic notch at the upper
border). With the arch are brought away the petro-mastoid, tym-
panic and large bulla ossea; but neither of these three are soldered
to it; and the two last, moreover, are further separable from the
petro-mastoid; the remarkable quadrate platform of bone surmounting
this arch is completely anchylosed with the superoccipital, and seems
indeed to form an integral part of that bone, leading to a suspicion
that it never formed a distinct interparietal.! Just in advance of this
questionable plate, moreover, are two distinct little bones, irreg-
ularly triangular, together forming a lozenge on the median line;
they remain suturely connected with the parietals on removal of the
epencephalic vertebra. These may be a bifid interparietal, or ossa
wormiana. ‘The parietals are disconnected with each other, and from
all surroundings. The squamosals may be removed with some little
‘difficulty; they are free from parietal, frontal, and malar, but begin-
ing to anchylose with alisphenoid. ‘The nasals and premaxillaries are
very easily removed; a spongy mass is brought away with the former.
The lachrymals almost fall out of themselves. The sphenoid may be
loosened, but not entirely detached, without violence ; traces of the
union of the pterygoids with it remain; the limits of ali- and basi-
sphenoid are plainly seen. The interfrontal suture is plain. The
superior maxillaries are distinct from the frontal, and also show the
median palatal suture; but the malars and palatines are both com-
pletely soldered with them. The large stout palatines, in fact, appear
to be the most solid bones of the skull. Besides their extensive and
firm union with the maxillaries, their palatal plates fuse together,
forming with the corresponding processes of the maxillaries, a strong,
bony bridge across the back part of the palate, connecting the molar
alveoli. The two halves of the lower jaw remain separable.

With advancing age nearly all these sutures become obliterated.
The most persistent are those between the nasals and their surround-
ings, the spheno-occipital, the squamo-malar, and the symphysis
menti. These I have never found obliterated, though—particularly -

1 On the other hand, see Owen, Comp. Anat. and Phys. Vert., II, pp. 316, 367.

1869. ] . 93 {Coues,

the last named—they may amount to virtual consolidation. The
petro-mastoid and tympanic bulla are very late in codssifying with
surrounding bones.

The basi-occipital (but not the basi-sphenoid) is perforated by
what appears to be an extension of, establishing direct communication
between, the tympanic air-cavities. According to Owen (op. cit., p.
368), the basi-sphenoid is similarly perforated in Lepus timidus.

Mr. H. A. Purdie announced the capture by Mr. C. F.
Maynard, of three specimens of the rare Tennessee Warbler,
in Newton.

Rev. R. C. Waterston called the Society’s attention to the
approaching centennial anniversary of the birth of Baron von
Humboldt, and suggested the celebration of the day by the
Society in some public manner. The proposition was re-
ceived with great favor by the members who subsequently
spoke upon the subject, and it was voted, on the motion of
Mr. Waterston, to choose a committee of three to consider
the subject and take such action as seemed advisable. The
President appointed Rev. Mr. Waterston, Dr. 8. Kneeland
and Mr. 8. H. Scudder, as the committee, to which the Pres-_
ident and his Honor, Mayor Shurtleff, were subsequently
added.

June 16, 1869.

‘The President in the chair. Seventeen members present.
The following papers were presented : —

Noricre or A CycLopPean Pig. By Exixiotr Cougs, M.D., U.S.A.

_ Iam indebted to my friend Dr. W. F. Smith, of the Army, for the
opportunity of examining the head of a newly born cyclopean pig.
The specimen, possession of which Dr. Smith has generously relin-
quished, has been deposited in Professor Wyman’s cabinet. It is

Coues.]} 94 {June 16,

interesting from its apparent bearing upon the question of the
morphology of the cranium. If my interpretation of the general con-
dition, and identification of parts, be not incorrect, there are un-
equivocal indications that this skull is composed of four vertebre.

The modifications of the cranial bones produce a singular configura-
tion of the external parts. The snout, or nose proper, is separated from
the mouth-parts by a wide and deep fissure, reaching half way to the
ears, in a horizontal plane, and in the longitudinal axis of the head.
At the base of this fissure there is a transverse slit in the skin,
across from side to side, representing the eyes, meeting on the
median line, and directly continuous with each other; this cutaneous
opening is about an inch and a third long by a third wide in the
middle. With the exception of this slit, the whole face is contin-
uously covered with proper integument, of normal texture, sparsely
beset with slender white hairs. The gape of the mouth is unusually
small; the lower jaw and lips offer nothing very peculiar; but the
upper jaw is much shortened (through intermaxillary deficiency, as
will presently appear) and the lip is extended some distance beyond
it, to meet the lower lip; itis compressed from side to side, and has no
nasal opening. The lower jaw bears six teeth, whereof the two lat-
eral ones on each side are conical, acute and enamelled; the median

1889.] 05 [Coues.

pair obtuse, widened, each with obscure indications of three cusps,
and barely projecting from the gums. There are three teeth in the
upper jaw, separated from each other; the lateral ones, apparently
canines, being loosely set in, and projecting laterally outward from
the upper alveoli; the third, directly on the median line, and seem-
ingly representing the lateral pair of incisors combined, is only set in
gristle, from which its hard, conical cusp projects forwards as well as
downward, and from which its root was found, on dissection, to pro-
‘trude inwards. The shape of the root, which is flattened and later-
ally expanded, seems to confirm the suspicion that this single tooth
represents connate incisors.

The detached nasal chambers form a curious fleshy and bony
“horn” or proboscis, running straight out from the forehead, on the
median line, above the ocular slit, as far as, or rather beyond, the
end of the maxillary snout. This proboscis has the form of a nearly
regular gradually tapering cone to near the end, where it suddenly
enlarges to terminate in a circular disk, with a single central hole—
a common nostril. The general shape calls to mind the snout of the
star-nosed mole, barring the fimbriez.

The rest of the head is not noticeably misshapen, though rather
short for its depth. ‘The ears are large and well formed.

There is not such palatal malformation as might be anticipated in a
case of this sort; on the contrary, the bony roof of the mouth and
- its mucous membrane are perfect. Just behind the palate, in the
normal position of the posterior nares, there is a slit leading into a
roundish depression capable of holding a pea; this, however, does not
(nor could it, in consequence of the abnormal condition of the bony
parts, presently to be described) lead into the nasal cavities, but
forms a cul-de-sac, only perforated by the openings of the Eustachian
tubes, which are large enough to admit a straw.

The nasal'sense-capsules are wholly unossified; a conoida]l mass of
gristly and membranous convolutions fills the nasal chamber, in place
of ethmoid and turbinals; the imperfect cartilaginous septum only
extends to within three lines of the end of the snout, there being a
common orifice. There is no cribriform plate: the olfactories pass by
a large irregular opening from the brain into the nose, and proceed
more than half way to the tip of the snout before giving off any ram-
ifications.

The rudimentary eyes, only distinguishable with some difficulty,
are imbedded in a mass of cellular and fatty tissue that fills the fossa

Coues.] 96 [June 16,

at the base of the great fissure. Notwithstanding their small size,
the orbital cavity has a number of muscles of little less than ordinary
dimensions, but scarcely recognizable in consequence of imperfect or
faulty insertions, and displaced origins trom the distortion of the
bony parts. The optic nerves emerge from the cranium at the bottom
of a large opening.

The superior maxillary divisions of the fifth pass through this same
Opening, across the floor of the orbital fossa, into and through the
maxillary foramina (which are placed side by side, near the median
line of the skull) and ramify in an undistinguishable mass of muscu-
lar and cellular tissue that lies upon the bones and forms the cheek
and upper lip.

As is usual in these cases, the great commissure of the brain is
wanting, the cerebral hemispheres being fused and presenting a single
smooth convexity.

Such are the principal features of the soft parts chiefly concerned
in the formation of the monstrosity; the shape and position of many
of the cranial bones is equally anomalous. ‘The osseous abnormities
increase in number and degree from behind forward,.as would nat-
urally be expected, and culminate among the elements of the “ rhin-
encephalic vertebra.” Remarkable openings in the skull occur,
isolating the several arches in great measure, and exhibiting them to
the physical eye as clearly as they can be seen with the mind’s.
Particularly in the case of the fourth or anterior segment of the.
skull, we have the unusual spectacle of the centrum and hemal arch
distinct and removed from the neural; the latter alone enclosing the
neural axis; and the former hanging from the cranium, somewhat
after the manner of the succeeding hemal arch (lower jaw), sus-
pended by its own pleurapophysis alone, and not otherwise attached
to the rest of the skull than by the zygoma. The general condition,
in fact, comes near being an ocular demonstration of four vertebrz
in the mammalian skull.

Detailed descriptions of the bones principally concerned will follow;
we have here to note first the general condition of the skull asa
whole, and next as composed of several segments.

The base of the cranium proper presents three principal openings
or foramina lacera, succeeding each other from behind forward. The
first of these appears to correspond to, and to result from, the con-
fluence of the fissure lacere posteriores and mediz. It is an irreg-
ularly crescentic opening (one on either side the basi-occipital and

1869.) 97 ; [Coues.

-sphenoid) bounded anteriorly by the alisphenoid, mesially by the
bases just mentioned, and posteriorly by the basi- and ex-occipital;
it would be a large roundish vacuity were it not for the projection
into it from the outside of the large petrosal and inflated tympanic
bulla; the fact that these do not reach the occipital base is what
causes the merging into one of the posterior and middle fissure basis
cranil. The second opening is a very large one, through which the
tip of a finger may be passed, leading into the median optic fossa
(conjoined orbital cavities), of an irregular, somewhat cordate shape,
circumscribed behind by the alisphenoids, and before by what appears
to be an orbito-sphenoid plate (see below). ‘This gives passage to
the optic nerves, as has been said, as well as to the second division
of the fifth. ‘The third opening is the irregular foramen in the cu-
riously malformed frontal bone, giving exit to the olfactories, and
standing in place of a ‘‘cribriform plate of ethmoid.” These three
fissures (the posterior one lateral and divided in two, the anterior
two median and single) indicate, in a general way, the places of
division of the skull into its four neural arches.

The zygoma, composed as usual of squamosal and malar, preserves
posteriorly its ordinary condition ; anteriorly, however, it curves
inward as it passes forward, and meets its fellow on the median line,
over the middle of the superior maxillary. A small bone, extending
transversely across the median line, serves as a bridge across the
anterior extremities of the malars, binding them together in front,
and completing a perfect half circle or horse-shoe shaped bony bar,
that horizontally surrounds the sides and front of the skull from one
glenoid fossa to the other. This bone is formed of the two lachrymal
bones fused. The upper jaw hangs below and projects forward from
this halfring, connected behind with the base of the skull by the
palatals and vomer. Its superficial resemblance to a lower jaw is
very striking.

The occipital segment offers nothing specially noteworthy. The
coalesced ex- and par-occipitals are distinct from basi- and super-
occipitals; all four have nearly if not quite their proper shape and
position.

The basisphenoid is distinct from the basioccipital, but not from
the presphenoid; with which latter the next centrum is also fused in

| great measure, and in fact is less demonstrable as such than usual, in
consequence of the extensive blending of the palatals. A vomer is
scarcely indicated except by a median longitudinal ridge upon the

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.—VOL. XIII. 7 OCTOBER, 1869.

Coues.] F 98 [June 16,

last named bones. The alisphenoid is large, and reaches the well-
formed parietals, thus supporting its neural spine; it forms a stout
pillar on either side, is but little expanded, and has no connections
whatever either before or behind, in its continuity. The diapophy-
sis of this segment is confluent with the squamosal,— not with the
petrosal, asim many mammals. The last named (otic capsule) is of
large size, and distinct from all surroundings. This, and the not very
dissimilarly shaped tympanic bulla form two large osseous masses, on
either side, distinct from each other and from adjacent bones, nearly
filling up what would otherwise be an open space between the neura-
pophyses of the penultimate and last vertebrae. The intercalated
squamosal, with its confluent mastoid, fills up what would otherwise
be a further vacuity in the walls of the cranium; articulating with
(besides the petrosal and tympanic) three of the elements of the
occipital behind, the parietal above, and the alisphenoid and malar
in front. It is of great size; its zygomatic process is small, and
curved inward. The parietals are well developed, and of normal
characters.

The next neural arch is mainly represented, as far as ocular
demonstration can go, by the singularly shaped frontal, its spine.
This bone has a pyriform shape; that is, it is made a cone by the
curling under of its sides (or perhaps of its orbital plates) until they
come together and coalesce below, and then suffers a constriction
near its anterior extremity, the small end being then drawn out,
and representing two-thirds of a ring which is deficient below; the
scroll-like nasal fitting upon the ring. The upper surface of the bone
is smooth, and shows the median furrow indicative of its development
from two centres; the under surface is irregular, with several pits and
foramina. It mostly articulates with the parietals, but the lower lat-
eral corners touch the squamosals; it is, of course, widely separated
from the superior maxillary and malar, which lie some distance in
front and below. To the under surface of the frontal are attached
two anomalous bones. The inferior and much the larger of these is
a transversely elongated thin plate, adherent along its upper or ante-
rior border with the posterior border of the frontal; touching the
alisphenoids on either extremity; its free posterior border, concave, or
nicked out, forms the anterior border of the large vacuity already de-
scribed as leading from the cranial cavity into the orbital fossa. This
bone I take to be orbito-sphenoidal, and therefore to represent the
frontal neurapophyses; so judging from its position and relations, par-

- 1869.] 99 [Coues.

ticularly to the optic nerves. The other bone is merely a little curved
splint bridging across the lower part of the frontal ring from side to
side, and partially making up for the defective condition of the latter.
I do not know to what, if any, bone this bit is to be referred, and
prefer not to hazard a conjecture. The hemal arch of this third
vertebra is not noticeably deformed, though rather unusually short-
ened, thickened and bent upward at the end. Each moiety is dis-
tinct, and has three projecting teeth; the future molars and premolars
still lie buried in the jaw.

As we trace hemal arches of the mammalian cranium, in the light
of Owen’s conception of them, we find that they are regularly grad-
uated from behind forward, as to the kind and degree of their
connection with the rest of the skull. That of the occipital segment
is remoyed to the thorax, and only connected by muscular tissue.
That of the parietal is suspended in the neck by ligamentous bands
that may acquire bone-earth along a part or the whole of their course.
That of the frontal is in contact with the rest of the skull, and mov-
ably articulated. That of the nasal is suturally united, in firm
apposition, not only by extensive and intricate pleurapophysial con-
nections, but also by that junction of the hemapophyses and hemal
spines with neural elements that is necessary to close up the neural
axis in front, and gives the more or less conical configuration to this
extremity of the vertebral series. The obscurity that hangs over the
“nasal vertebra,” and the consequent difficulty of actually distinguish-
ing neural and hemal “ arches,” or of recognizing a “vertebra” at
all, is commonly held — with what show of reason it is not my pur-
pose to inquire — to result in great measure from this extreme modi-
fication in the face of a special emergency that does not elsewhere
occur. Be this as it may, we have in the present instance of this
malformed skull, a nasal vertebra, the neural and hemal arches of
which are distinct and separated from each other, and which displays
vertebral characters at least as plainly as either of the other cranial
sepments do. It consists cf a neural spine, surrounding and enclos-
ing the prolongation of the neural axis, uplifted from its centrum,
wanting neurapophyses, and with no osseous sense-capsule; and of a
detached hzmal arch, represented by pleurapophyses, heemapophyses,
(and hemal spine?) joined to its centrum, by the latter attached to
the rest of the skull, with which it is only further joined by its
“ appendages.’

The single nasal bone, apparently developed from one centre, is

Coues.] 100 (June 16,

rolled under like a scroll, to form an imperfect cylinder. Its only
articulation is with the ring-like prolongation of the frontal, upon
which its base is fitted by an oblique overlapping suture.” It projects
straight forward, like a horn, and enfolds the gristly and membran-
ous sense-capsule; no osseous ethmoid, or turbinate bones, exist. The
passage from the nasal chamber into the cranium is straight and open.

The palatines lack orbital plates or processes, are fused together
and to the vomer, and consist chiefiy of palatine plates, united in
the usual way to the corresponding parts of the superior maxillary.
Their chief peculiarity is seen behind, in the place where the poste-
rior nares normally occur. The passage is blocked up by the fusion
of the bones into a solid plate that reaches the sphenoid centre and
forms a transverse wall. The palatines abut externally against the
descending processes of the alisphenoids; along the line of junction
there is a curved groove in which the loose pterygoids rest. ‘The lat-
ter are small, irregularly falcate in shape, and completely detached
both from sphenoids and palatines, as in monotrematous orders. The
superior maxillaries are fused along the median palatal line, but else-
where distinct from each other: and they form the apex of the jaw
to the exclusion of intermaxillaries. Their palatal plates are their
most perfectly ossified parts; for the rest, they are made up in great-
est part of large alveolar cavities, filled with the future molars and
premolars, the walls of which cavities, everywhere thin and fragile,
almost spongy, are defective, particularly along the line where they
should properly join the palatal plate, displaying the contained
teeth through extensive vacuities. The inflated walls of these cavi-
ties form the only osseous floor of the orbits; they project like bulle
upward and backward toward the alisphenoids, from which, however,
they are entirely separated by a continuous deep and wide fissure.
The teeth that have cut the gum have been already noticed ; the lat- |
eral pair are presumably canine from their relation to the superior
maxillary, but occupy the place of incisors. The apex of the upper
jaw is defective, and presents a depression between these two lateral
teeth, occupied, in the recent state, by a cartilaginous mass, in which
the median incisor was buried. The upper surface of the maxil-
laries offers a deep transverse depression, into which open the large
foramina for transmission of the second division of the trigeminus;
posteriorily it rises up to meet the under surface of the malars and
be articulated with them, in a nearly straight and horizontal line
from side to side.

1869.] 101 [Agassiz.

As has been said, there are no intermaxillaries to be recognized
as such, the superior maxillaries forming the apex of the jaw; and
- the gristly mass lying upon their extremity, and containing the inci-
sor, being apparently the rudiments of those bones.

Notes oN BEAVER Dams. By ALex. AGASsIz.

During a residence of nearly two years on Keweenaw Point, I had
oceasion to examine a large number of beaver dams, most of them
still mhabited. I was particularly struck on visiting the first dam I
had ever seen, which is the largest dam of the district, measuring no
less than six hundred and fifty feet in length, and three and one half
feet in height, with the small number of lodges in the vicinity of the
_pond. It seemed impossible that such an enormous structure could
have been built by the limited number of families which the lodges
would shelter. On examining other dams in more inaccessible
places, the same was found to be the case, the number of lodges is
small, the greatest number I have observed being five upon one pond.
It was evident from this that we possessed erroneous notions of the
gregarious nature of beavers, that they do not build their dwellings
crowded together like huts of working men round a mill, and do not
work together in great numbers, accomplishing the task of building
their dams in a short time; on the contrary it became evident that
their structures—their dams, their canals—are the work of a com-
paratively small number cf animals, but to make up for the number,
the work of the succeeding inhabitants of any one pond must have been
carried on for centuries to accomplish the gigantic results we find in
some localities. This fallacy of our knowledge of the beavers was
first made public by Mr. L. H. Morgan, who, in his work on the
American beaver, which appeared during the last part of my stay at
Lake Superior, has given us a most capital history of the habits
of the beaver. 1 can only corroborate the truthfulness of his descrip-
tions by their perfect application to what I had seen of the beavers
in the district which I] examined, and state that I had arrived inde-
pendently at many of the conclusions which he has drawn from his
prolonged study, extending through twelve summers; it is refresh-
ing in these days of works filled with descriptions of species, to turn
to a monograph which reminds us of the times when the life history
of a single animal and the study of their habits was not considered
beneath the labors of a Huber or a Reaumur.

Agassiz. | 102 [June 16,

Morgan, in the work just quoted, after showing that the dams are
the work of a comparatively small number of beavers, naturally also
comes to the conclusion that they must be of great age from the
amount of solid material they contain, from the destruction of the
primitive forests within the area of the ponds, and other causes from
which he concludes that these dams have existed in the same places
for hundreds and thousands of years, and have been maintained by a
system of continuous repairs..

In building an artificial dam across a beaver meadow, I came acci-
dentally upon data showing that Morgan’s view of the antiquity of
beaver dams is correct. For the purpose of obtaining a secure founda-
tion for a mill dam (erected at a short distance above a beaver dam),
it became necessary to clear away the soil of the bottom of the
beaver pond, which had been exposed by cutting the beaver dam.
below it.

This soil was found to be a peat bog of variable depth, attaining a
thickness of six feet. A belt of this peat, twelve feet wide and some-
what over twelve hundred feet long, was removed, and imbedded in
the peat below the surface peat of the bottom of the pond were
found the traces of a number of stumps in various stages of decompo-
sition, and here and there what looked like beaver cuttings, and finally
the workmen came across several stumps where the marks of the
beavers’ teeth were still plainly visible, showing that the stumps found
in the peat were probably all stumps of trees cut by beavers in former
times; the bottom of this peat bog was two and one half feet above
the base of the beaver dam. We have here positive evidence that in
this case, at least, the peat bog was formed by the pond flowed by the
dam, and the same state of things exists in several other dams which I
examined. We find that they are always accompanied by larger or
smaller peat bogs, all of which, as in the case above alluded to, owe
their existence to the beaver dams. On sounding them, the depth of
one of them was found to be as great as nine feet. In these instances
careful levels were run from the dam towards the source of the creek
upon which they are built, and on reconstructing the appearance of the
country, as it must have been before the beaver dams existed, I found
that from the nature of the surrounding country, the open spaces now
joining the beaver ponds, the beaver meadows where the trees are
scanty or small, must at one time have all been covered by forests
similar to those which are found on the banks, and fully as luxuriant.
It was only when the beavers established themselves upon the creek

1849 ] 1 0 3) [Agassiz

and commenced to build their dams that they began to clear the
forest just in the immediate vicinity of the dams extending in every
direction, first up the stream as far as the nature of the creek would
allow, and then laterally by means of their canals, as far as the level
of the ground would allow, thus little by little clearing a larger area,
according to the time they have occupied any particular place.
Soon after the commencement of their dams, usually selected on such
a spot of the creek as is sluggish, and where a slight elevation will
give a large area for flowage, the ground must have become saturated
with moisture, rank grass must have started up. Sphagnum soon made
its appearance, and little by little, as the dam was raised, the area
extended, and the marshy meadow prepared the ground for the ulti-
mate formation of the peat beds observed, which extended little by
little as far as the possibility of the ground would allow, covering by
decrees the base of the stumps of the trees cut by the beavers, as
well as of the bushes, covering the sticks left about with a coating
of grass and peat, and either decomposing or preserving, as was the
case in the peat bog observed, the stumps which are to tell us now
how long they have been occupied in raising their dams.

The rapidity with which peat is deposited varies greatly in some
districts of Switzerland, according to Lesquereux, to whose kindness
I am indebted for the needed figures, taken from the exploration he
conducted so successfully in various parts of Europe to ascertain the
nature and growth of peat bogs. We find localities where at a fixed
date no bogs existed, and after a lapse of fifty years had grown one
and one half feet, so that we can take as a general thing a growth of
about one foot in a century as the average, though the rate of growth
varies according to localities, three feet in a hundred years having
been observed, the lacustrine deposits growing at a much slower rate
than the peat bog deposited in mountainous districts. So that in the
vase of bogs of the depth of nine feet, we can safely assume that the
probable age of the dam is about nine hundred years, which would
give a rational explanation of the possibility of building such huge
structures by such small number of animals as are evidently the
dwellers on the shores of the beaver pond of any one dam.

New dams are started, as stated by Morgan, by a pair of young
beavers, and I find that considerable exploration of localities suited
for new structures is made by beavers during the winter, when the
crust of the snow % suitable, and their trails have been found at a
distance of two ant one half miles from the nearest dams, prospecting

Agassiz. | 104 [June 16,

for a site where they were invariably at work the following spring,
commencing these dams in some cases where their dams were dis-
turbed in winter, they would migrate bodily and establish themselves
on the shores of a more isolated creek. They inyariably build burrows
when first starting their dams, and when the ground of the bank is
not propitious they continue to dwell in them and do not build lodges,
as was the case in a mud dam built across a rather steep valley where
the flowage simply gave depth near the dam, and at a considerable
distance from it, only spreading into a shallow sheet at too great a
distance from the dam, evidently, to make that mode of inhabitation
available.

The extent of the denudations of forests, thus artificially produced
by the beavers, is quite extensive; the areas of some of these beaver
clearings are very large. I have seen ponds of an extent of no less
than forty acres, as the direct result of the backing water of a beaver
dam, and beaver meadows of two to three hundred acres in area are
by no means uncommon. When beaver dams are placed one below
_the other, as is frequently the case, the extent of country thus opened
and cleared of forests by them may cover the large portion of several
sections of land, changing into open swamp lands extensive tracts,
which at one time must have been dry, and covered with dense
forests. This interference of beaver dams is also frequently the
cause of accumulations of water on ridges, from which the natural
water sheds are altered. From talking with intelligent trappers who
have hunted in the lands of the Hudson Bay Company, I learn that
the works of the beavers are so extensive there in some localities, that
they have played a not unimportant part in changing the whole aspect
of large tracts of the country, and covering with water a great extent
of country which was once thickly wooded.

On THE HABITS OF A FEW ECHINODERMS. By ALEX. AGASSIZ.

In the various reports of animals found at great depths in the
ocean, the presence of staryishes attached to the rope at a considera-
ble distance from the dredging or sounding apparatus, has been
instanced as proving beyond doubt that they lived at great depths,
and that the rope was dragging along the bottom, as their specific
gravity was so much greater than that of the water that when placed
in it they immediately sank. My object is simply to record a few notes
of what I have observed on the seacoast at various times with refer-

1869.] 105 [ Agassiz.

ence to this point, but I wish at the same time to be distinctly under-
stood as not denying on this account the fact of the existence of
these animals at great depths, but simply to show how cautious we
should be in making broad generalizations from the presence of a few
animals at any one point, the habits of which we know nothing about.
Carpenter, in his report’ on the deep sea dredging of the English
Expedition of 1868, mentioned an Astropecten as attached at a dis-
tance of two hundred and fifty fathoms from the dredge, twelve hun-
dred fathoms being out. Ross, while sounding at a depth of one
thousand fathoms, found on the sounding line at a depth of eight
hundred fathoms, a species of Euryale, and again while sounding at
a depth of one thousand fifty fathoms, below the point marked
eight hundred fathoms, a small starfish was found attached to the
sounding line. Carpenter and Wallich both saying that “it is
irreconcilable with what we know of the habits and structure of the
Echinoderms, to suppose that the Caput Medusz (Euryale) and small
starfishes referred to could have been found free, floating and alive,
at a distance of two hundred fathoms from the bottom.” Carpenter
says of the Astropecten,? “As this animal is entirely unfurnished with
swimming organs, and was found to be of such specific gravity as to
sink immediately when placed in a jar of seawater, it can scarcely be
taken up anywhere else than from the sea bottom.”’

Any one who has ever kept starfishes alive in a tank, cannot fail
to have observed the tendency they have to creep up along the sides
of the tank till the foremost arms reach the top of the water. They
then continue to creep on, the anterior arms, however, not protruding
out of the water, but turning over, spread with the suckers uppermost,
extended to the fullest extent. This is carried so far that the starfish
are frequently attached to the side of the jar or tank, only by a very
small portion of the extremity of one arm, where the suckers are
least powerful, and a portion by far too small to form a fulcrum for
the upholding of the rest of the starfish in that attitude. If we ex-
amine the starfish (Asteracanthion berylinus) in that attitude, we shall
find also that the body is by no means rigid, on the contrary the

1Wallich, G.C. The North Atlantic Sea Bed. London, 1862, p. 80.

2Carpenter, Dr. W. B. “ Preliminary Report of Dredging Operations in the Seas
to the North of the British Islands, carried on in her Majesty’s steam vessel
Lightning,” by Dr. Carpenter and Dr. Wyville Thompson. From Proc. of Royal
Soc. No. 107, 1868, p, 171.

A gassiz.] 106 [June 16,

whole abactinal area is expanded to its fullest amount, the arms and
interradial part swelling out immensely, become quite flaccid, and the
specific gravity of the starfish must, by the amount of water which it
has thus taken in, be very nearly equal to that of water.

This operation I have repeatedly seen performed by starfishes,
measuring five or six inches across the arms, and when the starfishes
are young they frequently lose their hold, and float about on the
surface of the water. Starfishes measuring two and one half and
three inches across the arms, are able to float in this manner, and
while fishing with the scoop net on the surface of the water for pelagic
animals, hardly a single expedition goes by without finding one or two
young starfishes, ranging from one eighth of an inch to one and one
half inch across the arms swimming freely about. This is not limited
to our two species of Asteracanthion. I have observed the same thing
in the adult of our common Cribrella when kept in confinement, and
young measuring three fourths of an inch across the arms, are fre-
quently found swimming about. I had already in’ 1864? called atten-
tion to the fact that young Sea-urchins, measuring somewhat less than
one fifteenth of an inch in diameter, could be found with the scoop net
swimming on the surface, and that the young of our Ophiurans, young
Ophiopholis having already five joints on each arm, long after they have
lost their plutean appendages, have the same habit of floating at will
on the surface by expanding to their fullest extent. The same applies
to young Cuvieria one half inch in length. I have never observed any
such capacity in the older Ophiurans or Cuvieria. But there is an-
other Echinoderm which, in the adult condition, is capable of a kind
of swimming, that is the Euryale. In my work on Radiates of Mas-
sachusetts Bay, I gave a sketch of an Euryale? in its natural attitude
standing on tip toe, as it were, with its disk swelling to the fullest
capacity, thus supporting the whole weight upon comparatively small
numbers of the slenderest joints of the extremity of the arms, showing
how nearly equal to the specific gravity of the water it must be, so that
by slightly pushing it and producing a current, it will actually float,
and then slowly settle again to the bottom. This will account for the
frequency with which our fishermen bring up Astrophyton on their

1 Agassiz, A. On the Embryology of Echinoderms. From Mem. Am. Acad.
IX, p. 9.

2 Seaside studies in Natural History. Fig, 151, p. 118. Boston, 1865. Marine
Animals of Massachusetts Bay. Radiates. By El. and Alex. Agassiz.

1869.] 107 [Agassiz,

lines; they meet them floating about a short distance above the bot-
tom of the sea. The Astrophyton is not as sensitive to disturbance
as the starfishes are ; hence in the same experiment made with a star-
fish, the animal would be more likely to sink if disturbed when
expanded. The solid limestone shell of these Echinoderms is not so
solid at it looks; a section made across the plates of an Nchinus, of an
Ophiuran or starfish, still reveals to us the original mode of building
up of this limestone structure, so apparent in the younger stage of
the Echinoderms, which is nothing but a system of net work of lime-
stone meshes, becoming closer and closer as the animal grows older;
and still leave, even in the adult, an immense area for the absorp-
tion of the water which all these animals are able to draw into their
cavities, and must permeate all their interstices, thus equalizing the .
pressure to which they must be subject at great depth, by thus pene-
trating everywhere, and permeating every part of their frame. The
large percentage of water which starfishes and sea-urchins are capable
of taking into their cavity, is shown by the following figures, made up
by weighing fully expanded Echinoderms which have been in water
a considerable time, and then weighing them again after they had
been exposed to the air, but without allowing them to dry.

The average loss of thirty-three specimens of various sizes of
Asteracanthion berylinus Ag., weighed as mentioned above, was .795
due to the water which the specimens lost when exposed to the air.

The average loss of seventeen specimens of A. pallidus Ag., was

.815. The greater loss in this species is due to the greater flexibility
and extensibility of the abactinal area than in the preceding species.

The average loss of eight specimens of Toxopneustes drobachiensis

Ag., was .554.

When we come to other classes, such as the Acalephe, the loss of
-water is still greater, being, on the average for our large Aurelia
flavidula Ag., no less than .997, so that the jelly fishes seem nearly to

be in the condition most favorable to resist great pressure, that of a
spheroidal shell with an infinitely thin envelope suspended in the
water at any depth it may be placed.

Stearns. ] 108 [October 6,

October 6, 1869.

The President in the chair. Forty-one members present.

Professor Spencer F. Baird, of Washington, D. C., was
elected an Honorary Member.

Professor John Capellini, of Bologna, Col. E. B. Carling,
U.S. A. and Mr. T. W. Higginson, of Newport, R. L, were
elected Corresponding Members.

The following gentlemen were elected Resident Members :
Messrs. Charles Deane, Ruthven Deane, Edward Rawson
and William Brewster, of Cambridge; Professor Ferdinand
Bocher, Dr. G. H. Bixby and Messrs. E. 8.*Tobey and P. 8.
Tobey of Boston.

The President read by title a paper on the Osteology and
Myology of Didelphys virginiana, by Elliott Coues; with
an appendix on the Brain, by Jeffries Wyman; this will be
printed in full in the Memoirs.

The following papers were also presented : —

On a NEw Species OF PEDIPES FROM TAMPA Bay, FLoRIDA.
By Rosert E. C. STEARNS.

Pedipes naticoides Stearns. Shell resembling a tiny Natica;
imperforate, globose, translucent, pale horn color; spire short, apex
obtuse; whorls four to four and a half, slightly flat-
tened above; the upper whorls moderately elevatéd;
body whorl nine tenths the length of the shell; suture
strongly defined; surface ornamented with fine de-
pressed revolving lines, crossed obliquely and regu-
larly by sharply developed lines of growth; aperture
longitudinal, suboval; the middle portion of the outer
lip moderately tuberculately thickened within, and slightly pressed
inwards, giving a somewhat angular outline to the upper part of
its edge; parietal wall covered with shining callus and furnished
internally with a strongly developed ridge or plait, which culminates
in a prominent sub-acute tooth, projecting in the line of its obliquity

1869.) 109 (Perkins.

two fifths of the width of the aperture; columella showing two rather
obtuse teeth or folds, the upper being the largest, with a sinuous
suleation at their bases, parallel to the outline of the columella,
causing, together with the folds, an appearance resembling the thread
of a screw, or the plaits in Cancellaria.

Length .11 inch. Breadth .06 inch.

Habitat: Littoral zone, Rocky point, Tampa Bay, western shore
of Florida; found with other small species of mollusks upon the un-
der side of clumps of “Coon oysters” at low water line. Two speci-
mens, living, one adult, the other not quite developed.

This well marked species is the first of the genus found upon the
eastern side of the Continent, and the fourth thus far detected in
North America.

The late Prof. C. B. Adams obtained a species at Panama, P. an-
gulatus, Mr. W. G. Binney described another, P. lirata, from Cape
St. Lucas, and Dr. J. G. Cooper a third, P. unisulcata, from San
Pedro, California; the species above described is more globose, and
more delicate than either of the others.

For the excellent figure of P. naticoides I am indebted to the
kindness of my friend, Mr. E. S. Morse.

Moriuscan Fauna oF NEw Haven. A CRITICAL REVIEW
OF ALL THE MARINE, FRESH WATER AND LAND MoLuusca
OF THE REGION, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF MANY OF THE LIVING
ANIMALS AND OF TWO NEW SPECIES. Part I. CEPHALOPODA
AND GASTEROPODA. By Grorce H. Perxins, Pu.D.

New Haven Bay, in and about which most of the marine species
‘mentioned in the following pages were collected, is an arm of Long
Island Sound, nearly five miles long and, at the entrance, three
broad.

Near the shore the water is shallow, and nowhere is the depth, at
low tide, more than three fathoms. The average depth over the
whole area is less than two fathoms.

Three small rivers, emptying into the bay, freshen the water and
fill it with mud, which covers most of the bottom, and even where
that is sandy there is more or less mud mingled with the sand.

Near the lighthouse, at the entrance of the bay, on the eastern
side, and for a mile northerly, a low ridge runs near the water’s
edge, and on the western side, nearly opposite the lhghthouse, are a
few masses of rock of no great extent, which are together often

Perkins. ] 110 (October 6,

called Savin Rock, though the name belongs properly to the largest
only. Everywhere else the shores are low, sandy and faced by
broad mud flats. A few of the species were collected in the some-
what clearer and deeper water of the Sound, outside the bay. On
account of the freshness and impurity of the water, many species are
less brightly and beautifully colored, and smaller than in more favor-
able localities. Some genera, as Pecten, Ensatella and Hemimactra,
which are very abundant north or south, are relatively uncommon
and small, while others, as Macoma, grow very large. Deep water
species are necessarily either wholly wanting, or occur only as dead
shells thrown upon the beach by storms. ‘The fauna of the region
belongs about equally to the Acadian and Virginian faune.

Of the marine species enumerated, fifty occur north of Cape Cod,
thirteen Dr. Packard reports from Labrador, eight are found in
Greenland, according to Dr. Morch, and eight are European. Fifty-
one extend as far south as South Carolina, and some still farther.
Thirty-seven are found in the Post Pliocene, twenty-six in the Plio-
cene, and nineteen in the Miocene. Of the sixty-five species found
in the Sound, but not, as yet, in New Haven Bay, forty-nine are
found north of Cape Cod, and nine on the Carolina shores, while
others range both north and south.

The descriptions of the animals, and all measurements, are from
living specimens, and the various parts are taken in their natural
position. In bivalves the length is regarded as the distance from the
siphonal end to the opposite.

In nomenclature the rules of the British Association are followed.
The list of marine species embraces all that have hitherto been found
in this place, and is the result of a careful examination of the whole
region. It has been impracticable at this time to give as thorough:
study to the land and fresh water shells, though the list is believed to
be tolerably complete. The sandy soil, trap and sandstone rocks of
the region are not favorable to the growth of land shells. I am happy
to express my sincere thanks to Professor A. EK. Verrill for granting
free use of the Yale College collection, for freely giving his personal
assistance at all times, and for identifying the Polyzoa. I am also
indebted to Dr. E. T. Nelson and Mr. H. 8. Williams for the use of
their collections.

The following works are referred to in the Synonymy :—

Systema Nature. Linné. 12thed. 1767.

Animaux sans Vertebres. Lamarck. 12th ed. Paris, 1843.

1869.} 111 (Perkins,

Invertebrata of Massachusetts. Gould. Cambridge, Mass., 1841.

Say’s American Conchology, Binney’s edition. New York, 1859.

Natural History of New York. Zoology. Part I, Mollusca. De
Kay. Albany, 1843.

Genera of Recent Mollusca. H. &. A. Adams. London, 1858.

Monograph of the Limniades and other Fresh Water Univalve
Shells of North America. Haldeman. Philadelphia, 1844.

Land and Fresh Water Shells of North America. W. G. Binney.
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, 1865. Parts II and III.

Teconographie des Coquilles Vivantes. Kiener. Paris, (no date).

Manuel de Conchyliologie. Chenu. Paris, 1859.

Revision of the Synonymy of the Testaceous Mollusks of New
England, ete. Stimpson. Boston, 1851.

Check List of the Shells of North America. (Kast Coast). Stimp-
son. Smithsonian Institution, Washington, 1860.

Monograph of the American Corbiculidse. Prime. Smithsonian
Institution, Washington, 1865.

Manual of the Mollusca. Woodward. london, 1866.

Boston Journal of Natural History. 1834-1863.

Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History. Vol. rv,
1851.

Journal of the Portland Society of Natural History. Vol. 1, 1864.

American Naturalist. Vol.1. Salem, Mass., 1867.

American Journal of Conchology. Vol.1. Philadelphia, 1865.

American Journal of Science and Arts. New Haven, Ct.

Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History. Vol. vu. New York,
1859. ‘

CEPHALOPODA.

Louigo Lamarck, 1799.

Loligo punctata De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 3, pl. i, fig. 1.

This is taken at times in considerable quantity in seines set near
the entrance of the harbor, but it has, so far as I know, never been
found on the shore. The egg clusters are occasionally found on the
beach in June. They consist of a mass of long, cylindrical, jelly-
like bodies, transparent and colorless, in which the oval, white ova

Perkins.] 1D [October 6,

are imbedded. These are regularly arranged in longitudinal rows,
there being usually six rows. The cases are fastened at one end, and
taper from the free end till near the point of attachment, where they
suddenly become quite small. There is a slight elevation of the
surface over each ovum. The length is quite variable, average spec-
imens being from 72 miil. to 95 mill. long. The diameter is about
6 mill. The ova are 2 mill. long and 1.2 mill. broad. Rarely the
cases are attached at both ends.

GAS TEROP (iA:

MURICIDZ.
Urosapinx Stimpson, 1865.

Urosalpinx cinereus Stimpson, Am. Journ. Conch., Vol. 1,
pt. 1, p. 58, pl. vill, figs. 6, 7. Fusus cinereus Say, Am. Conch.,
pp- 79, 184, pl. xxix, 1831; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 145, pl. viii,
fig. 184. Lapana? cinerea Stimpson’s Check List. Buccinum plico-
sum Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 303, fig. 213.

Very abundant, especially on rocks near low water. Animal light
yellow; tentacles short; eyes on outer side, about half way between
the base and tip; foot rounded and notched behind, straight in
front; operculum thin, corneous, ovate, chestnut brown. Teeth
1-1-1; lateral teeth simple, not much curved; median tooth broad,
with three large denticles in the centre and several small ones
each side.

‘ MEASUREMENTS.
Length of shell 24.6 mill. Breadth 15 mill.
ly operculum 84 “ 4.4
bh foot 144 % ee 8.6 (before), 6.8 (behind).

UG tentacles yeh

The ova capsules are attached in clusters to rocks, shells, ete., near
low water; they are ovate, with short peduncle, broadest above,
with the aperture in the centre of the upper margin; they are
much flattened, arcuate, with a ridge running down each side; color,
very light yellow. Ova 10-20, yellow; deposited in June. Height
6.4 miil.; greatest breadth 4 mill.; diameter 1.4 mill.; aperture 1.6
mill.

1869.] 113 (Perkins,

EupetEurA H. & A. Adams, 1853.

Eupleura caudata H. & A. Adams, Gen. Rec. Moll., Vol. 1,
p: 107; Stimpson, Am. Journ. Conch., Vol. 1, p. 58, pl. viii, fig. 5,
1865. Ranella caudata Say, Am. Conch., pp. 80, 200, pl. xlvin,
1822; Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 298, fig. cciv ; De Kay, Moll. N. Y.,
p- 139, pl. viii, fig. 176. Triton caudata Kien., Icon., pt. m1, p. 6,
pl. ix, fig. 2.

Not common. JLaminarian, sometimes Littoral. I have found it
alive several times, but have not seen it extended. The operculum
is dark brown, ovate, strongly marked by concentric lines of growth;
lingual ribbon long, narrow. Teeth 1-1-1; lateral teeth simple,
curved; median tooth with three stout denticles and smaller ones
each side.

COLUMBELLIDZ.

Anacuis H. & A. Adams, 1853.

Anachis avara. Columbella avara Say, Am. Conch., p. 76,
1822; Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 313, fig. 197; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p.
139, pl. vin, fig. 179.

Occurs rarely alive, but dead shells are not very uncommon on
the beach. A long, slender variety, with eight whorls, is sometimes
found. The Messrs. Adams refer this shell to Amycla, as I think,
wrongly.

Amycita H. & A. Adams, 1853.

Amycla lunata. Nassa lunata Say, Am. Conch., p. 122, 1826.
Buccinum lunatum Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 312, fig. 196; De Kay,
Moll. N. Y., p. 131, pl. vii, fig. 162.

Often found alive under stones, and on sea weeds at extreme low
water, and dead in sand on the shore.

Amycla Gouldiana. Columbella Gouldiana Agassiz, Mss.; Stimp-
son, Shells of N. E., p. 47, 1851.

Occurs rarely with the preceding; of which it is probably only a
variety.

Amycla dissimilis. Columbeila dissimilis Stimps., Proc. Bost.
Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. rv, p. 114, 1851; do. Shells of N. E., p. 47, 1851.

I discovered three fine specimens of this Northern species in a lot
of Amycla lunata.

PROGEEDINGS B. 8. N. H.—VOL. XIII. 8 NOVEMBER, 1869.

Perkins.} 114 [October 6,

BUCCINIDZ.

FurteGur Mont.

Fulgur carica Gill, Am. Jour. Conch., Vol. 111, p. 145. Murex
carica Linn., Gmel., 3545. Pyrula carica Gould, Invert. Mass., p.
296; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 141, pl. ix, figs. 192-193.

This species is not common usually on shore, but sometimes it is
abundant. It occupies the Laminarian zone, and most abounds near
oyster beds, where it commits great ravages. Animal, large, dirty
white to almost black; mantle thick, white, edge plain; proboscis
long, cylindrical, slightly bilobed and black, or nearly so at the end,
lighter next the body; tentacles short, triangular; eyes on the outer
side near the base; gills two; one large, crescent-shaped, and below,
and a little in front, one much smaller, curved, fusiform, grooved
through the centre; the larger gill is narrower and thicker behind
than before; foot large, oval, yellow below, blackish above, under
surface much corrugated; verge very large and long, much flattened,
pointed. Dentition 1-1-1; lateral teeth with a sharp curved outer
denticle, then three shorter and more slender, and an inner stout
triangular denticle; median tooth with 4-5 sharp conical denticles;
the number of denticles varies in the same sex and even on the same
ribbon at opposite ends. The operculum is ovate, thick, with a
broad callus around the inner edge, which is heaviest on the left
side; outer surface coarse and rough; color greenish yellow. The
ova cases of this species consist of a series of membranous disks
attached to a connecting cord of the same substance, forming a
string; these strings are quite long, tapering somewhat at the ends;
the disks are thin on the edge (the general thickness is about five
mill.), broadly ovate, with eleven ribs, which radiate from the at-
tached side and scallop the edge; opening opposite the point of
attachment}; color light yellow; filled with a colorless, thick, albumi-
nous substance, in which float about sixty young. In a string forty-
two centimetres long, there were seventy-five disks, whose average
size was thirty-two mill. broad by twenty-two long. They are most
common in March and April.

MEASUREMENTS.
Length of shell, ¢ 122 mill. Breadth 62 mill.
body 168) 45
te large gill 386 CS 2 9. &
& small ‘ ISAS g 3.4
‘ proboscis 20 aes
= lingual ribbon 40 * 4 Os

ts téntadles 1g * at 4 “at base.

1869.] 115 (Perkins,

Sycotypus Browne, 1846.

Sycotypus canaliculatus Gill, Am. Journ. Conch., Vol. 111,
p- 147. Murex canaliculatus Linn., Syst. Nat., 1222. Busycon
canaliculatum Stimps., Smith. Check List. Pyrula canaliculata Lam.,
An. sans Vert., Vol. x, p. 504; Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 294, fig. 206 ;
De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 140, pl. ix, fig. 190.

Common in the same localities as the preceding. It is not usually
large, varies in color from light buff to dark, livid purple, and is not
infrequently distorted; mantle white, edged with a narrow granulous
cord of bright yellow color; proboscis long, black at the tip, reddish
near the body, with a small fold just above the tip on one side; ten-
tacles short, triangular, usually the right is much the smaller; eye
spots on outer side about half way from the tips; foot large, ovate ;
operculum irregularly oval, thin, semitransparent, unless in a very
old specimen, marked by strong lines of growth, brown, sometimes
greenish; lingual ribbon Jong. Teeth 1-1-1; median tooth with three
equal, slender, conical denticles; lateral teeth with a stout, much
curved denticle on the outside, having on its inner base a small, sharp
tubercle ; next is a short, simple denticle, inside of which is one
longer and broader, bifid at its tip, and inside a sharp, much curved
one, bearing a sharp curved tubercle on its outer edge. Thus we
have four denticles with seven points. Some of the tubercles are
occasionally wanting. The ova cases of this species are similar to
those of the preceding, but. are smaller and do not have a sharp,
edge, but a narrow partition separates the surfaces. The surface is
smooth, but the edge is crossed by twelve to fifteen ribs. <A string
fifty-seven cent. long had eighty-eight disks, twenty-three mill. by
seventeen mill.; thickness three to four mill. Each disk has a cireu-
lar opening two and four-fifths mill. in diameter on the middle of its
lower edge. The number of young in each disk is about twenty-
five, the average size of which, in April, is four mill. long and two
and two-fifths mill. broad, and these were evidently nearly full grown.
The eggs are laid two or three weeks later than those of Fulgur

¢

carica.

NASSIDZ.

TriTIA Risso, 1826.

Tritia trivittata Conrad. Nassa itrivittata Say, Am. Conch.,
p. 77, 1822. Buccinum trivitattum Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 30; De
Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 182, pl. viii, fig. 165.

Perkins.] 116 [October 6,

Common on shore dead. lLaminarian. In most cases it is not
banded, and is often covered with a greenish black coating. Animal
dusky; rostrum long, cylindrical, recurved over the shell; tentacles
slender, with the eyes on the outer side a third of the distance above
the base; above the eyes the tentacles become abruptly smaller;
foot large, ovate, auricled in front and round pointed and notched
behind, with a tentacular process on each side; lingual ribbon rather
short. Teeth 1-1-1; median tooth arched, bearing nine sharp, slender
denticles, the central being longest ; lateral teeth short, broad, claw-
shaped, with two denticles.

MEASUREMENTS.
Length of shell 17.4 mill. Breadth 8.6 mill.
ah foot 10i6** 7 7 2;
ue tentacles 5 oe ae 12 “ at base.

InyanassA Stimpson, 1865.

Ilyanassa obsoleta Stimps., Am. Journ. Conch., Vol. 1, p. 60,
pl. ix, figs. 11,12. Nassa obsoleta Say, Am. Conch., p. 77, 1822.
Buccinum obsoletum Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 208; De Kay, Moll.
N. Y., p. 133, pl. viii, fig. 163. Buccinum oliviformis Kien., Icon.,
pt. 11, p. 20, pl. xxv, fig. 99.

Very abundant, covering large tracts of mud near low water, and
washed ashore in great numbers. Animal dark; proboscis rather long ;
tentacles acutely triangular, short, eye spots near the outer base;
foot straight in front, slightly auricled; round pointed behind,
white, thickly mottled with black ; operculum small, oval, thin, cor-
neous, lines of growth not prominent. Teeth 1-1-1; median much
arched, bearing numerous small denticles; lateral teeth with two
denticles, the outer much the larger.

MEASUREMENTS.
Length of shell 15.6 mill. Breadth 10.4 mill.
ee foot Dee got oT lee
2 e rostrum 9.48
a tentacles 5) =
3 operculum 3 “ s 2.4 %

Ova capsules small, nearly sessile, oval, flattened; anterior and up-
per surface covered with a coarse network of sharp ridges forming
facets of a somewhat quadrangular form, which extend to the edge
forming points; posterior side smooth, as is the base; opening near

1869.] USUI ‘ [Perkins.

’ the centre of the top, a little below it, oval; capsule colorless, trans-
parent, ova minute, white. Height two and three-fifths mill.:
breadth in the middle two and one-fifth mill.; breadth of base one
mill. Laid in April and May.

Nassa Lam., 1799.

Nassa fretensis* nov. sp.

Shell solid, short, obese, whorls six, undulated by prominent coste,
of which there are fifteen or sixteen on the body whorls and fewer on
the upper whorls, vanishing near the apex; near the outer lip they
are wanting, or quite faint; on the lower part of the body whorl the
costz are nearly straight and oblique; near the suture they make an
angle bending towards the left ; the cost are cancellated by ten or
twelve elevated lines; suture distinct; whorls slightly shouldered ;
aperture oval; lip much thickened by a large varix, and
toothed within by about four lamellar teeth; pillar lip
arched by a moderately thick callus, which scarcely ex-
tends above the aperture, and bears inside near the top
a single tubercle; spire short, conical; canal very short,
eurved; color dark purplish brown with a yellowish band
around the upper part of the body whorl, which is continued around
the middle of the upper whorls; terminal whorls and upper part of
the lip and lower half of the columella greenish yellow; interior
usually purplish brown. Length fifteen mill. (.6 in.) ; breadth ten
mill. (.4 in.). Not common. This shell has heretofore undoubtedly
been confounded with Nassa vibex Say, which it resembles; but the
spire is less acute, its ribs more numerous and narrower, its revolving
lines more prominent, the callus much thinner and smaller, and the
color much darker. It has also been found near Salem, Mass.

» CERITHIOPSIDA.
CerituHiopsis Forbes and Hanley, 1849.

Cerithiopsis Hmersoni Stimps., Check List. Cerithium Emer-
soni Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 275, fir. 180; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p.
229, pl. vill, fie. 168:

Very rare; only dead shells were found.

1 Fretum, a sound, and ensis, locative ending.

Perkins. ] : 118 [October 6,

Triroris Deshayes, 1825.

Triforis nigrocincta Stimps., Check List. Cerithium nigrocinc-
tum Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 277, fig. 182; De Kay, Moll. N. Y.,
p. 129. :

Very rare.

NATICIDZ.

Lunatia Gray, 1847.

Lunatia heros Stimps., Check List. Natica heros Say, Am.
Conch., p. 86, 1822; Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 233, fig. 165; De
Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 120, pl. vii, figs. 148, 149.

Laminarian, not common.

Lunatia triseriata Stimps., Check List. Natica triseriata Say,
Am. Conch., p. 121, 1826; Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 233, fig. 165; De
Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 121, pl. vii, fig. 144.

Quite rare and small. The teeth are similar to those of Neverita,
but the middle denticle of the median tooth is proportionally much
longer than the others. The second lateral tooth is broader than the
outer, and both are less curved than in JVeverita, and the inner lateral
tooth has fewer denticles.

NEVERITA Risso, 1826.

Neverita duplicata Stimps., Check List. Natica duplicata Say,
Am. Conch., p. 85, 1822; Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 236, figs. 163,
164; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p..121, pl. vil., fig. 147.

Laminarian. Most common near the shore in shallow water, where
it burrows in the sand. It occurs quite large, some specimens being
sixty-eight mill. (2.7 in.) high and sixty-seven mill. (2.6 in.) broad;
but the average size here is about half this. The animal is very
large, of a dirty white color; the head is covered by a fold from the
upper part of the foot; tentacles short, flat, triangular, usually edged
with black, unequal; eyes wanting; foot very large, perforate with
minute openings, from which, when disturbed, the animal throws
water; round, ruffled on the edge, much corrugated beneath; opercu-
lum semicordate, corneous, with distinct spiral lines of growth, which
are crossed at right angles by faint radiating curved lines; lingual
ribbon moderately long. Teeth 3-1-3; median tooth with three
rather short triangular denticles, the central a little the longest; in-

1869.] 119 (Perkins.

ner lateral teeth broad and serrate at the tip, with one large, trian-
gular denticle; outer lateral teeth simple. |

MEASUREMENTS.

Length of shell 27 mill. Breadth 30 mill.
a foot OG ene
s tentacles’) 11. * . 3.2 mill. at base.
= operculum 20 ‘“ Remar toCs Jase

The large urn-shaped egg masses of this species, composed of ova
and agglutinated sand, are found most frequently in April and May.

SCALARIADZ.

ScALARIA Lam., 1801. ’

Scalaria multistriata Say, Am. Conch., pp. 19 and 180, pl.
XXVil, 1826; Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 251; De Kay, Moll. N. Y.,
p. 126. 7

Very rare.

Sealaria lineata Say, Am. Conch., pp. 83 and 180, pl. xxvii,
1822; Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 251; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 126, pl.
vi, fig. 125; Chenu, Man. de Conch., Vol. 1, p. 217.

One of the rarest species found here. The only specimens I know
of were collected by Prof. A. E. Verrill and Dr. E. T. Nelson.

PYRAMIDELLIDZ.

Opostromia Flem., 1848.

Odostomia bisuturalis Stimps., Check List, 1860. Chemnitzia
bisuiuralis Stimps., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. rv, p. 16, 1851.
Turriiella bisuturalis Say, Am. Conch., p. 84, 1822. Jamina exigua
Couth., Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., Vol. u, p. 92. Odostomia exigua
Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 272, fig. 177.

Not uncommon on rocks and timber near low water. Animal
white; tentacles not long, triangular, tapering to a blunt point; eyes
between, and a little behind the tentacles; rostrum short, rounded in
front; foot long and narrow, straight before and slightly auricled,
rounded behind, contracted in the middle; operculum corneous, straw
colored.

Perkins.] 120 [October 6,

MEASUREMENTS.
Length of shell 4 mill Breadth 1.6 mill.
3 foot i2b sg ar

+ tentacles 1.2 ‘

Odostomia dealbata Stimps., Check List. Chemnitzia dealbata
Stimps., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. rv, p. 114; do., Shells of
N.E., p. 41.

Very rare. I have never found it alive.

Odostomia fusca Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 270, fig. 176; De
Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 116, pl. xxxvi, fig. 8342. Pyramis fusca C. B.
Adams, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., Vol. m1, p. 282. Chemnitzia fusca
Stimps., Shells of N. E., p. 41.

Not uncommon under stones near low water. Animal purple; ros-
trum as leng as the tentacles, bilobed at the end; tentacles short,
tapering; eyes on their inner bases; foot auricled and straight before,
rounded behind, whitish below, having a dark line across the front,
and for a short distance down each side. The animal often floats on
the surface with the extended foot uppermost.

MEASUREMENTS,
Length of a small shell 2.8 mill. Breadth 1.4 mill.
ef foot 7B a i,» bee

ge tentacles .6 “

Odostomia impressa Stimps., Check List. Turritella impressa
Say, Am. Conch., p. 84, 1822. Odostomia insculpta De Kay, Moll.
N. Y., p. 115, pl. xxx, fig. 297.

Not common.

Odostomia producta Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 270, fig. 175;
De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 116, pl. xxxi, fig. 296. Jamina producta C.
B. Adams, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., Vol. 11, p. 322, pl. iii, fig. 8.
Chemnitzia producta Stimps., Shells of N. E., p. 41.

Rarer than the preceding, with which it is found. The animal is
purple, lighter than O. fusca; rostrum much expanded, bilobed in
front, grooved along the middle; tentacles short, triangular, bases
connate behind; foot auricled before, rounded and broader behind.

Odostomia seminuda Gould, Invert. Mass., p, 273, fig. 178.
Jamina seminuda C. B. Adams, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., Vol. 11, p.
280; Chemnitzia seminuda Stimps., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol.
IVa p>) LO. ;

Very rare.

1869.) 121 [Perkins.

Cdostomia trifida Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 274, fig. 179; De
Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 114, pl. viii, fig. 178. Actwon trifidus Totten,
Am. Journ. Sci., Vol. xxvi, p. 368, pl. i, fig. 4.

This species is more common than any of the others. It occurs
under stonesand among alee near low water. The animal is very
similar to that of O. eras

TURBONILLA Risso, 1826.

‘Turbonilla interrupta Stimps., Check List. Turritella inter-
rupta Totten, Am. Journ. Sci., Vol. xxvit1, p. 352; Gould, Invert.
Mass., p. 268, fig. 173; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 112, pl. vi, fig. 123.

Rare. Occurs under stones at the Lighthouse and Savin Rock,
near low water.

Turbonilla nivea Stimps., Check List. Chemnitzia nivea
Stimps., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. rv, p. 114, 1851.

Only three or four dead specimens were found.

PLEUROTOMID.
| PLEUROTOMA Lam., 1799.

Pleurotoma cerinum Kurtz & Stimps., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat.
Hist., Vol. rv, p. 115; Stimps., Shells of N. E., p. 49, pl. ii, fig. 2.

Only four or five specimens of this species have been eon —al of
them dead.

Pleurotoma brunnea nobis. Pleurotoma plicata C. B. Adams,
Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., Vol. 111, p. 318, pl. iii, fig. 6; Gould, Invert.
Mass., p. 282, fig. 187; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 150, pl. iv, fig. 120.

I have found only one specimen of this shell; this was in a pile of
shells thrown up by the waves. As Prof. Adams’ name is preoccu-
pied by Lamarck (see An. sans Vert., 12th ed., Vol. rx, p. 371), I
propose that given above.

TEREBRID&.
Hastunta H. & A. Adams, 1853.

One rather worn specimen was found by Prof. Verrill, which I
refer to this genus. It seems to be new, but is not so perfect as to
warrant a description.

Perkins.] £22 [October 6,

OVULIDZ.

SimnrA H. & A. Adams, 1853.

Simnia uniplicatula Adams, Gen. Rec. Moll., Vol. 1, p. 373.
Volva uniplicatula Chenu, Man. Conch., Vol. 1, p. 273, fig. 1802,
et al. auct.

Dr. Nelson found a single specimen of this shell, which was proba-
bly breught on southern oysters, or in ballast.

CALYPTRAIDZ.

CREPIDULA Lam., 1799.

Crepidula convexa Say, Am. Conch., p. 75, 1822; Gould, In-
vert. Mass., p. 160; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 158, pl. vii, fig. 131.

Littoral and Laminarian. Abundant, especially on Ilyanassa obso-
leta. Animal dusky; rostrum nearly as long as the tentacles, which
are short, cylindrical, tapering, bearing the eyes on the outer base;
foot round behind, auricled before, longitudinally creased. This
species is much more active than the two others.

MEASUREMENTS.
Length of shell 11.6 mill. Breadth 7.4 mill.
f4 foot 7 cc 73 4 “
tentacles 3 “ “of rostrum 1.6 mill.

Crepidula fornicata Lam., An. sans Vert., Vol. vu, p. 641;
Say, Am. Conch., p. 73, 1822; Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 158, fig. 17;
De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 157, pl. vil, figs. 152 and 154. Patella forni-
cata Linné, Syst. Nat., 1257.

Very common, varying greatly in form and color in different sta-
tions. It occupies the same zone with the preceding. Animal usually
white; mantle dark, edged with a simple yellow cord; rostrum
deeply bilobed, lobes round, yellow; tentacles blunt at the ends,
short, eyes on the outer base; foot broadly oval, dark on the edge,
round behind; in front bearing a long curved auricle on each side;
lincual ribbon short and broad. Teeth 3-1-3; median tooth with a
central triangular denticle and a smaller one each side, the edges of
which are finely serrate; inner lateral tooth broad at the end, and
serrate with numerous small denticles; outer teeth simple, long,
curved.

1869.] $23 | [Perkins.

MEASUREMENTS.
Length of shell 28.8 mill. Breadth 26 mill. Height 19 mill.
% foot 21 bi a 19-7) *
“ tentacles se
ae lobes of head pe a ce 2. $8
: branchial plume 22.6 ‘“

Branchial plume covered by the mantle, dark brown. The eggs are
laid m May. ‘The ova cases are attached in a rosette-like cluster of
about thirty, by long slender filaments. The capsules are triangular,
thick, colorless, about two thirds filled with minute yellow ova.
Length four and one-fifth mill.; breadth four mill.; thickness two and
four-fifths mill. Peduncle four mill. long.

Crepidula unguiformis Lam., An. sans Vert., Vol. vm, p. 643.

Crepidula plana Say, Am. Conch., p. 74, pl. xliv, 1822; Gould,
Invert. Mass., p. 159, fig. 76; De Kay, Moll.«N. Y., p. 158, pl. vii,
fic. 153.
- Very common, often completely lining old shells, and also on the
outside. I have taken nearly two hundred from a single shell of
Fulgur. The young are usually found on the older ones. The lack of
convexity is very constant. Animal white; rostrum short, broad,
bilobed; tentacles short, obtusely pointed, semitransparent, white at
the tips; foot ovate, a little more than half as long as the shell, con-
cave before, auricled, round behind; ova capsules in clusters like the
preceding; capsules broadly triangular, thin, transparent, about forty
in each cluster; ova light yellow, clustered about the upper edge and
along the sides, leaving the centre free, and usually the lower part.
Length two and one-fifth mill.; breadth three mill.; thickness one
and one-fifth mill. Length of peduncle four and three-fifths mill.

These capsules are similar to those of C. fornicata, but are broader,
shorter, and thinner, and the ova are differently situated. Laid in
June.

RISSOIDA.
Sub-Family Risso1n‘z Stimps., 1865.

Rissoa Fleming, 1814.

Rissoa aculeus Stimps., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. rv, p.
15. Cingula aculeus Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 266, fig. 172; De Kay,
Moll. N. Y., p. 110, pl. vi, fig. 115.

Common under stones and on alge near low water.

Perkins.] 124 [October 6,

Rissca minuta Stimps., Shells of N. E., p. 33. Turbo minuia
Totten, Am. Journ. Sci., Vol. xxv1, p. 369. Cingula minuta Gould,
Invert. Mass., p. 265, fig. 171; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 110, pl. iv,
fic. 117.

Very common in a few limited localities.

Rissoella? eburnea Stimps., Check List. Rissoa eburnea
Stimps., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. 1v, p. 14; do. Shells of
N. Ep. 34, pls, ae. de

Not common.

CrveuLa Flem.

Cingula levis De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 111, pl. vi, fig. 118.
Quite common.

Sub-Family SKENEIN & Stimps., 1865.

Skenea planorbis Forb. and Han., Brit. Moll.; Stimps., Shells
of N. E., p. 35. Skenea serpuloides Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 247,
fig. 189; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 117, pl. xxxii, fig. 303.

Littoral, occurring with Alexia myosotis. Not common.

Sub-Family HyDROBIIN& Stimps., 1865.

AMNICOLA Gould & Hald., 1839.

Amnicola limosa Hald., Monog., p. 10, pl. i, figs. 5 and 6, 1844;
W. G. Binney, Shellsof N. A., pt. m1, p. 84, fig. 166. Paludina
porata Say, Am. Conch., p. 61, 1819. Amnicola porata Gould, In-
vert. Mass., p. 229, fig. 157.

Not common. It occurs in West River and Harris’ pond, near
New Haven.

Amnicola porata Hald., Monog., p. 13, pl. i, fig. 8; W. G. Bin-
ney, Shells of N. A., pt. m1, p. 83, fig. 164; De Kay, Moll. N. Y.,
p: 88, pl. xxxv, fig. 33. Paludina porata Say, Am. Conch., p. 69, 1821.

More common than the preceding. Occurs in the same localities.

Sub-Family PoMATIOPSIN& Stimps., 1865.

PoMATIOPSIS.

Pomatiopsis lapidaria Tryon, Proc. Phil. Acad., 1862; W.
G. Binney, Shells of N. A., pt. m1, p. 98, fiz. 188; Hald., Monog., p.-
18, pl. i, fig. 10 Paludina lapidaria Say, Am. Conch., p. 56, 1819.

Rare. Only a very few specimens found.

1869.] 425 [Perkins.

LITTORINIDZ:.

LiTToRInA Ferussac, 1821.

Littorina palliata De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 106, pl. vi, fig. 10.
Turbo palliatus Say, Am. Conch., p. 82, 1822. Littorina littoralis
(Forbes & Han.) Stimps., Shells of N. E., p. 33.

Littoral, common on stones near low water, and on alge. Animal
varying in color from white to black; tentacles usually dark, rarely
light, tapering, broad ; eyes on their outer bases; foot oval or round;
operculum thin, oval, with concentric lines of growth. The animal
is very active, the tentacles are constantly in motion, and the pulsa-
tions in the head plainly visible.

MEASUREMENTS.
Length of shell 6 mill. Breadth 8 mill.
“ foot Oe cul ate
ie tentacles 4 “
operculum4 ‘“ e aorrst

Littorina rudis Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 257, fig. 165; De Kay,
Moll. N. Y., p. 104, pl. v, fig. 103. Turbo rudis Montagu, Test. Brit.
Turbo obligatus Say, Am. Conch., p. 82, 1822.

Common with the preceding. Animal dark; tentacles slender,
pointed, black above, lighter below; eyes on the outer bases; ros-
trum black, two thirds as long as the tentacles; foot whitish beneath,
dusky above, longitudinally grooved; operculum horny, oval, with
spiral lines of growth; lingual ribbon very long and narrow; ova
hatched within the animal; young shells flat, with very wide aper-
ture, corneous.

MEASUREMENTS.
Length of shell 10 mill. Breadth 8 mill.
ae foot (ices “ S26
ue operculum 4 “ fe Sek: oo
s tentacles 3.2 “

Littorina irrorata De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 106, pl. vi, fig. 105.
Turbo irroratus Say, Am. Conch., p. 81, 1822. Phasianella suleata
Lam. (teste Stimpson ).

Not at all common.

LACUNIDE.

Lacuna Turton, 1827.
Lacuna vineta Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 262, fig. 178; De Kay,

|

Perkins.] 126 [October 6,

Moll. N. Y., p. 111, pl. vi, fig. 119. Turbo vinctus Montagu, Test.
Brit.

Not very common. The fuscous variety is rare.

PALUDINIDZ.

MELANTHO Bowditch, 1822.

Melantho decisa Binney, Shells of N. A., part 3, p. 41, figs.
79-84. Paludina decisa Say, Am. Conch., p. 49, pl. x; Hald., Monog.,
p- 4, pl. i; Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 22, fig. 144. ( Vivipara decisa Gill,
Proc. Phil. Acad.

Common in all ponds and streams, but small and usually much
eroded.

VALVATIDZ.

VALVATA Gray, 1840.

Valvata tricarinata Adams, Am. Journ. Sei., Vol. x1, p. 267;
Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 125, fig. 156; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 118,
pl. vi, fig. 130; Binney, Shells of N. A., pt. 111, p. 9, fig. 13. Valvata
unicarinata De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 118, pl. vi, fig. 129.

Common in all ponds and streams.

Valvata sincera Say, Am. Conch., p. 130, pl. Ixxiv, fig. 11, 1824;
Hald., Monog., p. 6, pl. i, figs. 5-10; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 119,
pl. vi, figs. 127, 128; Binney, Shells of N. A., pt. 111, p. 12, fig. 17.

This species is quite rare. I have found it only in Harris’s pond, a
mile and a half west of New Haven. The animal is dark; tentacles
slender, sharply pointed, white, with a dark line through the middle;
eyes on the inner bases; rostrum short, round at the end; foot oblong,
narrow, rounded behind, bilobed before.

- CERITHIADZ.

Bittium Leach, 1847.

‘

Bittium nigrum Stimps., Check List. Pasithea nigra Totten,
Am. Journ. Sci., Vol. xxvi, p. 369, pl. i, fig. 7. Cerithium reticula-
tum Totten, Am. Journ. Sci., Vol. xxvii1, p. 352. Cerithium Sayit
Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 278, fig. 183; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 128,
pl. vui, fig. 167. |

1869.} Lez [Perkins.

Common on alge near low water. ull grown shells are much less
common than young ones. Animal small, purplish ; rostrum rounded,
about half as long as the tentacles, deeply bilobed; tentacles slender,
white, banded with dark purple, tapering but little; eyes on short
pedicels connate with the outer bases of the tentacles ; foot light be-
low, spotted with purple, dark above, long and narrow, obtusely
pointed behind, expanded in front; operculum thin, corneous, ovate,
with a circular thickened upper part, marked with spiral lines of
growth, and a sub-triangular and thinner lower part.

MEASUREMENTS.
Length of shell 5 mill. Breadth 2 mill.
ae tentacles 1.6 “
e foot 3°
a operculum1.6 ‘

Bittium Greenii Stimps., Check List. Cerithium Greenii C. B.
Adams, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., Vol. 11, p. 287, pl. iv, fig. 12; Gould,
Invert. Mass., p. 279, fig. 184; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 130.

Very rare.

ACMAIDA.

TrEctTuRA Audouin, 1830.

Tectura testudinalis Stimps., Check List. Patella testudinalis
Mill. Patella amena Say, Am. Conch., p. 73, 1822. Patelloida
amena Couthouy, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., Vol. 1, p. 171. Patelloida
testudinalis De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 162, pl. xix, fig. 196. Loitia
testudinalis Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 153, fig. 12.

Very rare. J am indebted for the only specimen that I have seen
from here to Mr. Geo. Williams. It is much more conical, and the
apex farther forward than most of those from farther north. Animal
oval, white; mantle not extending beyond the edge of the shell,
fringed with rather long, uneven papille, light blue, with a darker
line around the edge; rostrum short, rounded; tentacles moderately
long, tapering, blunt at the ends, setose along the sides, bluish hya-
line white, with an opaque white line through the centre, barred with
broad lines of the same, when contracted curved about the rostrum;
eyes on the outer bases; branchial plume white, longer than the

tentacles, tapering gradually from the base, lamella longest behind

the midrib, arcuate; foot ovate, pointed behind, when contracted
folded longitudinally upon itself; lingual ribbon long and narrow.

Perkins.] 128 [October 6,

MEASUREMENTS.
Length of sheil 13 mill. Breadth 10 mill. Height 5 mill.
66 foot 9 “ r 6 6c
be ‘tentacles 5 ee

ec branchial plume 6.2 “

HELICIDZ.

Mesopon Rafinesque, 1831.

Mesodon albolabris Morse, Journ. Port. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol.
1, p. 8. Helx albolabris Say, Am. Conch., pp. 5, 21, 23, pl. xiii,
1816; Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 170, fig. £01; - Moses Am. Nat., Vol.
I, pp: 16, 96, pl. 1, fig. 2.

Common.

STENOTREMA Rafinesque, 1819.

Stenotrema monodon Morse, Journ. Port. Soc. Nat. Hist.,
Vol. 1, p. 10. Helix monodon Rackett, Linn. Trans.; Gould, Invert.
Mass., p. 174, fig. 113; Morse, Am. Nat., Vol. 1, p. 151, figs. 12, 13.

Not common. Professor Verrill has collected a few specimens.

Stenotrema hirsuta Tryon, Am. Journ. Conch., Vol. m1. Helix
hirsuta Say, Am. Conch., pp. 7, 8, 21, 1817; Gould, Invert. Mass.,
p- 175, fig. 116; Morse, Am. Nat., Vol. 1, p. 151, figs. 14, 15.

Common.

ANGUISPIRA Morse, 1864.

Anguispira alternata Morse, Journ. Port. Soc. Nat. Hist.,
Vol. 1, p. 11. Helix alternata Say, Am. Conch., pp. 6, 21, 31, 1816;
Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 177, fig. 114; Morse, Am. Nat., Vol. 1, p.
187, figs. 17, 18.

Quite rare.

Hyarina Agassiz, 1837.

Hyalina arborea Morse, Journ. Port. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. 1, p.
14. Helix arborea Say, Am. Conch., p. 31, 1824; Gould, Invert.
Mass., p. 182, fig. 110; Morse, Am. Nase Vol. 1, p. 542, fig. 30.

Common in camp woods.

Hyalina electrina Morse, Journ. Port. Soc. Nat. Hist, Vol. 1,
p- 13. Helix electrina Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 183, fig. 111; Morse,
Am. Nat., Vol. 1, p. 542, fig. 31.

Collected by Prof. Verrill. Quite rare.

1869. 129 (Perkins.

PsEUDOHYALINA Morse, 1864.

Pseudohyalina exigua Morse, Journ. Port. Soc. Nat. Hist.,
Vol. 1, p.16. Helix exigua Stimps., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.,
Vol. 11, p. 175; Morse, Am. Nat., Vol. 1, p. 543, fig. 34.

Collected at Stony Creek by Prof. Verrill. Fare.

Pseudohyalina minuscula Morse, Journ. Port. Soc. Nat. Hist.,
Vol. 1, p. 16. Helix minuscula Binney, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist.,
Vol. 111, p. 485; Morse, Am. Nat., Vol. 1, p. 543, fig. 35.

Rare.

VALLONIA Risso, 1826.

Vallonia minuta Morse, Journ. Port. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. 1, p.
21. Helix minuta Say, Am. Conch., pp. 7, 10, 21, 1817; Morse,
Am. Nat., Vol. 1, p. 544, fig. 39.

Common about the roots of elms on the College grounds.

StrropitA Morse, 1864.

Strobila labyrinthica Morse, Journ. Port. Soc. Nat. Hist.,
Vol. 1, p. 26. Helix labyrinthica Say, Am. Conch., pp. 7, 10, 21,
1817; Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 184, fig. 106; Morse, Am. Nat., Vol.
1, p- 545, figs. 41, 42. |

Hexicopiscus Morse, 1864.

Helicodiscus lineata Morse, Journ. Port. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol.
I, p. 25. Helix lineata Say, Am. Conch:, pp. 7, 9, 24, 1817; Gould,
Invert. Mass., p. 179, fig. 103; Morse, Am. Nat., Vol. 1, p. 546,
fig. 44.

Common under stones in moist woods on West Rock.

SuccinEA Drap., 1801.

Succinea avara Say, Am. Conch., p. 32, pl. Ixxiv, fig. 6, 1824;
Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 196, fig. 127; Morse, Am. Nat., Vol. 1, p.
607, fig. 47. ‘

Common in moist places.

Succinea ovalis Say, Am. Conch., pp. 7, 8, 22, 1817; Gould,

Invert. Mass., p. 194, fig. 125; Morse, Am. Nat., Vol. 1, p. 607,
fig. 48. Succinea obliqua Say (not Gould), Am. Conch., p. 32.
Not uncommon.

PROCEHDINGS B. 8. N. H.—VOL. XIII. 9 NOVEMBER, 1869.

Perkins.} * 130 [October 6,

PUPADZ.

LevucocuitAa Alb. and Mart.

Leucochila armifera Morse, Am. Nat., Vol. 1, p. 667, fig. 55.
Pupa armifera Say, Am. Conch., p. 21, 1821; Gould, Bost. Journ.
Nat. Hist., Vol. 1, p. 401.

Not common.

Leucochila pentodon Morse, Journ. Port. Soc. Nat. Hist.,
Vol. 1, p. 36. Pupa pentodon Morse, Am. Nat., Vol. 1, p. 667,
fig. 57; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 50, pl. iv, fig. 48 and pl. xxxvi, fig.
337. Vertigo pentodon Say, Am. Conch., p. 27,1822. Pupa curvidens
Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 189, fig. 120.

Collected by Prof. Verrill on the College grounds. Common.

Istumia Gray, 1821.

Isthmia ovata Morse, Journ. Port. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. 1, p.
38. Vertigo ovata Say, Am. Conch., p. 26, 1822; Morse, Am. Nat.,
Vol. 1, p. 668, figs. 57, 58.

Not common.

Isthmia ventricosa Morse, Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist., N. Y.,
Vol. viir, 1865. Vertigo ventricosa Morse, Am. Nat., Vol. 1, p. 669,
figs. 61, 62.

Very rare.

LIMACIDZ.

Limax Lam., 1809.

Limax agrestis (Linn.) Binney, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., Vol.
Iv; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 20, pl. i, fig. 4. Limazx tunicata Gould,
Invert. Mass., p. 3.

Not rare.

Limax campestris Binney, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., Vol. 1v;
De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 22.

Common.

Limax flavus (Linn.) Binney, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., Vol. 1v;
De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 21, pl. i, fig. 5. Limax variegatus Lam., An.
sans Vert., Vol. m1, p. 266.

Common in damp places in gardens.

1869.] 131 [Perkins.

Arton Ferussac, 1819. :

Arion hortensis (Fer.) De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 23; Binney,
Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., Vol. rv, p. 10. Limaz hortensis Lam., An.
sans Vert., Vol. vil, p. 719.

Not common.

AURICULID.

Carycuium Miull., 1774.

Carychium exiguum Stimps., Check List; Binney, Shells of
N. A., pt. 11, p. 6, figs. 5-9; Morse, Am. Nat., Vol. 1, p. 671, fig. 69.
Pupa exigua Say, Am. Conch., p. 26, 1822; Gould, Invert. Mass.,
p. 191, fig. 122.

Rare.

ALEXIA Leach, 1847.

Alexia myosotis Drap.; Binney, Shells of N. A., pt. u, p. 4,
fies. 2-4; Morse, Am. Nat., Vol. 1, p. 671, fig. 70. Auricula dentic-
ulata Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 199, fig. 129; De Kay, Moll. N. Y.,
p- 58, pl.v, fig. 91. Auricula personata Lam., An. sans Vert., Vol.
vill, p. 334. Voluta denticulata Montagu, Brit. Test.

Very abundant on the stone foundations of the bridge over West
River, near West IJaven, and on the piles. Animal white or dusky;
rostrum long, broad, bilobed before; tentacles short, broad at the
base, obtusely pointed, but I have seen none “bulbous at. the tip ”
(vide Binney, loc. cit., p. 5), wrinkled, edge undulated by the wrin-
kles, with a black line along the edge; eyes on the inner bases ; foot
narrow, oblong, obtusely pointed behind, round before, margin un-
dulated.

MEASUREMENTS.
Length of shell 8.6 mill. Breadth: 3.8 mill.
« foot 6 i sy Pai Oe
tentacles1.2 “ ¢ 4) "at base.

MerExLAmervus Montfort, 1810.

Melampus bidentatus Say, Am. Conch., p. 84, 1822; Binney,
Shells of N. A., pt. um, p. 10, figs. 11, 12; Morse, Am. Nat., Vol. 1,
p- 671, fig. 71. Melampus corneus Stimps., Shells of N. E., p. 51.
Melampus lineatus Say, Am. Conch., p. 85, 1822 (var.). Auricula

Perkins.] 1isy4 [October 6,

bidentata Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 197, fig. 1830; De Kay, Moll.
Bp. D4, ,pl. vw, te. wee

Very abundant on walls near high water, in salt marshes, on piles
of bridges, and other places above low water. It varies greatly in
form and color. Animal dark brown or fuscous; tentacles cylindri-
cal, a little tapering, not long; eyes on inner bases; foot oblong,
rounded and notched behind; edge scalloped slightly, divided into
three lobe-like segments; the first narrow, sub-crescent-shaped,
notched in front; the second broader, trapezoidal; the third much
the largest, straight in front, rounded behind and notched.

MEASUREMENTS.
Length of shell 8.6 mill. Breadth 4.6 mill.
3 Ist segment of foot .8 “ iO Baa
a“ 2d cs “ 1.6 “ “ 4.2 “c
“c 8d “c “ 5 “ “ 2, “
nF tentacles 22-9"

LIMN AID.

Lymnopuysa Fitz., 1833.

Lymnophysa desidiosa Morse, Journ. Port. Soc. Nat. Hist.,
Vol. 1, p.41. Lymnea desidiosa Say, Am. Conch., pp. 66, 130, 211,
pl. lv; Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 219, fig. 150; Hald., Monogr., p. 31,
pl. x; Binney, Shells of N. A., pt. m1, p. 48, fig. 68.

Common in ponds, especially in a small pond by the roadside near
the Lighthouse.

Lymnophysa umbrosa Tryon, Am. Journ. Conch., Vol. 11, p.
250. Lymnophysa elodes Morse, Journ. Port. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. 1, p.
41. Lymneus umbrosa*Say, Am. Conch., p. 168, p]. xxxi; De Kay,
Moll. N. Y., p. 68, pl. iv, fig. 76. Lymneus elodes Say, Am. Conch.,
pp- 66, 188. Lymnea elodes Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 221, figs. 146,
147. Lymneus fragilis De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 68, pl. iv, fig. 76.
Lymnea palustris (pars) Binney, Shells of N. A., pt. mW, p. 44,
fio. 60.

Common in most ponds. I have followed Mr. Tryon in placing
the species commonly called L. elodes under L. umbrosa, as that seems
to me to be its proper place.

1869.] 133 [Perkins.

NerisTtoMa Tryon, 1865.

Neristoma columella Tryon, Am. Journ. Conch., Vol. 1,
p-. 248. Radix columella Morse, Journ. Port. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol.
I, p. 42. Lymneus columellus Say, Am. Conch., p. 65, 1821. Lym-
nea columella Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 215, fig. 144; Hald., Monogr.,
p- 38, pl. xii; do. var. chalybea, Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 216, fig. 145.

PLANORBIDZE.

PLANORBIS Guet., 1756.

Planorbis lentus Say, Am. Conch., p. 210, pl. liv, fig. 1, 1834;
Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 202, fig. 182; Hald., Monogr., p. 18, pl. iii,
fies. 3-6; Binney, Shells of N. A., pt. 1, p. 104, fig. 177.

Common everywhere.

PLANORBELLA Hald., 1842.

Planorbella campanulatus Binney, Shells of N. A., pt. 1, p.
109, fig. 184. Planorbis campanulatus Say, Am. Conch., pp. 129,
164, 1821; Hald., Monogr., p. 9, pl. i, figs. 7-11; Gould, Invert.
Mass., p. 204, fig. 133.

Not common. ~

Menetus H. & A. Adams, 1853.

Menetus exacutus Morse, Journ. Port. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. 1,
p- 41; Binney, Shells of N. A., pt. u, p. 126, fig. 210. Planorbis
exacutus Say, Am. Conch., p. 64, 1821; Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 208, »
fig. 1387; Hald., Monogr., p. 21, pl. iv, figs. 1-3.

Common in West River and Harris’s Pond.

GYRAULUS Agassiz.

Gyraulus deflectus Morse, Journ. Port. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol.

I, p. 41; Binney, Shells of N. A., pt. 11, p. 129, fig. 215. Planorbis

deflectus Say, Am. Conch., p. 128, pl. Ixxiv, fig. 8, 1829; Hald., Mo-

“nogr., p. 25, pl. rv, figs. 4-7; Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 207, fig. 136;

De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 65.

Not very common.

Gyraulus dilatatus Morse., Journ. Port. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol.

I, p. 41; Binney, Shells of N. A., pt. u, p. 181, fig. 218. Planorbis

Perkins.] 134 [October 6,

dilatatus Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 210, fig. 140; Hald., Monogr., p.
23, pl. iv, figs. 15-18; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 66.

I have found this nowhere except in a small pond on Whitney
Avenue, three quarters of a mile north of the city.

Gyraulus hirsutus Morse, Journ. Port. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. 1,
p- 41. Gyraulus albus Binney, Shells of N. A., pt. U1, p. 132, figs.
219-221. Planorbis hirsutus Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 206, fig. 135;
De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 64. Planorbis albus Hald., Monogr., p. 29,
pl. iv, figs. 8-10.

Common everywhere.

Gyraulus parvus Morse, Journ. Port. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. 1,
p- 41; Binney, Shells of N. A., pt. 11, p. 133, figs. 222-224. Planor-
bis parvus Say, Am. Conch., p. 45, pl. Ixxix, fig. 5, 1816; Hald.,
Monoer., p. 27, pl. iv, figs. 19-23; Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 209, fig.
139; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 66.

Common everywhere.

PLANORBULA Hald., 1842.

Planorbula armigera Morse, Journ. Port. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol.
I, p. 40; Binney, Shells of N. A., pt. 1, p. 187, fig. 229. Planorbis
armigerus Say, Am. Conch., pp. 66, 129, 1821; Hald., Monogr., p.
30, pl. iv, figs. 11-15; Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 205, fig. 138; De Kay,
Moll. N. Y., p. 62, pl. iv, fig. 64.

Not very common.

Puysa Drap., 1807.

Physa ancillaria Say, Am. Conch., p. 114, 1825; Gould, In-
vert. Mass., p. 212, fig. 142; Hald., Monogr., p. 27, pl. ui, figs. 1-10;
Binney, Shells of N. A., pt. 1, p. 81, fig. 139. Physa obesa De Kay,
Moll. N. Y., p. 78, pl. v, fig. 86.

Not very abundant.

Physa heterostropha Say, Am. Conch., pp. 68, 130, pl. lxix,
fiz. 6, 1821; Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 211, fig. 141; Hald., Monogr.,
p- 23, pls. i, 11, figs. 1-9.

Common in all streams and many ponds.

Buiinus Adanson, 1757.

Bulinus hypnorum Binney, Shells of N. A., pt. m, p. 99, fig.
170. Physa hypnorum (Linné) Hald., Monogr., p. 36, pl. v, figs. 4-9 ;

1869.] 135 : [Perkins.

Nauta elongata Morse, Journ. Port. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. 1, p. 44;

Physa elongata Say, Am. Conch., p. 68, 1821; Gould, Invert. Mass.,

p-. 214, fig. 143; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 81, pl. xxxvi, fig. 346 ;

Aplexus hypnorum Chenu, Man. Conch., Vol. 1, p. 481, fig. 3555.
Rare. 3

Ancyius Geoffr., 1767.

Ancylus fuscus Adams, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., Vol. 11, p.
329, pl. ii, fig. 17; Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 224, fig. 152; Binney,
Shells of N. A., pt. 11, p. 140, fig. 203.

Rather common. Animal flesh-color mottled with black; tentacles
long, slender, cylindrical, broad just at the base, bearing the eyes on
their inner bases; hyaline white, with a black line through the centre;
rostrum somewhat bilobed; foot oblong-oval, rather large; branchial
plume triangular on the left side.

MEASUREMENTS.
Length of shell 7.8 mill. Breadth 5.4 mill. Height 1.8 mill.
. foot 4.4 4 oo Mae) aha
a tentacles ZS 9
- branchial plume 2.2 “

Ancylus rivularis Say, Am. Conch., p. 60, 1817; Gould, In-
vert. Mass., p. 224, fig. 153 ;-Binney, Shells of N. A., pt. 11, p. 142,
fig. 238.

Not common.

TORNATELLIDA.
TORNATELLA Lam., 1812.

Tornatella puncto-striata C. B. Adams, Bost. Journ. Nat.
Hist., Vol. m1, p. 323, pl. iii, fig. 9; Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 245, fig.
188; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 127, pl. vii, fig. 143.

Not common. Occurs dead on the beach with Bulla.

CYLICHNIDZ&.

CyLicHna Lovén, 1846.

Cylichna oryza Stimps., Check List. Bulla oryza Totten, Am.
Journ. Sci., Vol. xxvuit, p. 35; Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 168, fig. 93;
De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 18, pl. xxxv, fig. 327.

Very rare. Occurs dead on the beach.

Shaler.] 136 [October 6,

Urricutus Brown, 1829.

Utriculus canaliculatus Stimps., Check List. Bullina canal-
aculata Say, Am. Conch., p. 60, pl. xxxix, 1832. Bulla canalicu-
lata Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 166, fig. 97; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p.
19, pl. xxxv, fig. 328; Bulla obstricta Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 167,
fig. 96; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 15, pl. v, fig. 96.

Not common.

BULLIDZ.

Buia Klein, 1753.

Bulla solitaria Say, Am. Conch., p. 84, 1822. Bulla insculpta
Gould, Inyert. Mass., p. 162, fig. 92; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 14, pl.
v, fiz. 100.

Not common. Occurs on beaches facing mud flats covered with
Zostera, or eel grass.

[Of the NUDIBRANCHIATA only one specimen has been found; it has
not been determined. |

Mr. N.S. Shaler made a few remarks upon the changes in
the geographical distribution of the American buffalo (Gos
americanus). The mound builders of the West have pre-
served, in various forms, marks of their acquaintance with all
the large mammals of the interior of the continent excepting
the buffalo. In some late explorations in the “salt licks” of
Kentucky, he had found bones of this animal in great abun-
dance just below the recent mould, in a bed about eighteen
inches thick; but, in the rich deposits of extinct mammals
just beneath, immediately above which traces of worked flint
were also found, no buffalo bones were discovered.

Mr. W. H. Dall stated that, in Alaska, near the great bend
of the river Yukon, the bones of the musk ox and of a buf-
falo, indistinguishable, according to Professor Baird, from the
American bison, are frequently found upon the surface of
the ground, having still an animal odor about them. The

1869 187 [Humboldt Celebration.

bones of a fossil elephant occur with them, but they are
black and fragile. Yet the Indians and Esquimaux have
neither knowledge nor tradition of any large animals save
the reindeer and the moose.

The President read a letter from the Rev. R. C. Water-
ston, presenting a portrait and an autograph letter of Hum-
boldt. The portrait was a copy, by Mr. Wight, of an origi-
nal painting which he had made in 1852.

On motion of Mr. W. T. Brigham it was unanimously
voted to present to Mr. Waterston the hearty thanks of the
Society, not only for the valuable portrait and autograph, but
for the unflagging energy with which he had labored for the
success of the Hanoi Centennial Celebration.

Dr. 8S. Kneeland bore testimony to the untiring zeal of Mr.
W aterston, showing that he had obtained much the greater
portion of the subscriptions to the fund, and had, in addition,
performed nine-tenths of the other work.

Rey. Mr. Waterston, after having acknowledged the favor
with which the Society had received his efforts, read a report
on behalf of the Committee appointed to arrange for the cel-
ebration, with a detailed acount of its proceedings. More
than six thousand dollars had been raised by subscription for
the Humboldt scholarship in the Museum of Comparative
Zodblogy at Cambridge, and after all expenses were paid, at
least one thousand dollars additional would be left from the
sale of tickets.

The Chairman of the Committee was requested to express,
on behalf of the Society, its sense of indebtedness to Profes-
sor Agassiz for his able address,.and to request a copy for
publication.

The thanks of the Society were also voted to the Orpheus
Musical Association, to Mr. Carl Zerrahn and to Mr. J. K.
Paine for their welcome aid in carrying out their share of the
celebration.

Dall.] 138 [October 20, .

October 20, 1869.
The President in the chair. Twenty-eight persons present.

Dr. B. Joy Jeffries was appointed Secretary pro tempore.

Mr. W. H. Dall described the alluvial deposits of the
Yukon River, in Alaska. Each annual layer is deposited in
three strata—gravel, mud and vegetable matter, according to
the specific gravity of the materials. In a bank near Nulato,
in a space eight feet high, one hundred and eighty annual
layers were counted. The vegetable matter in the lower
layers showed signs of carbonization. Some intervals
were noticeable where vegetation had attained a considerable
growth before it was overwhelmed by another inundation.
The roots and stumps were occasionally left i situ, the tops
having been broken off and carried away.

A close parallelism was shown to exist between these Post
Pliocene deposits and the adjacent Miocene Tertiary strata.
In the latter the sandstones, though hard and often meta-
morphosed, were shown to consist of similar layers of sand,
mud and vegetable material. Perhaps a more complete ex-
emplification could not be shown of the theory that geological
action is going on at the present time at about the same rate
as in former ages. The manner and amount of deposition
in the present and in the Tertiary epochs, were thus proved to
be nearly identical.

Four entirely unspotted eggs of the Corvus americanus,
obtained by Mr. 8. Jillson in Hudson, were exhibited. Mr.
Jillson states that the previous ees he found in the same
locality a nest of unspotted crow’s eggs, probably the eggs
of the same pair.

Dr. T. M. Brewer remarked that such a peculiarity in the
crow’s eggs had never, so far as he was aware, been observed
before. A few birds, e. g., certain kinds of flycatchers, vireos

1869.] 139 (Perkins.

and hawks, have white unspotted eggs, or eggs sparsely
spotted, sometimes exhibiting these variations in the same
nest. Generally the earlier in the season the greater the
number and the brightness of these markings.

. A fish hawk that has been several times robbed, instead of
laying the usual highly colored egg peculiar to the species,
deposits one nearly white, and with very few light spots.
But here, in two instances at least, early in the season, the
egos of the crow were unspotted, exhibiting only a light
greenish ground—an occurrence hitherto unrecorded, and not
easy of explanation.

November 3, 1869.

The President in the chair. Thirty-three persons present.

The following paper was presented : —

THE MoLiuscan Fauna oF New Haven. Parti. AcEPHALA
AND Bryozoa. By Grorcre H. Perks, Pu.D.

LAMELLIBRANCHIATA.

PHOLADIDZ.

CyRTOPLEURA Tryon, 1867.

Cyrtopleura truncata Tryon, Am. Journ. Conch., Vol. 11,
No. 3, p. 2, App. Paholas truncata Say, Am. Conch., p. 107, 1822;
De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 248, pl. xxxiv, fig. 223; Sowerby, Thes.
Conch., Vol. 11, pl. civ, figs. 29, 30.

Not rare in peat bogs and clay near high water mark, associated
with Mya and Petricola. Animal much larger than the shell, with
the mantle closed; gills two pairs, very long, meeting at the base of
the siphonal tube and extending some distance into it. Foot oval,
obliquely truncated at the end, across which runs a ridge from which
the surface is bevelled to the edges; palpi rather long, triangular;

Perkins.] 140 [November 8,

iphons united into a tube, which is large, long, and capable of great
extension, black at the end, the rest yellowish white.

MEASUREMENTS.
Length of shell 50 mill. Breadth 20 mill.
rf siphon tube 57 ‘“ (contracted).
. id “170 “ (extended).
foot Lay “<9 mak.
rs palpi tos
gills 54 “

MartestiA Leach, 1847.

Martesia cuneiformis Tryon, Am.. Journ. Conch., Vol. 111,
No. 3, p.10, App. Pholas cuneiformis Say, Am. Conch., p. 108,
1822; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 248. Pholas rudis et P. Edwardsi
Gray, Syn. Brit. Mus. (teste Tryon).

I found one specimen of this species in a pile of shells on the
beach. J have not heard of any others being found here. It is not
uncommon on the coast of Florida. I have seen it from there in
cavities which it had excavated in fragments of large shells.

TEREDIDZ.

TEREDO Linn., 1758.

Teredo navalis Linn., Syst. Nat., 1267; Lam., An. sans Vert.,
Vol. vi, p. 38; Cuvier, ed. Audouin, Moll., pl. exiv, fig. 2; Gould,
Invert. Mass., p. 26; Chenu, Man. Conch., Vol. 11, p. 10, fig. 59.
Teredo marina Selluis, Hist. Nat. Tered., pl 1, fig. 2, 1733 (teste
Tryon).

The only locality. in which I have found this species is an old half
buried wreck near the entrance of the harbor. This is completely
filled with living shells. Animal vermiform, bluish white; mantle
closed except at the ends; gills very long and narrow, reddish brown,
edges slightly serrate ; foot oval; siphons very long, united except at
the ends, attached to the tube near the point of division ; at the ends
small, slender, nearly equal, white or yellowish, spotted with rufous,
or sometimes clear white; ventral siphon fringed at the end with a
few large papille ; dorsal tapering, not fringed; tube somewhat cor-
rugated; ovaries large; ova white.

1869.] fet [Perkins.

MEASUREMENTS.
Length of shell 3 mill. Breadth 2.4 mill. Height 2 mill.
rs animal BSi4 SS
7 6
: vent. siphon 3.6 © from points of separation.
‘ dorsal ‘“ a
as pallets Ba 8

The Teredos, in the wreck just mentioned did not, as all authors
that I have seen state, follow the grain of the wood alone in making
their tubes, but quite as often crossed it; and in some parts there
were more tubes running across the grain than with it, and, in gen-
eral, no regard seemed to be paid to this point. One day, about the
middle of May, as I was examining one of the animals under a lens, I
noticed a series of pellets, barely visible to the naked eye, coming
rapidly from the anal siphon. By the aid of a higher power I found
them to be embryos, ova and young, in all stages of development.
The ova were spherical, or nearly so. The mature embryos were
round, much flattened transverely, a little flattened on one side, and
on the opposite furnished with a crescent-shaped portion which bore
a, few rather long cilia, by which a brisk motion was effected. The
embryos were provided with cilia when quite immature, and even in
the ova there was a slow motion, though I could detect no cilia.

The immature embryos were of all shapes and sizes, and contin-
ually changed their form, though usually one end was larger than the
other, and in all cases they were longer and narrower than when
fully developed. It may not be the habit of the animal thus to eject
eggs and embryos of all degrees of maturity. The specimen ob-
served was somewhat injured, and on this account may have been
excited to unnatural exertions. The animal seems to live about as
well, for a time at least, without the shell and parts contained as
with it. Ihave kept them living for many days after the body had
broken off just behind the shell, which it does very easily.

Xylotrya palmulata Chenu, Man. Conch., Vol. 1, p. 11, figs.
64, 65, 66; Woodward, Man. Moll., p. 507, pl. xxiii, fig. 28; Stimps.,
Check List. Teredo palmulata et bipalmulata Lamarck, An. sans
Vert., Vol. vi, p. 38.

A few specimens of this shell were found with Teredo navalis.

Perkins.] 142 (November 38,

SAXICAVIDZE.
SAxIcAVA Fleur de Bell., 1802.

Saxicava arctica Linn., Syst. Nat. Sazicava pholadis Lam.,
An. sans Vert., Vol. v, p. 501. Sazicava distorta Say, Am. Conch.,
p- 106, 1822; Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 61, fig. 40; De Kay, Moll.
N.Y, > 22010) peecxd, aio wes:

Not common. Lives in sand near low water. Animal white;
mantle closed, except a small pedal opening; gills long and narrow,
brown; foot when contracted flattened, conical, with a deep byssal
groove, blunt at the end; byssus composed of horn-colored fibres;
palpi broad at the base, straight posteriorly, curving irregularly to a
point in front; siphons distinct only at the tips, which are thickly
covered with papille.

MYIDZ.

Mya Linné, 1747.

Mya arenaria Linn., Syst. Nat., 12th ed., p. 1112; Lam., An.
sans Vert., Vol. vi, p. 74; Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 40; De Kay,
Moll. N. Y., p. 240. Mya mercenaria et acuta Say, Am. Conch., p.
108, 1822.

Occurs wherever there is mud or sand between high and low
water in great abundance, and in the spring the shore is covered
for long distances with young shells about an inch long. Animal
yellow, mantle closed; gills broad and thin, nearly equal, rounded
before, pointed behind; foot when contracted sub-spatulate, obtusely
pointed; palpi long and narrow, outside smooth, inside striated;
siphons united except at the very end; tube long, near the end sur-
rounded by a row of papille; around the ventral opening are two
rows of unequal papilla; the dorsal opening is also fringed with
smaller ones; each has around the inside a black line.

MEASUREMENTS.
Length of shell 73 mill. Breadth 47 mill. Height 34 mill.
bg gills 2 “ eer WOO ti
. foot il“ ci 1 a

és palpi 22 bb éé 5 ée

1869.1 143 [Perkins.

CORBULID.

CorBULA Brug., 1792.

Corbula contracta Say, Am. Conch., p. 103, 1822; Gould, In-
vert. Mass., p. 43, fig. 37; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 241, pl. xxviii,
fig. 285.

Not common. I have dug it up alive from sand at low water, near

Savin Rock.

ANATINIDZE.

Lyonsi1A Turton, 1822.

Lyonsia hyalina Conrad, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., Vol.
VI, p- 261. Osteodesma hyalina Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 46, fig. 31;
De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 234, pl. xxxiil, fig. 311.

Not common; very rarely found alive.

PANDORIDZ.

CriipiopHora Carpenter, 1864.

Clidiophora trilineata Carp., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1864.
Pandora trilineata Say, Am. Conch., pp. 89, 151, pl. ii; Gould, Invert.
Mass., p. 44; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 239, pl. xxxiil, fig. 310.

Abundant in mud in a few feet of water, and often on the shore.
Animal light brown; in April and May with ova; mantle closed;
gills rather long, narrow, deeply striated ; foot when contracted trun-
cate before, curving to a point behind; when extended tongue-shaped
and pointed; when directed straight downwards, or when directed
forward, rhomboidal, white; palpi very small, triangular; siphons
united except at the end, scarcely extended beyond the shell, white,
thickly spotted with red and black, fringed with few and blunt
papilla, about fourteen around the dorsal and six around the ventral
opening, those about the former not at the end, but forming a sort of
collar below it.

MEASUREMENTS.
Length of shell 20 mill. Breadth 12 mill. Height 3.4 mill.
ae foot 10 ‘* (extended). ef 9 s
Se a 3.8“ (contracted). sy Cras
es siphons 2 ‘“ . 5 ** at shell.

e palpi 1.6% He 1 “ at base.

Perkins.] 144 [November 3,

SOLENIDZ.

ENSATELLA Swainson, 1840.

Ensatella ensis Linn., sp. Ensis ensis Conrad, Am. Journ.
Conch., Vol. 111, App. p. 26. Solen ensis Linn., Syst. Nat., 1114;
Lam., An. sans Vert., Vol. v1, p. 55; Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 29;
De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 242, pl. xxi, fig. 313.

Dead shells not uncommon; rarely found alive. It is smaller, and
lives in deeper water than north, not being found above low water.
Animal white; mantle open in front and behind, with a small fissure
near the middle, broadly thickened on the margin; gills long and
narrow; foot larger than all the rest of the body, flattened-cylindri-
cal, increasing somewhat in size towards the end, which is obliquely
truncated, and the sides bevelled from a central line; palpi long and
narrow, except at the base, which extends forward in a wing-like
projection; siphons very short, united, except at the end, covered
with short papille, and fringed around the openings with somewhat
longer ones; muscle long and thin.

MEASUREMENTS.
Length of shell 126 mill. Breadth 21.4 mill.
Gs foot 88 ‘“* (contracted). ‘“ 13 “at the end.
Be gills 47 “ ee eS
ce palpi 15.2 “ « 13 “ at base.
SOLECURTIDZ.

SiziquA Miuhl., 1811.

Siliqua costata Conrad, Am. Journ. Conch., Vol. m1, No. 3, p.
24, App. Machera costata Gould, Invert. Mass., pp. 24, 34; De
Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 244, pl. xxxii, fig. 301. Solen costatus Say, Am.
Conch, p. 104, 1822. Solecurtus costatus Say, Am. Conch., p. 168,
pl. xvii, 1822.

Very rare and small.

TELLINID.
Ancutus Mihl., 1811.

Angulus tenera Tryon, Am. Journ. Conch., Vol. 111, No. 5, p. -
96. Tellina tenera Say, Am. Conch., p. 98, 1822; Gould, Invert.
Mass., p. 68, fig. 44; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 209, pl. xxvi, fig. 271.

1869.] 145 [Perkins.

Not very common. Lives in a few feet of water, buried in sand.
Animal white ; mantle open, fringed with short papille; gills serrate
on the edges; foot when contracted curved below, above curved to
a sharp point anteriorly, and more abruptly curved behind, grooved
below; palpi triangular, not long, striated coarsely inside; siphons
distinct, long, slender.

Angulus polita? Tryon, Am. Journ. Conch., Vol. 111, pt. v,
p- 94, App. Tellina polita Say, Am. Conch., p. 97, 1822; De Kay,
BG IN- Y :, p. 210.

A few specimens have been found which are somewhat doubtfully
referred to this species.

PERONEA Poli, 1791.

Peronea tenta Tryon, Am. Journ. Conch., Vol. 111, pt. v, p. 98,
App. Tellina tenia Say, Am. Conch., p. 228, pl. Ixv, fig. 3, 1822;
Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 68, fig. 43; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 210.

Very rare. |

Macoma Leach, 1819.

Macoma fusca Stimps., Check List. Psamobia fusca Say, Am.
Conch., p. 126, 1826. Sanguinolaria fusca Gould, Invert. Mass., p.
66, fig. 42; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 212, pl. xxxu, fig. 304.

Very large and abundant. It thrives best in water that is not very
salt, and is much larger and more abundant near the mouths of fresh
water streams than outside the harbor. It lives in sand or mud, just
beneath the surface, below, or near low water. Animal white; man-
tle open in front, edge ruffled and bordered with dark brown; gills
*small, one on each side; foot tongue-shaped; when extended nearly
as long as the shell; palpi triangular, large; siphons very long and.
slender, when extended nearly twice as long as the shell. The ani-
mal moves quite briskly by jerking itself along with its foot.

MEASUREMENTS.

Length of shell 17 mill. Breadth 13.8 mill. Height 6.6 mill.
5 ventral siphon 25 “ : 3 te gat pace
66 dorsal 66 17 66 cc 2 66
“ foot ness ef The

Some of the specimens are 41 mill. long by 32 broad.

PROCEEDINGS B. & N. H.=VOL. XIII. 10 DECEMBER, 1869.

Perkins.] 146 [November 8,

CumINGIA Sowerby, 1833.

Cumingia tellinoides Conrad, Journ. Acad. Nat. Se., Vol.
vil, p. 234; Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 56, fig. 34; De Kay, Moll.
N.Y: p: 233

Very rare.

MACTRIDZ.

MULINEA Gray, 1837.

Mulinea lateralis Conrad, Am. Journ. Conch., Vol. 11, pt. m1,
p- 31, App. Aactra lateralis Say, Am. Conch., p. 101, 1822; Gould,
Invert. Mass., p. 54, figs. 34, 85; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p: 230, pl.
xxix, fig. 287. Mactra rostrata Philippe, Abbild. 111, 138, pl. iii, fig.
6, 1845. Mactra corbuloides Desh., Reeves’s Conch., fig. 103 (teste
Conrad).

Obtained abundantly by dredging, but usually not common on
shore. In the fall of 1868, however, great numbers were thrown
upon the beach, forming long ridges. Animal white; mantle open;
foot tongue-shaped; when fully extended, as long as the shell; siphons
united, fringed at the ends, where they are scarcely distinct, the ven-
tral extending a little beyond the dorsal; palpi long, pointed, faleate.

MEASUREMENTS.
Length of shell 16.4 mill. Breadth 12.8 mill.
66 siphon 4 a6 “ce 5 74
e foot 16 “« (extended).

HEMIMACTRA Swainson, 1840.

Hemimactra solidissima Conrad, Am. Journ. Conch., Vol. *
Itt, pt. 111, p. 32, App. Mactra solidissima Gould, Invert. Mass., p.
51; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 229, pl. xxix, fig. 286. Mactra similis
‘Say, Am. Conch., p. 101, 1822; Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 52, note;
De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 230.

Not very common, found only outside the harbor. Animal white;
mantle open; gills large, thin, nearly equal; foot moderately large;
when extended, as long as the shell, tongue-shaped; when contracted,
rhomboidal, notched in the middle of the lower margin; palpi very ~
long, narrow; siphons short, distinct only at the end; openings
fringed.

1869.]

147
MEASUREMERTS.
Length of shell 80 mill. Breadth 55 mill.
& foot 21 “ (contracted). ae
ES gills 45 “ eer aO Bese
66 palpi 81 66 66. i 66
a siphons 10 “ Teta (rE

[Perkins.

After comparing specimens from several localities, I am convinced
that the similis Say, is identical with this species, not its young, as
some suppose, for the characters of Say’s species are found in speci-
mens of large size, but simply a variety due to difference of station.
I have not yet seen specimens afiswering to both species from the
same locality. Those from Chelsea Beach have the flatter, less tri-
angular form ascribed to solidissima, those from here all have the
triangular form of Say’s similis, while those from Coney Island, N. Y.,
are so nearly intermediate as to make it impossible to refer them
to either. The young of all are more trigonal than the
old, but difference in station seems to make great differences in the
shell. The British species most nearly allied to solidissima, M.
solida, according to Clark, “ varies in shape in every locality,” + and
the same seems to be true, in some degree at least, in respect to our
own. The slight differences mentioned as distinguishing the two
species aside from the form, are found in nearly all that I have seen,
and do not coincide with any particular form.

satisfactorily

VENERIDZ.

CYTHEREA Lamarck, 1805.

Cytherea Sayii Conrad. Cytherea convexa Gould, Invert. Mass.,

p- 34, fig. 49; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 216, pl. xxvii, fig. 279.

Cal-

lista convexa Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sc. Phil., Vol. 1v, p. 149, pl
xii, fig. 3, 1824.

Very rare.

“6 Sayit.”

Crassivénus mercenaria nobis.

Check List.

Mr. Say’s specific name “ convexa” being, as Mr.
Conrad says, preoccupied, he proposes the above specific name,

. CRASSIVENUS nov. gen.

Mercenaria violacea Stimps.,

Venus mercenaria Linn., Syst. Nat., 1131; Lam., An.

1 Brit. Mar. Test. Moll., p. 105, London, 1855.

Perkins.] 148 [November 3,

sans Vert., Vol. v1, p. 346; Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 85, fig. 67; De
Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 217, pl. xxvii, fig. 276.

Common round clam. Occurs abundantly in sand just below tide
level. Animal with mantle open freely, except behind, where it is
united to form two very short siphons, which are blackish, fringed at
the ends, bright yellow inside; the mantle is thickened and ruffled
at the edge, yellowish white; gills, two pairs, greenish white, oblong-
ovate, somewhat pointed behind, hanging obliquely, inner a little
larger; foot rather large, when contracted broad and short, strongly
striated, somewhat crenulate on the lower edge, which is sharp,
broadest before and obtusely rounded behind, pointed bluntly, color
buff yellow; palpi lanceolate, smooth without, striated within; mus-
cles pink on the inner side, white on the outer, anterior pear-shaped,
posterior ovate.

MEASUREMENTS.
Length of shell 77 mill. Breadth 71 mill. Height 54 mill.
Ss foot 37 = i 15 “ anteriorly.
ED gills 28 and 29 ee re 15 and 16.4 mill.
palpi 126 re 7 mill.
- siphon tube 14 * x td

As, according to the British Association rules, no specific name
can be made generic, those formerly given to this and the next
species do not hold. I therefore propose the names here given.

TOTTENIANS nov. gen.

Totteniata, gemma nobis. Gemma Totteni Stimps., Check
List. Venus gemma Totten, Am. Journ. Sc., Vol. xxvi, p. 366;
Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 88, fig. 51; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 218, pl.
See. 201.

Abundant in places, but not generally common. This species is
viviparous. In living specimens collected in the latter part of Jan-
uary, 1869, I found seal well formed young. There were in some
thirty six, But the average number was thirty three. These young
shells were oval, flat, transparent, longer than broad, the reverse of
what is usual in the adult, and in the same adult shell of nearly equal —
size. In one shell, which contained thirty six, the young measured
three fifths mill. long and two fifths mill. broad, the adult shell being
three mill. long and three and two fifths mill. broad. Ihave changed -
the name of this shell for the reason mentioned under the preceding
species.

1869.] 149 [Perkins,
PETRICOLIDZ.

PETRICOLA Lam.

Petricola pholadiformis Lam., An. sans Vert., Vol. vi, p.
159; Say, Am. Conch., p. 222, pl. lx, fig. 1, 1834; Gould, Invert.
Mass., p. 63; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 228, pl. cxxviii, fig. 282.
Petricola fornicata Say, Am. Conch., p. 106.

Abundant in clay, peat bogs, old timber, etc., near high water.
Animal white; mantle closed in front, thickened along the closed
edge; gills long, rather narrow, yellow; foot when expanded broad
and short, triangular, pointed in front and slanting to a point behind,
grooved: palpi triangular, siphons united for about a fifth of their
extended length, after that distinct, diverging, tapering,—ventral long-
est; openings fringed, the ventral siphon having six long incurved
papillz, which are fringed on the upper surface by a row of small
papille on each side, which are again in like manner fringed, alter-
nating with, and a little outside of, these are six somewhat smaller,
and outside of these another row of much smaller papille; these two
latter rows are slightly fringed; the dorsal siphon has inside a few
large, simple papillz, and outside of these numerous smaller ones.
The animal is quite active in its movements.

MEASUREMENTS.

Length of shell 43.6 mill. Breadth 15.6 mill., convex 14.4 mill.
= vent. siphon 62 e # 4.6 ‘ at base, 3.2 at tip.
“cc dor. 6c 45 ce ce 5 (73 6c 2.4 oo
af foot nae 5. (extended), ~ §°°\- 1a.9-).
ee gills 23 6c 'T5 9 75
a palpi 9.4 i Cahy

Petricola dactylus Sby., 1834; Say, Am. Conch., p. 222, pl. lx;
Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 65, fig. 41; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 228, pl.
XXViil, fig. 283.

Not as common as the preceding, and, seems to live in deeper water,
as I have not found it living with it, but only dead shells on the
beach. It is often larger and stouter than P. pholadiformis, and is, I
believe, only a variety of it.

Perkins. ] 150 [November 3,

CARDIADZ.

L&VICARDIUM! Swainson, 1840,

Levicardium Mortoni. Liocardium Mortoni Stimps., Check
List. Cardium Mortoni Conrad, Journ. Acad. Nat. Se. Phil, Vol.
VI, p. 259, pl. x, figs. 5,6, 7; Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 91; De Kay,
Moll. N. Y., p. 207, pl. xxiii, fig, 251.

Quite common at certain seasons, but usually rather rare. It
varies greatly in color, and is usually roughened, as if weathered, on
the outside. Animal white; mantle open, edge somewhat ruffled;
gills two pair, inner much larger than outer; foot large and long,
when contracted it is folded back upon itself; palpi not long, narrow;
siphon tube merely a cireular opening in the mantle surrounded by
numerous short papille.

Carpium Linné, 1758.

Cardium pinnulatum Conrad; Gould, Invert. Mass., p, 90, fig,
57; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 205, pl. xxii, fig. 249.

Very rare, collected near the entrance of the harbor by Professor
Verrill. '

ASTARTIDZ,

ASTARTE Sowerby, 1816,

Astarte lutea? nobis.

Shell gibbous, thick, inequilateral, subtrigonal, length and breadth
nearly equal, surface curving regularly from the umbones to the op-
posite edge, highest just above the middle; beaks prominent, much
incurved, not meeting; lunule deep, heart-shaped; surface undulated
by twenty or more large, elevated ridges, which are concentric,
nearly equidistant, the sulcations between nearly as broad as the
ridges, which are highest and sharpest on the upper half of the shell,
becoming finer, but not disappearing at the ends, in the lunule being
merely coarse stri; anterior slope incurved; posterior slope slightly
curved; margin distinctly crenulated within; teeth stout, summits
somewhat rounded; in the right valve one cardinal tooth with a deep -

1QOften, but incorrectly, written ZLiocardium. The name is from levis and
cardium.

2 Juateus, orange colored.

1869.1] 151 [Perkins.

pit on either side of it, and a small rudimentary lateral tooth on each
side of the shell; left valve with two scarcely diverging cardinal teeth
separated by a deep pit; hinge margin thin, not very broad; pallial
impression deep, simple; muscular impression rather deep; epidermis
chestnut brown, interior pearly white. Length twenty three mill.
(.9 in.), breadth twenty one mill. (.82 in.), height twelve mill.
(.48 in.).

Animal with mantle open, light yellow, edged with a cord of bright
orange, edge plain; gills not large, two on each side, very unequal,
inner much largest, somewhat rhomboidal; outer subtriangular united
to the inner behind and so appearing like a reflexed portion of it;
white, finely striated; foot thin, tongue-shaped, when fully extended
nearly as long as the shell, when contracted wedge-shaped; color
bright orange striped longitudinally with light yellow; palpi not long,
broadly lanceolate; siphons nbne, merely an opening in the mantle
serving instead; ovaries full of bright orange ova in April.

MEASUREMENTS.
Length of foot 9 mill. (contracted). Breadth4 mill.
ss outer gills 6.6 * SEB ou
66 inner 66 9 66 $6 6 66
we palypier <6 uy ee “e 2.2 “ at base.

This shell in some respects approaches the
semisulcata Leach, and still more closely castanea
Say, but affords good differences. From the
former it differs in form, being broader and not
as long, in its greater thickness, smaller and
more numerous ridges continued to the edge,
_ broader lunule, and more prominent and curved
beaks. It differs from the latter in its much
narrower hinge margin, smaller ,and less prom-
inent teeth, less elevated beaks, less oblique and narrower outline,
_and strong ridges. To show its differences in form I give com-
parative measurements.

¥
A. castanea Say. A. semisulcata Leach. A, lutea nobis.
Length 23 mill..9 in. 23 mill..9 in. 23 mill. .9 in.
Breadth 24.4 ‘ .95 in. Qe 77 In. Zi eV OAr ihe

Height 13.4 “ .58 in. 8.4 “ ,34 in, 12 % 348 im,

Perkins.] 152 [November 38,

KELLIADZA.

Kewx1a Turton, 1822.

Kellia planulata Stimpson, Shells of N. E., p. 17. Kellia
rubra Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 60, fig. 23; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p.
232.

Not common, occurs in accumulations of small shells on the shore.

SOLENOMYADZ.

SoLENoMYA?! Lamarck, 1818.

Solenomya velum. Solemya velum Say, Am. Conch., p. 105,
1822; Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 35; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 245, pl.
xxx, fig. 292.

Common on the beach, though rarely living. It lives in sand at
and below low water mark. Animal white; mantle closed except at
the ends, widely open anteriorly for the foot, and posteriorly forming
a very short tube surrounded by globular papillae; size of this open-
ing varies considerably at different times, and occasionally it is con-
tracted across the middle, making two apertures, which has probably
caused some writers to state that there existed two openings; gills
behind the foot, one on each side thick, narrow, the incurved ventral
edges meeting so as to form a cylindrical dark brown mass, which is
in strong contrast with the other parts, which are white; foot long,
obliquely truncated at the end, which is broadly and deeply cleft,
fringed around the edge; around the posterior part of the pedal
opening the mantle has about fourteen short, round papille, some of
which are colored and may serve as ocelli; epidermal fringe at-
tached to the mantle, and when the shell is closely shut folded inward.

CYRENIDZ.

SpHzRium Scap., 1777.

Spherium sulcatum Prime, Am. Corbic., p. 33, fig. 25. Cyclas
similis Say, Am. Conch., p. 54, 1816; Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 72,
fig. 53; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 222, pl. xxv, fig. 264.

Very abundant in streams.

1 Often, but incorrectly, written Solemya. It comes from Solen and Mya.

1869.] 153 . [ Perkins.

Spherium partumeium Prime, Am. Corbic., p. 45, fig. 42.
Cyclas partumeia Say, Am. Conch., p.112, 1822; Gould, Invert. Mass.,
p- 73, fig. 54; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 223, pl. xxv, fig. 262.

Rare and small.

Spherium solidulum Prime, Am. Corbic., p. 36, fig. 27. Cy-
clas solidula Prime, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. rv, p. 158, 1851.

Animal white; mantle open, edged with an orange cord; gills
rather narrow; foot long, tongue-shaped; palpi long and narrow,
rounded at the tips; siphons distinct, simple at the ends, not long,
broad, ventral nearly twice as large as the dorsal, orange or reddish
yellow, or rarely white; shell filled with young in May, usually con-
taining ten of various sizes; some are contained in the gills and some
in the mantle, the largest being four mill. long, three broad and two
high.

Spherium securis Prime, Am. Corbic., p. 49, fig. 47. Cyclas
securis et cardissa Prime, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. 1v, p. 160,
1851.

Not uncommon in some ponds. The foot is very long and narrow,
and the animal, like the Pisidiums, crawls very rapidly by extending
it fully and, holding by the end, drawing the shell near to it. In
this way they crawl up the sides of a glass vase with ease, though a
slight jar causes them to fall.

Pisiprum Pfeiffer, 1821.

Pisidium eequilaterale Prime, Am. Corbic., p. 63, figs. 65, 66;
do. Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., Vol. v1, p. 366, pl. xii, figs. 23-25.

Lives in ponds but is not common. Animal flesh color; foot very
long, strap-shaped, rounded at the tip; siphons very short, tapering,
simple at the ends.

Pisidium abditum Haldeman, Proc. Acad. Nat. Se. Phil., Vol. 1,
p- 53, 1841; Prime, Am. Corbic., p. 68, fig. 72; De Kay, Moll. N. Y.,
p- 226. Pisidium obscurum Prime, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., Vol. 1v,
p- 161. Pisidium minus Stimpson, Shells of N. E., p. 16.

Not common. Lives in quiet ponds.

Pisidium compressum Prime, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.,
Vol. rv, p. 164; do. Am. Corbic., p. 65, fig. 68.

Not common. Lives in ponds and ditches. .

Pisidium variabile Prime, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. rv,
p- 163; do. Am. Corbic., p. 66, fig. 69.

Not very rare.

Perkins.] af 54 [November 8,

Pisidium virginicum (Bourg.) Prime, Am. Corbic., p. 61,
figs. 61,62. Cyclas dubia Say, Am. Conch., p. 55, 1816; Gould,
Invert. Mass., p. 75, fig. 56. Pisidium abruptum Haldeman, Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sc. Phil., Vol. 1, p. 53.

Very rare.

UNIONIDZ..
Nara Swainson, 1840.

WNaia complanatus. Unio complanatus Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat.
Se. Phil.; Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 107, figs. 68-70 ; De Kay, Moll.
N. Y., p. 188, pl. xxii, fig. 246. Unio purpureus Say, Am. Conch.,
pp- 50, 135, pl. lxxi, fig. 7, 1816.

Very common, but usually small and very badly eroded. Animal
variable in color, yellow or white; mantle open, thin, white, mottled
thickly with yellow flakes, edge plain; gills large and thick, hanging
horizontally, straight before, rounded behind, transversely striated
with numerous lines, which are connected by fine cross lines, giving
to the gill a beautifully tessellated appearance; lower edge darker;
inner gilla little larger; foot when extended tongue-shape, half to two
thirds as long as the shell; palpi short, broad, rounded at the ends,
striated within; siphons very short, barely projecting beyond the
shell, broad and flat, fringed with short papille; ends black, or nearly
so, papille lighter.

MEASUREMENTS.
Length of shell 106° mill. Breadth 61 mill. Height 32 mill.
i foot 48 — ** (contracted): “) > tau
66 gills 58 66 46 93 “ce
13 palpi Bi (73 6c 5 6c
we ventral siphon 30 “ i) Mee
¢ dorsal ‘“ 20.6 “ 8 PBS AS

EuryniA, Rafinesque.

Eurynia nasuta Stimps., Shells of N. E., p. 13 (Agassiz Mss.) ;
Morse, Journ. Port. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. 1, p. 54. Unio nasutus Say,
Am. Conch., p. 52, pl. Ixxii, fig. 1, 1816; Gould, Invert. Mass., p.
109, fir. 71; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 191, pl. xx, fig. 239.

Collected in West River and Whitneyville Pond by Professor Ver-
rill. Not common.

1869.] 155 “[Perkins.

LAMPSILIS Rafinesque, 1820.

Lampsilis radiata Stimpson, Shells of N. E., p. 13 (Agassiz
Mss.); Morse, Journ. Port.Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. 1, p. 47. Unio radi-
atus Lam., An. sans Vert., Vol. vi, p. 535; Gould, Invert. Mass., p.
110, fig. 73; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 189.

Common in Saltonstall Lake and Whitneyville Pond.

MARGARITANA Schum., 1817.
Sub genus StROPHITUS Raf.

Margaritana undulata Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. Alasma-
donta undulata Say, Am. Conch., p. 62, 1819; Gould, Invert. Mass.,
p- 115, fig. 76; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 198, pl. xv, fig. 227.

Not common. Occurs in Whitneyville Pond.

AnopontTa Cuvier, 1798.

Anodonta cataracta Say, Am. Conch., p. 53, pl. Ixxi, fig. 4,
1816. Anodonta fluviatilis Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., Vol. v1, p.
38; Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 117, fig. 80; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p.
203, pl. xl, fig. 358.

Quite common in rivers and ponds, being much larger in the latter.

MYTILIDZ.

MyTILUs ‘Linné, 1758.

Mytilus edulis (Linn.) Lam., An. sans Vert., Vol. vm, p. 47;
Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 121, fig. 82. Mytilus borealis (Lam.) De
Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 182, pl. xiii, fig. 222. Mytilus notatus De Kay,
Moll. N. Y., p. 182, pl. xiii, fig. 223 (young). Mytilus pellucidus
De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 183, pl. xxiv, fig. 256.

Common in all pools near low water mark, and often very finely
marked with blue, green or black. The animal varies in color from
white to deep orange; mantle freely open, edge thickened, bordered
by a dark line, double, outer part simple, inner from the siphonal
openings to about the middle of the ventral side fringed with short,
dark, branched papille; gills large, long, equal; foot always dark
brown, short, thick, obtusely pointed, grooved; palpi triangular,
round pointed at the ends, beveled from a median elevated line to the
edges, striate within.

Perkins.] 1 56 (November 8,

MEASUREMENTS.
Length of shell 52 mill. Breadth 29 mill. Height 21 mill.
ee foot 10 “ (contracted). o 54 *
66 palpi 1 6c “co 6 “ce
66 gills 88 66 ce 11 “

MopioLa Lam., 1798.

Sub genus BRACHYDONTES Swainson, 1840.

Brachydontes plicatula Chenu, Man. Conch., Vol. 1, p. 155.
Modiola plicatula Lam., An. sans Vert., Vol. vu, p. 22; Gould, In-
vert. Mass., p. 125, fig. 81; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 184, pl. xxiv, fig.
258.

Very abundant everywhere in mud, peat bogs, or on rocks above low
water mark. Animal varies in color from white to salmon; mantle
freely open, white edged with brown, somewhat ruffled; gills nearly
equal; foot short, brown, obtusely pointed, with a byssal groove;
palpi long, thin, finely striated, beveled on the inner side from a
central ridge.

Brachydontes hamatus nobis. Mytilus hamatus Say, Am.
Conch. pp. 91, 204, pl. 1, 1822; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 183.

Shell very much incurved and contracted at the beaks, which are
acute, and directed a little outward; surface covered with numerous
fine ribs about the same width as the spaces between, more numerous
anteriorly; lines of growth distinct, especially on the ribs, making
them slightly cancellated; byssus short and thick, shell depressed
about the byssal opening; color dark brown or nearly black, light-
est on the ribs and towards the ventral margin; inside dark purple,
shading to white on the edge. Animal with mantle open, edge
double, whitish, mottled with numerous reddish brown spots, and
blackish on the edge, gills light yellow, the right a little longest, ob-
tusely pointed; foot orange, cylindrical, pointed, grooved; palpi
slender, beveled on the inner surfaces from a median ridge, striated.
This shell, described by Mr. Say from the Gulf of Mexico, occurs in
abundance on southern oysters, which are planted here; whether it
is naturalized is doubtful. An examination of the animal has led me
to consider it a Modiola rather than a Mytilus. It varies greatly in
form from being more than twice as long as broad, to about the same
length and breadth. ‘The. largest specimen I have seen is sixty six
mill. (2.6 in.) long and thirty seven mill. (.45 in.) broad.

1869.] vay [Perxins.

MEASUREMENTS.
Length of shell 48 mill. Breadth 32 mill. Height 19 mill.
es foot 10.6 .‘ rf 3 :
gills 32 Oa
ee palp it, | COs ZIG

Most of the specimens are more sharply incurved than Mr. Say’s
figure. In many the male of a species of Pinnotheres was living.

Modiola modiolus Linn., Syst. Nat., 1158; Turton, Brit. Biv.;
Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 123; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 185, pl. xxiv,
fig. 257. Modiola americana Leach. Modiola papuana Lam., An.
sans Vert., Vol. vir, p.17; Say, Am. Conch., p. 199, pl. xlv, 1832.
Mytilus barbatus Linn. et Al.

Not common, and rather small, but finely colored and heavily

fringed with epidermal filaments.

ARCADZ.

ARGINA Gray, 1840.

Argina pexata Gray. Arca pexata Say, Am. Conch., p. 93,
1822; Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 95, fig. 60; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p.
176, pl. xii, fig. 211.

Very common just below low water mark, and often found alive
on the shore at low tide. Animal with mantle freely open, edge
ruffed, dark brown, with interrupted dark lines next the shell, and
a row of ocelli; gills triangular, large, pointed behind, deep red,
emitting a reddish fluid when the shell is opened; foot pointed
behind; before with a straight, sharp edge; deeply grooved beneath,
yellow, not very extensile; palpi none.

SCAPHARCA Gray, 1847.

Scapharea transversa Say, Am. Conch., p. 93, 1822; Gould,
Invert. Mass., p. 96; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 177, pl. xii, fig. 212.

Not uncommon, though more rare, than the preceding. Animal
with mantle open, edge plain, with a row of ocelli; gills dark red or
nearly black, attached to broad, white, sickle-shaped supports, curv-
ing about the posterior muscle, and, as in the preceding species,
ejecting a reddish liquid when the shell is opened; foot bright yellow,
heeled, rounded behind, obtusely pointed before, quite large, deeply
grooved; when extended triangular, and as long as the shell; palpi

Porkins.] ) 158 [November 8,

none, but a long narrow fold of the branchial membrane on each side .
of the mouth takes their place.

NUCULIDZ.

Nucora Lamarck, 1799.

Nucula proxima Say, Am. Conch., p. 94, 1822; Gould, Invert.
Mass., p. 103, fig. 63; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 79, pl. xii, fig. 215.

Not common on the beach, but obtained plentifully by dredging.
Animal white; mantle freely open, margin double, ruffled, striated;
gills small, elongate-triangular, outer a little the longer, broad an-
teriorly, tapering to a point behind; foot flattened, cylindrical, end-
ing in an oval disk, which is thin, serrate on the edges, with numerous
short, thick papille, striated on both sides, and when withdrawn,
folded together through the middle; palpi two pairs, outer with a thin
parchment-like end, below which is a narrow striated lamina folded
upon itself longitudinally; inner pair linear, long, united about the
mouth; siphons wanting.

Nucula radiata De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 179, pl. xii, fig. 216.

Shells answering to this description are found here, but I believe
that the species is founded merely upon the young of JV. proxima,
and ought therefore to be united with it, but as I have not absolute
proof that this is so, I leave it separate.

LEDIDZ.

Youpia Miill., 1832.

Yoldia limatula Woodward, Man. Conch., p. 429, fig. 220.
Nucula limatula Say, Am. Conch., p. 63, pl. xii, 1831; Gould, In-
vert. Mass., p. 98, fig. 62; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 183, pl. xiii, fig.
218. Leda limatula Stimpson, Shells of N. E., p. 10.

Not common, scarcely ever found on the beach, but obtained
abundantly by dredging a few miles off the lighthouse in four to six
fathoms. Mantle open, edge somewhat thickened, plain anteriorly
for about a third of its length, the remaining two thirds are fringed
with about fifty moderately long, simple papille, some of which are
forked at the end; gills small, narrow, coarsely striated; foot long,
subcylindrical, increasing in size towards the end, which is obliquely
truncated, deeply cleft and furnished with short, rounded papille;

1869.] » 159 [Perkins.

anteriorly it is heeled, and when drawn into the shell is folded upon
itself; palpi large, thick, triangular; siphons united, not long, ends
not fringed, and withdrawn at times entirely within the edge of the
mantle.

PECTINIDZ.
PEecTEN Brug., 1789.

Pecten irradians Lam., An. sans Vert., Vol. vi, p. 143. Pec-
ten concentricus Say, Am. Conch., p. 88, 1822; Gould, Invert. Mass.,
p- 134, fig. 88; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 172, pl. xi, fig. 205.

Usually not common, and very small, but sometimes it is thrown
upon the shore in great numbers. Animal very active, jumping and
swimming by a rapid opening and closing of the valves; mantle
open, edge much thickened, with an outer fringe of several rows of
papillz, the inner being largest, and among them about thirty bluish
ocelli, of various sizes and at unequal intervals; inside of these, from
a tenth to a quarter of an inch, according to the size of the animal,
is a raised yellow cord, darker than the mantle, which bears a row
ot papilla; the space between the inner and outer rows is thickly
striated ; gills semicircular, curving about the large muscle, rather
broad and thick; foot very small, subcylindrical, tapering to an ob-
tuse point, very deeply grcoved; palpi broadly triangular, smooth
outside, obliquely striated within.

OSTREIDZ.
OstTREA Linn., 1758.

Ostrea virginica Lam., An. sans Vert., Vol. vir, p. 225; De
Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 169. Ostrea virginiana Gould, Invert. Mass., p.
136.

The southern oyster is brought here in great quantities and planted
in the spring, to be taken up in the fall, as it cannot endure the cold
of winter. By many writers it is regarded as the same as Ostrea
canadensis Lam.

Ostrea borealis Lam., An. sans Vert., Vol. vir, p. 220; Gould,
Invert. Mass., p. 137; De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 169, pl. x, fig. 204.

Native or northern oyster. It is quite abundant, in some places
forming large beds. It is very variable in shape, accommodating
itself to any unevenness of the surface on which it grows. I found,

Perkins.] 160 [November 8,

in deserted Teredo tubes, quite a number that were tubular in form,
some being forty nine mill. long, seven mill. high and five and two
fifths mill. broad. Others, growing where tubes crossed, had grown
out on each side, forming a quite regular T. ‘The upper valve was
flat in all cases. Animal whitish; mantle open, edge double, much
thickened, fringed with numerous papille; gills long, rather narrow,
curved so that the ends are nearly at right angles, nearly equal,
edged with a white cord; foot none; palpi not long, broad at the
base, anterior edge curved, posterior nearly straight, striated within.

MEASUREMENTS.
Length of shell 90 mill. Breadth 57 mill.
gf animal 72 er 5 Al.
ot gills, 62:2, * ee 3
66 palpi 8 cc 6c 15 (74
ANOMIADZ.

AnomiA Linné, 1767.

Anomia ephippium Linn., Syst. Nat., 1150; Lam., An. sans
Vert., Vol. vu, p. 2738; Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 138; De Kay, Moll.
Na Y5 pl. xii, fie. 209:

Very common on rocks, old shells, ete., near low water mark.

TUNICA PAs

ASCIDIADZ.

Ascip1a Linné, 1758.

Ascidia manhattensis De Kay, Moll. N. Y., p. 259.
Common near low water on eel-grass, stones, chips, etc., and at
times thrown upon the shore in large numbers.

MouGuta. .

Molgula arenata Stimps.

Not common usually. It was, however, at one time dredged in
abundance east of the Lighthouse, by Prof. F. A. Bradley.

Didemnium sp?

One cluster of an Ascidian of this genus has been found by Prof.
Verrill.

1869.] 161 [Perkins.

POLY ZOA.

Marine.

EScCHARINA.

Escharina lineata Leidy, Proc. Acad. Nat. Se. Phil.
Not uncommon on old shells and stones.

Escharina variabilis Leidy, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Phil.
Common on everything.

MEMBRANIPORA,
Membranipora tenuis Desor.
Common on fucus.
CELLULARIA.
Cellularia turrita Desor.
Quite common, thrown on the beach by storms.
LEPRALIA.

One species; undetermined.

Fresh Waiter.

FREDERICELLA.

Fredericella regina Leidy; Hyatt, Obs. on Polyzoa, Am. Nat.,
Vol. 1, p. 64, pl. ili.

PECTINATELLA.

Pectinatella magnifica Leidy; Hyatt, Obs. on Polyzoa, Am.
Wat. Voli, ps 136, pl. iv.

Plumatella sp?

These are not uncommon in ponds.

[The Polyzoa, both fresh water and marine, have not been studied
carefully, and there is little doubt that many more species exist here. ]

In conclusion, I give a list of the species reported from Long
_ Island Sound, but not yet found in New Haven Bay.
CEPHALOPODA.

Loligo illecebrosa Les. Mentioned as common in various places.
PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.— VOL. XIII. 11 DECEMBER, 1869.

Perkins.] 16 9 [November 3,

GASTEROPODA.

Fasciolaria ligata Mighl. Stonington, Ct., Linsley.
Bela harpularia Couth. Stratford, Ct., Linsley.

Fusus imbricatus De Kay. ae e

Fusus Trumbulli Linsley. Stonington, Ct., Linsley.
Buccinum undulatum. J is
Buccinum zonalis Linsley. —s “* ee
Nassa vibex Say. New Haven, Ct., us

Purpura lapillus. Stonington, Ct., Linsley.

Columbella rosacea Gould. Stonington, Linsley.

Pleurotoma bicarinata Couth. vs *e

Mamma? immaculata. Stonington, Linsley, and Gardiner’s Bay,
Long Island, N. Y., S. Smith.

Natica clausa Sowb. Stonington, Linsley.

Natica pusilla Say. % be Gardiner’s Bay, L. I., S.
Smith.

Eulima subangulata Stimps. Gardiner’s Bay, L. I., S. Smith.

Czcum pulchellum Stimps. ws “6 “6

Czecum Cooperi Smith. “6 6 6

Vermetus radicula Stimps. 6 “6 é

Vermetus lumbricalis Lam. New Haven and Stonington, Linsley.
Scalaria clathrus Linn. Stonington, Linsley.

Littorina littorea Linn. o ce

Littorina peconica Smith. Gardiner’s Bay, L. I., S. Smith.
Lacuna neritoidea Gould. Oyster River, Ct., Linsley.
Margarita obscura Couth. Stonington, Ct., “
Crucibulum striatum Say. Gardiner’s Bay, S. Smith.
Tectura alveus Couth. Stratford, Ct., Linsley.

Chiton marmoreus O. Fabr. Stonington, Linsley.

Chiton apiculatus Say, Gardiner’s Bay, N. Y., S. Smith.
Chiton ruber Lowe, Stonington, Ct., Linsley.

NUDIBRANCHIATA.
(Kolis vermiferus Smith, Gardiner’s Bay, N. Y.
LAMELLIBRANCHIATA.

Teredo dilitata Stimps. Gardiner’s Bay, N. Y., S. Smith.
Pholas crispata Linn. Stonington, Ct., Linsley.

1869.] 163 [Perkins.

Thracia Conradi Couth. Gardiner’s Bay, Smith.

Thracia truncata Mich. Stonington, Ct., Linsley.

Solenomya borealis Totten. et ae

Siliquaria gibba Spengl. Stratford, Ct., Linsley.

Siliquaria bidens Chem. ‘Gardiner’s Bay, N. Y., Smith.

Siliquaria fragilis Couth. Stonington, Linsley.

Macoma sabulosa Sprengl. Stonington and Stratford, Ct., Linsley.
Solen viridis Say. Stonington, Linsley.

Tellina versicolor, Cozz. Stratford, Ct., Linsley.

Tellina solidula Soland. Stonington, Linsley.

Ceronia arctata Conr. 66 ‘6
Abra equalis Say. “L ae
Cytherea morrhuana Linsl. “ ct
Crassivenus

é notata Say. a
Mercenaria

Cardita borealis Conr. Stonington, Ct., Linsley and Gardiner’s
Bay, L. 1, 8. Smith.

Astarte castanea Say, Stonington, Linsley.

Astarte semisulcata Leach. ‘ fie

Astarte quadrans, Gould. ‘ ue

Astarte mactracea Linsley, Stratford, Ct., Linsley and Gardiner’s
Bay, Smith.

Cyprina islandica Linn. Stonington, Linsley.

Montacuta elevata Stimps. Gardiner’s Bay, L. L, S. Snnth.

Montacuta bidentata Gould. Stonington, Linsley.

Lucina filosa Stimps. ee we
Thyasira Gouldiana Stimps. oe ne
Serripes Greenlandicus. a a

Modiolaria levigata Gray. Gardiner’s Bay, L. I, 8. Smith.

Modiolaria discors Linn. Oyster River, Ct., Linsley and Gardi-
ner’s Bay, L. L., 8. Smith.

Yoldia sapotilla Gould, Gardiner’s Bay, L. I., S. Sinith.

Nucula tenuis Mont. Stonington, Linsley.

Pecten fuscus Gould. ae as

Anomia aculeata Gmel. Stratford, Linsley.

Notre. Many of Linsley’s species came from fish-stomachs. His Nautilus
connecticutensis is a Rhizopod. The list is taken from Linsley’s, in Vol.
XLyut of the Am. Journal of Science, and from Sanderson Smith’s list of the
Mollusca of Long Island, in the Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History of
New York, 1859. Some of the older names have been changed to those now in
use.

Dall.j 164 [November 10,

Mr. W. H. Dall rade a few remarks upon the distribution
of marine animals, asserting that their range was influenced
more by the temperature of the water than by the depth or
other conditions.

He showed that the floating ice line of Bering Sea (which passes
between the Pribyloff and St. Matthew groups of islands, touching
the continent near Kuskoquim Bay), governed the distribution of the
fish and mollusks of those waters. It is the northern limit of all the
more southern forms, some of which range as far south as Monterey.
It is the southern limit of almost all the truly arctic species. The
fur seal is never found to the north of it, though often erroneously
spoken of as coming from Bering Strait; the polar bear never passes
to the south of this line; the cod invariably keep to the south, and
the mullet to the north of it. It is also the limit of distribution of
many fuci and seaside plants.

Where the water is cooled by northern currents, or by glaciers,
deep water species of mollusks, especially brachiopods, are found at,
or even above low water mark. Where the surface water is warm,
these mollusks, which in the north are found near the shore, are only
obtained at a depth of many fathoms.

The President gave notice that the first series of lectures
for the season, entitled Sketches of Animal Life, would be
given by Mr. Edward 8. Morse upon successive Monday
evenings, commencing November 8th.

Section of Microscopy. November 10, 1869.

Mr. R. C. Greenleaf in the chair. Sixteen persons present.

Dr. H. Hagen called the attention of the Section to the
statements of Professor Listing of Géttingen, who had re-
cently? given some suggestions concerning the further im-
provement of the microscope. .

1 Nachr. d. kgl. Gesell. der Wissenseh., 1869, No. I, and Poggendorff’s Annalen,
1869, T. xvi, p. 467.

1869.] | 165 [Hagen.

In all microscopes the dioptric arrangement is now analogous
to the astronomic spy-glass; they have but one real image, from
which the virtual image is formed and brought to the eye of the
observer.

Professor Listing proposes to have two real images, and in this
way to form three successive augmentations instead of two, as be-
fore. It is well known that by a prolongation of the draw tube, or
by increasing the distance between the objective and the eye-piece,
the image becomes successively greater, but the definition and pene-
tration is by no means better. Professor Listing has made some ex-
periments, and states that with an eye-piece of his construction (a
double eye-piece with four lenses, similar to those of the terrrestrial
spy-glasses) the magnifying power of the instrument, and also to
nearly the same degree the penetration, is raised, by a tube of four
hundred and twenty mill., 20, 28, 55, 97 and 137 per cent. (the lat-
ter, of course, with diminution of the field), more than the same
objective (Hartnack’s, No. 7) and eye-piece (No. 3) with a tube two
hundred mill. in length. The object was Pleurosigma angulatum, and
Professor Listing assures us that the latent power of the objective is
developed by this means in an astonishing manner. He also remarked
that the so called Erectors have long been used, but always with a
low power and a short tube. The most advantageous form for the
eye-piece would be, for the two superior glasses, achromatic lenses
from fifteen to twenty mill. in diameter, and with a diaphragm be-
tween, having an aperture of from eight to nine mill. For the two
inferior lenses, a common Iuyghen’s eye-piece would be the best.
Such a combined eye-picce, with a tube four hundred and twenty
mill. long, would raise the power of the instrument ninety seven per
cent. The use of an achromatic condenser adapted for oblique
illumination is necessary for high powers. The experiment was only
successfully made with the best objectives of English artists, or with
the excellent new Hartnack objectives.

According to his calculation, an objective of one mill. distance will
give the first real image at a distance of two hundred mill. from the
second chief point of the objective, and combined with an eye-piece
in Listing’s manner, having a power of twenty-five diameters by itself,
and a tube four hundred and fifty mill. long, the magnifying power
_ of the whole instrument would be five thousand diameters.

In the common arrangement of the microscope, the dioptric cardi-
nal points are in the same order as in a concave lens, and the focal

Hagen. | 166 [November 10,

distance of the whole microscope (not of the objective) would be
equal to — .5 mill., with a magnifying power of four hundred diam-
eters for a visual distance of two hundred mill.

In the Listing instrument the order of the cardinal points would be
inverted and analogous to a convex lens, with a focal distance of the
whole microscope equal to -++ .04 mill., with a magnifying power of
five thousand diameters. Jn the first case the objective would have a
focal distance of three mill.; in the last of one mill. The difference
between the two chief points of the whole microscope is in both cases
nearly equal to the whole length of the tube. In the last arrange-
ment the whole microscope is analogous to a convex lens with very
short focal distance.

In a second paper Professor Listing gives further facts concerning
this arrangement. An objective with a focal distance of one mill.
(= gz), has the first image two hundred and one mill. distant from
the second chief point. The first magnifying is = 200. The middle
eye-piece of two achromatic lenses with twenty five mill. focal dis-
tance, and fifteen mill. distance from each other, gives a focal dis-
tance of eighteen mill., and so the second magnifying is = 9. This
apparatus, having the objective and middle eye-piece combined with
the five eye-pieces of Hartnack (magnifying from three and eight
tenths to eleven diameters), gives a total power of from six thousand
eight hundred and forty to nineteen thousand eight hundred diame-
ters, with a tube of four hundred and forty mill.

Professor Listing advises that the lenses of the eye-piece should be
made of fifteen mill. diameter, and with a correction for their dis-
tance. For the middle eye-piece, perhaps, lenses of quartz combined
with a lower (1.61 to 1.59) flint glass should be used. In another
place he gives a different construction for the middle eye-piece,
analogous to an objective of two glasses, but with greater dimensions,
and calculates the magnifying power of this to be from twenty two
thousand to as much as twenty five thousand six hundred diameters.

Professor Listing observes that only the penetrating power would
be raised by this method of construction, but that to a very consid-
erable degree.

1869.] 167 (Shaler. »

November 17, 1869.
The President in the chair. Thirty four persons present.

Prof. N. S. Shaler presented the following paper: —

Nore ON THE OCCURRENCE OF THE REMAINS OF TARANDUS
RANGIFER GRAY, AT Bic Bone Lick In Kentucky.

At a previous meeting of the Society, I presented the evidence
going to support the conclusion that one of the large mammals of
North America, the buffalo, had recently changed its limits, and had
only ranged in the Ohio valley within the past few centuries. The
same locality supplies us with evidence that the caribou existed in
abundance in this river basin at a time anterior to the coming of the
buffalo, and probably not very long after the disappearance of the
Elephas primigenius. Since the coming of civilized man into Amer-
ica, the caribou has been confined to a narrow area in the north-
east part of the continent; it is questionable whether it has ever
ranged during this time south of the southern limit of the State of
Maine.

The position in which these remains were found leaves the precise
relationship in time of this species to the mammoths and mastodons
a little questionable. There is, however, little doubt in my mind
that, if not in existence during the later part of the time of these
pachyderms, it came immediately after them. Its bones are found
always below the line of the buffalo and the Virginia deer. The
remains of this latter species are found only among the most recent
deposits of the swamp.

The disappearance from this region of this eminently boreal ani-
mal immediately after the passing away of the ancient elephants
from the Mississippi valley, goes to confirm a conclusion to which we
are led by many other facts, viz., that the climatic change which
closed the period of the mammoths was from cold to warmth, and
not, as is generally assumed, an alteration of the reverse character.

Mr. 8. H. Scudder exhibited a series of volumes which had
just been bound for the library, containing the manuscripts
and entomological memoranda left by the late Dr. T. W.
Harris, and offered some remarks upon their peculiar value
and interest.

Scudder.] 168 [November 17,

There are twenty four volumes in all, mostly folios. Four of them
contain miscellaneous notes and descriptions of insects arranged
according to primary groups, with frequent sketches of the pen and
pencil ; a fifth is filled with his memoranda and drawings (many of
them colored) of the earlier stages and metamorphoses of insects and
particularly of Lepidoptera; entomological and zoological lectures
delivered at Harvard College and elsewhere occupy two volumes ;
the manuscript of a portion of the State Report on insects an eighth;
two more are filled with lists of insects received or sent in exchange
with his numerous correspondents; the eleventh contains several
manuscript lists of the insects of Massachusetts, including the origi-
nal of the last one published by the State; four more are occupied
by letters from his correspondents and his replies to them — the basis
of his recent posthumous work ; five are filled with laborious extracts
from works then almost inaccessible, with tables and abstracts of
classifications by various authors and with indices to the writings of
Godart, Hiibner, Cramer, Fallén, Donovan, Ochsenheimer and many
others; another, a large quarto, embraces a complete alphabetical
index to the North American Coleoptera described by Say; and
another, the original of published deseriptions of Neuroptera de-
scribed by Say— partly in the handwriting of Say and partly as
copied by Harris; a scrap-beok of his own contains a manuscript
copy of his first list of the Insects of Massachusetts and memoranda
of exchanges, all in the clearest hand-writing, together with extracts,
newspaper clippings and other memoranda; in addition to these there
is a volume with complete lists of the insects in his American cabinet,
referring to numbers upon the insects, and several blank books par-
tially filled with revised but incomplete lists of the American Insects
in his collection.

The Secretary announced that the Council, at its last meet-
ting, had passed the following vote: —

Voted: — That the net proceeds of the celebration of the
centennial anniversary of the birth of Humboldt, together
with the money received from the sale of Professor Agassiz’s
Address, previous to Jan. 1, 1870, and the money subscribed
at the solicitation of the Society’s committee, be given to the
Trustees of the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy at Harvard
College, in trust, for the establishment of an endowment,

1869.] 169 [Minot. -

under the title of the Humboldt Scholarship, the income of
which is to be solely applied, under the direction of the Fac-
ulty, toward the maintenance of one or more young and
needy persons, engaged in study at said Museum.

Section of Entomology. November 24, 1869.
Mr. Edward Burgess in the chair. Twelve persons present.

The following paper was presented : —

AMERICAN LEPIDOPTERA. JI. PuHatanipx Latr.
By Cuaries S. Minot.

At the June meeting of the section, I presented a paper entitled
“American Lepidoptera, No. I,” which contained descriptions of four
new Geometride (Phalenide Latr.), and was published without
further introduction. I should now like to say a few words on the
intended purport of the series. J propose that it shall contain any
papers of a miscellaneous nature, which may aid in completing our
knowledge of the natural history of the Lepidoptera; such as de-
scriptions of new species, or of the metamorphoses and lists of insects
found in particular localities or States, with their times of appear-
ance, and perhaps ultimately anatomical communications. The de-
scriptions of new species will, for the present, be principally, if not
entirely, confined to the Phalenide.

Cabenodes marginaria n. sp. é Al. ex., 2.20 inch. Pale
ochraceous, with innumerable atoms. Above, a broad, fuscous, mar-
ginal band, distinctly defined interiorly; cellular dots large, brown and
very distinct. Beneath, a transverse, brunneous line, suffused exte-
riorly, corresponding with the inner margin of the band of the upper
surface; cellular dots distinct. Fringe narrow, ochraceo-fuscous.
Abdomen, front and thorax, ochraceous. Palpi distinct, projecting
beyond the head, parallel, reddish brown. Thorax woolly, patagia
larger than is usual in the genus. Fore wings subfalcate, hind wings
subeaudate. Wings and body have a silken gloss.

This species is extremely interesting from the peculiar style of mark-

Minot.] 170 [November 24,

ing, which is unique, as far I know, in its genus. The only specimen
I have seen was taken by myself near Muddy Pond, in West Rox-
bury, Mass., in the middle of August, 1869.

Cleora pulchraria n. sp. Al. ex., 1.50 inch. Light cinereous,
marked with black. Above, primaries darker than secondaries, with
two transverse dentate lines, dividing the wings, counting from the
base, into the proportions of about 5:8:4, the inner line curving out-
wards, and the outer recurved; a dash along the basal half of the
costa. Secondaries, with outer line of primaries continued, curving
outwards. Fringe alternated with black at the terminations of the
nervures. Beneath, on both wings, markings of upper surface repeated
faintly. Primaries with median nervure, and the terminal portions
of the nervules covered with black scales. Diseal dots well defined
above and beneath. Antenne broadly pectinated in the male, fili-
form in the female, murinous. Eyes black, front gray, sometimes
orange. ‘Thorax, legs and abdomen, cinereous. Middle legs with
one, and hind legs with two pairs of tibial spurs; I have a male
specimen, however, which has two pairs of spurs on the middle legs.

This moth, which I have named the pretty Cleora, may be seen
around Boston on the sunny days of September. It seems to be
somewhat erratic in its appearance, for it comes out abundantly on
some days, on others no specimens are to be seen. The only ones
I have were given me by Mr. B. P. Mann of Cambridge. ‘There are
specimens in the Society’s collection.

Anisopteryx strigularia n.sp. AJ. ex., 1.60 inch. Murinous.
‘Above, pale murinous. Primaries with a darker shade along the
costa, suffused over the anterior two-thirds of the wing; innumerable
minute strigule and three more or less suffused whitish spots on the
costal margin, the outmost tending to become a transverse fascia.
Secondaries without markings, nearly uniform in tint. Beneath,
primaries with spots of upper surface repeated; a subapical patch of
white, marked with transverse black strigule, which extend along the
costal border to the base of the wing, and along the outer nearly to
the posterior margin. Secondaries whitish, with fuliginous blotches
and transverse strigule, which, being more numerous in some places
than in others, give the wing a moss-like appearance; there is a trans-
verse fascia, obliterated in the middle of the wings, but near each mar-
gin rendered distinct by the strigula which run somewhat together
along the outer edge, producing dark blotches, the anterior of which
is much the largest. Fringe white, alternated with black hairs at the

1869.] 171 [Minot.

terminations of the nervures, except on the secondaries above. An-
tenn filiform, brown. Head, eyes and thorax, blackish brown;
abdomen above mouse-color, beneath, like the hind wings; femur
murinous; tibia black and white. Hind tibia with two pairs of spurs.

This species is remarkable for imitating the markings of the rhopal-
ocerous genus, Chionobas, which occurs in the same locality. If we
follow Darwin, this fact may be explained by supposing that the pecu-
liar moss-like markings serve to protect it from its foes by its close
resemblance to the bare or lichen-covered rocks among which it is
found. Iam indebted to the kindness of Mr. Sanborn for specimens
of this interesting Geometer. His specimens were, I believe, all taken
in August, on the sides, and near the summit of Mount Washington.
I do not know of its being found in any other locality. Some of the
specimens were taken in a maple grove. One point is worthy of no-
tice: that where Chionobas has a white band on the secondaries, this
Anisopteryz has a dark one.

Fidonia Faxonii Minot. The male of this species may be dis-
tinguished by the entire absence of the white markings of the female.
This species appears in August and September, not coming out until
the very last of the former month. My remarks on its appearance
and abundance apply to Fidonia bicoloraria Minot, but not to £.
Fazoni.

Mr. W. H. Dall remarked that while passing over the
Portage to the Yukon River, in Alaska, when the tempera-
ture was below zero of Fahrenheit, he shot a Canada jay,
which had in its mouth the caterpillar of an Arctian; after-
wards, when the thermometer was sixteen degrees below
zero, he found one of the same caterpillars crawling upon the
snow. On the middle of the frozen river, whenever the sun
shone for a short time upon the crust, he saw upon the snow a
species of Lepisma or Podura in great abundance, although
the cold was intense. The caterpillar of Vanessa Antiopa
was twice noticed alive during the winter, and the perfect
insect was seen at Nulato, May 20th, when the nightly tem-
perature was below freezing.

Jackson. ] 172 {December 8,

December 3, 1869.

The President in the chair, Sixteen persons present.

Dr. C. T. Jackson presented, in the name of Mr. Daniel
McCain, specimens of native carbonate of magnesia from
Greece, California, Maryland and Iansas.

That from Greece contains ninety nine per cent. of pure carbonate
of magnesia, the rest, or one per cent , being siliceous matter.

The California specimen came from Alameda County, thirty six
miles from San Francisco. It is of the same degree of purity as that
from Greece.

The Maryland sample is rich enough for use, and contains seventy
nine and two tenths per cent. of carbonate of magnesia.

The Kansas sample is very poor, containing but eight per cent.
of carbonate of magnesia.

These minerals are used by the Union Stone Company in making
calcined magnesia, which is one of the ingredients of their artifi-
cial stone, serving, when combined with chloride of magnesium, as
the binding material.

Dr. Jackson gave a, detailed account of the method of making the
artificial stones, and of casting bas reliefs, busts and ornamental
mouldings. He said the processes had been so improved that now
artificial grindstones made of quartz-sand and of emery, had been
constructed, which were as solid and durable as any natural stone.
The emery wheels made of these materials are vastly better than
those made with a paste of vulcanized india rubber, since they do
not glaze, but wear away in such a manner as to always expose
fresh particles of emery. He regarded this new manufacture as of
great value for architecture and the mechanic arts, and as showing
the importance of the mineral native carbonate of magnesia, which
had been before used only for the manufacture of epsom salts, of
which a limited supply only is wanted.

Professor N. 8. Shaler offered some remarks on the rela-
tions of the rocks in the vicinity of Boston, of which the
following is an abstract : —

The association of the several different sets of beds which are ex-
posed in the neighborhood of Boston, is very difficult to determine

1869.] : 173 [Shaler.

satisfactorily; being nearly destitute of fossils, and extremely compli-
cated by disturbances, they have not presented a very inviting field
for research. They have consequently received, as yet, very little
attention. I-venture to offer here a few suggestions concerning their
relations, which may serve as a basis for future communications, and
for the study of those who may have the desire to examine the same
field. rf

There can be no doubt that the syenites, which make up so large a
part of the exposed rocks of Eastern Massachusetts, are the oldest
materials found in this region. The best exhibition of them, showing
at once their general character and their relation to the superincum-
bent beds, is found in the immediate vicinity of Quincy, Mass. The
extensive quarries of that neighborhood enable us to see very well all
the different conditions of occurrence of this rock. The most re-
markable fact which has come under my observation is the exist-
ence of planes of separation in this syenite, which cannot be referred
to joints. The three or more planes of joint cleavings observable in
these beds are clearly separable from this other set of planes which
I cannot refer to any other cause than stratification, despite the
opinion still generally entertained, that these rocks are of igneous
origin, and owe their present structure to the actions which go on in
a mass in a condition of igneous fluidity.2. That Iam not mistaken in
referring these fractures to bedding, is, I believe, abundantly proven
by the details of structure of the syenite itself. as well as by the re-
lations it bears to the unquestionably stratified rocks which rest upon
it. These planes in question show none of the characters which are
presented by the true joint planes and fault’s planes. There are no
slickensides. They are only imperfectly parallel, and of very varying
thickness. There are visible on the surface of considerable shects of
this rock, laid bare in the Mitchell quarry near Quincy, splitting
along what I believe to be the plane of stratification, markings in-
distinguishable in appearance from ripple marks. This observation
was made upon quite a small surface, so that it alone could hardly be
trusted to determine the nature of these rocks. But upon the sides
and the summit of the syenite, at various points, we find other evi-

1 The admirable researches of Dr. T. Sterry Hunt into the constitution and origin
of granite and syenites, have made it possible for the student to approach the
question of the origin of rocks of these groups with a better chance of ascer-
taining the truth than would have been possible before the publication of the
results obtained by them.

Shaler.] 1 14 S [December 8,

dence of their sedimentary character. If these syenites were of igneous
origin, if they had been poured out before the deposition of the adja-
cent stratified beds, or thrust through them in a state of fusion, we
should expect to find the usual marks of such actions. ‘In the first of
these cases the later sedimentary deposits would be found lying uncon-
formably upon the syenite without any indication of transition; in the
second we should expect to find a clear line ef contact between the
syenite and the sedimentary rocks, such as is always to be found
where an intrusive mass of trappean matter cuts more ancient rocks.
What we do find is that the imperfect bedding of the deeper portions
of the syenite becomes more and more clearly defined as we pass
towards the exterior of the mass, and gradually passes into unques-
tionably sedimentary rock. Every stage of this transition is not
clearly seen, but enough is visible to satisfy any one that it really
exists.

The first rocks, of quite unquestionable stratified origin, lie di-
rectly to the north of the Quincy syenite hills, and consist of
clearly bedded sandstones, approaching quartzites in their charaeter.
These rocks have an unknown thickness, probably amounting to
several hundred feet. Their general dip is northerly, with a varia-
ble angle of inclination which may be roughly averaged at twenty de-
grees. Above thei the section is hidden for a distance which would
give space for about three hundred feet of beds. tunning the same
north course across the break, we come upon the lowest of the Brain-
tree series. This part of our section has a total thickness of about
two hundred feet; its dip corresponds with the general inclination ob-
servable in the supposed stratification of the syenite, as weil as that
of the quartzites immediately above it. The whole of this Braintree
series is fossiliferous, although it is only in about one hundred feet of
the upper part that well preserved specimens of the characteristic
fossils are found. It is composed of beds which were evidently at
the time of their formation very uniform mud of a sea floor tolerably
remote from land; and although much changed by metamorphic action,
it is easily perceived that the whole set of beds contains no trace of
shore deposits. Immediately beyond the exposure of the Braintree
beds at Hayward’s Landing, a dislocation has brought the thin
bedded quartzites again to the surface. The alteration in these is so
great that the rock has assumed something of the appearance of gneiss,
and would by some be classed in that group of rocks.

If there be no undiscovered faults in the seetion from the Quincy

1869.) 175 [Shaler.

hills across the Braintree rocks in a northeasterly direction, the total
thickness of unquestionably stratified beds is not far from one thou-
sand feet. The uniform dip away from the Quincy Hills, shown by
all the stratified beds on their flanks, may be regarded as sufficient
proof that their elevation came after the deposition of these beds.

The region about the Quincy Hills does not afford any sufficient
evidence concerning the section above the line of the Braintree series.
At Weymouth Landing there is a great mass of schistose rocks which
certainly are not far removed from this part of the section, but I have
not yet succeeded in tracing any connection with it. J am inclined
to think that they may be the beds between the Braintree slates and
the quartzites before described.

In addition to the rocks already mentioned, there exist two other
sets of beds, which are extremely developed in the environs of
Boston, the relations of which are not easily determined. ‘These
are the series of the Roxbury conglomerate, and the set of beds
which I have chosen to term from the point where they are seen to
the best advantage, the Cambridge slates. The first of these consists
of a mass of stratified pebbles, with intercalated sandstones and
erits, the whole capped by a series of ripple marked sandstones about
one hundred feet in thickness, and at certain points overlaid by
masses of amygdaloidal trap. . The total thickness of the forma-
tion remains yet a matter of question, but it cannot be less than
twelve hundred to two thousand feet, and may be twice the latter
amount. The whole is evidently a shallow water and shore de-
posit, being formed in a sea which became progressively more and
more shallow, the uppermost beds affording evidence that they were
deposited very near the shore.

The Cambridge slates show by their structure that they, like the
_ Braintree slates, were deposited in deep water. In general character
they resemble the latter rocks, bemg of dense argillaceous material,
with little admixture of foreign substances, and presenting numerous
planes of jointing, and one distinct cleavage along the line of strati-
fication. The aggregate thickness disclosed in the Cambridge and
Somerville sections is not far from two hundred feet; though owing
to the fact that neither the base nor summit of the beds is observ-
able, it is impossible to determine their depth. The only clear
evidence of organic life consists in numerous but indistinct impres-
sions of fucoids. A number of other peculiar forms have been found,
but nothing satisfactory has yet been ascertained concerning them.

Ree

Shaler.] 176 [December 8,

After several years of searching I have succeeded in finding a sec-
tion which shows pretty clearly the relation of the Cambridge slates
and Roxbury conglomerate. The most important part of this exposure
has been uncovered by the extensive excavations now being made in
the construction of the Chestnut Hill reservoir. In passing from the
southern side of this reservoir in a nearly due north direction, we
cross what seems to be a complete section of the slates and conglom-
erates of these two series of beds. On the south border of the lower
reservoir at Chestnut [Hill there is an outcrop of rocks in all impor-
tant respects closely resembling the Cambridge slates. These are
traceable for a distance of about seven hundred feet in a northerly
direction across the floor of the reservoir, having a nearly north dip
at an angle of about fifteen degrees. Immediately above these and
without any discordance comes the first of the conglomerate beds,
which consists of a bed about ten feet thick of pebbles mingled with
slates. ‘This is surmounted by about thirty feet of slates having a
most perfect cleavage in the plane of stratification. It is not difficult
to split a sheet a foot square having a thickness of not over one
twentieth of an inch. Immediately above this slate, which was evi-
dently deposited in deep water, for it is remarkably uniform in its
character, the conglomerate comes in again and continues with its
northern dip at an average angle of about fifteen degrees for a hori-
zontal distance of over a mile. Near the edge of the Charles River
alluvial flats, in Brighton, this conglomerate changes suddenly into a
sandstone which is throughout marked with very distinct ripple lines,
and bears other evidence of shallow water origin. Above this sand-
stone mass there comes a great expanse of amygdaloidal trap, which
at some points is seen cutting the sandstone and again appears to
have been poured out over its surface as a contemporaneous sheet.
As is often the case near great outbreaks of this kind, there are at
least two faults, one on either side of the dyke, which have produced
considerable dislocation in the beds. These are the only faults visible
in this most interesting section.

Although it is by no means certain as yet, still it may be assumed ~
as probable that the Cambridge slates and Roxbury conglomerate
belong to the same great series of beds. The coincidence in the di-
rection of dip as well as the general character of the beds themselves -
renders it probable that it may eventually be found that these slates
and conglomerates form part of the same series of beds as the Brain-
tree series, and all belong to the primordial era. I am assured by

1869.] Li7T {Jacksou,

my friend, Rev. J. B. Perry, Assistant at the Museum in Cambridge
that these conglomerates closely resemble beds of this age in New
Hampshire, though I do not know that he agrees with me in this
opinion concerning their age. As Mr. Perry’s acquaintance with the
primordial rocks of North America is more thorough than that of
any living geologist, we may hope from him some satisfactory ex-
planation concerning the precise position of these beds.

No fossils have as yet been found in the conglomerate; careful
search may yet reveal something, however. It is to chance fossils and
to a careful study of the character of the pebbles composing the con-
glomerate, that we must look for a solution of this question of the
time of formation and conditions of deposition of this mass of beds.

Dr. Charles T. Jackson asked Mr. Shaler whether he considered
greenstone porphyry to be a rock of igneous or aqueous origin. Mr.
Shaler said he regarded it as igneous. Dr. Jackson then said there
was an insensible passage of syenite into greenstone porphyry, as
may be seen in numerous localities in Cohasset and elsewhere, and if
one of these rocks is of igneous origin, the other must be also, of
course. He then entered into an analysis of Mr. Shaler’s arguments,
and said that the obscurely stratified rocks on the borders of the
great mass of syenite at Quincy, proved the igneous influence of the
erupted syenite upon the upturned strata which it had elevated by its
protrusion.

It is very common to find numerous fragments of stratified rocks
through which syenite or granite has been protruded, mixed with
the mass of injected rock. He had recorded a great number of such
eases in his State Geological Reports; and Prof. Hitchcock had also
observed them. Now these torn up fragments appear to be imbedded
in the masses of syenite or granite, exactly as they are in trap and lava
dykes, which burst through stratified rocks, and bear up the broken
pieces imbedded in their paste, and there is every analogy between
greenstone trap rocks, porphyries, syenites and granites, indicating
. for them all a formation by igneous fusion and elevation from below.

He did not deny the powerful influence of super-heated water on
these igneous rocks, and referred to the researches of M. A. Daubrée
on the formation of crystallized minerals in super-heated and strongly
compressed water; but the water, in aiding metamorphosis of min-
erals, was only a helping agent; fire was the chief cause of the
changes. (See Scrope on Volcanic Phenomena, and Daubrée’s Work

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. A.—VOL. NII. 12 JANUARY, 1870.

Allen.} 178 [December 15,

on Metamorphism.) He would ask Mr. Shaler what his syenite was
made of? What sediments were thus so strangely metamorphosed
into a crystalline salt, like feldspar, the chief ingredient of syenite
rocks? Was it an ordinary sandy sediment? If so, whence did it
derive its potash and soda, twenty five pounds of which enter into
the composition of every cubic foot of syenite. And again, why do
we not see some unaltered grains, some coarse, unchanged gravel in
syenites? Nothing of the sort is ever seen, but, on the contrary,
clearly defined crystallized feldspar, mixed with distinct crystals of
hornblende and a little quartz; all of which seem to have crystallized
‘ at a single jet from a stiff pasty mass which showed no subsidence of
separate crystals or of intermixed gravel. Dr. Jackson also said
that when it is alleged that crystallized rocks, like syenite or granite,
are altered sedimentary rocks of aqueous origin, we require that the
passage state should be demonstrated, and this has never been done
by any one who has advocated such a metamorphosis.

From Nova Scotia to Georgia, and from the Atlantic to the Pacific
coasts, all granites and syenites bear unequivocal evidence of their
igneous origin and elevation through the superincumbent strata. It
is too late to revive the old doctrines of Werner, for the same evi-
dence with which Hutton overthrew that theory, still exists in the
localities pointed out by the eminent Scotch geologist,’ and similar
evidence may be seen in almost any part of New England.

December 15, 1869.

The President in the chair. Thirty persons present.

The following paper was presented : —

NoTES ON THE MAMMALS OF Towa. ByJ. A. ALLEN.

The present list of the mammals of Iowa is based mainly upon
notes gathered during three months spent in that State in the summer
of 1867, for the purpose of collecting and studying its animals and
plants. It seeming desirable to make the list a complete one, a few

1 See Playfair’s illustrations of the Huttonian theory for descriptions of Euro-
pean localities. :

1869.] 179 [ Allen.

species have been inserted upon the authority of other authors,! while
a few others are given from their known occurrence in nearly all the
adjoining States, though not to my knowledge yet reported from this.
The whole number enumerated is forty eight, and probably but two or
three remain to be added to perfect the list of the indigenous mam-
mals of the State. Attention is also called to such others as are most
likely to occur. If three or four northern ones be found to reach the
northern parts of the State, the whole number, including the intro-
duced house rats and mice, may be increased to about fifty five or
fifty six, which is a number somewhat greater than is found in any of
the Atlantic States, excluding the marine species, the seals and
cetaceans. 3

Through the kindness of Dr. C. A. White, the able Director of
the present Geological Survey of lowa,—to whom, and to his excellent
assistant, Mr. Orestes H. St. John, I am greatly indebted for assist-
ance,—I was enabled to pass a considerable part of this time with
one of his exploring parties, and to traverse large portions of nine
counties.2 These are situated a little to the southwest of the centre
of the State, and embrace an area nearly sixty miles square; and to
this region most of my special remarks refer. Large portions of this
tract were then in a nearly primitive condition, many of its broad
prairies being still undisturbed by the plow. Yet the hunter and the
“first settler” had passed over it and destroyed or driven away many
of the larger mammals. But the recent presence of these animals here
was still fresh in the minds of the older settlers, many of whom had
witnessed and assisted in their rapid extirpation. _

Iowa being situated in a prairie region, it necessarily differs con-
siderably in the general character of its fauna, and especially in re-
spect to its mammalia, from that of the wooded portion of the United
States to the eastward, as all who have given attention to the geo-
graphical distribution of animals must be aware. Yet we do not in
this State fairly enter upon the so-called Middle Province of the con-

1 The works to which I am chiefly indebted are the admirable volumes of Profes-
sor Spencer F. Baird, on the Mammals of North America, Audubon and Bach-
man’s ‘‘Quadrupeds of North America,” the late Major Robert Kennicott’s
papers on the Mammals cf Northern Illinois (See Patent Office Reports, Agricul-

_ ture, for 1856 and 1857, and Transactions of the Illinois State Agricultural Society,
Vol. 1, 1853-1854, p. 580), and Dr. F. V. Hayden’s valuable article on the ‘‘ Geology
and Natural History of the Upper Missouri,” published in the Transactions of the
American Philosophical Society (Vol. x11, 2d series).

2 Dallas, Guthrie, Boone, Greene, Carroll, Crawford, Sac, Calhoun and Audubon.

Allen.] 180 {December 15,

tinent, which differs so markedly, both in faunal and floral, from the
Eastern Province. A great change in the fauna and flora is met with,
however, at the point of junction of the wooded and woodless regions
of the eastern half of the continent, which in the latitude of Iowa
occurs more than a hundred miles to the eastward of that State. At
this point as great and as abrupt a change occurs as usually takes
place between two contiguous faunal districts, one of which lies to
the north or to the south of the other, or where the line of division is
an isothermal one,separating different climatic and zoological zones.
A few only, if any, of the species embraced in this list seem to find
their eastern limit of distribution in this State; but, with two or three
exceptions, they range through southern Wisconsin, Illinois, and even
into northwestern Indiana and southern Michigan, or to the eastern
limit of the prairies. Also, with very few exceptions, none are re-
stricted to it in either their northward or southward range. A few of
the more northern species, whose southern range is restricted to the
southern border of the Alleghanian fauna, may reach the northern
counties of Iowa, as a few essentially southern species may approach,
or even be found occasionally within its southern borders. Jowa is
hence mainly embraced within the Carolinian fauna, at least so far
as its mammals, birds and reptiles are concerned, though generally
heretofore supposed to belong, in great part, at least, to the Allegha-
nian. Among the strictly prairie mammals represented, are at least
four rodents (Spermophilus tridecem-lineatus, S. Franklinii, Geomys
bursarius, Hesperomys michiganensis), two carnivores (Canis latrans,
Taxidea americana), and at least one insectivore (Scalops argentatus).
Only one eastern species, the red squirrel (Sczurus hudsonius), ap-
pears to find at the prairie line its western limit, if, as some have
supposed, it be true that this animal does not range across the conti-
nent.!_ Hence the difference between the mammalian fauna of the
prairies of the Upper Mississippi valley and that of the forest region
to the eastward consists in the addition of a number of species pecu-
liar to the prairies.

Since all the larger species of mammalia are everywhere rapidly
disappearing before the revolutionizing influences of civilization, and
since great and general changes occur in the faunal and floral features
of every country when brought under cultivation, it becomes a mat-
ter of unusual interest to.preserve as correct a record as possible of
the primitive conditions of our own country in this respect, for cém-

1 See postea, p. 188.

1869.) 181 { Allen;

parison with its subsequent altered status, as well as a history of the
change. The natural history of Iowa is of course now far from an
unexplored field, yet I find that no adequate record of its animals and
plants, nor of those of the country immediately adjoining, has as yet
been made. Ihave hence no hesitancy in presenting the few notes
that follow concerning some of the mammals of this State.

FELIDZ.

Two species of this family, from their known distribution, undoubt-
edly occur in portions of the State, but they cannot now be, and
probably never were, very numerous. I met, however, with no evi-
dences of their existence, and failed to make special inquiries concern-
ing them. They are the following:

‘1. Felis concolor Linnzus.t (Panther.)

2. Lynx rufus Rafinesque. (Bay Lynx.)

The L. canadensis may also occur in the northern parts of the State.
The F’. concolor, however, owing to the open character of the country,
can occur only as a straggler from more wooded regions.*

CANIDZ.
3. Canis lupus Linn. (Common Wolf.)

Although wolves of this species were rather common less than
twenty years since, they are now scarce, especially in the more set-
tled districts. They are usually termed “ mountain ” wolves, in dis-
tinction from the prairie wolves.

4. Canis latrans Say. (Prairie Wolf.)

This species was formerly quite numerous, much more so even than
the common wolf (C. lupus), but now, like that species, it is already
in some sections nearly extirpated. I was informed that it was still
common in the southern part of Guthrie county, where it not unfre-
quently was destructive to the lambs. It is said to far exceed the

1 The nomenclature employed in this list is the same as that adopted by me re-
cently in my “‘ Catalogue of the Mammals of Massachusetts,’’ so far as the species
are the same. See Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoélogy, No. vill,

- October, 1869.

2 Since writing the above, I have received from Dr. C. A. White, in kind re-
sponse to recent inquiries of mine concerning the species of this family found in
Iowa, as follows: ‘‘ The panther has been known within our limits but very rarely.
The common wild eat, or bay lynx, is occasionally found, but it is considered rare
game. I do not know that the Canada lynx has ever been seen in Iowa.”

Allen.] 182 [December 15,

common fox in boldness and cunning. In the Proceedings of the
Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences (Vol. 1, p. 188, 1842), it
is stated that a specimen of this species, from Illinois, was presented
to the Academy by Dr. Blanding. Mr. Kennicott states that it was
once common in northern Illinois.

5. Vulpes vulgaris Fleming! (Red Fox.)

Not apparently numerous in the counties in question, particularly
‘ at the southward. About Wall Lake and northwards they were re-
ported to be common.?

6. Vulpes velox Aud. and Bach. (Swift Fox.)

Vulpes cinereo-argentatus Richardson, Faun. Bor. Am., I, 98, 1829;
nec Canis cinereo-argenteus Erxleben, Syst. Regn. Animalis, 1777.

An animal described to me as the “ Swift,” which occurs here more
or less frequently, is undoubtedly this species, though I have not
known it before reported as occurring east of the Missouri. The
character of the country in western Iowa differs little from that of
eastern Nebraska, where this species is well known to occur. It is
hence not very unexpected that it should exist in portions of Iowa.
Dr. Richardson says it ranges north to the Saskatchewan river,
which he gives as its northern limit.

7. Vulpes virginianus Rich. (Gray Fox.)

Canis cinereo-argenteus et virginianus Erxleben, Syst. Regn. Anim.,
567, 1777.

Frequent, but not especially numerous.

1¥or a recent discussion of the relationship of the so-called V. fulvus with the
V. vulgaris of the Old World, see the Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative
Zoology, No. viil, p. 159.

2] may here add that in Van Buren and Allegan counties in Michigan, four kinds
of foxes are recognized by the hunters: the ‘‘cross,’’ the “ Samson,” the ‘‘com-
mon red,” and the “‘gray.’’ The latter is undoubtedly the southern gray fox (V.
virginianus), and the others different varieties of the common red fox. The
““cross,’’ so called, is much the rarer, and the red by far the most common. About
one third of all taken are of the second variety, which from the very peculiar ap-
pearance of their fur are termed ‘‘Samson”’ foxes. They are described as having
a coarse, crisp, woolly fur, appearing much as though they had been singed; hence
their name of ‘‘Samson foxes.’’ Their skins bring much less in market than
those of the common red fox, while the animal is represented as less cunning and
more easily trapped: they also have slightly different habits. I regreté that I had
no opportunity of examining specimens of them myself. Similar foxes, I am in-
formed, occur in Massachusetts, where they are known to fox-hunters by the same
singular name. This peculiar condition of the pelage is doubtless unnatural, and
probably the result of disease, as I have in several instances seen an apparently
similar modification of the pelage in the red squirrel (.Sciurus hudsonius), which in
one case extended through a whole litter.

1869.] 183 [Allen.

MUSTELIDZ.

8. Putorius ermineus Linn.! (Weasel.)

Weasels, probably mostly of this species, were reported to me as
common; I saw, however, but one.

9. Putorius vulgaris Linn. (Little Weasel.)

From its kpown general range, this species must also occur more or
less frequently, especially in the northern parts of the State.

10. Putorius lutreolus Cuvier. (Mink.)

P. vison Gapper, and P. nigrescens Aud. and Bach.?

Said to be common. The minks of the prairies are quite different
in some respects from the more northern animal, as well as from those
of the wooded region to the eastward. They are browner and their
fur is much coarser and brings a much lower price in the market.
Experienced trappers and fur dealers at the West repeatedly informed
me that these differences are so considerable that they can always
readily separate the prairie skins from the forest ones, as those from
Illinois, for example, from those taken in Michigan. They also claim
that there are two kinds of prairie mink, as of the northern mink,
differing in size. This difference probably depends mainly upon sex
and age, the males being much larger than the females.

11. Lutra canadensis Sabine. (Otter.)

Said to be common on the Raccoon rivers, and generally more or
less so throughout the State.

12. Mephitis mephitica Baird. (Skunk.)

Common, and presents the same varieties in point of color as at
the East.

13. Taxidea americana Waterhouse. (American Badger.)

This species is probably nearly as numerous as formerly. Though
rarely seen, it being nocturnal, its burrows are frequently met with.
Tts thick, heavy body and short legs render it a rather clumsy animal,
but with stealthy, cat-like habits it combines considerable cunning.
In the night many expert animals become its prey. It is very power-
ful, and being armed with strong claws and teeth, is able to offer
formidable resistance when attacked by a dog; it is, however, ex-

1In the Builetin of the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy (No. vii1, pp. 168-174,
1869), the writer has given his reasons for believing there are but two species of

weasel in the United States east of the Missouri, and that these are identical re-
spectively with the P. ermineus and P. vulgaris of the Old World.

2In respect to the supposed distinctness of the American from the Old World
minks, see my remarks in Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., No. vitl, p. 175.

Allen.] 184 [December 15,

tremely docile to man, allowing itself to be handled, and unless
teased, is said to rarely offer to scratch or bite. At Rippey, in
Greene county, I saw a half grown one in confinement that had been
caught by a boy a few days before, and carried home by him in his
arms. When discovered they are said to lie flat and motionless on
the ground, and if they think they are not seen will allow a person to
pass within a few feet of them without moving. Though generally
regarded as a harmless animal by the farmers, the bones and wool of
lambs have been found in their burrows.?

URSIDZ.

14. Procyon lotor Storr. (Raccoon.)

Common.

15. Ursus arctos Linn. (Bear.)

The bear is reported to occur here, but I learned nothing of special
interest respecting it. From the character of the country it evi-
dently cannot now be common, however numerous it may form-
erly have been. Localities named after the bear, as Bear creeks, Bear
groves, etc., indicate its former greater or less abundance here.

CERVIDZ.

16. Cervus canadensis Erxl. (American Elk.)

Formerly numerous, but now extinct in most of the region under
description. It is but a few years since good antlers of this species
were common on the prairies, but through the combined action of

1The Mexican Badger (Taxidea Berlandiert Baird, U. S. and Mex. Bound.
Sur. Rep., If, Mammals, 21, 1859; Taxidea Berlandieri Baird, Mam. N. Amer.,
205), described as ‘‘ Similar to the 7. americana [{labradoria], but smaller; above
reddish gray, with a narrow white stripe extending from the muzzle to the root
of the tail,’ from skulls of Mexican specimens and the mss, notes of Dr. Berlan-
dier, seems to be merely the smaller southern race of the common 7. americana.
It differs from it chiefly in being a little smaller, and, according to some reports,
lighter in color. The probability seems very great that the slight differences in
golor pointed out are merely individual differences, although the 7. Berlandieri
may constitute a more or less well-marked climatal race.

2 In the eighth number of the Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy,
the writer has shown that it is impossible to satisfactorily characterize or distin-
guish more than a single species of land bearin the colder portion of the Northern
Hemisphere, though it must be admitted that between the extremes of variation
there are very great differences, more than would be required even to indicate 3
diversity of species, if the differences were constant, as they are most notably not,
the most distinet forms gradually intergrading.

1869.} 185 [ Allen.

two destroying agencies they are now rarely met with, and only in
an imperfect condition. In addition to the injury done them by the
fires that annually pass over the wild prairies, the two species of
Spermophilus and other rodents eat them, by which animals they are
said to be in a short time completely devoured.

An old resident and hunter whom I met at New Jefferson, in
Greene county, informed me that but seven years before (now nine
years since), the elk were abundant in some parts of that county.
Prior to this date he used to see herds nearly every day, and some-
times several in a day, some of them of very large size. During the
early settlement of this part of Iowa they were of great value to
the settlers, furnishing them with an abundance of excellent food
when there was a scarcity of swine and other meat-yielding domestic
animals. But, as has been the case too often in the history of the
noblest game animals of this continent, they were frequently most
ruthlessly and improvidently destroyed. In the severer weather of
winter they were often driven to seek shelter and food in the vicinity
of the settlements. At such times the people, not satisfied with kill-
ing enough for their present need, mercilessly engaged in an exter-
minating butchery. Rendered bold by their extremity, the elk were
easily dispatched with such implements as axes and corn-knives.
_ For years they were so numerous that the settlers could kill them
whenever they desired to, but several severe winters and indiscrim-
inate slaughter soon greatly reduced their numbers, and now only a
few linger where formerly thousands lived, and these are rapidly dis-
_ appearing. Their home here being chiefly the open country, they
much sooner fall a prey to the “ westward march of civilization,”
through the most merciless treatment they receive at the hands of
the emigrant, than does the deer.

From June to Ociober the elk are said to be always fat and in
excellent condition for the table. Their flesh is described as being in
texture intermediate between beef and mutton, but superior in flavor
to either. In March the bucks shed their horns. As the new ones
begin to sprout they leave the herd and keep by themselves, in small
parties of about a dozen, till their horns are fully grown and hard,
when they begin to “run,” as the hunters term it, and again join the
herd. About the twentieth of June the females are said to bring
forth their young. Towards autumn, when the calves have become
large and strong, the elk begin to gather in large herds. The horns
appear disproportionately large, especially when “in the . velvet,” at

Allen.) 186 [December 15,

Whici time the main branches are as thick as one’s arm, and their
appearance is far from pleasing.

17. Cervus virginianus Boddert. (Common deer.)

More or less common, but steadily decreasing in numbers. I was
informed that in some sections they were on the increase, owing to
the fact that they were beginning to have a more favorable range,
through the gradual extension of the forests, due to the protec-
tion of the woodlands from the annual fires that formerly swept
over the country, and which probably more than any other cause
tended to keep the timber-tracts within their former restricted
areas. But it does not seem that this increase of the deer can be
more than temporary, unless stringent measures are taken to protect
them. If exposed to the indiscriminate slaughter to which this ani-
mal has generally been subject elsewhere, it must certainly soon dis-
appear, as it has already done over so large a portion of the United
States east of the Mississippi.

The white-tailed deer (C. leucurus), according to Dr. Hayden,
should be included among the mammals of Iowa, since he gives its
range as extending eastward to the Big Sioux river and Council
Bluffs. It does not, however, seem to me to be distinct from the C.
virginianus.

BOVIDZ.

18. Bos americanus Gmelin. (American Buffalo.)

Now nearly exterminated in all parts of the State, though numer-
ous in the northwestern counties at a comparatively recent date.
Two years since I was informed that. a few still remained in that sec-
tion, and that up to that time one or more had been killed every year
as far south as Greene county. Further north they were represented
as being more common, but that no lierds were met with south of the
Sioux river, and rarely east of the Missouri. Those found further
east were only stragglers or wanderers from the herds, that in most
cases had probably been driven off by the Indians.

VESPERTILIONIDZ.

Bats of at least two species were observed flying about the groves,
but I procured no specimens. They were not, however, numerous,
and were mainly seen near the timber. A prairie country cannot,

1 Transact. Amer. Phil. Soc., Vol. x11, 2d series. p. 149.

1869.] 137 (Allen.

evidently, afford such animals favorable haunts; but they will doubt-
less increase with the further settlement of the country, when more
or less open buildings will afford them convenient places of resort.
The following species, from their general known distribution, doubt-
less occur in most parts of the State.

19. Nycticejus crepuscularis H. Allen. (Black-faced Bat.)

20. Lasiurus noveboracensis Tomes. (Red Bat.)

21. Lasiurus cinereus H. Allen.’ (Hoary Bat.)

22. Scotophilus fuscus H. Allen. (Brown Bat.)

23. Scotophilus noctivagans H. Allen. (Silvery Bat.)

24. Scotophilus georgianus H. Allen. (Georgia Bat.)

25. Vespertilio subulatus Say. (Little Brown Bat.)

SORECIDZE.

During the short time I passed in this State I met with no examples
of this family, though several species undoubtedly occur there. Of
the long-tailed shrews, or true Sorices, among the species that may be
looked for are Sorex platyrhinus, S. Richardsonii, S. “Haydeni,” and
S. “Hoy.” The following, from their ascertained distribution, must be
present, specimens of the latter being in fact already known from this
State.

26. Sorex Cooperi Bachman. (Cooper’s Shrew.)

27. Blarina brevicauda Baird. (Mole Shrew.)

TALPIDA.

28. Scalops argentatus Bachman. (Silvery Mole.)

This species ig well known to occur in the State, but it does not
appear to be very numerous.

29. Condylura cristata Illiger. (Star-nosed Mole.)

This species having been traced westward to the Mississippi, it
doubtless occurs in eastern Iowa, but probably only as a rather rare
species. I can find, however, no specimens of it reported from there.
It is said to inhabit the prairies of Illinois.

The Brewer’s Mole (Scalops Breweri) may also be met with here,
though it has not yet been found, so far as I am aware, west of the
State of Ohio.

1 Probably not distinct from ZL. noveboracensis.
2 Kennicott, Patent Office Rep., Agr., 1857, p. 101.

Allen.} ? 188 [December 15,

SCIURIDZ.

30. Sciurus carolinensis Gmelin. (Gray Squirrel.)

Said to be more or less numerous in the groves along the water
courses. I saw, however, but very few.

31. Sciurus ludovicianus Custis. (Western Fox Squirrel.)

Common in the same situations as the preceding species; I saw it
much more frequently. It was, however, far less numerous than I
found it to be in Ogle county, Illinois, or in southern Michigan, in both
of which localities there was a much greater predominance of forest.
In these latter localities the preceding (S. carolinensis) was also ex-
cessively abundant, both in its black and gray colors, and in every
intermediate stage between gray and black. The young, as I have
already mentioned in another connection,’ more frequently represent
the intermediate stage, their fur presenting the annulated appearance
mentioned by Prof. Baird as characterizing intermediate color varie-
ties? This form of S. carolinensis was more especially abundant in
Illinois, where the greater part of the large number of specimens I
examined were of the dusky, annulate-haired type; they were also
all young.

82. Sciurus hudsonius Pallas. (Chickare. Red Squirrel.)

This species does not appear to occur in the parts of Iowa I visited.
I saw not a single specimen, and although I made extended inquiries
respecting it, could not learn that it had ever been seen here. I also
found it unknown in Ogle county, Illinois (one hundred miles west
from Chicago), though said to occur sparingly in some portions of
northern Illinois, by Mr. R. Kennicott, and also in northern Mis-
souri and central Iowa; but in respect to the latter locality I
think he may have been mistaken. I never anywhere, however, saw
it so numerous as I have found it to be in southern Michigan (Van
Buren and Allegan counties). Somewhat to the northward of Iowa,
as in the forest region of Minnesota, it is said to be very numerous,
and to extend thence far to the westward. Dr. Hayden says it occurs
on the eastern side of the Black Hills, in Nebraska.*

1 Bulletin Mus. Comp. Zodlogy, No. vill, p. 222.
? Mammals of North America, p. 244.
3 Patent Office Rep. Agriculture, 1856, p. 68.

4I am far from sure that either of the supposed species called Sciurus Fremonti,
S. Richardsoni and S. Douglass? are distinct from the common S. hudsonius of the
eastern part of the continent. The differences between them are very trivial, and
in respect to what these are, authors are by no means unanimous. They are gen-

"1869.} 189 [Allen.

33. Pteromys volucella Cuvier. (Flying Squirrel.)

Not common. From its peculiar nocturnal habits this species is
one easily overlooked. From its known range it must occur in the
State.

34. Tamias striatus Baird. (Striped Squirrel.)

Abundant in and near the thickets and groves.

35. Spermophilus tridecem-lineatus Aud. and Bach. (Striped
Prairie Squirrel. Striped Gopher.)

Abundant, and to the farmers a destructive pest. Seen almost
daily, both on the wild prairie and in the cultivated fields. They
are active throughout the summer, and quite destructive to the young
corn in the spring, the kernel of which they dig wp, and thus destroy
the crop. It is said, however, to be less frequently noticed during the
summer, when the grass is high, than earlier» Their burrows run
usually but a few inches below the surface, but sometimes ,extend
horizontally for the distance of ten feet, though usually much less.*

36. Spermophilus Franklini Richardson. (Gray Prairie
Squirrel. Gray Gopher.)

Abundant, and, in proportion to its numbers, far more destruetive
than the preceding (S. tridecem-lineatus). When very numerous
they sometimes destroy acres of newly planted corn by eating the

erally slight variations in size, the northern and Rocky Mountain species being
generally a little larger than the restricted S. hudsonius, but differing only as the
representatives of a single species would be expected to under similar differences of
habitat. There are no essential differences in color, the variation in this respect
being in no case greater than specimens from different localities in New England
present, as I have before pointed out (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., No. vill, p. 223).
Specimens from northern Maine have just as good claims for specific distinctness
from those of eastern Massachusetts as either of the above-named supposed
species have to be regarded as specifically distinct front the S. Audsonius. They
differ in color and in the texture of the fur, the Maine specimens im question being
grayer, with thicker, heavier pelage, and larger in size. Those from some loeali-
ties have also a relatively shorter tail, differences precisely similar to those urged
as distinguishing severally these supposed species, and equally great in degree.
The habitat of S. hudsonius, then, it seems to: me, really extends throughout the
northern part of the continent, from the Atlantic to the Pacific. Intelligent trav-
ellers and naturalists perfectly familiar with the S. kuwdsonius at the East, who have
visited the region inhabited by the other supposed species, as Alaska and the
Rocky Mountains, report that they saw nothing about the red squirrel they met
with there, either in habits or otherwise, that led them to suspect it to be at all
different from S. hudsonius.

1 For a very complete account of the habits of this species, see the late Robert
Kennicott’s excellent papers on the Mammals of Illinois, in the Patent Office Re-
ports (Agriculture) for 1856 and 1857 (1856, p. 74).

Allen.} 190 [December 15,

seed. During the spring months it is generally numerous, but after
about the first of June is rarely observed, and all my efforts to obtain
specimens, both in this State and in Illinois, where it is equally com-
mon, were ineffectual. The burrows of this species run to the depth
of three or four feet, and extend to a considerable distance.

The Prairie Dog (Cynomys ludovicianus), so characteristic of the
more western prairies, is not met with to the eastward of the Mis-
souri river. Dr. Hayden says the first village he met with in as-
cending the Missouri was about ten miles below the mouth of the
Niobrara.!. Mr. Cyrus Thomas erroneously includes this animal in
his catalogue of the * Mammals of Illinois,” published in Vol. 1v of
the Transactions of tlie Illinois State Agricultural Society.

37. Arctomys monax Gmelin. (Woodchuck. Marmot.)

This animal appears also to be absent from western Iowa. I met
with but a single individual who had seen it in the State. He had
formerly lived in Davis county, in the southeastern part, where he
informs me it occurs, as also in the adjoining counties of Missouri.
On this authority it is included in the present list.

38. Castor fiber Linn. (Beaver.)

Reported to still exist on the South Raccoon river, but nearly or
quite exterminated in most of the eastern and southern portions of
the State. A gentleman residing in the southern part of Dallas
county informed me that when he settled there, eighteen years be-
fore, he being one of the first settlers of the county, the beaver was
then common there. He said it was now quite exterminated in that
vicinity, none having been seen for a considerable period. From the
frequent occurrence of creeks in Iowa called by the name of this
animal, it seems probable that it was once numerous here.

59. Geomys bursarius Richardson. (Pouched or Pocket Go-
pher.)

Exceedingly numerous everywhere, and a great pest. The farm-
ers regard it as agriculturally the “ great curse of the country.” In
some localities it destroys the fruit trees, the groves planted for shade
and the osage-orange hedges, by feeding upon their roots in winter.
It seems to be nowhere on the decrease, as from its peculiar habits it
is difficult to destroy. As the animal seldom appears above the sur-
face of the ground, and only at night, one may reside for years where
they are numerous without seeing one. The moist and the dry por-
tions of the prairie are alike haunted by them; and the farmer too

1 Transact. Amer. Phil. Soc., Vol, x11, 2d series, p. 145.

1869.] 191 [Allen.

often sees their unwelcome hillocks thrown up night after night in his
garden, or within a few feet of his door. As their burrows are always
closed, few persons know how to trap them. A few farmers have been
successful in poisoning them with strychnine, and now and then one is
shot. To shoot them it is necessary to open their burrows and
watch with a gun kept in readiness to fire the instant they appear
at the opening to close it, as they show their head only, and for
merely an instant. The gopher will allow no light to enter its bur-
row, and when it is broken into it hastens to repair the breach. In
trapping them an opening is made into their galleries, through which
a small steel trap is inserted as far as it conveniently can be with the
hand, and the opening then partially closed. The animal hastening
to close the opening must generally pass over the trap. Occasionally,
however, the trap is found pushed up into the opening and firmly
wedged there with the impacted earth, in which case it is usually un-
sprung. The gopher is hence often credited with a degree of cun-
ning far beyond what it possesses, the safe removal of the trap being
purely accidental on the part of the animal. As the burrows are
extensive, with many branches, it is impossible to tell on which side
of the opening the occupant may be, and hence coming from the side
opposite to that where the trap is placed, it often succeeds in closing
the hole without being captured.’

This animal is said to be unable to swim, and that it is often
drowned in its burrows, when they are inundated by the sudden rise
of the prairie streams.?_ Whether or not large rivers form impassable
barriers to it, it seems to be well substantiated that while this animal
occurs on the Iowa side of the Mississippi and in central Illinois, or
throughout that part of the latter State south and east of the Illinois
river, it does not exist in that portion situated between the Illinois
and the Mississippi. Mr. Kennicott refers to his having heard this
reported, but he was unable to vouch for the truthfulness of the ac-
count. When in this section of Illinois, however, I was repeatedly
informed by competent and trustworthy observers who had resided in
this part of the State since its first settlement, and who had traversed
it extensively, that the pocket gopher did not exist in that portion of
illinois between these rivers. This fact seems the more strange when

1 For a detailed account of the habits of this interesting species, see Kennicott’s
papers on the Mammals of Illinois, in the Patent Office Report on Agriculture for
1857, p. 72. '

2R. Kennicott. Patent Office Rep., Agriculture, 1857, p. 75.

Allen.] 192 [December 15,

we remember that the gopher is common in portions of Wisconsin, be-
ing in fact very numerous in Winnebago and Fond du Lac counties,
as I have myself ascertained.

The Perognathus fasciatus may well be expected to occur in south-
western Jowa, since it is well known to exist in northeastern Kansas,
not many miles from the Iowa border.

MURIDZ.

40. Jaculus hudsonius Baird. (Jumping Mouse.)

Doubtless not uncommon, since it is numerous in neighboring por-
tions of Wisconsin and Illinois.

41. Hesperomys leucopus Wagner. (White-footed Mouse.)

A species I take to be this was not uncommon. From the locality
it may be what has been recognized by Professor Baird as the H.
sonoriensis of Le Conte,’ described by the latter gentleman from a
specimen from Sonora. Specimens are referred to it by Professor
Baird from Fort Union and other localities in northwestern Dacotah,
and from various intermediate points southward to Texas and New
Mexico ; the H. leucopus of Richardson from the Saskatchawan being
also referred to it, it is thus recognized as having a considerable
range in latitude. The western limit of H. leucopus is given by Pro-
fessor Baird as the Mississippi. As my specimens are not appreciably
different from H. leucopus from Massachusetts, one is left to two
alternatives ; either that of regarding the H. leucopus as ranging
westward across the State of Iowa to the Missouri, or of considering
H. sonoriensis as indistinguishable as a species from H. leucopus. I
am the more inclined to the latter opinion from the almost exact resem-
blance which authentic specimens of the former that I have examined
bear to others unquestionably of H. leucopus. Its recognized wide dis-
tribution in Jatitude does not at all accord with its supposed limited
range eastward, in a region of so uniform a character as the one now
in question. In regard to H. sonoriensis, Professor Baird observes :
“This species has the general characters of the white-footed mouse
of the eastern States; and it is only after the comparison of extensive
series that I have been able to detect differences which, though slight,
are so constant and of such a character as to appear something more
than a mere local variation. I shall, however, be obliged to indicate
the differences rather by comparison than as absolute characters.”

1 Mam. N. Amcer., p. 474.

1869.] 193 [Allen.

As I have previously observed,' I believe that a considerable number
of merely nominal species of Hesperomys have been recognized as
valid, and in a group presenting such a wide range of variation in
color and in the proportions of the different parts of the body as
different representatives of even the restricted. H. leucopus do, I fail
to see the propriety of basing species on such intangible differences
as distinguish H. sonoriensis.

42. Hesperomys michiganensis Wagner. (Prairie White-
footed Mouse.)

Apparently common; several specimens taken. I made my first
acquaintance with this species in life, in Ogle county, Illinois, where
I found a pair in June in their nest under a flat stone at the edge of a
cornfield. A newly born litter of young were attached to the teats
of the female. The contrast of color between the dorsal and ventral
areas of the body was well marked, and the line of separation along
the sides clearly defined.”

The Wood Rat (Veotoma floridana) has been found in northwest-
ern Kansas, about a hundred miles from the southwestern corner of
Towa, and judging from what is known of its distribution, it may be
expected to occur in portions of the latter State.

43. Arvicola riparius Ord. (Meadow Mouse.)

Apparently common. I obtained several specimens, some of which
are scarcely appreciably different from Massachusetts ones; others more
resemble some obtained by me in Northern Illinois. In the latter
locality I obtained young specimens in the fall that in general char-
acters are referable to A. riparius, but which in the character of the
fur are quite different from the ordinary type of this species at the same
age at the East, the coat being longer and heavier; the longer hairs
presented a more bristly appearance, many of which were hoary, thus
giving a well-marked grizzly aspect to the pelage. Inthe long heavy
coat it seems to correspond with the prairie variety mentioned by
Prof. Baird, and to which he applied the name longipils, in reference
to this peculiarity; but they differ from it in color, which may, how-
ever, and most probably does, result from a difference in age. The
longer and coarser pelage noticeable in- the Arvicola of the prairie is
similar to that previously referred to in this paper as characterizing
_ the prairie minks. i
1 Bull. Mus. Comp. Zo6l., No. vin, p. 227.

2 Compare with this the remarks of Mr. Kennicott and Prof. Baird in reference
to ‘‘ Mus Bairdii.”’ Pat. Office Rep., Agr., 1856, p. 92; Mam. N. Amer., p. 477.

PROCEEDINGS B. 8. N. H.—VOL. NIII. 13 ’ FEBRUARY, 1870.

Allen.] 194 [January 5,

The two following species of Arvicola also doubtless exist, at least
in portions of the State, as they are not uncommon in the adjoining
State of Illinois.

44. Arvicola austera LeConte, (Prairie Meadow Mouse.)

45. Arvicola pinetorum LeConte. (Pine Mouse.)

46. Fiber zibethicus Cuvier. (Muskrat.)

Common along the streams.

‘LEPORIDZ.

47. Lepus sylvaticus Bachman. (Gray Rabbit.)

Common about the groves and thickets. In respect to the distribu-
tion of this species in Iowa, Dr. White has written me as follows: “ It
occurs all over the State, but is not common in the northwestern part.
Indeed it is most common in the most cultivated districts, especially
in southern and southeastern Iowa.” He adds that this is the only
species of rabbit occurring in the State, to his knowledge.

It is probable that the Prairie Hare (L. campestris Bach.), the
western representative of the Z. americanus of the northern tier of
States east of the Mississippi (if there is, in fact, any reason to con-
sider them distinct), may occur in the northern part of the State.

DIDELPHIDZ.

48. Didelphys virginiana Shaw. (Opossum.)

From its general known distribution, this species might well be
expected to be more or less frequent in the southern part of the State.
Dr. White, however, informs me that it is very rare there, but that
he saw two specimens some years since in the southeastern part.

January 5, 1870.

Mr. R. C. Greenleaf in the chair. Twenty one members
present.

Drs. G. A. Maack and Francis R. Staehli and Messrs. James
H.. Blake, Richard Bliss, Jr., and A. R. Crandall of the Mu-—
seum of Comparative Zoology at Cambridge, Mr. Frederic
W. Wheildon of Concord, Mr. Frederic A. Clapp of Dor-
chester, Mr. Timothy O. Fuller of Newton, Mr. Charles J.

1870.] 195 [Stodder.

Maynard of Newtonville, Mr. Frank H. Nutter of W. Rox-
bury, and Messrs. George F. Child, A. A. Childs, D. M. Fisk,
Emile Fontarive, Robert A. Shailer, Hollis Thayer, John H.
Thorndike and William F. Whitney of Boston, were elected
Resident Members.

Section of Microscopy. January 12, 1870.

Mr. R. C. Greenleaf in the chair. Eight members present.

Mr. Stodder referred to a communication of Mr. R. C.
Greenleaf! on a specimen of Aulacodiscus oreganus Bail.,
prepared by Mr. Samuels, which im the process of mounting
separated into two plates; one being the outer, and the
other the inner plate of one valve.

A few days since a similar thing happened to Mr. Samuels when
mounting another specimen of the same species. The Diatom sepa-
rated into two pieces, the inner and outer plates of one valve, as Mr.
Samuels supposed. Buta careful inspection of the specimen, which
was exhibited to the Section, indicated an entirely different origin.
One disc was a perfect A. oreganus, with all the characters of that
species, having ten rays, and “feet.” The other was more hyaline,
the umbilicus less distinct, the granules and “feet ” impertectly devel-
oped, and had eleven rays and “feet.” Mr. Stodder’s explanation
of the appearances—if Mr. Samuels was not mistaken as to the facts
—jis that one disc is the parent, and the other a valve of a new
frustule, which was forming in the process of self-division, the growth
of which was stopped before it had come to maturity. Ehrenberg
and some other naturalists have made the number of rays in such
forms a specific character; Bailey and others have rejected this prin-
ciple of classification, but here for the first time we have positive
evidence that a form with eleven rays has been derived directly from
one of ten rays. Such a change of characters in one order of plants
_ being authentically established, it is a reasonable inference that all
other orders may be liable to similar changes, and therefore great
caution should be used in allowing specific value to unimportant
characters.

1 These Proceedings, Vol. x11, p. 361.

Shaler.] 196 [January 19,

January 19, 1870.

Vice President Dr. C. T. Jackson in the chair. Forty three
persons present.

The following paper was read: —

ON THE PARALLEL Ripces or GiaciALt Drirr In EASTERN
MASSACHUSETTS, WITH SOME REMARKS ON THE GLACIAL PE-
riop. By N.S. SHALER, Proressor OF PALZONTOLOGY, H. U.

In the immediate neighborhood of Boston the unstratified drift

does not lie in anything like a continuous sheet, but is distributed in
long and. rather narrow ridges, which, with varying height, on ac-
count of long continued denudation, may be traced for miles across
the country. These ridges are particularly conspicuous in the islands
of the harbor of Boston, where, although much worn by the action
of the tidal currents, the parallelism is quite apparent. The fact of
the existence of this symmetry in the arrangement of these islands
was first remarked by Count Pourtales, assistant in the Coast Survey
corps. He perceived, what may be readily observed in the accurate
map of that survey, that there are two sets of trends exhibited in the
arrangement of these islands, the principal being from northwest to
southeast, and the other and somewhat subordinate set of ranges run-
ning from northeast to southwest, or directly at right angles to the
other set. Although the intersecting water level makes these ridges
somewhat more conspicuous in the harbor than upon the land, they
are, in fact, better marked upon the main land than among the islands.
All the high land of Chelsea and Winthrop is composed, of half a
dozen or more tolerably lofty drift ridges, which retain a remarka- —
ble parallelism though varying a good deal in altitude, and somewhat
in transverse extent. The spaces between these ridges are not quite
cut down to the sea level at all points, though at no point much
elevated above it. The effect of marine denudation at a time when
this shore region was more depressed than it is now, is evident
throughout this group of drift hills. The greater part of East Boston
seems to be a ridge corresponding in course with those in Chelsea.
The general trend of these ridges is northwest and southeast, with
few degrees of variation in some cases, but on the whole with as much
recularity as is ordinarily observable in any such geographical features.
Passing to the westward we find in Charlestown, Somerville, Cam-

1870.] 197 {Shaler,

bridge and part of Medford, the same sort of ridges with a similar
trend. One of these ridges beginning in Charlestown, and continued
through Somerville and Medford to the borders of West Cambridge,
has a length of five miles. At certain points in this group of drift
hills we perceive indications of the northeast and southwest ridges,
but on the whole the ridges conform in course with those in Chelsea.

On the south side of Charles River, some of the loftiest ridges,
such as Corey’s Hill, are composed for the upper hundred feet, at least,
of this drift material, and the direction of their axes is approximately
the same as those in Cambridge. In Boston and South Boston the
drift hills, though not so clearly defined as those just mentioned, seem
to belong to the same class of northwest and southeast ridges. A more
extended comparison of the courses of the drift hills of the coast
would not be desirable here; enough has been given to make it clear
to those who are conversant with the facts that there exists the same
system of trends in the ridges on the main land that Count Pourtales
has pointed out in the harbor.

It is an interesting question to determine whether these ridges have
been formed as such, or are the remnants of more extensive masses;
upon the determination of this question must rest many important
conclusions concerning the nature of the operations which took place
during the glacial period.

A comparison of the sections given at various points in the islands
of the harbor, at Chelsea, Somerville, Cambridge, Brighton, South
Boston and elsewhere, has shown that through this region the drift is
remarkably similar at the same height above the sea. The mass of this
drift has a structure which is of a very inexplicable character; it cannot
be called stratified in any ordinary sense of the word; the pebbles are
of various sizes, from five foot boulders down to coarse sand, but the
whole packed in a fine mud, which so binds the materials together that
in the lower parts of the mass, where it has been subjected to consid-
erable pressure, it is almost as hard as parts of the Roxbury conglom-
erate, and resembles it in a most surprising and suggestive manner.
This peculiar feature of a mud cement binding the mass together has
been long ago remarked by Professor Agassiz as unquestionable evi-
dence of the fact that this mass could not have been deposited under
the ordinary conditions of stratified materials. In sections such as are
exhibited on Somerville hill, or at several points in Chelsea, this mass
is seen to have a thickness of at least one hundred feet. Throughout
this extensive section there is nothing which can be recognized as

Shaler.] 198 (January 19,

stratification. There are, however, certain features which distinguish
this mass from the ordinary moraines, such as may be found in con-
tact with existing glaciers in Switzerland, or in lower positions in
the valleys of the same region, where similar accumulations mark the
successive stages of retreat.of the ancient ice streams. ‘There is a
much greater uniformity in the condition of the materials; a far
larger part of the boulders, amounting to about two or three per
cent., are distinctly scored or scratched. At certain points, though
the paste still envelops the pebbles, there is a certain bedding to the
mass, produced by pebbles of a similar size being more abundant on
particular levels. On the very summits of these drift ridges, we gen-
erally find the large boulders very abundant; indeed it seems at first
as if there had been some peculiar change in the conditions of de-
position at the time when these boulders were accumulated. A care-
ful examination has convinced me that in most cases these abundant
erratics on the summits of the hills are the remains of that part of
the section which has disappeared since the formation of these ridges.
A comparison of the frequency of occurrence of these boulders in the
remaining parts of the hills and on the surface, will satisfy any one
that there must have been a very large amount of denudation since
their formation. With this sort of a measure we cannot suppose that
the amount of height lost by these hills has been much less than one
hundred feet.

Should the student feel any doubt concerning the essentially un-
stratified character of these drift beds, he has only to compare the
sections exposed around the base of many of these ridges where the
same materials which once formed a part of the mass of the hills have
been worn away and stratified by the action of the sea at a time
when the emergence of the land at the close of the glacial period
had not been completed. He will there see that the pebbles are all
deposited separately from the sand, and this in turn apart from the
mud, the order of the deposits being precisely that which is always
found where such varied materials are acted upon in the tidal cur-
rents which sweep every sea shore. Although at first disposed not to
accept that view, I have been compelled by an extensive study of
these drifts to adopt the theory advanced by Agassiz, that these
drift deposits are essentially the work of some other agent of deposi-
tion than water. I see no other view likely to meet these facts than
that offered by Professor Agassiz, i. e., that this mass is the material
which rested in and upon the glacial sheet at the close of its history

1870.) 199 [Shaler.

and was dropped in the place where it lies by the melting of the ice
which held it.' The only difficulty in this view is to conceive that such
a mass of detritus as that in question could have ever been contained
in a glacial stream. There can be little doubt that this drift must
have been, when originally deposited, at least one hundred and fifty
feet thick. It is very doubtful whether the thickest of the Swiss
glaciers, the Aletsch or the Mer de Glace would, it melted down, de-
posit a coating of more than twenty feet in average thickness upon
their floors, and yet these have immense feeding grounds, enormous
tracts of mountain side which are constantly throwing masses of de-
tritus into the glacial streams. Although the evidence entitles us to
suppose that the continental glacier, to whose action we would attrib-
ute these detrital hills, was immensely thicker than the valley claciers
of Switzerland, yet the region projecting above the level of the ice
must have been small,—too insignificant indeed to have furnished
any considerable part of the drift materials.

We are thus driven to suppose that the mass of this sheet of drift,
the relics of which alone we see in the hills we are studying, must
have been rent from the floor of the glacier as it moved along. The
riving power of the movement which scored our hills with the deep
grooves must have been sufficient to have torn up large amounts of
fragments from its bed. As we have evidence that the glacial sheet
was at many points over half a mile in depth, we may without diffi-
culty allow it the power of riving this supply of detritus from the
rock floors over which it moved; it is difficult, however, to perceive
how the supply of fragments could have been lifted into the body of
the ice sheet in order to have been carried along with it. We are
not prepared to see how it would be possible for a glacier to push
along with its advance a stratum of one hundred feet or more of
pebbles, mud and sand. We must believe that there was an admix-
ture of ice with the drift, so that it could move as ice. It is not easy
to see how a pebble could be lifted to a position in the glacier above
the point where it was torn from the bed rock. Yet that there was
some such lifting action, there is abundant evidence. Nothing is
more common than to find fragments of a peculiar bed rock many
feet above the base of the drift section. The admirable exposure in
the eutting made for a sewer in the College yard in Cambridge, shows
this feature very clearly; large masses of the clay slate grooved and
seratched by long working on the solid rock, were found at a height
of several feet above the bed from which they had been torn.

Shaler.) 20 0 [January 19,

If we accept the general conclusion, which it does not seem possible
to escape, that these drift hills are the remnants of the deposit made
at the melting of the great glacier, then we must believe that this
coating of detrital matter covered with something like uniformity the
whole of this part of the coast. It would necessarily vary a great
deal in thickness at particular points, but it should have existed
everywhere. If with this view we compare the structure of these
_ hills at points some miles apart, we find at once abundant evidence
in its support. ‘The actual height of the summits of these drift hills
corresponds pretty closely. The character of the deposit is also very
similar indeed. ‘The mineralogical nature of the fragments of the
mass may differ greatly, for in all cases a large part of the mass is
made up of materials which can be referred to neighboring rocks;
that is to rocks situated within a range of fifty miles or so; but the
nature of the deposit remains unchanged. Such a comparison will
soon exclude the possibility of these ridges being the terminal or
lateral moraines of a glacier, which supposition, moreover, is suffi-
ciently met by a mere reference to their geographical position. The
relation of the separate masses of drift is irreconcilable with any
other hypothesis than that they are the remains of what was once a
continuous sheet.

The only difficulty of a serious character is to answer the question
which at once arises as to the cause of the peculiar parallelism of the
two series of ridges which are discernible in this region. The few
who are familiar with the geology of the environs of Boston may
have noticed that there are two lines of upheaval in this part of
Massachusetts, each marked by dykes and more or less considerable
dislocations of strata. One of these, and by far the most considera-
ble, whether measured by the frequency of the ridges or by the height
of the dislocations which it produces, has a course of about northwest
and southeast; the other less important, but clearly marked trend, is
from the northeast to southwest. It will be at once observed that
these two systems of directions, those of the drift hills and those ob-
served in the series of dislocations in this district, correspond exactly.
With this amount of information it is by no means difficult for the
observer to perceive that it becomes at once probable that these drift
hills are only cappings of glacial detritus lying upon ridges of the
more solid bed rock of the country, the solid pedestal having pre-
vented the wearing action of the streams from affecting the detrital
matter which rested upon them. Wherever it is possible to get

1870.] 201 [Shaler.

access to the base of these hills, it is readily seen that such js in fact
the case, the ridges of rock are distinctly traceable on the flanks of
the drift hills of Somerville, Brookline and Brighton. Even where,
as is often the case, the wash from the upper part of the hills has
covered their flanks so that it is not possible to get access to the pro-
tecting buttresses of rock, there is generally other evidence to
show that the drift ridge has a rock ridge beneath it. Allusion has
already been made to the fact that while the drift material does not
indicate anything which can be properly called stratification, there
is nevertheless a certain obscure bedding near the top of the mass.
Now it is easily seen, as, for example, at the easternmost point of
Prospect Hill in Somerville, that this bed is not horizontal, as it
would naturally have been had the mass been laid down on a plain,
but curves over the hill in a gradual arch, precisely as it should if
the supposition of an internal ridge of rock be correct.

The interpretation of the record of the events of the glacial and
post-glacial parts of the history of this region is difficult, and much
doubt must necessarily exist for a long time as to what is the true
reading. I cannot doubt, however, that we must acknowledge that
very great changes in the face of the surface as it was left by the
glacial sheet, have taken place. If the foregoing reasoning is correct,
and there originally lay all along our shore a sheet of glacial detritus
of which the ridges which we have been studying are only the wrecks,
then we must be prepared to admit long continued erosion to produce
such changes as have taken place. Nor will erosion, unattended by
other agents of change, have produced the result; we must suppose
that the present shore was at one time higher above the sea in this
neighborhood than it is now. When the ridges which remain in the
harbor were protected by their rock bases from erosion, they must
have stood at a higher level above the sea than at present, for they are
now without this protection at ordinary tide mark, and are all, except
when artificially guarded, giving way before the action of the sea.
The glacial period was evidently a time of great oscillations of level,
and not the least of the difficulties which the geologist finds in study-
ing its phenomena, is to determine the character of the changes in
the level of the land. The formation of the more conspicuous features
in the topography of the drift formations of eastern Massachusetts,
would require something like the following succession of events.

1. The covering of the whole country with a glacial sheet, the ice
having a slow movement towards the shore, the direction of move-

Shaler.] 902 [January 19,

ment of the bottom, at least, varying a good deal with the surface of
the country traversed. It is not necessary to assume that this move-
ment extended to any very great distance inland,.as it has not been
proved that any boulders have been transported more than thirty
or forty miles along the direction of the striz. It is not possible
to deny that detrital matter may have been brought from greater
distances inland along this path, for the facts have not yet been care-
fully analyzed; but as yet I have been unable to find any masses
bedded in the drift which could be referred to more remote points,
while by far the greatest number are clearly traceable to rocks which
are found in the immediate vicinity of the point of deposit.

2. The rending from the floor of the ice stream of large quantities
of fragments which were ground to mud in the jam of materials at
the base of the ice sheet, or lifted into the body of the mass by the
irregular tumbling movements which must have occurred in the pas-
sage of the stream over the broken surface it traversed, followed
by the melting of the glacial accumulation and the deposition of the
mass of detritus it contained in the unstratified shape in which we
now find its remains.

3. The action of the drainage streams and tidal currents on this
incoherent mass, the former probably swollen for a time by the waters
of the melting ice, cutting away the incoherent mass of drift, and
clearing out the old channels in which they ran before the glacial
period, leaving drift ridges capping the sammits of the original, low,
rock hills of the country.

4. During these actions, but at times which remain to be deter-
mined with exactness, certainly one, probably two movements of the
surface took place, which have left only an imperfect record; the
first and well proven, being a submergence of at least one hundred
feet; for to that height on our hills of drift are superficial patches of
stratified materials found. This movement probably oceurred at the
end of the ice time, and the change of shore did not last very long.
The other movement was a depression also; if it really occurred, it
happened at the close of the elevation which followed this first de-
pression, in which the land seems to have risen a little higher than it
is at present, the difference being probably not over twenty to forty
feet. I regard this second depression as probable, but not proven.

The reader who is familiar with the disposition of the unstratified
drift on our shores, will recognize the fact that the mass is much greater
at some points than others. This is to be expected. If we examine

1870.] 203 [Shaler.

those regions which most closely resemble in their present condition
the state in which this country was placed during the glacial period,
we may find a ready explanation of this fact. In Greenland, for
instance, although the glacial sheet covers the whole of the country
at a few miles back from the shore, it only comes down to the coast
in the valleys or fiords. It will be at once seen, as soon as the dis-
tribution of our drift is indicated on a good geological map, that the
greatest accumulation of it is about the mouths of our larger river
valleys. ‘The accumulation, of which we find the remains in the drift
hills of this neighborhood and the islands of the harbor, is the prod-
uct of the stream which descended the Charles River valley. The
immense drift deposits of Long Island, New York, are the product
of the Housatonic, the Connecticut and the Thames glacial streams,
possibly also of that more gigantic glacier which swept down the
Hudson. It is evident that these local glaciers could have been in ex-
istence only- during the later part of the drift period. There was an
earlier time when the moving sheet swept over the whole shore line,
as is proven by the fact that every exposed ledge on the shore or on
the islands beyond it, is scored by the glacial movement. The termi-
nal moraine during this time must have been far out to sea, and it is
probably to this first stage of the glaciation of this country that
we owe the formation of the broad submerged table land which borders
the whole northern coast of the United States for a width of over one
hundred miles. We owe to Professor Agassiz the recognition of the
probable glacial origin of this set of banks and shoals.

If we extend our hasty survey beyond the New England shore to
the northward, we find many facts which are reconcilable with the
views here presented. The banks of Newfoundland are most likely
the great terminal moraines of the vast glacier which discharged the
snows of the greater part of the region drained by the St. Lawrence.
They bear much the same relation to that valley which the eastern
part of Long Island bears to the basins’ of the Connecticut and of the
rivers to the eastward.

The most difficult question which the geologist has to deal with in
connection with the drift beds, is that of the origin of Cape Cod. I
do not propose to undertake at present the discussion of the history
of this singular promontory. [ will only venture the suggestion that
the main body of the cape has very likely a low axis of elevation
beneath it, connected in some way with those lines of disturbance

By-Laws.) 204 {January 19,

which are to be traced in the islands immediately to the southward,
especially in Martha’s Vineyard and Nantucket.

Dr. Thomas Waterman was chosen Curator of Mammals
and Comparative Anatomy.

On motion of Dr. B. Joy Jeffries, the following amend-
ments to the By-Laws of the Society were passed.

Section LX was altered so as to read Section X.

A new section was added, as follows :—

SECTION 1X. OF SECTIONS

Article 1. Sections of the Society, holding separate meetings of
their own, may be formed on the written application of ten members,
by the consent of the members present at two consecutive ie age
of the general Society.

Art. 2. The requirements of membership shall be:

1st. Membership in the general Society.

2d. Written nomination by two members at a regular meeting
of the Section.

3d. Election by a three fourths vote of the members present
at the subsequent meeting.

Ath. Signature to cies standing rules within six months a
the date ne election.

Art. 3. The records shall be entered in chronological order upon
the book containing the records of the ordinary meetings of the
Society.

Art.4. Such notices of each meeting as shall be judged by the
Publishing Committee suitable for publication in the Proceedings or
Memoirs of the Society, shall be announced by the Secretary at the
next regular meeting of the Society.

Art. 5. Sections shall have the exclusive right to make additional
regulations for the perfecting of their organization, subject to the
approval of the Council.

Messrs. C. J. Sprague and R. C. Greenleaf and Drs. Charles
Ware, J. B. 8. Jackson and James C. White were appointed
a committee to nominate officers for the ensuing year.

1870.] 205 [Hagen.

Section of Entomology. January 26, 1870.
Mr. E. Burgess in the chair. Twelve persons present.

Mr. F. G. Sanborn exhibited a drawing of the larva of
Callosamia Promethea, made by the late Mr. C. A. Shurtleff,
together with the specimen after it had spun its cocoon; a
memorandum written by Mr. Shurtleff on Sept. 17, 1860,
read as follows:

A full grown larva was just beginning to spin its cocoon; on the
eleventh segment there was a portion of the old skin which it had
previous to the last moulting; the skin formed a perfect ring, and of
course was very small for the full grown larva, the diameter of the
ring on the eleventh being .25 in., while the tenth segment measured
.37 in. in diameter.

There was a little piece of the old skin on the wart on the tail.
The caterpillar appeared to be perfectly healthy and well formed,
excepting that it could not use the last pair of prolegs very well in
walking; it could, however, take hold with them to a certain extent.
It spun a perfect cocoon, and tried to cast its skin, but after bursting
the skin on the back, died before it could shed it.

Dr. H. Hagen read a criticism of the views of Dr. Packard
concerning the Neuroptera, as given in his recently com-
pleted “Guide,” and explained that, in the manuscript of his
own “Synopsis of North American Neuroptera,” he had, in
accordance with the views of the most prominent Entomolo-
gists for twenty eight years, distinctly separated the Pseudo-
neuroptera and Neuroptera as two different parts of the
work.

Dr. Hagen also remarked that Mr. Fritz Miiller had sent
to him some white ants from Itahahy, St. Catharina, Brazil,
with the following remarks :—

These nests of white ants are more or less regular cylinders, one
span high and two or three inches thick. By horizontal floors they
are divided into twelve or fifteen compartments or chambers. The
outer surface bulges out so that one can make out the number of

Scudder. ] 206 (January 26,

chambers by the enlargements of the cylinder. A pillar goes through
all the compartments; close to this, or in it, runs an oblique passage
from each chamber to the next. Sometimes all these passages
together form a somewhat regular winding stair through all the com-
partments. For the impregnated female these passages are too
narrow, and she can therefore not leave her chamber.

There are, both in the outer wall and in the horizontal divisions,
passages too small to admit the passing of the winged ants; but neither
in the outside wall nor in the chambers is there any opening to the
outside in nests which have not been injured. .

In the outside wall the passages run from top to bottom. In the
divisions, from circumference to centre without reaching this latter.
In the flat compartments they are not to be detected from the outside;
in the circumference they appear as flattened ridges. In drying, the
outer side of the passages falls off, and then they are to be seen as
deep hollows with inflated borders. In undisturbed nests the only
entrance seems to be on the upper surface some inches under ground.

The nest is not directly connected with the earth, but is sur-
rounded by about a finger’s breadth of free space. The nest can,
therefore, as soon as the upper end is freed from earth, be easily
taken out of the ground.

I have never found in one of these nests more than one impreg-
nated female. Besides the winged ants, the eggs and the larve,
there are found two kinds of laborers; of these one kind is distin-
guished by a truncated nose.

Not in the nest but in the same piece of land, are found, in planting
corn, single white ants with disproportionately large heads and long
mandibles.

The winged ants were stated by Dr. Hagen to belong to—
Termes striatus, or perhaps to 7. similis; the imago is in too
bad a condition for accurate determination. The soldier with
truncated nose was figured by him as 7. similis; the soldier
with long mandibles, as 7. cingulatus.

No description of white ants’ nests like this has ever been
given before.

Mr. 8. H. Scudder remarked that in a recent examination
of the external genital armature of our diurnal Lepidoptera,
he had noticed the extraordinary fact that in the males of

1870.] 907 (Sanborn.

the North American species of the genus Misoniades. these
organs were asymmetrical. The asymmetry is confined to
the lower lateral plates, which are unusually developed in
this genus, and shows itself in the diverse length of the
lower process and in the size, and the entireness or the ex-
cision of the lateral flap.. The only species in the genus, as
generally accepted, which does not come under this rule,
is V. Catullus; but the structural features of all the appen-
dages of the body of this species show that it is wrongly
placed in this relation.

Mr. Scudder also stated that the butterfly described by Dr.
Harris in his State Report as Hudamus Bathyllus,—a name
invariably accepted by subsequent writers—was not the spe-
cies originally described and figured by Abbot and Smith
under the same specific name; he therefore proposed to call
Harris’s species Hudamus Pylades.

Mr. P. S.Sprague referred to an instance related by a friend
not versed in entomology, where “ flies” were seen, through a
hole in the ice in midwinter, to ascend in large numbers from
the bottom of a stream to the surface and take flight.

Mr. B. P. Mann stated that he had taken a specimen of
Carabus Chamissonis Fisch., in Labrador.

Mr. F. G. Sanborn remarked that he had taken ten or
twelve specimens of the same species in August, on the sides
of Mt. Washington, N. H., at a height of from four to five
thousand feet above the sea. |

He also reported the capture in Andover, Mass., on Christmas day,
1869, of Capnia and Teeniopteryx, moving actively upon the ice; of
several Staphylinide of the genera Lathrobium, Stenus, Philonthus and
_ Lithocharis, together with Photinus corruscus and larvee of Telephorus,
and some undetermined Coleopterous and Geometrideous larve, alsoa
species of Salda (Hemipterous), and of Diptera, Hydrophorus pirata
Loew, and Sepsis sp., which were struggling in water of about one

eighth inch in depth, covering the surface of thei ice in meadows.

Jeffries. ] 208 [February 2,

A great number of Arachnid, mostly of small size, were noticed
under the same circumstances, and appeared to represent many
species.

He was in pursuit of the aberrant forms, Boreus and Chionea, but
several hours of careful search failed to reveal any specimens of either.

February 2, 1870.

Vice President Dr. C. T. Jackson in the chair. Thirty three
persons present.

Dr. B. Joy Jeffries stated that, as at different times during
the past three years he had had occasion to call the attention
of the Society to the physiology of accommodation in man
and other animals, including birds, he would ask to be
allowed to make a few remarks on a special part of the eye
which is interested in, and may be employed in, accommoda-
tion.

He illustrated his remarks by a series of pictures and diagrams
representing sections of the human eye and of a number of different
animals, made through the ciliary muscle and the adjacent parts of
the sclerotic, cornea and iris. From dissections made by many ana-
tomists, and the special studies of several physiologists, it resulted that
the space in the eye hitherto known as the canal of Fontana, who
first described it in 1778, is now proved not to be 2 canal with walls,
but rather a triangular space between the ciliary muscle, iris, and
sclerotic or cornea, filled by a sort of mesh work attaching the iris to
the last named membrane. This mesh work is cut off from the aque-
ous humor. It constitutes the ligamentum pectinatum iridis, and is
quite distinct from the circular venous sinus in the sclerotic just
outside of it, which has apparently sometimes been mistaken for it.
Dr. Jeffries discussed the question as to whether it took part in the
accommodation of the eye, if not in man where it seemingly could
not, in the lower animals where its size increases with the decrease
of the ciliary muscle. He remarked that our present knowledge of it
is due to the recent researches of Drs. Iwanoif and Rollett.

1870.] 209 (Edwards.

Mr. C. J. Sprague declined membership in the Nominating
Committee, to which he was recently elected, and Mr. James"
M. Barnard was chosen in his place.

Section of Microscopy. February 9, 1870.
Dr. B. Joy Jeffries in the chair. Nine persons present.

The following paper was read :—

Notes ON DIATOMACE2. By Pror. ArtrHur MrEAp EpWARDs.

I am one of those who have always strongly advocated the keeping
of written and drawn notes by observers of nature. However crude
‘and imperfect the drawings may be, however incomplete the written
descriptions, yet, if made conscientiously and with due regard to
facts, stating what the observer thinks he sees, they always possess the
value of truth, and at the same time serve to place upon record and
impress upon the mind many things that would otherwise pass un-
heeded, and those often of great value. So by following out such a
plan, the mind of the student is drilled in system, the great secret of
success in all scientific observations, as well as in other matters. For
a long time I have kept a book in which, from day to day, and im-
mediately as observations are made, memoranda are jotted down, often
accompanied by sketches, colored or not, as the subject requires.
And on looking back, I frequently find in my older notes the key to
some puzzling phenomenon undergoing investigation at a later time.
Let not the observer plead the excuse that he cannot draw; I believe
that everybody can learn to draw sufficiently well to give a truthful,
if not artistic representation of what appears before his eyes. Every
one can write well enough to say what he sees when required, and
‘drawing is but a short-hand system of writing.

J believe, also, that when a student of nature has recorded any-
thing that he thinks will be of value or interest to others, he is in
duty bound to make such observations public. To illustrate my belief
thus expressed, I thus communicate some brief abstracts from my
note book, and if they prove acceptable, will from time to time do the
same again.

PROCEEDINGS B. 8. X. H.—VOL, XIII. 14 MAROH, 1870.

Edwards.] 210 [February 9,

My notes are of observations made by means of the microscope,
and the first is relative to one of those curious atomies of the vegeta-
ble kingdom, the Diatomacee. A few days since (Sept., 1869) I
made a gathering in a ditch communicating with the salt water of the
Hudson River, opposite the city of New York, at Weehawken, N. J.
Of course the water in the ditch was salt; and, in fact, in it last
spring I had caught specimens of Stickleback (Gasterosieus) which
had come up there from the river to spawn, as is their wont to do.
The Ten-spined Stickleback (G. pungitius) I had found very plentiful,
and mixed with it a few individuals of the Three-spined (G. aculeatus) ;
in fact these fish occurred,in such numbers that when the water be-
came foul, as it did by evaporation, the bottom of the ditch was lit-
erally covered with their dead bodies. The gathering, however, I
have to speak of at the present time was made for the purpose of
procuring Diatomacee, and consisted of specimens of an alga be-
longing to the genus Enteromorpha, having attached to it more or less
firmly numerous Diatomacee and animals. The commonest form of °
Diatom was a Cycloiella, and seemingly fixed in some manner to the
Enteromorpha, for it was not shaken off by pretty rough usage. How
it was fixed I could not detect; most likely by means of a mucous
envelope of such tenuity that it is not readily seen.

The next most common form is the truly wonderful, inexplicable
Bacillaria paradoxa, the paradoxical bundle of sticks. Often and
often have I spent hours looking at this marvel of nature; the mo-
tion without apparent cause or mode, an invisible joint which, as a
friend of mine, an engineer, once remarked, would be a fortune to
any one who would discover it, for here we have several sticks forming
the bundle, moving over each other without separating, and yet the
use of the highest powers of the microscope has failed to detect the
means of their union into one mass or composite group of individuals.
This grouping of individuals together, which we so commonly find
among the, Diatomacee, as in Schizonema, Achnanthes, Melosira, and
a host of other gencra, appears to me to have its analogue in the ani-
mal kingdom in the Polyzoa; which, although generally fixed, yet at -
certain periods throw off motile forms by means of which the species
is distributed. Donot the Diatomacee do likewise? I am of opinion
that they do, and I shall produce evidence on that point further on.
As to the Bacillaria paradoxa, the oftener I watch it the more it puz-
zles me. Not long since I saw one specimen (of course I mean one
bundle of individuals) slide out to its utmost limit across the field of

1870.] ot1 (Edwards.

view, and then, becoming entangled with two others, which likewise
were made up of many individuals, some eight or ten of its frustules
(as the complete individuals are called) were twisted around almost
off from the rest, so as to lie at right angles to them, and when the
group containing the largest number of frustules receded to their former
position, which they soon did, the eight or ten seeming by the act of
twisting to lose their power of motion among themselves for the time
being, were dragged along in a helpless condition, and twisted com-
pletely around one revolution, so as thereafter to fall back again into
their places, when all went on as usual. That is to say, the regular
motion of all the frustules over each other succeeded. Now what
kind of a joint can it be that permits of such eccentric movement!
As I have already said, I am more puzzled than ever.

For sometime back a discussion has been taking place in some of
the European journals as to whether this plant be an inhabitant of
fresh or brackish water. What I have observed points to the fact
that it will live in either. I have collected it in brackish water at
Hoboken, N. J.; my Weehawken collection was from a ditch con-
necting directly with the salt water of the Hudson River at its
mouth, and some years since I gathered it in the sweet fresh water of
the Fishkill ereek, along with Desmids and other truly fresh water
plants which, as far as we know, will not live in water containing any
appreciable amount of salt, and then, also, in winter and under the
ice, but nevertheless in an active condition. And I have taken my
salt water Weehawken gathering and diluted it with several times its
volume of fresh water, and yet it seems to flourish after many days,
and the Bacillaria is apparently more active than when first pro-
cured. So, also, the other Diatoms which are present along with it
evidently profit by the change, for they have increased rapidly and
are in vigorous motion.

Along with the Bacillaria in the brackish water at Hoboken, I
found numerous individuals of an Amphora, which I have known in
this neighborhood for many years, and which I considered unnamed
as yet. Toit I have given the provisional name of A. lanceolata, on
account of the form of its outline. This genus has always been con-
sidered un epiphytaceous one; that is to say, one which grows attached
to other plants or submerged substances, yet this form was free and in
active motion. In fact I think it was one of the most lively Diatoms
Tever saw. So another smaller speeies of Amphora which is common
near here, is always, as far as I have noticed, free. Here we have

Edwards.] Pie [February 9,

species appearing both in the free and attached conditions, and this
is even more strikingly illustrated in Schizonema.

Bacillaria paradoza is usually set down as the most rapid in motion
of the Diatomacezr, its velocity being recorded by Smith, as he meas-
ured it, at over one two hundredth of an mchina second. This is
certainly pretty quick when we consider that the length of the frus-
tule is only .0025 of an inch. But my experience has been that its
velocity varies in every degree from that mentioned to perfect rest;
at times some individuals will be in rapid movement, while others are
motionless; and also I have remarked that from sunrise to noon seems
to be the period during which, under ordinary conditions, the move-
ment is most active, while during the afternoon it is very sluggish,
and at night almost nil. This Amphora, as I saw it at the time
mentioned, was moving even more rapidly than I ever saw a Bacillaria
move, and that with a steady onward progression very different from
that of most naviculiform diatoms.

It appears to me that in Schizonema and similar genera, which
consist of siliceous loricated naviculiform frustules enclosed in mem-
branous tubes, as soon as a rupture of the investing membrane takes
place, by fracture or tearing asunder, almost immediately a knowl-
edge of the fact is in some way communicated from the point at which
the opening occurs to all other points of the tube, as at once the con-
tained frustules which hitherto have been at perfect rest or, at most,
only moving to a very slight extent, and even then in an extremely
sluggish manner, become animated in their motion, and the most of
them move towards, and attempt to escape from, the opening made.
And this evidently does not result, as might at first have been sup-
posed, from any pressure exerted upon them from the closed end of
the tube, and which, therefore, only shows itself when the obstacle
in the shape of the investing membrane is suddenly removed. For
the motion is the true lively action peculiar to the living individual
in the naviculiform Diatomacez, and is not in all cases towards the
opening made, but often many, or, as in some cases which have come
under my observation, most of the frustules begin to move in an
opposite direction at first, while at the same time many escape by the
opening in the tube, and thereafter assume vigorous motion in the
surrounding liquid. Again, usually some of the frustules being, as at
first appears, carried along by the stream constituting the mass of
those moving towards the opening, all of a sudden seem to change
their minds, or are struck with an idea, if I may so express myself,

1870.) 913 {Edwards.

and here and there will be seen individuals which at once alter the
direction of their course and move in exactly the opposite direction,
or backwards, as we may say. The individual frustules as they es-
cape from the ruptured end of the investing tube and enter the sur-
rounding water, do so with the peculiar trembling and apparently un-
certain movement so characteristic of many of these organisms.

It will be well to note that these observations have been mainly
made on Schizonema Grevillei, a species occurring very commonly in
New York harbor, although I have noticed the same thing to happen
with other species of the same genus, and, if Jam not mistaken, in
the allied one, Homcocladia.

After a time it would seem that the broken end of the tube be-
comes closed again; perhaps by the deposition of new matter, or it”
may possibly be by the action of the surrounding water upon the
fluid within the tube, if it be of a different composition (which would
seem to be extremely doubtful, however), as the frustules no longer
attempt te escape and resume their quiescent state from which they
have been startled by the accident of the rupture, or they move over
each other up and down with the same irregularity which is com-
monly the habit of these forms.

I am strongly of opinion that certainly in some of the cases in
which I have seen this escape of frustules take place from the invest-
ing tube, it has not resulted from any rupture caused by my manip-
ulation, but would seem to be a normal occurrence. In fact, at such
times the diatom is taking upon itself the active or free condition by
means of which the species is to be distributed. And we must be-
lieve that such is the habit of all so-called epiphytaceous forms, other-
Wise it is not easy te comprehend how the species become ‘so wide
spread as many of them are, for we have not at present any authentic
notice of the formation of free swimming spores in this family. It is
hard when making such observations as those I have here recorded, to
believe that these organisms are not endowed with sentient capacities,
especially when one sees, as I have, a free frustule of such a Schizo-
nema apparently perseveringly attempt to regain a lodgement within
the tube from which it bad some time before escaped, by means of
repeated dives towards the hitherto open end, which has since be-
come closed. Ihave observed such struggles continue for a minute
or more, but never with the success apparently desired.

Many months since I mentioned at one of the meetings of the
Lyceum of Natural History in New York, that I had seen two ap-

Edwards.] 214 [February 9,

parently different genera of Diatoms existing within the same invest-
ing tube; and now I wish to place that fact upon record, and state one
or two more instances of the same mode of growth. During the month
of March, 1868, I found in the harbor of New York specimens of
Schizonema Greville: in active motion within their investing tubes, but
accompanied by a much smalier form possessing a totally different out-
line from S. Grevillei, being blunter at the ends, and with parallel sides
on 8. V. During the same month, and also in April, I found this
mode of occurrence very common, and also Schizonema Grevillei
and a Homeocladia in the same tube, and Schizonema cruciger and
the small form mentioned above, both in the same tube, and S. cruciger
and Greville: in the same tube. In all these cases the frustules were in
lively motion, passing over each other from one end to the other of
the tube. In May of the present year, 1869, I found growing in the
salt water of the “ Mill pond” at Salem, Mass., Schizonema cruciger
and WNitzschia closterium, W. S. (Ceratoneis closterium, C. G. E., and
Nitzschiella closterium, L. K.), both in the same tube. And here it
will be necessary to say something in regard to the form I have called
Nitzschia closterium, as I shall thereby, I hope, be enabled to clear
away a little for of synonyms. Neither Smith, Kiitzing nor Raben-
horst describes or figures any species living within a tube like Schizo-
nema, the frustules ef which have an outline and markings similar to
Niteschia closterium, so that it is not likely that they ever saw any-
thing but the free form or condition of this species. However,
Ehrenberg figures and deseribes, under the designation of Schizenema ?
Agardhi (Die Infusionsthierchen, 1838, p. 343, T. xx, fig. xvi), a
form agreeing with this, but the structure of the frustule is that of
Nitzschiella of Rabenhorst, so that the specific name of this species
should be Agardhii, whatever its genus be decided to be hereafter.
For the present, as it is nearest allied to the forms grouped under
Homeocladia, it had better be placed in that genus, so that the syn-
onomy would stand thus.

Homeocladia Agardhii, C. G. E. (sp.). Abhand. K. Akad. Ber-
lin. p. 311. 1833.

Ceratoneis closterium, C: G. E. 1840.

Nitzschia closterium, W.S. 1853.

Nitzschiella closterium, L. R. 1864.

What are we to say to such facts as these I record, as well as that
of which I sent an account and illustrating specimens to the late Dr
Walker-Arnott,—and which has been noticed by Mr. F. Kitton, whe

1870.] 215 (Edwards.

examined my specimens, in Hardwicke’s Science Gossip for May,
1869, Vol. v, p. 109,—of the occurrence of what are usually consid-
ered two distinct species of Gomphonema, viz., G. capitatum and G.
constrictum, both growing upon the same stipes or stalk! But this is
not all. Since then I have made gatherings at the same place, and
still find the above two forms growing upon the same stalk, and two
others of totally different outline which appear also upon the same
stipes. So that here we would have four hitherto considered distinct
species arising from the same individual. I do not name the two last
“mentioned forms, as I am in some doubt with regard to the names
that have been applied to them. The question of what is the indi-
vidual in the Diatomacee is again raised by the observance of these
facts, as well as those I described in my “ Note on a point in the hab-
its of the Diatomaceze and Desmidiacee,” read before the Boston
Society of Natural History, January 8, 1868, and published in their
Proceedings, Vol. x1, p. 361. The specimens illustrating the remark-
able mode of occurrence of the two forms of Gomphonema which I
sent to Dr. Arnott unfortunately did not arrive until after his death ;
but, speaking of my having so found them, he wrote to me in the last
letter I received from him as follows. I feel that I am justified in
publishing this extract as it is of such importance ; and I also know,
from what he wrote to me, that he himself would not object to my
doing so were he still living.

“Your discovery of G'omphonema constrictum and capitatum grow-
ing on the same stalk is interesting, if you are not deceived. When
a Gomphonema spore grows on a weed, the stalk (which is merely the
external mucus collected at the one end) is formed by the growing
frustule. It is not the stalk (or in Schizonema, the tube) which pro-
duces the frustule, but the frustule which produces the stalk or tube.
Then when the frustule self-divides, several are formed, either side
by side, or each may project a new stalk ;: but seldom with much reg-
ularity. Now every frustule and valve arising from the same spore
must be precisely alike, being all formed from the original frustule by
repeated self-division; and as self-division merely repeats the same
identical form or variety, it is not easy to understand how it is possi-
ble to have two varieties of form on the same stipes. If there be no
mistake on your part, you will overturn all the present views of the
production of new frustules and valves. It is more easy to suppose |
that a frustule from another stipes had become agglutinated to the
stipes. But as you say you have sent some in:a bottle, I will examine

Edwards.] 216 [February 9,

it with care when it arrives. Every spore may produce a different
variety, but it is not easy to understand that the same spore, or stipes,
can give rise to different varieties. As for the two species (G. con-
strictum and capitatum) I have never been satisfied that they are dis-
tinct, and probably G. herculaneum is another variety.”

For my part, from the mode in which the two new valves are
formed within and between the two old ones, when self-division takes
place, I can readily understand how a great variation in both outline
and sculpture can occur. In this case the two forms have exactly the
same sculpture, and the difference between them merely lies in the
outline of the valve. From my knowledge of how greatly this char-
acter varies in the Diatomacez, I, from an early period in my studies,
considered these two supposed species to be but forms of one, and this
discovery proves that my surmises were correct; at some future time
I may have something to say with regard to the genus Gomphonema,
and what, in my judgment, constitutes a species in it. I am now en-
gaged, and have been for some years, working up several genera, with
the express purpose of determining the true lines of specific distinc-
tion in them. And I must be permitted to here enter my earnest
protest against the custom which has become so wofully common, in
England more especially, of manufacturing species where they do not
exist.

The labors of such self-supposed students of nature are more than
thrown away. Our books become crowded with worthless synonyms,
‘and this branch of biology has, in consequence, fallen into disrepute
among scientific observers generally. If those who have the oppor-
tunity of securing and examining specimens of Diatomacee, would
only study them a little more carefully, and if they must publish, do
so only after properly maturing their knowledge, we might hope ‘to
learn something of the life history of these strange atomies. Better
that really new species should forever remain unnamed, than that
such contributions,to the literature of the Diatomacee, as appear from
time to time in foreign journals, should ever see the light. Itisa
curious fact that almost every one who becomes possessed of a micro-
scope of sufficiently high magnifying power, at once imagines that he
is abundantly armed and equipped, as well as qualified, to attack and
overcome the most difficult problems in biology. Hence we find the
most startling discoveries put forth by very immature observers of
nature who suppose themselves to be students, but who have really
given little time or thought to study. No branch of biology, perhaps,

1870. OTT (Edwards,

has been more cursed with supposed discoverers of this class than the
Diatomacez, until a man comes to be appreciated by the number of
species he can manufacture. By far the largest number of observers
who are attracted to these beautiful and wonderful atomies forget that
we have in them presented to us for investigation one of the most
puzzling problems in the whole group of phenomena, illustrating that
which we call life, but on the contrary appear to consider them as
“simple organisms,’’ whose morphology and life history, as well as
classification, are therefore proportionally easy of comprehension. I
have devoted many years to the earnest study, under varying condi-
tions, of these examples of complex simplicity, and pity it is that others
who have not spent so much time over this branch of organic exist-
ence should not have been so fortunate as I was in possessing a wise
and patient counsellor in the late Dr. Walker Arnott. I can truly
say that had it not been for his invaluable friendly advice, I, too,
would have doubtless ranged myself with the manufacturers of species
and synonym accumulators. Often. have the kindly words he has
written me made me pause ere I, as he pithily remarked, “ rushed
into print” with supposed discoveries, which I would have been
ashamed of thereafter. Dr. Arnott says “a microscopist looks on
everything as subservient to the microscope, and that whatever he
sees, and which appears distinct to the eye, he thinks ought to be de-
scribed or figured as distinct. I am, on the other hand, a naturalist, a
botanist in particular, and use the microscope, simple or compound,
as a necessary evil, merely to enable my eyes to see better minute
structures, but whether these differences amount to specific or generic
importance, or are only peculiar forms of one species, is the result of
analogy, a mental process which can only be attained by a training in
botany in all its branches, for many years.” Natural objects, like the
Diatomacez, which can only be seen after they are magnified several
thousand times, and then only under peculiar circumstances of illu-
mination, must be difficult of comprehension, even if their life history
were much more simple and more easily studied than it is. I cannot
too strongly caution the intending student of this enticing branch
against trusting to a few and hasty observations made upon the dead
skeleton of the plant. It is only when they-are studied in the living
state that the Diatomacez can be understood, and even then only with
difficulty.

But one more abstract from my note book and I must draw these
remarks toa close. In the early part of November, 1868, I made a

Edwards.] 218 [February 9,

collection of Colletonema vulgare, and for some time have been abie
to keep it alive in a bottle so as to study its peculiarities. And here
let me say that many minute forms of both animal and vegetable life
which I have been unable to rear otherwise, I have found to flourish
in phials with small necks, or those with large ones, which have the
aperture partly stopped with a loose cover of some kind. It would
seem that the gases given off from the human body, and accumulat-
ing in dwelling rooms, in which I have kept specimens, are deleterious
to these small forms, and the partial closing of the vessel prevents, to a
great extent, their entrance. My specimens of Colletonema flourished
finely and grew considerably. I have been thus enabled to watch
them, as I may say, building their tubes; this species, consisting of
naviculzform frustules enclosed and freely swimming about in tubes,
after the manner of Schizonema. In fact there is nothing to separate
these genera, except that the first inhabits fresh water, whilst the
latter is an inhabitant of the sea, where it is to be found generally in
profusion, covering larger alge and rocks. The extension of the tube
takes places after the following manner. As the frustules increase by
the process of subdivision common to all of the Diatomacez, of course
the two frustules thus formed occupy double the space of one, and as
the cell division is continually going on, after a time the tube must
become choked with individuals. At this period in their existence
they appear to be extremely active, moving with increased rapidity
up and down the tube as freely as their crowded condition will permit.
Whether the end of the tube is never closed, or opens at certain sea-
sons, I have been unable to determine; at all events it is now found
to be open, and the frustules slip over each other until they reach
this opening, and one or two will project outside as if prospecting,
and will occasionally return within the general envelope. When a
frustule thus projects from the open end of the tube, it never, as far
as I have seen, rushes onward with the vigorous motion with which it
moves within the envelope, but this is doubtless only so when the tube
is being lencthened. It can be easily understood that if the species
be disseminated by the distribution of perfect frustules, as seems to
be most likely, that they must then escape from the tube after the
manner I have recorded above as taking place in the allied genus,
Schizonema. When one or two frustules have projected from the open
end of the tube, they often immediately come to a rest just beyond
the tube, or do so after moving over each other slowly outside of, but
in a line with, the tube. While at rest there appears to form around

1870.] 219 (Edwards.

them a transparent mucous sheath, which, so that it may not fix
them in their position, is kept in a tube form by the frustules again
moving over each other, and thus, as it were, fashioning and smooth-
ing the inside of the tube. This sheath becomes more and more
dense, until it is plainly visible as forming an elongation of the tube,
when the frustules again project from the end, and a new portion is
added. I have in this way seen a tube grow across the field of the
microscope, and the closely packed frustules extend themselves in
single file, each just overlapping those in front and behind it. The
membrane constituting the tube, although dense and strong, is some-
what elastic, but not very much so, for I have seen three or four frus-
tules become wedged together by one attempting to pass backwards,
whilst the others were moving forwards, and at such times the tube
does not stretch to accommodate the crowding, but yet is often bent
by the force of the moving frustules. In fact this force must be con-
siderable, as is evidenced by the size of the obstacles, as grains of
sand, which a small Diatom will move; and in Colletonema I have
seen the tough tube membrane bent inwards so as almost to collapse
by such a crowding as I have mentioned.

As I have mentioned Mr. Kitton’s paper in Science Gossip, I
must here take the opportunity of saying something in regard to that
article, and I feel sure that ,he will not take amiss what I shall.say
when he understands the spirit in which it is written.

First, 1 wish it to be understood that the specimens and the letter
accompanying them were sent to Dr. Arnott for his opinion; there-
after I intended to publish the facts treated of myself. However, as
Mr. Kitton has made public his opinions on the specimens, I will now
give mine; but the fact of its being a private letter of mine from
which he quctes, and one never meant to be made public, must ex-
plain what I there say. He has considered the “ queer form” to be a
new fragillaria, and has named it crotenensis. Evidently he does
not agree with that portion of my letter which he quotes, when I say:
“Tam not in favor of naming forms after places or persons, but
strongly incline to distinctive and descriptive names.” If the form
were a new species I should have named it myself; but Dr. Arnott at
once said it was likely to be Fragillaria capucina var. y, and such I
see Mr. Roper points it out to be, in the July number of the same
periodical.

As it may be of interest in connection with this point, I may say
that in a previous specimen of the, sediment from the Croton water

Atwood.]} 220 {February 16,

which I had sent him, Dr. Arnott informed me he had found the fol-
lowing species: Cymatopleura elliptica, Navicula trinedis, and gibber-
ula, Surirella craticula, Denticula obtusa, Epithemia zebrina, Cocconeis
Thwaitesi, Achnanthes ventricosa, Cyclotellarotula and operculata, Or-
thosira orichalcea, Gomphonema tencllum, and another intermediate
between dichotomum and intricatum, most likely the latter.

February 16, 1870.

Vice President, Mr. T. T. Bouvé, in the chair. Forty persons
present.

Capt. N. E. Atwood presented, on behalf of Capt. Gideon
Bowley, a broken skull of a walrus taken from a depth of
several fathoms in the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Capt. Atwood
stated that tusks of this animal were found, not infrequently,
on the beaches of the Magdalen ‘Islands, and the living ani-

mals were reported by seafaring men to have ‘been seen
there one hundred years ago.

The Secretary communicated the following vote passed at
a recent meeting of the Trustees of the Museum of Compar-
ative Zoology.

Resolved, — That the money presented to the Museum of
Comparative Zodlogy by the Boston Society of Natural
History to found the “Humboldt Scholarship,” be gratefully
accepted under the conditions laid down by the vote of the
Council of said Society, at a meeting held November 17,
1869; and that the Secretary be directed to return thanks for
this liberal gift.

1870.} 991 [Scudder.

March 2, 1870.

Vice President, Dr. C. T. Jackson, in the ehair. Thirty nine
persons present.

The following papers were presented : —

DESCRIPTION OF THE LARVA AND CHRYSALIS OF PApiLio Rv-
TuLus Boisp., oF CALIFORNIA. By SAaAmMvuEL H. ScuppER.

By the kindness of Mr. Henry Edwards of San Francisco, I have
been favored with two specimens of the chrysalis of Papilio Rutulus
Boisd., of California, and with a colored drawing of the full-grown
eaterpillar, made by Mr. R. H. Stretch; their resemblance to the
early stages of our common P. Turnus gives them an additional
interest to entomologists of the Eastern States, and I therefore publish
the following descriptions from the material above mentioned.

Larva resembling perfectly in form and general appearance that of
P. Turnus ; the general tint of both head and body apple green,
but the last two segments above, and the postericr third of the body
at the sides, become gradually much paler: thoracic segments tinged
above with purplish, the third segment with a dorso-lateral, transverse,

double, circular spot, each portion formed of a minute yellow spot,
encircled with black; also with a small, round, distant, subdorsal, yel-
lowish spot; fourth segment with a small, square, dorso-lateral and a
small, round, distant, subdorsal, dark blue spot; the suture between
the fourth and fifth segments is bordered rather broadly around half
of the upper portion of the body with a bicolored band, terminating
squarely at the end; in front of the suture it is yellow, behind,
blackish blue. The stigmata are marked with blue, and there isa
-subdorsal and lateral row of blue dots on the seventh to the tenth
segments. Prolegs paler than the general hue of the body. Length,
when contracted, 35.5 mill.

Chrysalis. The two specimens referred to differ greatly in size
and color, the larger one having brownish grey and blackish fuscous,
the smaller apple green and yellowish brown markings. There
is a rather broad stigmatal band, commencing at the tip of the ab-
domen, and continuing forward along the hinder edge of the wings
to the eye, of a blackish fuscous or yellowish brown color; spiracles
of the color of the band; a very broad dorsal band of the same
color, but paler in tint, and especially so, anterior to the mesonotal

Shaler.] OD, [March 2,

tubercle, on the metanotum and the first abdominal segment, and
quite obscured by pale on the terminal two or three segments; in the
brighter specimen this band is edged faintly with white; space be-
tween these either dull white, clouded and streaked with yellowish
fuscous or apple green, the abdominal segments with a few short,
longitudinal, delicate, black dashes; abdominal tubercles black; wings
either blackish fuscous, paler externally, the base of the veins
streaked with black, and the tips of the nervules with a black dot;
or apple green, the base of the veins marked with pale dull yellowish
edged with black, the base of the nervules marked delicately with
black, and the wartlets at tip of nervules pale dull yellowish; whole
front of abdomen either dirty white, more or less obscured and
streaked with fuscous and blackish next wing tips; or whitish, slightly
tinged or dotted occasionally with green or black. Legs, antenne
and tongue blackish fuscous, or mingled green and yellowish brown,
streaked slightly with black; palpal prominences brownish fuscous,
the sides paler, or green, above and within yellowish brown; sides of
pronotal tubercle wood brown, or yellowish brown. Compared with
P. Turnus, the lateral shoulder tubercles are slightly more prominent,
the excision between the palpal prominences a little deeper, and the
mesonotal tubercle very much larger; the subdorsal abdominal tuber-
cles are also slightly more developed, and there is, in addition, a
lateral row of minute tubercles. Length 27.5-36 mill. Height
7.5-9 mill. Length of mesonotal tubercle 2- 2.75 mill.; distance
of tips of palpal prominences apart 4.5-—5 mill.

ON THE PHOSPHATE BEDS oF SoutTH CAROLINA.
By N. 8S. SHALER.

The following paper on the phosphate marls of the shore region of
South Carolina, contains a partial account of the observations made
upon this district by the author, while under the employ of the
United States Coast Survey, and is published with the permission of
the Superintendent of the Survey, Prof. Benj. Pierce of Cambridge.
A portion of the conclusions have a certain commercial as well as
scientific value, and it was deemed by the Superintendent desirable
to place them before the public at the earliest opportunity. The re-
mainder of the description of these beds will be found in the report
of the work of the Coast Survey for 1870.

1870.} 223 | [Shaler.

Physical Geography of the Phosphate Region.

The physical geography of the area occupied by the phosphate
beds is so important, not only to a proper understanding of the his-
tory of their formation, but also to a right appreciation of their
economic value, that it will be well to set it forth briefly before we
consider the beds themselves.

The coast of the United States between the parallels of 25° and
35° north latitude, forms a shallow and very regular westward curve.
The depth of this bight is about two hundred miles, and the width of
the opening measured from Cape Hatteras its northernmost, to Cape
Florida its southernmost point, is not far from six hundred miles.

The land which bounds this great indentation is quite level for a
distance of some tens of miles from the shore, rarely rising more than
seyenty five feet above the tide level within this belt. The character
of the shore along this great Bay of the Carolinas ! varies very remark-
ably, considering the little variety of vertical relief found there.
From Cape Hatteras southward for a distance of about two hundred
miles, the shore is bordered by a peculiar series of low islands, dis-
posed in the fashion of a barrier reef. Along this whole shore the
sands which comprise the outer islands seem to be in constant move-
ment, the gaps between the islands changing their positions from year
to year. The observations of the Coast Survey have given very
valuable data for the study of these peculiar reefs, but it is not nec-
essary for us to examine their history. South of Cape Fear we pass
beyond this system of barriers and come upon a section of shore
which differs in no important regard from the usual type of low shore
on which the sea is slowly gaining. This second section of the Bay
of the Carolinas has a length of about one hundred miles, extending
from Cape Fear to Cape Roman. ‘The whole coast from Cape Hat-
teras to Cape Roman forms three great indentations. The northern-
most of these, sometimes known as Raleigh Bay, is entirely formed
by the narrow ridge of the sand reef which separates the ocean from
the broad water of Pamlico Sound. Immediately on the south of
Raleigh Bay lies Onslow Bay, which shows along the whole coast line
the same structure which we find in Raleigh Bay, but somewhat less
distinctly. South of the southern point of this Bay we find less and

1Not being able to find any name for this remarkable feature of our continent,
I have ventured to give it this one, in order to avoid the difficulties arising
from the want of designation.

Snaler.] 224 _ [March 2,

less of this barrier reef, until, as before remarked, the coast returns
to the ordinary type of a low wasting shore. Continuing southward
beyond this monotonous coast we find, at about twenty miles north of
Cape Roman, the beginning of a new type of coast. Instead of barrier
reef, with a considerable expanse of open water between it and the
shore, the coast begins to be penetrated with long tide water creeks
which cut up the shore region in an irregular manner. From Cape
Roman to Charleston this character becomes more and more pro-
nounced. From Charleston southwards as far as the mouth of the
St. Johns River, in Florida, a distance of nearly two hundred miles,
the coast for a depth of from five to twenty miles is intersected by
these arms of the sea to such an extent that at many points the islands
form two or three successive tiers. These tide water channels are to
be counted by thousands, and vary from a few feet wide to sounds like
the Broad River at Port Royal, which has a width of two or three
miles. The general appearance of such a shore is not unlike what is
seen on the northern part of the coast of this Continent within the
limits of what has been termed the fiord zone. The complication of out-
line along the Carolina and Georgia sea border quite equals any thing
which can be found on the shore of Maine or Labrador. A careful
comparison of the details of the topography of any region in the
fiord zone with what we find on this southern coast will show some
essential differences. The maps of the Coast Survey for the island
region of Maine, if compared with those of the sea islands, show the
features in question very clearly, and the reader is referred to them
for the character of the topography of these areas, if he has not had
an opportunity of studying it in the field. The most important of
these differences is that the main channels of the fiord regions always
run perpendicular to the shore, while in the sea islands the channels
approximately parallel to the coast are more numerous than those
which are perpendicular toit. It is evident that no such scouring
as is brought about by glacial streams could have excavated the tor-
tuous channels of the sea island region, for to have produced such
water ways the ice currents would have had a move parallel to the
shore; which is clearly impossible.

It is by no means easy to understand just how this peculiar com-
plication of the shore has been produced, but there are some fea-
tures in its structure which seem to throw a little light upon the
question. Throughout the sea island region the attentive observer
may see that the surface of the ground is disposed in long, wave-like

1870.] 225 [Shaler.

undulations, the summits of which are generally parallel to the shore.
On the innermost of the islands the action of the weather has partly
obliterated these reliefs, but over a large part of the territory they are
still quite conspicuous.}

On St. Helena Island they are peculiarly distinct, for the valleys
between the summits of the ridges, though they are only a few feet
deep, are still depressed enough to convert their bases into swamps,
so that the alternation of upland and morass in parallel lines charac-:
terizes a large part of the surface of this and the adjoining islands.
It is clear, on even a casual inspection, that these reliefs are not the
product of aérial erosion; their channels are rarely occupied by
streams; indeed, one may travel for days among these islands without
seeing any indication of subaérial erosion, except from tidal currents
wearing away some low cliff. There can be no doubt that this con-
tour of surface is due to submarine forces, and that the essential
features of the topography of this region were impressed upon it
before it came out of the sea. Something of this same character of
surface may be found beneath the level of the ocean along this coast,
though it is at no point so clearly traceable as on the surface of the
islands. ‘There can be httle doubt that these ridges and furrows are
due to the run of tidal currents along the shore. ‘There seems to be
a tendency in streams not bounded by resisting banks, such as the
tidal streams which course along a shallow shore, to arrange the ma-
terial they sweep over in long ridges. Such a stream does not always
press equally upon its floor, but is apt to have a banded character, or
to have a form which may be compared to several streams flowing
side by side, and closely joined with each other. Just what this is
owing to it is not easy to say, but it seems not altogether improbable
that the peculiar alternate strips of hot and cold water noticed in
the Gulf Stream by the officers of the Coast Survey, may be due to
the same or a related cause. The action of currents of air upon in-
coherent vapor in the atmosphere forming the banded clouds called
by sailors mares’ tails, may possibly be due to the same tendency.

In order to understand just how the sea acted upon this surface as
it began to be lifted above it, it must be noticed that although the
_ tides at Cape Hatteras or Cape Florida are not more than two feet in

1] am much indebted to Capt. C.O. Boutelle, of the U. S. Coast Survey, for
information on many points connected with the topography of this region, both
subaérial and submarine, and especially for having called my attention to these
parallel ridges on Hiltcn Head Island. 40

PROCEEDINGS B. 8. N. H.—VOL. XIII. 15 APRIL, 1869.

Shaler.] 296 [March 2,

height, they steadily increase as we go nearer to the centre of the
Bay, until at Fort Pulaski, at the mouth of the Savannah River,
they are over seven feet in height. This heaping up of the tide
in this bay may be entirely due to the usual action of converging
shores upon the tidal wave which flows into the bay they form;
though it does not seem as if the indentation was sufficiently deep to
produce so great an effect.

If we go back to the time when this shore began to emerge from
the sea, it will be seen that where the tide was of considerable height
it would tend to sweep around the low islands formed by the upper
part of the ridges before described, and to dig out the incoherent
sands which formed the bottom of the troughs between them. As
the shore gradually rose higher these water ways would be more de-
fined; but if there was an extensive tide water surface left, the scour-
ing action would be quite decided, and these channels might in time
acquire considerable depth.

A careful reconnaissance of the shore between Capes Hatteras and
Florida will show the observer that the Sea Island topography begins
where the tide rises above about four feet, and becomes more and
more marked as we go towards regicns where the tide becomes higher
and higher, or in other words, that m a general way the amount of
complication of outline of the shore line is proportionate to the height
of the tide. | |

Geological History of the South Carolina Coast Region.

The physical geography of this region affords the key to its geo-
logical history, or to that portion of it, at least, which has given it
the character it has at present. But to understand the more remote
history of this region we must go back to a time when the shore
line was at least two hundred miles west of its present position. At
the close of the Cretaceous era the shore of this southeastern border
of the continent lay near to the base of the Alleghany Mountains.
The uplifts at the close of the Eocene probably carried the shore
line some distance to the eastward, but just how far it is not easy to
say, as subsequent wearing action has destroyed a part of the record.
The elevation which closed the Miocene seems to have been far
greater than that which_came at the end of the preceding period.
It appears as if the shore line must have come at some points, es-
pecially on the southern part of South Carolina, nearly as far east as
the present coast.

1870.] OF iShaler.

The last considerable change of level which this shore has expe-
rienced eame at the close of the Pliocene era. It seems likely that
thi§ uplift carried the shore line much to the eastward of its present
position. The whole of the sea island belt is being worn away by
the ocean at a quite rapid rate. The scouring action of the powerful
tidal currents which flow through the fiords between the islands, tears
away a great deal of the materials over which they sweep. Along
the whole sea island belt from Winyah Bay, just north of Cape Roman;
to the mouth of the St. John River, in Florida, this erosive action
has resulted im the production of a broad, slightiy submerged table
land, having an average width of about eight miles, and an average
submergence of about three fathoms. This table of sands is very
well shown on the sailing chart of the U. S. Coast Survey, sheet 3d.
The outer part of this bank probably marks the position of the shore
at the close of the last uplift; that which created the sea island re-
gion. We shall soon see reasons for supposing that this must have
been an exceedingly recent occurrence in the geological sense cf that

‘word. Wherever one of the great tide water streams, such as the
Edisto, the Coosa, or the Broad River, debouches into the sea, the coast
chart shows that the sands swept out by it have built a delta which
reaches beyond the table sands, and some distance out into the deeper
water beyond.

lt is very probable that the coast line was once much further out to
sea than the border of this three fathom deep shoal would indicate.

If the reader will attentively notice the way in which the Gulf
Stream runs after it leaves the straits of Florida, he will perceive that
it is thrown with great violence against a part of the coast of the
Bay of the Carolinas. Its current, with a velocity of two to four
miles per hour, strikes against the bottom of the sea in 31°, where
the water has a depth of only one hundred fathoms. From this
point nearly to Cape Hatteras, or for most of the length of the Bay
of the Carolinas, this stream probably touches the bottom on its inside
border.

There can be no doubt that this stream must exercise a certain
wearing action against this part of the slope of the continent. A
river having the velocity of the Gulf Stream at this point, or a tidal
current, such as may be observed in our harbors, is capable of taking
up and removing considerable quantities of detritus. Whatever ero-
sive force the Gulf Stream may have at present, there is a great
probability that in the immediate geological past its action on this

Shaler. 998 [March 2,

shore must have been quite powerful. It has been clearly shown
by Professor Agassiz that the Florida coral reefs are but the last
stages in the building of that great natural breakwater, and that the
whole peninsula is probably the product of the work of the existing
species of polyps and acalephs, working during the last geological
period. If this be so, then it follows that before the erection of the
Florida mole the Gulf Stream must have swept against the shore of
the Carolinas in a more direct way than it does at present. The
removal of the southern half of Florida would certainly increase the
violence with which the stream presses against the Carolina shore.
There is, furthermore, no doubt that the region swept by the inner
edge of the Gulf Stream is composed of materials calculated to wear
very rapidly when submitted to the action of a current of water. Al-
though these considerations are not calculated to give us any decided
assurance concerning the part which the Gulf Stream has played in
the erosion of this shore, they still make it probable that it has had
no unimportant share in the shaping of the coast.

It may be remarked, in passing, that there seems to be no clear
evidence of recent subsidence on this coast. 1am satisfied that the
many facts which seem to indicate such action, and which have even
deceived the remarkably acute Sir Charles Lyell, are really to be
attributed to a variety of minor accidents, such as the undermining
of the coast by the action of the waves, or to the rotting away of a
considerable thickness of vegetable matter beneath the surface of
the ground. This view of the meaning of these supposed evidences
of subsidence is ably defended by Professor Tuomey in his report on
the Geology of South Carolina.

The Geology of the Phosphate Beds.

The effort to identify accurately the formations of North America
with those of Europe has led in some cases to the hasty use of the
names which have been applied to certain beds in the European sec-
tions, to designate American rocks.

In the nomenclature of the South Carolina beds, we have what

1 Dr. Ravenel thinks that he has recognized the phosphate beds at the depth of
about sixty feet below the surface, at Charleston. If this should be verified, we
would be compelled, as will be seen hereafter, to suppose that after the formation
of the phosphate bed under atmospheric agencies, the shore had been depressed
to the depth of at least sixty feet below its present position. It would be difficult
to account for such a great subsidence at this point, while beds at a distance of
nine miles to the westward have not changed their position.

1870. 229 {Shaler.

seems to be an instance of this confusion of names. In the largest
work which has yet been published on the geology of this region, the
“ Report on the Geology of South Carolina, by Mr. Tuomey,” the
tertiary rocks of the State are divided into Eocene, Miocene and
Pliocene, to suit the then newly proposed classification of Sir Charles
Lyell. The Eocene tertiary is described as occurring in two differ-
ent regions in two widely varying conditions. In the western part of
the State the section shows, first, beds of sandstone and grit; second,
beds of sand, gravel, and colored clays; third, siliceous clay; fourth,
silicified shells; fifth, beds of sand and iron ore. In the shore region
a great thickness of tolerably uniform marls is assumed as the equiva-
lent of this varied formation, the apparently not unreasonable view
of Mr. Tuomey being, that the difference in the position of these two
‘regions relative to the shore, has caused .the difference in the physical
character of the beds. The organic contents of the supposed identi-
cal beds in the east and west regions of the State, are as varied as
are their physical features. The fossils of the buhr-stone or western
beds, named in the list of Tuomey, are almost all Gasteropods and
Lamellibranchiates. The general character of these shells may be
accepted as rather more like the Eocene of Europe than any other
member of the tertiary series there, but their horizon has been deter-
mined, not by the comparison of the resemblances of the species, but
by the fact that all the species found in this association are extinct.
But although there is no apparent reason to question the position
assigned to the buhr-stone formation, there must be doubt concern-
ing the position of the beds of the shore region, which are placed as
contemporaneous with it. We have in the Santee beds an assem-
blage of fossils very different from those occurring in the buhr-stone,
and containing species such as the Zeuglodon cetoides, differing
widely from anything found in the latter formation.

Still further to the east we have again in the marls of the Ashley
and Cooper Rivers other physical conditions, and an assemblage of
fossils which it is difficult to believe could have been deposited in the
same geological period as buhr-stone fossils. Nor can we suppose that
the one series of rocks was deposited far inland, and the other
near shore, for in the Ashley beds, as remarked by Mr. Tuomey, the
character of the fossils shows clearly that they could not have been
deposited far from the sea border.

There does not seem the same reason for questioning the identity
of the Santee beds, and those found along the borders of the Ashley

Shaler.] 230 [March 2,

and the Cooper Rivers, that there is to doubt the identity of the age
of the latter beds and the buhr-stone. The identity of the first
named beds does not seem to be sufficiently proven; the contempora-
neous origin of the last named is at first sight so improbable that
it cannot be accepted without direct proof, which has not been pre-
sented. The Jevel character of a large part of the surface over
which these beds in question extend, makes it extremely difficult to
trace by natural sections the relations of these several series of rocks.
The paleontological evidence not being clear, the matter must re-
main in some doubt until we have artificial sections which artesian
wells, tapping the abundant subterranean waters of this region, will
doubtless soon give.

Overlying the Santee beds and the beds of the Ashley and Cooper
Rivers, there are found at various points marls which are probably to
be regarded as of a Pliocene age. This is the age assigned to them
by Mr. Tuomey, and if we must make a division of the tertiary sec-
tion, assigning a part to each of these three names, Eocene, Miocene,
and Pliocene, there seems no reason to protest against the term,
The extent of country covered by these beds is so small, and their
disposition so irregular, that it seems necessary to suppose that a great
amount of erosion has acted upon the surface, and that only patches
of the formation as it once existed, have remained to the present day.
These beds are of great value to us, however, merely as evidence of
long continued exposure of the low lands of this part of the Atlantic
shore.

The bed of phosphate of lime which we have been preparing to
study, lies immediately on top of the “marls of the Ashley and
Cooper Rivers,” as they have been generally termed, though these
beds are not limited to the basins of these streams. The whole of
the workable material lies in a single bed, from six inches to three
feet in thickness. Although it varies in its chemical and fossil com-
ponents, it retains everywhere certain marked features. It is always
more or less nodular; the nodules vary much in size, some being no
larger than a pea, some a foot or more in diameter. These nodules
contain, generally, one or more fragments of shells or corals, appar-
ently all Eocene species, which seem to have been the ageregating
points of the matter contained in the nodule. So far as my knowl-
edge goes, there have been few, if any, nodules foand containing traces
of vertebrate remains. Many of the nodules show traces of wearing,
not exactly what would be expected from their being rolled as by a

1870.) 931 [Shaler.

stream, but the style of wear which comes from being stamped and
trodden on. The appearance of the worn surfaces reminds me of that
seen on fragments of bone from Big Bone Lick, which have been
ground by the trampling of the en pachyderms and ruminants
which frequented that swamp. Sometimes these nodules do not
make up more than a considerable fraction of the bed, the remainder
being sand, pebbles, or the marl of the character found on the bed
beneath. Again, the nodules are so crowded in the bed that they are
soldered together into one mass, with scarce any interspaces between
the separate concretions.

Mingled withthe concretions there is found a very variable quantity
of fossi! vertebrate remains; by far the greater part of these consist
of exceedingly worn fragments of cetacean bones and sharks’ teeth
and vertebra, both clearly of the same species as those found lower
down in the marls in the same section. Mingled with these, but
comparatively rarely found, are the bones of a fossil horse, pig, mas-
todon, and bones and utensils of man. These last named fossils are
almost always in a state of preservation, widely different from that of
the remains of the cetaceans and selachians with which they are
mineled. ‘Their appearance indicates a comparatively recent inhu-
mation.

Chemical analysis shows us that the nodules of this deposit contain
the greatest quantity of phosphate of lime, the quantity varying at —
different points from forty to nearly seventy per cent. The first and
most natural seeming explanation of the large amount of this salt,
is that it is derived from the bones and excrements of the animals
whose remains are found in the bed. But the points where the most
bones are found are not those where the phosphate deposit is thickest
or richest. At Chisholm’s Island, on the waters of St. Helena Sound,
where the bed has the greatest development yet discovered, and
where the analysis shows more phosphoric acid than at some of the
localities the richest in bones, the remains of vertebrate animals are
very rarely found. It is not too much to say that at this locality not
one part in ten thousand of the mass’ is composed of vertebrate re-
mains. Nor can we assume that the mass of phosphoric acid has been
furnished by the decay of bones which have been utterly broken
down; in that case we should have the remaining bones showing all
degrees of preservation. This, however, is not the case; the frag-
ments, though usually much worn, retain their structure very well.
Although I went upon the ground with a disposition to regard the

Shaler.] 932 [March 2,

beds as the result of the decay of vertebrate remains, the general
character of the deposit soon compelled me to seek some other ex-
planation of its origin.

It has been suggested by a distinguished chemist that the deposit
was the result of the submergence of a great guano area, during
which submergence the bones of marine animals became mingled
with the mass. There are several objections to this view: in the first
place, no remains of birds have been found in the deposit, though
fossils quite as likely to be destroyed, are well preserved there. Then
it is difficult to see how in the immediate past this swampy shore
could have been the breeding place of the quantities of birds which
would have been required to have accumulated these phosphates, nor
could we suppose that the climate of this shore could have been at
the time of the deposition of the phosphates so different from what it
is at present, as would have been required to produce the dry condi-
tions essential to the accumulation of a guano deposit.

There is another view of the origin of these phosphate beds, which,
so far as my knowledge goes, has not yet been suggested, and which,
it seems to me, solves a part of the difficulties.

The phosphate layer rests upon a mass of marl containing a num-
ber of fossils which are found in a worn condition mingled with the
phosphate nodules. The analyses of Dr. St. Julien Ravenel have
shown that at several points beneath the phosphate beds the marl
contains several per cent. of phosphate of lime, and it may be as-
sumed as eminently probable that the whole of the marl beneath the
region where the phosphate beds occur, contains a certain quantity
of this material, mingled with the carbonate of lime which constitutes
the mass. Now it is. a well known fact that water containing car-
bonic acid gas in solution has a solvent action upon both these salts
of lime, but that its power is greatest on the carbonate of lime. So
that a mass of marl containing both these materials, submitted to the
action of water charged with carbonic acid, might have the carbonate
of lime entirely removed, and the mass left behind when the solving
action ceased, might consist almost altogether of the phosphate of
lime. . !

If we look a moment at the conditions which prevail in the phos-
phate region, we shall see that with this view we can easily frame
an explanation of the formation of this phosphate layer. The usual
section through these beds gives us cn top a layer of vegetable matter

1870.] 933 [Shaler.

and soil containing humus, through which the water percolating be-
comes charged with carbonic acid; then the phosphate layer; immedi-
ately beneath that the marl containing phosphates, which is only
slightly permeable to water. Soaking over this marl the water be-
_ comes charged with carbonate of lime and some phosphate which it
carries away in the drainage system of the country. This process,
going on for centuries, gradually dissolves away a great thickness of
the marl, and gives, as in the capping bed, an accumulation made up
of fossils from the wasted beds, which resisted decay, and could not be
washed away; of phosphates which became aggregated into nodules;
of remains of man and other recent animals, which, falling in the
swamp, sank through the soft bog and became trampled in among the
nodules by the living animals which inhabited this low land.

Great freshets might lay down several feet of clay and sand, or
some rearranged marl on top of the phosphate layer, thus confusing
the record, by making the remains of man and extinct animals asso-
ciated with his early history in this region, seem a part of the ancient
marl beds.

Looking upon the phosphate layer as the debris of a large amount
of eroded marl, it is no longer a difficult matter to account for the
association of fossils found there, which would be inexplicable with-
out some theory of this kind.

Although this view of the derivation of the phosphate beds capping
the Ashley River marls seems to clear away a part of the doubt which
hides their origin, it discloses another question which is about as diffi-
cult to settle. If we are to derive the phosphates from the marl,
in what manner are we to account for the preseucze of this material in
the latter beds? I cannot say that I feel any great satisfaction in tie
explanation which I am about to offer, which after all is only half an
explanation; but inasmuch as it promises to cast some light on what
is a rather dark subject, I venture to present it.

It may be premised that the whole. question of the formation of
phosphates is one of the little understood provinces of geological in-
quiry. ‘The usual supposition of the vertebrate origin of these accu-
mulations does not fit some of the most conspicuous examples, and the
ingenious hypothesis of the able chemist and geologist, Mr. T. Sterry
Hunt, which accounts for the erigin of the massive apatite beds of
the early paleozoic by the action of quantities of unarticulated
Brachiopods, separating phosphate of lime from the water of the sea,
though doubiless a true cause, is not competent toexplain many cases

Shaler. ] 934 ? {March 2,

of the oceurrence of materials containing phosphoric acid in some of
its combinations.

The tolerably uniform dissemination of phosphate of lime through
the marl beneath the phosphates cannot be explained on any theory of
the formation of such deposits that has come under my observation.
The general character of the marl underlying the phosphates is quite
different from what would be supposed from the fact that it contains
numerous vertebrate remains. It does not seem to have been a de-
posit formed near the shore, but rather to have been the product of
those agents of deposition which work in the deeper parts of the sea.
It was my good fortune to see some of the material brought up from ,
the floor of the Gulf Stream between Florida and Cuba, from a depth
of nearly two hundred fathoms; the resemblance of the general char-
acter of this material to the marls beneath the phosphate bed is quite
striking. It is by no means improbable that at the time when these
beds beneath the phosphate bed were being accumulated, the Gulf
Stream flowed over them. The peninsula of Florida did not then
exist, and the natural path of the stream must have been just over
the region of the Ashley River beds.

The material brought up by the Coast Survey dredging work un-
der the direction of Count Pourtales, consisting, as has just been
stated, of a marly substance, resembling in a general way the marls
of the Ashley and Cooper Rivers, has recently been subjected to
analysis, and strange to relate, it, too, contains a considerable amount
of phosphoric acid. The analyses are not yet complete, but will in
due time be made public by the officer having these dredgings in
charge; but enough is known to make it sure that the chemical
character of the material now accumulating on the bottom of the
Gulf Stream, is likely to show a surprising likeness to that which was
laid down on the sea floor where the Ashley and Cooper Rivers’ beds
were formed.

It is not the least singular part of the likeness of the materials on
the Gulf Stream floor to the beds beneath the phosphates, that there,
too, vertebrate remains abound. The dredge of Count Pourtales
brought up from the bottom of the stream a considerable number of
fragments of the. bones of the dugong, or some allied animal. It.
might at first sight seem as if the occurrence of these bones afiorded
a sufficient explanation of the presence of phosphoric acid in the
material composing the floor of the Gulf Stream, but here, as on the
Ashley and Cooper River marls, it would be necessary to suppose

1870.] 235 [Shaler.

\

that a large part of the sediment falling on that floor (probably at
least one third of the mass) was the product of vertebrate animals.
This is clearly by no means a probable supposition.

We know that some of the pteropod mollusks, forms which are
frequently abundant in the ocean at great distances from the land,
have a composition not materially different from that of bones. It
has even been stated, though I do not yet know by what authority,
that some of the marine alge contain a large per cent. of phosphate
of lime. The fact of the existence of this material in a number of
the inferior organizations of the sea makes it, in most cases, more
reasonable to account for the formation of extensive masses of phos-
phate beds by the deposition of the remains of invertebrate species,
than to suppose that they were accumulated by vertebrate animals.

If the foregoing view of the process by which the phosphate beds
of South Carolina were formed be correct, then we may draw the im-
portant conclusion, important at least in an economic point of view,
that wherever the phosphate-containing marls of the South Atlantic
sea board lie in a position similar to that which they occupy in the
vicinity of Charleston, the bed of nodular phosphate is likely to be
found. The United States Coast Survey is about undertaking a
eareful examination of the region where it is likely that these beds
may be found. So that this important source of wealth, not only to
the States where it occurs, but to the whole country, may not want
for that aid in its development which it may aes be expected
the government should give.

There can be no doubt that the area of the nodular phosphates is
much underestimated, though how great a part of the region where
they occur contains the material in workable quantities, may remain
a questionable matter.

It seems likely that the peculiar advantages of these beds will ena-
ble them for a long time to control the market for phosphates, at
least in this country. ‘They are over great areas, scarcely covered
by the soil, so that the labor of excavating is small. The beds are,
in most cases, remarkably accessible, on account of the peculiar sys-
tem of lagoons which intersect the coast. Furthermore, the supply
lies in a region which, more than any other in the world, is likely to
require a large amount of fertilizing material of this character, to
balance the waste brought about by the exportation of raw agricul
tural products.

Putnam.} 236 {March 16,

Nore. — It is a pleasure to me to acknowledge my obligation to Dr. St. Julien
Ravenel for the great assistance kindly rendered by him during my examina-
‘tion of the South Carolina beds; he, having been the first to see the commer-

cial value of these beds and a constant student of their features since their
discovery, is now the person best acquainted with their phenomena. I account
it a very fortunate thing that [ had his guidance over a considerable part of the
region I traversed.

Section of Microscopy. March 9, 1870.
Dr. B. Joy Jeffries in the chair. Nine persons present.
Mr. George Mixter was elected a member.

My. C. Stodder exhibited a new objective of unique con-
struction, made by Tolles. With its draw tube closed, it was
a 3-inch; when fully drawn out, a 4-inch; it had a working
distance of only 13 inches.

He also remarked that Professor Eulenstein had written
him that Nobert and himself had resolved the seventeenth
band of Nobert’s test-plate with a 1 inch objective made by

6
Tolles ; they had been unable to do so with any other objective.

March 16, 1870.

Mr. William T. Brigham in the chair. Fourteen
persons present.

The following papers were presented :—

NoTE ON THE OCCURRENCE OF EULEPTORHAMPHUS LONGIROSTRIS
ON THE Coast OF MaASsACHUSETTS. By F. W. Putnam.

Dr. Giinther, in his valuable “ Catalogue of the Fishes of the
British Museum,” admits five distinct forms under the genus Hemi-
rhamphus, which had been considered as genera by other authors.

1870.] 937 (Putnam.

‘While fully agreeing with Dr. Giinther that the teeth are too rudi-
mentary it this sub-family to warrant the establishment of genera
based on them alone, yet the characters afforded by the head, body
and fins, appear to be sufficient to establish these groups as genera. At
all events there seems to me no reason to question the generic rank
of the group now under consideration; for their elongated, slender
and narrowed bodies, long pectorals, short ventrals and elongated
heads, give them an appearance nearly as marked from the typical
Hemirhamphus Brasiliensis as is Exocetus.

Prof. Valeticiennes has described two species of Hemirhamphus
with very long under jaws, long bodies and long pectorals. One of
these was figured by Russell, and afterwards, from a specimen re-
ceived from the Bay of Bengal, by Valenciennes, in the “ Illustrated
Edition of the Reene Animal,” under the name of H. longirostris, as
at that time it was the only species known having an exceedingly
long jaw. In the ‘“ Histoire Naturelle des Poissons,” a second species,
obtained at De Peyster’s Islands (South Pacific), with a still longer
under jaw, is figured and described under the name of H. macro-
rhynchus.

In 1859 Prof. Gill founded the genus Huleptorhamphus for a species
of Hemirhamphine, with tricuspidate teeth in the lower jaw. He
compares the specimen (the locality unknown) which he names E.
Brevoortii, with H. macrorhynchus and H. longirostris, to which he
acknowledges it to be very closely allied; but as the character of the
teeth in his specimen differed from that given as existing in the two
allied species, he felt warranted in considering his fish not only as a
- distinct species, but also as the type of a new genus.

In September, 1869, Francis Gardner, Esq., of Boston, presented
to the Peabody Academy of Science a fish caught a few days pre-
viously by Mr. Augustus Welcome, a fisherman at Nantucket, while
fishing with a number of others off the Island. None of the fish-
ermen on the Island had ever seen such a fish before, and it was
given to Mr. Gardner on condition that a name and some account of
it should be sent to Mr. Welcome. At the first examination I felt
sure that this specimen was either H. longirostris Val., or a closely
allied species. And on looking over the collection in the Academy,
I was still further surprised to find two specimens of a closely allied
species; one from Cayenne, Guiana, presented several years since to
the Essex Institute by Capt. J. Cheever, and the other without a

Putnam.] 93 8 [March 16,

label. These two specimens I now refer with but slight hesitation
to HH. macrorhynchus of Valenciennes.

A fourth specimen of the genus was discovered in the collection
of the Boston Society of Natural History, but unfortunately was
without a label indicating its locality. This specimen is unquestion-
ably the same species as the one from Nantucket.

I have also hastily examined three specimens contained in the
Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, which were collected by Mr. An-
drew Garrett at Hawaii, and am satisfied, as well as one can be
without direct comparison of the specimens, that they are of the
same species with the other specimens I have considered as H. longi-
rostris:

The tricuspid teeth noticed by Prof. Gill in his #. Brevoortii do not
seem to be of much importance, as one of the three specimens from
Hawaii, in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, has tricuspid teeth
in the under jaw, while the other specimens, which do not otherwise
differ from it, have simple conical teeth. The specimen from the Bos-
ton Society is specially interesting as exhibiting the back teeth of
the under jaw with thrée points, while the front teeth are simple. I
must remark, however, that I have not been able to detect tricuspid
teeth in the two specimens I have considered as H. macrorhynchus,
though as I have not found them in three of the specimens that I
have identified as H. longirostris, this character cannot be considered
as even of specific importance. | .

The following summary of characters exhibits those common to the
two species, and shows how closely allied they are. The specimens
are all nearly of the size of those figured by Walenciennes; the
Nantueket specimen being a little smaller than his figure of H. longi-
rostris, while the Cayenne and two of the Hawaiian specimens are a
little longer than his H. macrorhynchus.

EULEPTORHAMPHUS Gill.
Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,
1860 (1859), p. 156; 1863, p. 273.

Summary of characters common to the two supposed species.

Body long, narrow and compressed. Head as is Hemirhamphus, —
but not so pointed. Length of head from tip of upper jaw to margin
of operculum about one seventh of the length from tip of upper jaw
to the base of the caudal. Upper jaw about as long as wide. Under
jaw very long, about one fourth to one third of the total length of

1870.] | 239 (Putnam.

the fish. Eye large; diameter equal to between one quarter and one
third the length of the head from tip of upper jaw to opercular
edge; equal to, or a little more than the interorbital space; less than
the post-orbital portion. Caudal fin forked; lower lobe longest.
Pectorals very long, about one fourth the length of the fish, under
jaw excluded. Ventrals very small, about one sixth the length of
the pectorals, and placed nearer to the base of the caudal than to the
head. Dorsal and anal long, with high anterior rays; placed opposite
each other, but the dorsal commences a few rays in advance of the
anal! Abdomen and sides silvery; above darker. Scales large, wide
gmaesiort. Eectoral, 1, 7—8; ventral, 1, 5= 6; dorsal, t, ii, 19 or
a eer 2a. anal, T, i, 18, or dl, i,.17, oF UW, 1; 19 = 21 to 23;
caudal, 111, i, 7-4-7, i, 111 = 22.

Euleptorhamphus longirostris.

——— —— Russell,? Fish Corom., 1, p. 62, pl. 178.

Hemirhamphus longirostris Val., Regne An., Ill. ed., pl. 98; Val.,
Hist. Nat. Poiss., xx, p. 52; Giinther, Cat. Fish., v1, p. 276.

Euleptorhamphus Brevoortu Gill, Proc. Philad. Ac. Nat. Sci., 1860
(1859), p. 156.

Pondicherry (Bay of Bengal), V dlenciewmes Kawaihe, Hawaii,
Mus. Comp. Zool., No. 671 (3 specimens); off the Island of Nan-
tucket, Mass., Peabody Ac. Sci., No. 250; unknown, .Gill; unknown,
Boston Soe. Nat. Hist., No. 277.

Depth of body, between dorsal and anal fins, is contained from
eleven and one half to thirteen times in the distance from operculum
to base of caudal. Dorsal 22 or 23; anal 20 to 22.

Euleptorhamphus macrorhynchus.

Hemirhamphus macrorhynchus Val., Hist. Nat: Poiss., x1x, p. 55,
pl. 556; Ginther, Cat. Fish., vi, p. 276.

De Peyster’s Isls: (South Pacific), Valenciennes; Cayenne, Guiana,
S. A., Peabody Ac. Set., No: 251; unknown, Peabody Ac. Sci., No.
252. |

Depth of body, between dorsal and anal fins, is contained from nine
to nine and three quarters’ times in the distance from operculum to

1In Valenciennes’ figure of H. longirostris, the dorsal is represented as com-
mencing directly opposite the anal, but in all the specimens I haveseen, and in
the one described by Gill, the dorsal commences a few rays in advance of the anal,
as represented in Valenciennes’ figure of H. macrorhynchus.

2T have not been able to refer to Russell’s work.

Dall.] QAO [March 16,

base of caudal. Dorsal 22 or 23; anal 21 to 23. Eye very slightly
smaller, under jaw slightly larger and fin rays slightly thicker than
in E. longirostris.

From the above summary of characters it will be noticed that the
only prominent ones by which the two species can be separated, are
the deeper body and slightly larger fin rays of E. macrorhynchus,
and these may prove to be only of sexual and not of specific im-
portance. When a larger number of specimens have been examined,
these differences may prove to be simply individual variations.

Note. Since communicating the above to the Society, the inval-
uable “ Zoological Record” of Dr. Giinther, for 1868 (just received
in this country), has called my attention to the “ Repertorio Fisico-
Natural de la Isla de Cuba,” by Prof. Poey, in which, p. 383, he
describes as new Huleptorhamphus velox, from Cuba.

Prof. Poey compares his species with the figure and description of
Valenciennes’ Hem. longirostris, with which he states it to be very
closely allied. He gives depth of body as contained ten and one
third times in the length, and the diameter of the eye three and one
half times in the head. Dorsal 19; anal 21. Teeth tricuspid.

These points, from the description of Poey, indicate his specimens
to be intermediate between what I have considered above as Z. lon-
girostris and E. macrorhynchus, and strengthen my belief that there is
only one known species of the genus.—F. W. P., March 18th.

REVISION OF THE CLASSIFICATION OF THE Moxruiusca or MaAs-
SACHUSETTS. By W. H. DALL, SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.

The classification here presented is not original with the writer,
but simply contains the results of special students in all branches of
malacology, published during the last ten years, and systematically
arranged in this list. Such a rectification has long been demanded,
especially by those students who are removed from large libraries,
and who have hitherto been obliged to rely upon the systems of the
older authors, which, in the rapid advance of science, are becoming
obsolete. For economy in space and convenience to the student,
reference has been made to the pages of the new edition of Gould’s
Invertebrata of Massachusetts, in which the various species here re- ~
ferred to the several genera, are described at length. No attempt
has been made to rectify the specific synonymy, except in a very few
instances, where it seemed to be urgently required. Doubt as to the
value of a genus, or the proper reference of a species to it, or to the

1870.) (Daa (Dall.

nomenclature of the species, is indicated by an interrogation point.
The sources from which the new arrangement has: been principally
compiled are the works of Troschel, Von Martes, Morse, Gray, af
Adams and others, as arranged in the classification of the families
of the Mollusca, provisionally adopted by the Smithsonian Institu-
tion; for the use of which I am indebted to Prof. Theodore Gill. The
authorities given for the larger groups are usually those who have
restricted them as at present understood, and not the original authors
of the names in a wider sense. ‘The writer is aware that many mod-
Ifications may be required as science progresses, but he hopes that
even in its present and probably imperfect state, the adoption of the
present more natural arrangement will be of value to students of
malacology.

SUB-KINGDOM MOLLUSCA Cvov.
Class CEPHALOPODA.
Order DisRANCHIATA Owen.

Suborder DECAPODA.

LOLIGINIDE H. & A. Ad. ONYCHOTEUTHIDE H. & A. Ad.
Loligo Lam. Ommastrephes D’Orb.
L. punctata, p. 513. L. Pealii, QO. sagittatus? p. 510. OQ.
*p. 514. Bartrami, p. 512.
CRANCHIIDE Stp. SPIRULIDZE H. & A. Ad.
Taonus Steenstrup. Spirula Lam.
T. pavo, p. 509. S. fragilis, p. 516.

Class GASTEROPODA.
Subclass DIGCA.

Order Toxogiossa Trosch.

PLEUROTOMID ‘Trosch. ularia, p. 852. _ B. violacea,
p- 353. B.decussata, p. 354.

Mangelia Leach.
g ae B. ecancellata and pleuroto-

M? bicarinata, p. 349.

Clathurella Ger. | maria, p. 855.
C. plicata, p. 350. ADMETIDZ& ‘Trosch.
Bela Leach. Admete Moll.

B. turricula, p. 351. B. harp- A. viridula, p. 391.

PROCEEDINGS B. 8. N. H.—VOL. XIII. 16 APRIL, 1870.

Dall.] 949 [March 16,

OrpER RHACHIGLOSSA Trosch.

Group Odontoglossa.

FASCIOLARIUD Trosch. tus, p. 374. CC. decemcos-
Fusine. tatus, p. 375.
Sipho H. & A. Ad. [Nore. C. lyratus Mart. is a closely

allied but distinct species peculiar to
the west.coast of N. America. ]
BUCCINIDE. Fulgur Mont.

F. carica, p. 383.
Sycotypus (Browne) Gill.
Buccinum Linn. S. canaliculatus, p. 380.

B. undulatum Moll. (= unda-

tum Gld. non Lin.), p. 366.
B. Humphreysianum Benn. | Nassine.

(= ciliatum Gld. non Fabr.), Nassa Lam.

p- 368. B. Donovani, p. 369. N. vibex, p. 365 (= fretensis

S. Islandicus, p. 371.

Buccinine.

Nassip# Trosch.

; Perkins).
EC aene, (Tritia H.& A. Ad.) T. triv-
~Chrysodomus Swains. ittata, p. 364.
C. pygmeus, p. 372. C? ven- (Ilyanassa Stm.) I. obsoleta,
tricosus, p. 373. C. torna- p: 362. ;

Group Hamiglossa.

MURICIDE. P. lapillus, p. 361.

Muricine. PTYCHATRACTID Stm.
Eupleura H. & A. Ad.
E. caudata, p. 386.
Trophon Mont.
T. clathratus, p. 377. T. sca- COLUMBELLID& Morch.

lariformis, p. 378. 'T. muri- Astyris! H. & A. Ad
catus, p. 379. A. rosacea, p. 357. A. dissim-

Ptychatractus Stm.
P. ligatus, p. 385.

(UROSE OUELS 10 ilis, p. 358. A. Iunata, p.
U. cinerea, p. 370. 359.
Purpurine. Anachis H. & A. Ad.
Purpura Brug: A. avara, p. 357.

1 A number of West Coast species, referred to Amycla by most authors, belong
to this section. The type of Amycla (Buc. corniculum Oliv.) is Nassoid, not Colum-
beiloid, yide Troschel. Geb. Schn., 01, p. 90.

243

Order TanroGuossa Trosch.

VALVATID& Trosch.

Tropidina H. & A. Ad.
T. tricarinata, p. 286.
Lyogyrus Gill.
L. pupoideus, p. 288.

VIVIPARID& Gill.

Campeloma! Raf.
C. decisa, p. 289.

RISSOIDH Stm.

Pomatiopsine Stm.
Pomatiopsis Tryon.
P. lapidaria, p. 295.

Amnicoline Gill.

Amnicola Gld. & Hald.
A. pallida, p. 292. A. limosa,
p- 298. A. grana, p. 294.

Rissoine Stm.

Rissoa Frem.
R? multilineata, p. 300.
exarata, R? Mighelsi and
R? carinata, p. 301.
Cingula Flem.
C? minuta, p. 298. C? latior
and C? aculeus, p. 29,9.
[Nore. The material is not at hand,

definitely to fix the generic place of
these species. |

e

Skeneincee Stm. °

Skenea Flem.
S. planorbis, p. 296.

ney

RISSOELLID/ H. & A. Ad.

-Rissoella Gray.

R? eburnea and R? suleosa, p.
297.

LITTORINID# Trosch.
Littorinine.
Littorina Fér.
L. litorea, p. 308. L. palliata,
p- 809. L. irrorata, p. 311.
L. rudis, p. 304. L. (var. ?)
tenebrosa, p. 306.

Lacunine.
Lacuna Turt.
L. vineta, p. 302.
dea, p. 3038.

L. neritoi-

CERITHIIDZ Trosch.
Cerithune.
Bittium Leach.
B. nigrum, p. 321. B. Greenii,
Dp: 228
Triforis Desh.
T. nigrocinctus, p. 323.
Cerithiopsine.
Cerithiopsis2 Fbs.
C. Emersonii, p. 387. C. tere-
bralis, p. 389.
‘ TURRITELLID Trosch.
Mesalia Gray.

M. erosa (= polaris Beck), p.
317. M. reticulata and cos-

[Dall.

1 Melantho of Bowditch cannot be used, as the type is an unrecognizable marine
fossil from the Paris basin; the name, therefore, would better be dropped.

2 Placed by Troschel in the Cerithiide, to which it is closely allied.

Dall.]

tulata, p. 318. M. acieula,

p- 319.
VERMETID& Cpr.

Vermetus Adans.
V. radicula, p. 316.

CeCID& Cpr.
Ceecum Elem.
C. pulchellum, p. 315.
TRICHOTROPID& ‘Trosch.

Trichotropis B. & S.
T. borealis, p. 390.

CAPULID& Trosch.
Calyptreine.

Crucibulum Schum.
C. striatum, p. 275.
Crepidula Lam.

C. fornicata, p. 271. C. con-
vexa, p. 273. C. glauca, p.
274.

Clanachus H. & A. Ad.) I.

plana, p. 272.

244

[March 16,

APORRHAIDZ ‘Trosch.

Aporrhais (Da Costa) Dillw.
A. occidentalis, p. 320.

NATICIDZ Trosch.
Natica Adans.

N. clausa, p. 343. N. pusilla,

p. 344.
Lunatia Gray.

L. heros, p. 338. L. triseriata,
p- 340. lL. Gronlandica, p.
341. L?immaculata, p. 344. _

Neverita Risso.

N. duplicata, p. 345.
Bulbus Brown.

B. flavus, p. 347.
Amauropsis Merch.

A. helicoides, p. 348.

VELUTINIDZE.
Velutina Blainv.
V. haliotoidea, p. 334. V.
zonata, p. 330.
MARSENIDZ Trosch.

Marsenia Leach.
M? perspicua, p. 337.

Order PTENOGLOSSA Trosch.

IANTHINIDE Gray.
Tanthina Lam. |
I. fragilis, p. 277.
SCALARIIDE Gray.
Scalaria Lam. ;

S. Novanglie, p. 311. S. lin-
eata, p. 312. S. multistri-
ata, p. 313.

(Clathrus [Oken] H. & A. Ad.)
C. gronlandicus, p. 314.

1870. 245 [Dall.

Subelass EXOCEPHALA.
Order RureuipoGiossa Trosch.
Suborder ScUTIBRANCHIATA Gray.

LIOTIID# Gray. Margarita Leach.

a Acerbis §. Wood. M. cinerea, p: a M. minu-
tissima and M. undulata, p.
Sts BP. 278. Ostman) helicinah pe 261.
M. campanulata and M. ar-
gentata, p. 282. M. obscura,
Calliostoma Swains. p- 283. M. acuminata, p.

C. occidentalis, p. 286. 284. M. varicosa, p. 285.

TROCHID Gray.

Suborder DIcCRANOBRANCHIATA Gray.
FISSURELLID&.

Cemoria Leach. C. noachina, p. 276.

Order DocoGciossaA Trosch.

Suborder CERVICOBRANCHIATA Gray.

TECTURIDEZ Gray.

Tectura Aud. T. testudinalis, p. 267. TT. alveus, p. 269.

Suborder ABRANCHIATA Gill.
LEPETIDZ Dall ex Gray.

Lepeta Gray. L. ceca, p. 270.

Order PoLypLacopHora Gray.

CHITONIDZ Gray. ‘reus, p. 261. T? mendica-
Leptochiton Gray. rius, p. 263. T? apiculatus,
L. cinereus, p.259. L? albus, p- 258.
‘p. 263. : Amicula Gray.
Tonicia Gray. A. Emersonii, p. 264.

T. ruber, p. 260. T. marmo-

246

Dall.] [March 16,

Order CrRROBRANCHIATA Gray.

Entalis Sby.
E, striolata, p. 266.

DENTALIIDE Gray.

Dentalium Linn.
D. dentale, p. 266.

Subclass HERMAPHRODITA,

Order PULMONATA.

Suborder GEOPHILA.

LIMACID.

Limax Linn.
L. maximus, p. 407. L. agres-
tis, p. 408. L. campestris,
p- 409. L. flavus, p. 410.

ARIONIDE H. & A. Ad.
Arion Fer.
A. fuseus, p, 451.
PHILOMYCIDE Gray.
Tebennophorus Binn.
T. caroliniensis, p. 457. T?
dorsalis,! p. 460.

HELICID.

Tachea Leach.
T. hortensis, p. 429.
Mesodon Raf.

M. albclabris, p. 423, M. thy-
roides, p. 425. M. Sayi, p.
426.

Triodopsis Raf.

T. dentifera, p. 424. T. pal-
liata, 420. ‘T. tridentata, p.
422.

Stenotrema Raf.

S. hirsuta, p. 417.

don, p. 418.

S. mono-

Anguispira Morse.

A. alternata, p. 412.

[The value of these sections of the
Helicide is still a matter of much con-
troversy, not but that most authors
agree in dividing the old genus Heliz,
but that there is a wide diversity of
opinion as to the boundaries of the
groups. |

VITRINIDZ Martens.
Vitrinine.
Vitrina Drap.

V. limp da, p. 394.
Omphalina Raf.

O. inornata, p. 453. O. fulig-

inosa, p. 454.
Ventridens Binn.

V. suppressa, p. 454,
Macrocyclis Beck.

M. coneava, p. 406.

Helicelline,

Hyalina Fer.
H. cellaria, p. 395. H. Bin-
neyana, p. 400. H. arborea,
p- 396. A. electrina, p. 397..
H. indentata, p. 398. 4H.
multidentata, p. 404.
(Pseudohyalina? Morse.) P.

1The genus Pallifera founded on this species, appears to need further confirma-

tion, vide Binney.

2 This subsection appears to have very slight characters.

1870.] DAT {Dail.

exicua, p. 400. P. minus- 446. §. obliqua, p. 447.

cula, p. 399. S. Totteniana, p. 448.
(Striatura Morse.) S. milium,

p- 401. S. ferrea, p. 401.
(Conulus Fitz.) (C. chersinus,

PuPIDa& Morse.

“ua? Leach.
Z. lubrica, p. 431.

ad Acanthinula Beck.
Valloniine. A. harpa, p. 427.
Valionia Risso. Pupilla Leach.
V. minuta, p. 428. P. muscorum, p. 433. P.
Helicodiscus Morse. Hoppii, p. 483. P? pento-
H. lineata, p. 404. don, p. 434. PP. decora, p.
Planogyra Morse. A35.
P. asteriscus, p. 415. Leucocheila A. & M.
Patula Hald. L. fallax, p. 436. L. armif-
P. striatella,) p. 413. era, p. 437. L. contracta,
Strobila Morse. p- 438. IL. rupicola, p.
S. labyrinthica, p. 415. 439. L. corticaria, p. 439.
Punctum ? Morse. Isthmia Gray.
P. minutissimum, p. 403. J. Gouldii, p. 440. I. milium,

p. 441. I. Bollesiana, p.

442. J. ovata, p. 442. I.

Succinea Drap. ventricosa, p. 443. I. sim-
S. ovalis, p. 445. S. avara, p. plex, p. 444.

SUCCINIID Martens.

Suborder LIMNOPHILA.

AURICULIDE. Melampus Mont.
M. bidentatus, p. 467.
Alexia Leach. Carychium Mill.
A? myosotis, p. 463. C. exiguum, p. 466.

1 Quite distinct from P. Cronkheitii, of which I have authentic specimens.

2 This genus, in the form of a subfamily, would require to be transferred to the
Orthalicide, if the conformation of the jaw, as figured by Morse, should be con-
firmed. The jaw of H. pygmea figured by Lindestrém (Gotl. Moll., Pl. iii, fig. 12),
shows characters which indicate that some misapprehension has occurred; which
is not at all improbable considering the extreme minuteness of the object.

3 Compare the dentition of this species, as figured by Morse, with that of Vallo-
nia minuta. Also Strobila with Leucocheila corticaria and Pupilla badia; also
Punctum with Carychium and Planogyra with Isthmia ovata. The distinction be-
tween Leucocheila, as it stands, and Pupilla, is very fine drawn and not at all
definite,

DalJl.]

‘LIMNHZIDZ Dall. (Ann. Lyc. N.

ist: N:¥.551870.)
Limneine Dall.

Limnea Lam.

(Limnophysa Fitz.) L. elodes,
p- 475. L. desidiosa, p. 478.
L. umbilicata, p. 480. LL.
pallida, p. 481. L. humilis,
p- 482. lL? columella, p.
471. L? catascopium, p.
479.

(Radiz Mont.) R. ampla, p.
474. KR? decollata, p. 473.

Planorbine Dall.

Planorbis Guett.
P. lentus, p. 490.

248

{March 16,

(Gyraulus Ag.) G. deflectus,
p. 494. G. elevatus, p. 497.
G. dilatatus, p. 498. G.
parvus, p. 497. G. albus
(= hirsutus Gld.), p. 493.

Planorbula Hald.

P. armigera, p. 499.

ANCYLIDZ Menke.

Ancylus Geoff.

A. parallelus, p. 501. A. fus-
cus, p. 502.

PHYSIDZ Dall. (An. Lyc. N. H.,

N...¥., 1870)
Physine Dall.

(Planorbella Hald.) P. campa- Physa Drap.

nulata, p. 492.

(Helisoma Swains.) H. trivol-
vis, p. 488. H. bicarinata,
p- 491.

(Menetus H. & A. Ad.) M.
exacutus, p. 495.

P. heterostropha, p. 483. P.
ancillaria, p. 485.

Bulinus Adans.

B. hypnorum ( = elongatus
Gld.), p. 486.7

Order TECTIBRANCHIATA.

PHILINIDE.
Philine Asc.
P. sinuata, p. 213. P. quad-
rata, p. 213. P. lineolata,
p. 214.
Scaphander Montf.
S. puncto-striatus, p. 215.

AMPHYSPIRIDE Gray.

Diaphana Brown.
D. debilis, p. 216.

PYRAMIDELLIDZ.

Odostomia Flem.
O. producta, p. 325. O. fusca,
p. 825. O.dealbata, p. 327.
O. modesta, p,., 327. . QO.
bisuteralis, p. 327. O. tri-
fida, p. 328. O? seminuda,
p- 329. OQ? impressa, p. 330.
Turbonilla Leach.
T. interrupta, “p. 321° T-
nivea, p, 231.

1 The figure (787) is exceedingly erroneous. (Cf. generic diagnosis, same page.)
I would mention that in numerous dissections of species of Physa and Bulinus, I
have been unable so far to find more than a cartilaginous membrane in place of 3
jaw.

1870.] 249 . [Dall

Eulima Risso. — . Utriculus Brown.
K. oleacea, p. 332. U. Gouldii, p. 217. U. perten-
Menestho Mill. : uis, p. 218. U. canalicula-
M. albula, p. 333. tus, p. 219.

ACTEONIDE Gray.

Actzon Montf.
A. puncto-striata, p. 224.

BULLIDE.

Akera Brown.
A? hyemalis, p. 216.

ee Ea Bulla Linn.
Cylichna Lovén. B. solitaria and B. incincta, p.
C. alba, p. 220. C. oryza, p. 222. B. occulta, p. 223.
221.
Order NuDIBRANCHIATA.
Suborder PyGOBRANCHIATA Gray.
GONIODORIDZ Gray. aad DORIDIDZ Gray.
Ancula Lovén. Doris Linn.
, A. sulphurea, p. 233. D. bilamellata, p. 228. D. te-
G nella, p. 229. D. pallida, p.
ee ray 229. D. diademata, p. 230.
Polycera Cuv. D. planulata, p: 331. D.
P. Lessonii, p. 226. . pilosa, p. 332. D. grisea, p.
332.
Suborder CERATOBRANCHIATA Gray.
HERMEZIDE Gray. p- 245. AN. purpurea, p.

246. ZN. picta, p. 246. AM.
diversa, p. 247.

Hérmeea Lovén.
H. cruciata, p. 253. :
Alderia Allman. Tergipes Cuv.
A. Harvardiensis, p. 254. ° T. despecta, p. 248. T. gym-

nota, p. 249.
oe a Calliopeea D’ Orb.
f&olidia Cuv. C? fuseata, p. 250.

£4. papillosa, p. 238. ZE.sal- Embletonia Ald. & Han.
monacea, p. 240. At. Bos- E. fuscata, p. 251. E. lanceo-
toniensis, p. 241. AL. rufi- lata, p. 252. EK. remigata,
branchialis, p. 242. A. p- 252.
pilata, p. 2438. ZE. stellata,

Dall.) 250 [March 16,

DOTONID# Gray. . DENDRONOTIDZ Gray.
Doto Oken. Dendronotus Ald. & Han.
D. coronata, p. 236. D. arborescens, p. 234.

Suborder PLACOBRANCHIATA Gray.

ELYSIDZ Gray. Placobranchus Van Hass.

Elysia Risso. P. catulus, p. 256.
E. chlorotica, p. 255,

Suborder PELLIBRANCHIATA Gray.

LIMAPONTIID& Gray.
Limapontia Forbes. L. zonata, p, 258.

Subclass PTEROPODA,
Order THECOSOMATA.

LIMACINIDZ Trosch. D. trispinosa, p. 504,

Heterofusus Flem.
H. balea? p. 505. H. retro-
versus, p. 505. Psyche Rang.

HYALIDZ Trosch, P. globulosa, p. 504.
Diacria Gray.

CYMBULIID Trosch.

Order GYMNOSOMATA.

CLIONIDZ Trosch.

Clione Pall. C. limacina, p. 507.

Class ACEPHALA.

Order DIMYARIA.

Group Pholadacea.

TEREDINIDE. p- 30. 'T. Thomsonii, p. 21.
Teredo Linn. T. dilatata, p. 32.
T. navalis, p. 28. T.norve- Lyrodus Gld.
gica, p. 29. TI. megotara, L. chlorotica, p. 33.

1870.]

Aylotrya Leach.
X. fimbriata, p. 34.

_ PHOLADIDE. |
Pholas Linn.

251

P. costata, p. 36. P. truncata,
p- 38.
Zirphea Leach.
Z. crispata, p. 39.

Group Solenacea.

SOLENIDZ.

Ensis Schum.
E. ensis, p. 40.

SOLECURTID&. *
Tagelus! Gray.

T. gibbus, p. 43. T? divisus,
p- 45.
Siliqua Muhlf.
S. squama, p. 46.

p- 47.

S. costata,

Group Myacea.

SAXICAVIDA.

Panopsea Men.

P. arctica, p. 51.
Cyrtodaria Daud.
S. siliqua, p. 53.

Saxicava Bellv.
S. rugosa, p. 87.
p- 89.

S. arctica,

MYIDE.
Mya Lin.
M. arenaria, p. 55.
cata, p. 58.

M. trun-

CORBULIDE.
Corbula Brug.
C. contracta, p. 60.
Neeera Gray.
N. pellucida, p. 61.

PANDORIDZ Desh.
Clidiophora Cpr.
C. trilineata, p. 62.

ANATINIDA.

Lyonsia Turt.
L. hyalina, p. 64.
p- 65.

L. arenosa,

‘Anatina Lam.

A. papyracea, p. 66.
‘Cochlodesma Couth.
C. leana, p. 68.

Thracia Leach.
T. Conradi, p. 64.
SIS; Domnall.
72.

T. myop-
T. truncata, p.

Group Veneracea.

MACTRIDE.
Spisula Gray.
S. solidissima, p. 73.
lis, p. 75.

S. ova-

Mulinia Gray.
M. lateralis, p. 77.

1 Not Mache Gray, Siliquaria Brug. and Lam., nor Solecurtus Blainv,

[Dall.

Dall.j

MESODESMIDZ Desh.

Ceronia Gray.
C. arctata, p. 80. C. deaurata,
p- 81.

AMPHIDESMID& Desh.

Cumingia Br. & Sby.
C. tellinoides, p. 79.

TELLINIDZ Desh.

Macoma Leach.
M. fusca, p. 93.
p- 95.
Angulus Men.
A. tenera, p. 97.
Peronea Poli.
P. tenta, p. 96.

M. proxima,

252

{March 16,

PETRICOLIDZ.

Petricola Lam.
P. pholadiformis, p. 90. P.
dactylus, p. 92.

VENERIDZ Desh.

Callista Poli.
C. convexa, p. 131.
Mercenaria Schum.
M. mercenaria, p. 133.
notata, p- 135.
Liocyma Dall. n.g.
L. fluctuosa Gld., p. 136 (y. d.).
Gemma Desh.
G. gemma, p. 137.
hattensis, p. 138.

M.

G. man-

Group Corbiculacea.

CORBICULIDE.
Spherium Scop.

PISIDIIDEH Gray.
Pisidium Pfr.

S. similis, p. 101. S. partu- P.dubium,p. 109. P. Adamsi,
meium, p. 103. S. rhomboi- p- 110. P. compressum, p.
deum, p. 104. S. Vermon- 110. PP. squilaterale, p.
tanum, p. 105. S. trunca- 112. P. ferrugineum, p.
tum, p. 106. S. tenue, p. ~ 113. P. abditum, p. 113.

107. S.securis, p. 107. S.
occidentale, p. 108.

P. variabile, p.115. P.ven-
tricosum, p. 116,

Group Cardiacea.

CARDIACEA.

Cyprina Lam.
C. Islandica, p. 129.
Cardium Linn.

C. Islandicum, p. 139. C. ele-

1 Aphrodite is in use for a well known genus of marine worms.

gantulum, p. 141. C. pin-
nulatum, p. 141.
Liocardium (Sw.) Merch.
L. Mortoni, p. 148.
Serripes! Beck.

S. Gronlandicus, p. 144.

The Serripes ?

{La Perousii) of the N. W. Coast of America, hardly to be distinguished by the
shell from the type of the genus, has a smooth, cylindrical foot, without serrations.
‘This throws some doubt on the value of the genus.

1870.]

253

[Dall.

Group Lucinacea.

LUCINID& Desh. ©

Lucina Brug.

L. filosa (? = borealis), p. 98.
Cyclas H. & A. Ad.

C. dentata, p. 99.
Cryptodon Turt.

C. Gouldii, p. 100.

LEPTONIDE Cpr.
Kellia Turt.

K. planulata, p. 83. K. sub-
orbicularis, p. 83.
Turtonia Alder.
T. minuta, p. 85.
Montacuta Turt.

M. elevata, p. 86.

SOLEMYIDZ Desh.

Solemya Lam.
S. velum, p. 48.
p: 50.

S. borealis,

Group Carditacea.

CRASSATELLIDA.

Gouldia C. B. Ad.
G. mactracea, p. 128.
Astarte Sby. (not Conr.)
A. castanea, p. 117. A. sul-
cata, p.119. A. semisulcata,
p- 121. A. quadrans, p.
#23. A. elliptiea, p; 124.

A. Banksii, p. 125. A. cre-
bricostata, p. 126. A. port-
landica, p. 127.

CARDITIDA.

Venericardia Lam.
V. borealis, p. 146.
novangliz Morse.)

(Add V.

Group Naiades.

UNIONID Cpr.

Unio Retz.

U. complanatus, p. 167. (=
Naia Perkins not Swains.)

(Eurynea Stm.) KE. nasuta,
p- 169.

(Lampsilis Stm.) L. radiata,
p- 170. L.ochracea, p. 173.
L. cariosa, p. 172.

Margaritana Schum.

M. arcuata, p. 174.
(Alasmodonta (Say) Stm.) A.

marginata, p.177. A? un-
dulata, p. 176.
Anodonta Brug.

A. fluviatilis, p.178. A. im-

plicata, p. 180. <A. undulata,
p- 182.

Group Arcacea.

NUCULID.
Nucula Lam.
N. tenuis, p. 149. N. proxima,

p- 150.
N. inflata, p. 152.
phinodonta, p. 153.

N. expansa, p. 152.
N. del-

Dall.] 254 [March 16,

LEDIDA. Jacksonii, p. 163. L. mi-
Yoldia Moll. nuta, p. 164. L. caudata,
Y. limatula, p. 154. Y-. obesa, p. 165.
p. 155. Y? siliqua, p. 156. ARcIDz Desh.

Y. thracieformis, p. 157. Arginia Gray.

Y. sapotilla, p.159. Y. my- A. pexata, p. 147.
alis, p. 160. Scapharca Gray.
Leda Schum. S. transversa, p. 148.

L. tenuisuleata, p. 161. L.

Order HETEROMYARIA.

Group Mytilacea.

MYTILID&. M. nigra, p. 190. M. discors,
Mytilus Linn. p- 192. M. corrugata, p.
M. edulis, p. 183. 193.
Modiola Lam. Crenella Brown.
M. modiolus, p. 186. M. pli- C. glandula, p. 194. C. pee-
catula, p. 188. tinula, p. 195.

Modiolaria Gray.
Order MoONoMYARIA.

Group Ostracea.

PECTINIDE Cpr. ANOMIIDA Cpr.
Pecten Brug. Anomia Lam.

P. tenuicostatus, p. 197. P.. A. ephippium, p. 204. A. acu-
Islandicus, p. 198. P. irra- leata, p. 204. A. eleetrica,
dians, p. 199. P. fuscus, p- 205. A. squamosa, p.
p- 200. “206.

OSTREIDZ Desh.
~ Ostrea Linn.
Lima Brug. O. Virginica, p. 202. Q. bo-
L. sulculus, p. 200, Note. realis, p. 203.

LIMIDE Cpr.

Class TUNICATA.

Order Nectascip1A Kef.

SALPIDE.
Salpa Forsk. S. Caboti, p. 6. -

1870] 5 (Dall.

Order CurHonascipiIA Kef.

Group Ascidie composite.

DIDEMNIDs BOTRYLLIDZ H. & A. Ad.
Didemnium Sav. Botryllus Lam.
D. roseum, p. 4. B. schlosseri, p. 3.

Group Ascidie simplices.

PELONZID&. gosa, p. 20. C? echinata,
Peloneeia Fbs. & Goods. p- 18. C? hirsuta, p. 20.
P. arenifera, p. 27. Molgula Fbs. !

M. arenata, p. 21. M. pro-

ASCIDIIDZ. figs, 7. 00

Ascidia Baster. Glandula Stm.
A. amphora, p. 23.- A. psam- — G, mollis, p. 22. G. fibrosa,

mophora, p. 24. <A. occel- p22

lata and A. tenella, p. 24.

CHELYSOMATID&.
A. carnea and A. Manhat- as ae
tenensis, p- 25. A? callosa, elysoma B. ‘

p. 26. C. geometricum, p. 26.
Cynthia Sav. BOLTENIID.
C. pyriformis, p. 17. C. par- Boltenia Sav.
tita, p. 18. C. gutta, p. 19. B. clavata, p. 14. B. rubra,
C. placenta, p. 19. C. con p- 15. B. microcosmus, p.
dylomata, p. 19. ©. ru- 16. B. Burkhardti, p. 16.

Class BRACHIOPODA.
Order ANCYLOBRACHIA Gray.

TEREBRATULID2 Day. T. septentrionalis, p. 208.
Waldheimia King.
W. cranium? p. 211.

Terebratuline.
Terebratulina D’Orb.
Order HeLicroBRacHia Gray.

RHYNCHONELLID Dav.

Rhynchonella Fisch. R. psittacea, p. 210.

Dall.] 956 [March 16,

Liocyma Dall, n. g. (Aciog, smooth, and z5ya, wave:) Shell
trigonal or elongate-ovate, small, thin, smooth; furnished with con-
centric undulations and occasionally fine radiating lines; provided
with a polished epidermis; pallial sinus small, rounded triangular;
hinge teeth three in each valve, divaricate; middle tooth largest,
grooved on the upper edge. Lunule faint, no areola, ligament set in
below the exterior surface. Soft parts : — siphons equal, short, pro-
vided with numerous cylindrical papille around the apertures, no
valve in either siphon, both closely united, to their tips. Branchie;
inner layer extending from the posterior to the anterior adductor,
broadly triangular, pointed behind; outer layer short, spatulate, nar-
row and close to the post adductor; mantle smooth, united around
the siphons and before the foot, with an opening nearly as long as the
shell for the passage of the foot; the latter is elongate-rhomboidal,
with the edges sharply compressed, anterior extremity pointed, lan-
ceolate. Palpi four; upper pair slender, narrow, pointed, smooth;
lower pair stouter, dextrally spiral, with two turns. Type, Venus
fluctuosa Gould, Inv. Mass., 1841, p. 47, pl. iii, fig. 50. Binney, inv.
Mass., 2d ed., p. 136, fig. 447 (young).

The type of this genus was referred to Venus and Tapes by Gould,
to Chione and Tapes by Deshayes, and finally to Anaitis by Roemer.
The latter name is preoccupied in Lepidoptera as well as Botany,
and must therefore be dropped. This species, moreover, does not
agree with the types of Roemer’s genus. Dr. Gould’s original figure
and description refer to one of two species which appear to have
been confounded under the same name. They may be characterized
as follows: —

Liocyma fluctuosa Dall ex Gould.

Venus fluctuosa Gld., Inv., 1841, p. 87, pl. 1, fig. 50. Otia Conch.,
p- 181... Stm., Sh. of Nu E., p..19. Bin... inva, 2dved., om. 126,
fig. 447 (jun.). De Kay, Nat. Hist. N. Y., p. 220.

Venus astartoides Beck, Midd. Mal. Ros., 111, p. 56. Sib. Reise,
Moll., p. 252, pl. xx, figs. 5-14. Philippi, Abb. u. Beschr., 111 Bd.,
p- 61, t. ix, fig. 4. Sowerby, jun., Thes. 1, 737, pl. exxxviii, fig.
Lh

Tapes fluctuosa Gld., Otia, p. 181. Deshayes, B. M. Cat. Biv., p.
176,n.47. H.& A. Ad., Gen. Rec. Moll., 1, p. 435 (not of Sow-
erby). ’

Chione astartoides Desh., (!) B. M. Cat. Biv., p. 147.

Chamelea astartoides H. & A. Ad., (!) Gen. Rec. Moll., 11, p. 423.

1870.] 257 (Dall.
.

Testa parva, tenui, compressa, ovali, pallide fulva minuté transversim
striata, inequilaierali, anticé obiusa, postice longiore, subangulata : strits
viz conveziusculis ; epidermidé tenut, nitida, straminea induta ; umbon-
ibus parvis ; lunula cordata, polita; area nulla. Lon. 0.8 ; alt. 0.6 ;
lat. 0.2 poll.

Distinguished by its oval shape, produced ventral margin, produced
and rounded extremities, compressed form and inconspicuous um-
bones. The,radiating strie are very faint and often wanting. The
concentric undulations are usually flattened, and the pallial sinus
rounded and very small. A beautiful variety from the Arctic Ocean
is of a delicate pea green, which pervades the soft parts as well as
the glossy epidermis. It is known from Nova Scotia, Hudson’s Bay,
Ochotsk Sea, Kadiak, Fort Simpson in British Columbia, and the
Gulf of Penjinsk. The soft parts, especially the mantle and siphons,
differ from any described genus of Veneride. ‘There is no byssus
or byssal groove, nor any indication of a lateral tooth. The edge of
the mantle is smooth; the soft parts are greenish white.

I have seen a specimen from Penjinsk Gulf an inch and a half
long, and it grows to a considerable size on the Grand Banks. The
specimens obtained in Nova Scotia are usually rather immature, as
figured by Binney.

Liocyma Beckii n. s.

Festa ovato-trigona, subcequilaterali, tumida, nitidissima; irregu-
lariter concentrice sulcata; alba aut lutescente; margine dorsali viz
angulato; lunula lanceolata, nitida, linea parum inconspicua circum- .
seripta ; ligamento inconspicuo, insesso; area nulla; sinu pailart
parvo, angulato ; margine integro; umbonibus prominentibus ; dentibus
cardinalibus in utraque valva tribus divergentibus, dentibus lateralibus
nullis. Lat. 0.4; lon. 0.56; alt. 0.54 poll.

Distinguished by its rounded umbones and moderate tumidity, by
the angulated hinge margin, short, anterior extremity, less arcuated
ventral margin and small size. The. area occupied by the hinge
teeth is shorter and wider than in the last species, from which its tri-
gonal shape immediately distinguishes it. Over one hundred speci-
mens were collected at Plover Bay, E. Siberia, agreeing with each
other and differmg from the young of the last species, as above.
One specimen was dredged alive at Ounga Island, near Aliaska. The
soit parts were white, and the siphons of a deep pink, darker toward
the ends. The pallial line is very broad.

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.—VOL. XIII. 17 APRIL, 1870.

Trouvelot.] 258 [March 16,

The Secretary read the following observations of Mr. L.
Trouvelot upon the tendency of trees to bend toward the
east.

In the Scientific American of March 5th, 1870, is inserted a para-
graph headed “ The Growth of Tree Trunks.” It is there stated that
a French naturalist had been measuring the tree trunks in a forest,
and had found them all broader in the east-west than in the north-
south direction, while another arborist of Toulouse, similarly gauging
the trees, found the greatest swelling of their trunks towards the east-
southeast; the former attributing this want of symmetry to the
rotation of the earth, while the latter thinks that it is due to the
early action of the sun upon the sap. As this paragraph reminded
me of some observations which I made some five or six years ago, and
which bear closely upon the same subject, I will present them to the
Society, thinking they may have some value in a scientific as well as
in a practical point of view. While in the country, if we observe at-
tentively the tree tops, we will soon perceive that many species seem
affected by a steady wind, though there is not the least breeze to
be felt. Soon we notice that the branches of a great many trees
have a general tendency to obey an unknown force which bends their
extremities towards the east, or perhaps more correctly, in a direction
perpendicular to the magnetic meridian. This bending of small
branches cannot be observed so plainly upon all kinds of trees; some
species having it well marked in every instance, while other species
have it less visible, and even some others not at all noticeable.
Most prominent for this peculiarity is the cherry tree, sometimes
bending its branches towards the east, from head to foot. Next to
this come the maple, the button wood tree (Platanus), then the pear
tree, then the oak, etc. In the last named it is not always noticeable,
though if the tree is isolated from others it is very plain in every
instance. With the cherry tree it is so certain, that one could almost
invariably determine the cardinal points by looking at the direction
ofits branches. At first I thought this might be due to the action of
the prevailing winds, but this hypothesis was somewhat shaken, when
I saw in many instances cherry trees sheltered entirely from the west
winds by high blocks of houses within a few feet of them, exhibiting
the same phenomenon. Whether this direction of the branches of
trees is to be attributed to the prevailing winds, or to the rotation of
the earth upon its axis, or to the heat or light of the sun, or again,

1870.] 959 [Trouvelot.

to terrestrial magnetism, I shall not inquire at present; not having
sufficient data to establish any theory. It would be of value, I venture
to say, if observers would direct attention to this subject, and see if
the direction is the same all over the globe, or if it is a local phenom-
enon, and also ascertain what species of trees obey this unknown
force.

It is not only in a theoretical point of view that this observation
has some value; there is in it a practical lesson for the cultivators of
shade and fruit trees. Soon after my observations, it struck me
that something practical could be derived from this truth. All
country people know by experience—sometimes dearly bought—that
the transplantation of trees does not always succeed, and especially
when the transplanted trees have arrived at a certain age. Fruit
erowers tell us that the cherry tree is one of those least. likely to
live when transplanted, while the apple tree will almost invariably
succeed. My observations on many thousand cherry trees have
shown me that this tree is very sensitive to the unknown force, while
the apple tree is a great deal less so, and it is very seldom that an
indication of bending will be seen. Has not this anything to do
with success in transplanting? If, without regard to the direction of
the branches of a cherry tree, we set this tree in a position contrary
to the one it occupied before, its branches now bending towards the’
west, then it is plain that the force which gave it the bend is acting
in an opposite direction; in consequence of which the tree is suffering.
But with the apple tree it is different, as this is far less sensitive;
therefore it will not suffer so much. Ten years ago I bought a fine
cherry tree and trausplanted it to my garden, of course without re-
gard to direction; the tree is now living; it has not grown a particle;
there has not been one inch of new wood added to the length of its
twigs since it was put there; the branches have no bend. Five years
ago another cherry tree from the same place was also transplanted in
my garden; the tree is now treble the size of the other, its branches
are strongly bent east. Why this difference? Was the one set in
a suitable position, and the other not? I could not tell. But here is
something more positive: three years ago I saw in Malden twenty
- beautiful pear trees transplanted with the greatest care; all these
trees were of pretty good size, being some years old, and they all
bent very strongly. ‘They were set without regard to direction; five
or six of these trees happened to be placed in about the position
which they must have had when growing; the remainder were set in

Allen.} 260 {March 16,

all directions. I went many times that way to watch the success of
this small orchard. ‘The very first year about one half were com-
pletely dead. The second year took five more, which had been lan-
guishine all summer; and now five out of the twenty are living and
in good condition; and, strange to say, these five are those which were
set with their branches dipping east. Do they owe their life to the
fact that after being transplanted they occupied the same relative
position with regard to the points of the compass as before? or is it
only a curious coincidence? It is more than I can tell. My experi-
ence is not sufficient to allow an opinion in this matter; time will
throw light upon the subject.

The following paper was also presented : —

NotTEes oN MASSACHUSETTS REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS.
By J. A. ALLEN.

Plestiodon fasciatus D.& B. (Blue tailed Skink.)

A living specimen of this species was received a few months since
by the writer from Mr. R. C. Ingraham, who, in company with Mr.
George Hunt, captured it in June, 1869, “‘ near Howland’s Spring, so-
called, in New Bedford.” This species occurs sparingly in the south-
ern counties of New York, and still less frequently in southern
Connecticut. In Massachusetts it is almost unknown, this being the
second known instance of its capture in this State. Dr. Storer re-
ported the capture of the first specimen in Barre, where it was taken
by Dr. Joseph N. Bates,’ nearly thirty years ago. The New Bedford
specimen is preserved in the Society’s collection.

Malacoclemmys palustris Agassiz. (Marsh Terrapin.)

This species having been long known to occur in considerable num-
bers on Long Island, and the opposite shore of Connecticut, I had
supposed that it might also exist on the southern coast of Massachu-
setts. In kind response to inquiries addressed to him respecting the
subject, Mr. Ingraham, of New Bedford, wrote me some months since
as follows: “The Marsh Terrapin is found here up the river. The
fishermen send them to New York; here they are seldom eaten.
They are more plenty in Wareham, and are also, as a gentleman in-
formed me, found in Nantucket.” This was the first information I
received of its occurrence in this State, no instance of its capture in
Massachusetts being heretofore on record. About two months since

1 Storer’s Report on the Fishes and Reptiles of Massachusetts, p. 219.

1870.] 961 [Allen.

a living specimen was received at the Museum of Comparative Zodl-
ogy from Wareham. ‘The specimen from the vicinity of New Bed-
ford, which was exhibited at the last meeting of the Society (March
second), was sent by Mr. Ingraham as a donation to the Society’s
Museum. Mr. Ingraham writes that the specimen was taken “ by Mr.
Richard Durfey, in the Acushnet River, New Bedford, above the
bridge.”

Celuta amoena B. & G. (Ground Snake.)

Mr. Ingraham also informs’ me of the capture of this rare snake in
New Bedford, a single specimen of which was taken in a garden on
Highth Street, near the centre of the city; the el specimen, Mr.
Ingraham observes, that he has ever seen.

Hyla “squirella.”

A small green tree frog is recorded under this name in my recent
Catalogue of the Ree of the State.1 Professor Cope having
since examined my specimens, regards them as the young of Hyla
versicolor, the adult of which, however, they are exceedingly unlike.
Professor Cope furthermore informs me he doubts the occurrence of
the true Hyla squrella so far north as the New England States. This
being true, the single dried specimen of a small tree frog, referred by
Dr. Storer to the H. squirella,? was in all probability also a young H.
versicolor; to which also is doubtless to be referred the H. squirella of
Jones, announced by him as having been recently discovered in
Nova Scotia? The H. Richardi, instead of being a synonym of H.
squirella, should hence be referred to the H. versicolor.4

The following annotated list of the Reptiles and Batrachians of the
vicinity of New Bedford has been kindly placed at my disposal by
Mr. R. C. Ingraham of that place. While not regarded by Mr. In-
graham as a complete list, it embraces many facts of interest, and
clearly indicates the decidedly southern character of the reptilian
fauna of the southern coast of the State, as compared with that of
the other portions: The great difference in the marine fauna of the
coast north and south of Cape Cod has long been noticed, and an
adequate cause for it recognized in the relatively near approach of

the Gulf Stream to this portion of the New England coast. The

1 Proceedings of this Society, Vol. x11, Dec., 1868, p. 189.

2 Report on the Fishes and Reptiles of Massachusetts, p. 242.

8’T. Matthew Jones, Transact. Nova Scotian Inst. Nat. Sci., Vol. m1, pt. ii, p.
102, 1869.

* See on this point these Proceedings, Vol. x11, p. 189.

Allen.] 962 [March 16,

effect of its influence upon the distribution of the land animals is
also quite apparent, though less marked than upon the marine. It is
clearly indicated by the more frequent occurrence of Southern forms
on this portion of the New England coast than in the interior, or
further north, of which the existence of the Marsh Terrapin at New
Bedford and Wareham is an illustration. An important negative
feature in Mr. Ingraham’s list is the absence of Glyptemys insculpta
which he writes me he has not seen there, and that if occurring there
it must be very rare.

REPTILES.

TESTUDINATA.

1. Cuistudo virginea Ag. Not common. I generally see from one
to three yearly. A few years since I found one that had just eaten
half the pileus of a very large Agaricus—not the common edible one
—with a pileus six or eight inches across. The manner in which it
was eaten attracted my attention more than the fact of its eating it.
It had evidently chipped it off in sections, going alternately from
side to side, and leaving it as if divided by a straight cut through the
pileus.

2. Nanemys guttata Ag. Common.

3. Chrysemys picta Gray. Common.

4. Ozotheca odorata Ag. This species cannot, I think, be very
common. I have seen but one specimen, which I found dead ina
muddy ditch.

5. Chelydra serpentina Schw. Frequent.

6. Malacoclemmys palustris Ag. Frequent.

SAURIA.
7. Plestiodon fasciatus Dum. and Bib. One specimen, June, 1869.

OPHIDIA.

8. Tropidonotus sirtalis Holbr. Common.
9. Lampropeltis triangula Cope. Frequent.
10. Bascanion constrictor B. & G. Frequent.
11. ° Liopeltis vernalis Cope. Frequent; formerly very common.
12. Diadophis punctatus B. & G. Not common.
13. Carphophiops amenus Cope. A single specimen, taken in a
yard, on Eighth St.

1870.} 268 [Hagen.

BATRACHIA.,
ANURA.

1. Bufo americanus LeConte. Very common.
2. Hyla versicolor LeConte. Frequent.

3. “ Pickeringu LeConte. Common.

4. Rana Catesbiana Shaw. Common.

5. “ clamitans Daud. Common.
6 “ palustris LeConte. Common.
cP “ halecina Kalm. Common.
8. * sylvatica LeConte. Common.

URODELA.

9. Plethodon erythronotus Baird. Common.
10. Diemictylus miniatus Raf. Said to be frequent on Sconticut
Point. I found but one last season.
11. Diemictylus viridescens Raf. Common.
12. Amblystoma punctatum Baird. ‘Two specimens taken last sea-
son; both in the suburbs of the city, one in a cellar. |

Section of Entomology. March 23, 1870.
Mr. S. H. Scudder in the chair. Nine persons present.

Mr. Walter Faxon was elected a member of the Sec-
tion.

The following paper was presented : —

SYNOPSIS PSEUDOSCORPIONIDUM SYNONYMICA.
Dr. H. HAGEN.
{Genera and species which will stand are marked f: all others are synonyms.]
Acarus Linné.

eancroides L., Faun. Suec., ed. 1, 345, n. 1187; ed. 1, 480, n.
1968; Syst. Nat., ed. x, 616, n. 7; Iter Oeland, 24. Clerck,
Aran., t. 6,f. 10, mn. 1, 2, - Seba, Mus.,1, t. 70, f. 11. Muell.,
Fn. Fridr., 91, n. 815. = Chelifer cancroides L.

Hagen.] 264 {March 28,

scorpio-araneus L., Elench. anim., 88, 2. 6. Frisch, Deutschl.
Ins., Viti. = Chelifer cancroides L.
+ Bioturus Schioedte, 1851.
Schioedte, Dansk. Vid. Selsk. Skr., 11, 23.
+ spelaeus Sch., Dansk. Vid. Selsk. Skr., 11, 23, t. 1, f. 2.

Adelsberg and Magdalen Cave, Europe,

{ CuEerripium Menge, 1855.

Menge, Chernetid., 36.

{ Hartmanni Menge, Berendt, Organ. Reste im Bernstein, 11,1, 96;

Chernet.,.38, t..5, & 220s: Fossil, Amber,
+ museorum Leach, Menge, Chernet., 36, n. 1, t. 5, f. 11; t. 1,f. .
1, 1s DAs t. 3... 4, 5, Ake. Europe.

CHELIFER Geoffroy, 1764,

Geoffr., Hist. abrég. des Ins., 11, 617. Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc.
Lond., rx, 391; Zool. Miscell., 111,49. Hermann, Apt., 112. Latr.,
Precis, 186; Hist. nat., viz, 138; Gen. Crust., 1, 132; Considérat.,
118; Famil. nat., 305; Cuv., Regne anim., ed. Voigt., 1y, 405,
Blanchard, Organisat. du Regne anim., fase. Menge, Chernet., 29.

acaroides Hahn, Arachn., 1, t. 60, f. 140.

= Chelifer ixoides Hahn}
+ acaroides Latr., Hist. nat., vir, 142, n. 3. Hermann, Apt., 117,

n. 4. Europe,

+ americanus DeGeer, Mém., vii, 353, t. 42,f: 1-5; Retzius, Gen.,
Diliere Surinam,
angustus Koch, Deutschl. Myriap., fasc.7 (Panzer, Fn. Germ.,
fasc. 140), n. 5. =Chelifer DeGeerti (teste Koch.)

+ Berendtii Menge, Koch u. Berendt, Organ. Reste im Bernstein,
I, li, 96; Menge, Chernet., 32, t. 4, f. 7. Fossil, Amber.

{ brachydactylus Lucas, Explor. de |’ Algér. Algeria,

+ Bravaisii Lucas, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., sér. 1, T. x1, p. xlvi.
: Algeria.
{+ brevimanus Kolenati, Bull. Moscou, 1857, 11, 430. Caucasus,
t cancroides L., Latr., Gen. Crust., 1, 1382, n. 1; Cuv., Régne -
anim., ed. Voigt., Iv,,406, n. 1; Hist. nat., vit, 141, t. 61, f. 2.
Hermann, Apt., 118, n.1,t.5, f R. Hahn, Arachn., m1, 52, t,

1 The name acaroides in the plate is changed in the description to ixoides.

1870.] 265 (Hagen.

60, f. 139. Koch, Arachn., x, 41, t. 338, f. 780., Roesel, Insect.
Bel., ur, t. 64. Frisch, Deutschl. Ins., vir, 2, t. 1. Menge,
Chernet., 30; n. 1, t. 4, £ 5; t. 1, f. 2,8, 5-8, 15; t. 2, £1, 2, 38,
5-14; t.3,f. 1, 2, 8-12. Walcken., ed: Gervais, 1, 77. Duméril,
Considér., 237, t. 56, f 4. Hardwicke’s Science Gossip, 1867,
No. 35, 244. De Théis, 69, t. 8, f 1. Aldrovand., p. 187. Hook,
Microer., 207, t. 23, £2. Albin, Aran:, t. 36, f181. Hagen,
Record Amer. Entom., 1868, 51. Europe; N. America.
carcinoides Herm., Apt., 118, n. 6, t. 5, f. 6.
== Obisium carcinoides Herm.
, (teste Koch.)
cimicoides F., Latr., Gen. Crust., 1, 133, n. 2; Cuv., Regne
anim., ed. Voigt, rv, 406, n. 2; Hist. nat., vir, 142, n. 2.
Walcken., ed. Gervais, 111, 78.
== Chernes cimicoides F. (teste

Menge. )
j corallifer Loew, Dipterolog. Beitr., 1, 29, Nota. Hungary.
+ corticalis Hahn, Arach., 11, 63, t. 64, f 154. Europe.

DeGeerii Koch, Arachn., x, 53, t. 341, f. 788, mas; f. 789, fem.;
Deutschl. Myriap., fasc. 2 (Panzer, Fn. Germ., fase. 132), n. 3.
Cuy., Réegne anim., ed. Voigt., rv, 408, n. 10.

An Chernes oblongus Menge? cf.
Menge, Chernet., 40.

+ depressus Koch, Arachn., x, 57, t. 342, f. 792. Europe.
+ Ehrenbergii Koch u. Berendt, Organ. Reste im Bernstein, 0, 1,
. 95st. 10; f. 95. Fossil, Amber,

europaeus De Geer, Mém., vir, 355, t. 19, f 14-15; ed.

Goetze, vil, 138, t. 19, f 14; Retz., Gen., 215.
== Chelifer cancroides L. (teste
Koch.)

Fabricii Koch, Arachn., x, 50, t. 340, £ 786; Deutschl. Myriap.,
fase. 2 (Panzer, Fn. Germ., fase. 132), n. 4. Cuv., Régne anim.,
ed. Voict., Iv, 408, n. 11.

An Chernes oblongus Menge? cf.
Menge, Chernet., 40.
fasciatus Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., xr, 891, 1; Encyel.,
Brit., Suppl., 1, 433, t. 22. = Chelifer Geoffroyi Leach.
fuscus Geoffr., Hist. abrég., 11, 618, n. 1.
== Chelifer cancroides L.
{ Geoffroyi Leach, Zool. Misc., 111, 50, n. 4, t. 142, f. 1 (an sexus

Hagen.} 266 [March 23,

alter Ch. Olfersu? teste Leach), Koch, Arachn., x, 56, t. 342,
woe Europe.
grandimanus Koch, Arachn., x, 38, t. 337, f. 778.
| An Ch. cancroides L., pullus?
cf. Menge, Chernet., 30.
granulatus Koch, Arachn., x, 37, t. 337, f. 777.
== Ch. cancroides L., ef. Menge,
Chernet., 30.
Hahnii Koch, Arachn., x, 51, t. 340, f. 787.
An Chernes oblongus Menge?
cf. Menge, Chernet., 40.
+ Hemprichii Koch u. Berendt, Organ. Reste im Bernstein, 11, i,
94, t. 10, f. 94. Menge, Chernet., 34, t. 4,f. 8. Fossil, Amber.
Hermanni Leach, Zool. Misc., m1, 49, n. 1, t. 142, f. 3. Cuv.,
Regne anim., ed. Voigt., rv, 407, n. 3.
== Chelifer cancroides L. (teste
Koch.)
} inaequalis Curtis, Journ. R. Agric. Soc., 1849, x. England.
ischnocheles Herm., Apt., 118, n. 7, t. 6, f. 14; t. 5, f 3.
== Chthonius trombidioides Latr.
(teste Latr.)
ixoides Hahn, Arachn., 1, 53, t. 60, f. 140. Koch, Arachn., x,
39, t. 338, f. 779; Deutschl. Myriap., fasc. 7 (Panzer, Fn. Germ.,
fasc. 140), n. 4. Cuv. Regne anim., ed. Voigt., rv, 408, n. 8.
An Ch. cancroides L? cf. Menge.
Chernet., 30.
{ Kleemanni Koch u. Berendt, Organ. Reste im Bernst., 11, i, 95,
t. 14, f. 143. Menge, Chernet., 34, t. 5, f. 9. Fossil, Amber.
Latreillii Leach, Zool. Mise., m1, 49, n. 2, t. 142, f. 5 (an sexus
alter Ch. Hermanni? teste Leach). Cuv., Regne anim., ed.

Voigt, Iv, 407, n. 4. == Chelifer cancroides L. (teste
Koch.)

+ muricatus Say, Journ. Acad. Philad., 1,63, 1. Hagen, Record

Amer. Ent., 1868, 51. N. America.

museorum Leach, Zool. Misc., 11, 50, n. 5, t. 142, f. 4. Koch,
Arachn., X, 43, t. 338, f. 781.
== Cheiridium museorum Leach.
{ nepoides Herm., Apt., 116, n. 2,t.5,f. 9. Cuv., Régne anim.,
ed. Voigt., iv, 407, n. 6. DeThéis, 75, t. 3, f. 3. Europe.

1870.] 267 (Hagen.

oblongus Say, Journ. Acad. Philad., 1, 64, 2.
== Chernes oblongus Say.
Olfersii Leach, Zool. Misc., 111, 50, n, 8, t. 142, f 2. Cuyv.
Regne anim., ed. Voigt., Iv,'407, n. 5.
= Chelifer Geoffroyi Leach (teste
Koch).
Panzeri Koch, Arachn., x, 44, t. 339, f. 782, f. 783 (pullus);
Deutschl. Myriapod., fasc. 7 (Panzer, Fn. Germ., fase. 140), n. 6.
An Chernes oblongus Menge?
cf. Menge, Chernet., 40.
parasita Herm., Apt., 117, t. 7, f. 6. Cuv., Regne anim., ed.

Voigt, Iv, 408, n. 9. == Chernes cimicoides F. (teste
Latr.)
+ pediculoides Lucas, Expl. de l’Algér. Algeria.

Reussii Koch, Arachn., x, 48, t. 340, f. 785.
An Chernes oblongus Menge;
cf. Menge, Chernet., 40).
{ rhododactylus Menge, Chernet., 32, t. 4,f.6. Danzig, Prussia.
ruber Geoffr., Hist. abrég., 11, 618, n. 2, t. 20, f. 5.
= della rubra Geoffr. (Acarus).

+ Schaefferi Koch, Arachn., x, t. 341, f. 790. Europe.
+ Schrankii Koch, Deutschl. Myriap., fase. 7 (Panzer, Fn. Germ.,
fase. 140), n. 3. Europe.

scorpioides Herm., Apt., 116, n. 3, t. 5,f. L. M. N. Cuv.,

Regne anim., ed. Voigt, 1v, 407, n. 7. De Théis, 73, t. 3, f. 2.
+ sesamoides Savigny, Descr. de Egypte, t. 8, f. 4. Egypt.
t Sieboldii Menge, Chernet., 35, t. 5, f 10. Fossil, Amber.
trombidioides Latr., Gen. Crust., 1, 133, n. 3; Hist. nat., viz,

142, n. 4. == Chthonius trombidioides Latr.

¢ tuberculatus Lucas, Expl. de l’Algér. Algeria.
Wideri Koch, Arachn., x, 47, t. 339, f. 784. F. Loew, Verhandl.

- zool. bot. Ges. Wien, xvi, 944. (Parasit. Ulidia erythrophthalma.)
An Chernes oblongus Menge?

cf. Menge, Chernet., 40.

7 Wrightii Hag., Record Amer. Ent., 1868, 52. Cuba.

CHELIGNATHUS Menge, 1854.

Koch u. Berendt, Org. Reste im Bernst., 1, i, 97.
== Chihonius Koch

Hagen.] : 268 [March 23,

Kochii Menge, Kock u. Berendt, Organ. Reste im Bernstein, 11,
Ly Dn = Chthonius Kochii Menge.

+ CHERNES Menge, 1855.
Menge, Chernet., 39.
+ cimicoides F., Menge, Chernet., 40, n. 2, t. 5, f. 15.

Danzig, Prussia.
{| oblongus Menge, Chernet., 39, n.1,%. 5, £14; t. 1, f. 19; t. 2,

£054 G23 % 6, 13-15. Danzig, Prussia.
t oblongus Say, Hag.,Record Amer. Entom., 1868,51. N. America.
+ Sanborni Hag., Record Amer. Entom., 1868, 51. N. America.
+ Wigandi Menge, Berendt, Organ. Reste im Bernstein, 1, i, 96;
Chernet., 41, n. 3, t. 5, £16. Fossil, Amber.

CHERNETIDZ Menge, 1855.
Menge, Neuest. Schrift. naturf. Gesell. Danzig, v, fase. 2, 23.
== Pseudoscorpiones Latr.
+ Curuonius Koch, 1848.
Menge, Chernet., 22.

+ Kochii Menge, Chernet., 25, t. 4, f 2. Fossil, Amber.
{+ maculatus Menge, Chernet., 23, n. 1, t. 4, f. 1; t. 1, f. 10-14; t.
By Ie fc Danzig, Prussia.

An Chth. orthodactylus Leach?
(teste Menge).
+ orthodactylus Leach, Koch, Arachn., x, 79, t. 347, 808.
Europe.
{+ pennsylvanicus Hag., Record Amer. Ent., 1868, 52.
Philadelphia.
trombidioides Koch, seh. x. 76, t. 347, f. 806, f. 807 (va-
riet.) An Chth. orthodactylus Leach,
(pullus? teste Menge).

DicuEeLa Menge, 1854.

Menge, Koch u. Berendt, Organ. Reste im Bernstein, it, 4, 9b;
== Chelifer Geoffr.; ef. Menge,
Chernet., 33.
Berendtii Menge, Koch u. Berendt, Organ. Reste im Bernstein,
II, 1, 96. = Chelifer Berendtii Menge,

1870.] 269 - [{Hagen.

¢ Eucagpus Dalmann, 1825.

Vetensk. Akad. Handl. Stockholm, xtvi. (Genus novum; in
Gummi Animé or Copal.)

+ Mrcroxasis Corda, 1839.
Verhdl. Gesell. vaterl. Mus. Boehmen, 1839, 14.

+ Sternbergii Corda, Verhdl. Gesell. Vaterl. Mus. Boehmen, 1859,
15,-t. 1, £. 1-5. Fossil, Bohemia.

+ Opistum Illiger, 1798.

Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., x1, 390; Zool. Mise., m1, 51.
Latr., Famil. nat.,305. Menge, Chernet., 26. De Théis, Ann. sc.
nat, X& Vir, 63.

+ Beauvoisii Descr. de ’Egypte, Arachn, t. 8, f.6. Cuv., Regne
anim., ed. Voigt, Iv, 409. . Egypt.
+ brunneum Hag., Record Amer. Ent., 1868, 52. N. America.
+ corticale Hahn, Arachn., f. 154. Cuv., Regne anim., ed. Voigt,
Iv, 409, n. 16. Europe.
Gancroides Walcken., Faun. Paris., 11, 253, n. 2.
= Chelifer cancroides L. (teste
, Latr.)
carcinoides Koch, Arachn., x, 65, t. 344, f. 798, mas. Cuv.,
Régne anim., ed. Voigt, tv, 409, n. 13. DeThéis, 68, t. 2, f. 1.
An O.- dumicola WKoch, variet?
Koch, ibid., 67. an O. syl-
vaticum Koch, variet? cf.
Menge, Chernet., 28.
dubium Koch, Arachn., x, 75, t. 346, f. 805.
An O. sylvaticum, pullus, Koch,
ibid. ; an C. sylvaticum Koch,
‘variet? cf. Menge, Chernet.,
28.
dumicola Koch, Arachn., x, 64, t. 344, £797; Deutschl. Myriap.,
fasc. 2 (Panz., Fn. Germ., fasc. 132), n. 2. Cuv., Regne anim.,
ed. Voigt, Iv, 409, n. 17.
An Ob. sylvaticum Koch, var.?
cf. Menge, Chernet., 28.

Hagen.] 270 [March 23,

elimatum Koch, Arachn., x, 71, t. 345, f. 801, mas., f. 802,
pullus.
An Ob. sylvaticum Koch, variet. ?
cf. Menge, Chernet., 28.
fuscimanum Koch, Arachn., x, 63, t. 343, f, 796.
== Ob. sylvaticum Koch, ef. Menge,
Chernet., 28.
{+ gracile Koch, Arachn., x, 73, t. 346, f. 803, mas; f. 804, fem.

Europe.

+ ischnocheles DeThéis, 63, t. 1, f. 3. Europe.
+ maritimum Leach, Zool. Mise., 111, 52, t. 141, f. 1. Cuv., Regne
anim., ed. Voigt, 1v, 409, n. 15. Europe.

muscorum Leach, Zool. Mise., m1, 51, n. 2, t. 141, f. 3. Koch,
Arachn., x, 67, t. 344, f. 799. Cuv., Reone anim., ed. Voigt,
TV, 409: -n. 14. DeTheiss:66, t: 1, £4:
An Ob. sylvaticum Koch, var. ?
cf. Menge, Chernet., 28.
nemorale Koch, Uebersicht d. Arachn. Syst., 1; Arachn., x, 67.
==Obisium carcinoides (teste Koch).
t+ pallipes Lucas, Explor. de lAlgér. Algeria.
orthodactylum Leach, Zool. Mise., m1, 51, n. 1, t. 141, f. 2.
Cuv., Reegne anim., ed. Voigt, 1v, 409, n. 12. Tulk., Ann. Nat.
Hist., 1844, x11, 55. == Chthonius orthodactylus Leach..
+ pusio Kolen., Bull. Mose., 1857, 11, 430. Calcutta.
Rathkii Koch u. Berendt, Organ. Reste im Bernstein, 11, i, 96, t.
10, f. 96. Menge, Chernet., 28, n. 2, t. 4, f. 4.
= Chelifer Kleemanni Koch, pullus,
cf. Menge, Chernet., 29.
+ Sieboldtii Menge, Berendt, Organ. Reste im Bernstein, 11, i. 97.
Fossil, Amber.
+ sylvaticum Koch, Arachn., x, 61, t. 343, f. 794, mas.; f. 795,
fem.; Deutschl. Myriap., fasc. 2 (Panzer, Fn. Germ., fasc. 132),
n.1. Cuv., Regne anim., ed. Voigt, Iv, 410, n. 18. Menge,
Chernet., 26, n.°1, tet, f. 3s: 1, 4, 95 digs tae ete 2 de
4; t. 3, f 3. Europe.
tenellum Koch, Arachn., x, 69, t. 45, f. 800. an O. musco-
rum mas., var? Koch, ibid, 70. an Obis. sylvaticum Koch, variet?-
cf. Menge, Chernet., 28.

1870.] oTt [Hagen.

trombidioides Latr., Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., x1, 391, n.
1; Encycl. Brit., Suppl., 1, 433, t. 23.
= Obisium orthodactylum Leach

(teste Leach).
+ Walckenaerii DeThéis, Ann. sc. nat., XXVII, 69, t. 2, f. 2.
Europe.
+ Petorus Koch, 1843.
Koch, Arachn., x.
j rufimanus Koch, Arachn., x, 59, t. 342, f. 793. Brazil.

PHALANGIUM.

acaroides Montaeu, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., x1, 7, t. 2, f. 4.
= Phalangium truncatum Montagu.
acaroides L., Syst. Nat., ed. x11, 1028, n. 5. Turton, Linn.,
ere a Chelifes americanus.
cancroides L., Fn. Suec., ed. m, n. 1968; Syst. Nat., ed. x,
1028, n. 4; a, xii, Gmelin, 2944, n. 4. evalles, Entom., Iv,
82, n. 4, t. 11, f. 7. Mueller, Prodrom. Fn. Dan., 192, n. 1293.
Scheff., Element., t. 38. Scopoli, Ent. Carn., 1067. Schrank,
Enum. Ins., 525, n. 1090. Poda, Mus. Graec., 122. Swammer-
dam, Bibl. Nat., 35. Pallas, Spicil., 1x, 29. Roesel., Insecten
Belust., 111, 8366-370, t. 64, f. 1-6. Gleichen, Supplem. neuest.
Entdeck., t. 8. Clerck, Aran. Suec., t. 6, f. 10, 2. Bonnet,
Insectol, ed. Goetze, 352. Scaliger, Exercit., cxv1. Wolphius,
ed. C. Gesner, 3. Meinecke, Naturforscher, Stk. m1, 77. Scheeff.,
Jeon. Ins., 11, t. 184. Cuv., Tableau élém. de Vhist. nat.; Adams,
Microse., ed. Kanmacher. = Chelifer cancroides L.
trunecatum Montagu, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., x1, 10.

= Obisium trombidioides Latr.,
(teste Leach).

} Pseuposcorrio Latreille, 1817.
Cuvier, Regne anim., vi.
PotymMeErosomata Leach, 1815. (Ordo.)
Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., x1, 390.

ScorPIio.

Aristoteles, Hist. Anim., rv, cap. 7. Aldrovand., de Anim. In-
Seeb.. o, 221.

Scudder.} a2 [March 23,

acaroides F., Spec. Ins., 1, 552, n. 8; Mant., Ins. 1, 348, n. 8;
Syst. Ent., 11; 437, ne == Chelifer americanus De Geer.
araneus L., Iter Oeland, 84. = (?)
cancroides L., F., Syst. Ent., 400, n. 7; Spec. Ins., 1, 551, n. 7;
Mant., Ins. 1, 348, n. 8; Ent. Syst., 1, 436,n.10. Panzer, Fn.
Germ., fase. 50, f. 14. == Chelifer cancroides L.
cimicoides F., Ent. Syst., 11, 436.
= Chernes cimicoides F. (teste
Menge.)
SCORPIONIDEA Leach, 1817. (Familia.)

Leach, Zool. Miscell., 111, 48.

ScoRPIONIDES Latreille, 1806. (i amilia.)
Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., x1, 390. Latr., Gen. Crust.,1, 132.

Dr. Hagen stated that Dr. A. 8. Packard, Jr., had recently
discovered in Brunswick, Me., and in Salem, a species of
Amphientomum, a genus of Neuroptera, whose body is cov-
ered with scales, and heretofore known only from Ceylon.

The following paper was read : —

ON THE SYNONYMY OF THECLA CALANUS. By SAmuUEL H.
SCUDDER.

In Eastern North America there are two species of Thecla, closely
allied, occupying, so far as we know, the same geographical area
(from Canada to Virginia or Georgia, and from Massachusetts to
Jowa), and, until recently, almost invariably confounded by American
entomologists. Messrs. Grote and Robinson first called public atten-
tion to the fact of their specific distinctness, although Mr. W. Saun-
ders, both in his ¢orrespondence and ss., had previously urged the
same point. As my material was insufficient, and because certain spec-
imens, to which I had constant access, seemed to combine many of
the features which generally separated the specimens into two groups,
I have hitherto been unwilling to accept the determination of these
entomologists. But recently, through the kindness of many friends,
I have had the opportunity of examining more than one hundred
specimens of each species, and have become entirely convinced of
their specific value.

1870.) ie) [Scudder.

The most prominent points of distinction between the two species
are to be found in the general tint of the upper and under surfaces
of the wings, in the presence or absence of orange spots near the
anal angle of the upper surface of the secondaries, and in the nature
of the extra-mesial band upon the under surface.

In one the general color of the upper surface of the wings is a very
dark glossy brown; in the other dark greyish slate brown. The tint
of the under surface of the first is dark slate brown; of the second
ashy slate brown. The orange spots near the anal angle of the sec-
ondaries of the first are frequently present in the ? (in about one
half of my specimens), almost never in the 6 (about one in seven-
teen specimens); in the second they are almost always present in the
? (in about six out of seven), usually in the 6 (about twice out of
three times); these figures apply, in both cases, to those specimens
which have any trace whatever of the spots; when they are distinct
in the lower median interspace of the second species, there is almost
invariably a pretty distinct, similarly colored spot in the next lower
interspace, which is seldom the case in the first species. But it is in
the character of the extra mesial band of the under surface that we
find the most striking differences between the two species; in the
first, the band consists of a series of quadrate spots slightly darker
than the tint of the wing, bordered externally with pale bluish scales,
and frequently (?) or almost never (4) bordered very faintly on the
inner side; in the primaries the spots composing the band are usually
confluent throughout the whole of their breadth; in the upper half
of the secondaries they are generally placed successively a little far-
ther toward the outer border, and are connected by but about one
half their breadth; yet even here there is no white edging above or
beneath; in the second species the spots composing the band are .
usually blackish brown in color, roundish oval and transverse, but
sometimes—especially on the lower half of the primaries—quadrate
or reniform in shape; they are independent, though closely contigu-
ous, and in rare cases, partially confluent, and are completely encir-
cled with whitish scales, although much more distinctly on the outer
side than elsewhere.

There are also other differences of less importance; such as the
presence, in the second species, of a broad and long, curving patch
of orange on the under surface of the secondaries, next the inner
margin and just above the anal angle; when this is at all perceptible
in the first species, it is indicated only as a slender streak, often much

PROCEEDINGS B. 8. N: H.—VOL. XIII. 18 avGust, 1870.

Scudder.) 274 (March 28,

obscured by blackish scales. Another feature is in the sexual spot on
the primaries of the male; in the first species this is rounded obovate,
scarcely twice as long as broad, slightly darker than the ground color
of the wing; in the second, it is oblong obovate, three times as long
as broad, obscure dark greyish fuscous.

To the former species Messrs. Grote and Robinson, in their first
discussion of the species, apply the name of Thecla Falacer God. and
Boisd. and Lec.; and to the latter that of T. calanus (Hibn.). In
a subsequent paper they claim that Falacer God. and calanus Hiibn.
are the same species, so that the former name must be dropped; and
that the first species, formerly considered by them as Falacer, is un-
described; they therefore characterize it under the name of 7. inorata;
they also come to the conclusion that, under the name of Ialacer,
Boisduval and LeConte have described Falacer and figured inorata.
‘Tt seems to us,” say these authors, “that 7’. calanus and T. Falacer
[inorata] are distinct species, the former to be distinguished by its
paler, more brownish color above, and by the fulvous marks of the
upper surface of secondaries near anal angle.” And again: “ From
this latter species [calanus] T. inorata differs hy its smaller size, its
more blackish color, darker fringes and the absence of the orange
lunule on the upper surface of secondaries before anal angle.” No
mention is made of any trenchant mark of distinction drawn from
the discal band of the under surface; we have seen, however, that
this forms one of the most important points of separation, while the
presence or absence of the colored spot near the anal angle of the
secondaries above is but of relative importance, from its want of
uniformity.

It is probably owing to this fact that these authors have fallen into
the error of supposing that the second of the species which we have
briefly characterized above has been figured by Hiibner and described
by Godart. The very reverse is the fact; and while the first of these
species has been described in full, or figured no less than three times
under as many different names, the second is yet undescribed, except-
ing by the short comparative phrases which we have just used, and
by Messrs. Grote and Robinson, as quoted above. I propose, there-
fore, that the latter shall retain the name of 7. Edwardsii, suggested
for it by Mr. Saunders, who probably first recognized its title to
independence.

If we examine the illustrations of Hiibner in detail, we shall find
that his representation of the color of the upper surface of the wings is

1870.) D5 [Scudder.

not exactly like that of either of the species in question, although it
more nearly resembles calanus; the color of the under surface in no
way resembles that of Edwardsii, and is precisely the same as calanus;
a small orange spot painted near the anal angle of the upper surface
of the secondaries in both sexes, occurs more frequently in Edwardsi,
but is by no means absent from calanus; the mesial band consists of
a continuous series of quadrate spots, whose connection is so close as
to be generally indistinguishable (an unfailing mark of calanus), but
edged with white scales on the inner side, as distinctly as on the out-
side, excepting on the primaries of the male—which rarely or never
happens in either species, and in one no more frequently than in the
other; this sexual distinction is, however, that of calanus; the orange
lunule of the under surface is given rather as it usually occurs in
Edwardsii than as in calanus, but is not very uncommon in the latter;
and finally the sexual patch on the upper surface of the primaries of
the male is as in calanus. That the extent of the coloring is faulty is
shown by several features in which it exaggerates either species, and
only when doing so does it approach Edwardsii rather than calanus;
in all features of pure delineation it resembles only calanus, so that
there can be no possible doubt that Grote and Robinson’s inorata is
the same as Hiibner’s calanus.

Laying as they do, too exclusive stress upon the presence or ab-
sence of the orange patch near the anal angle of the upper surface
of the secondaries, they have also come to an erroneous conclusion
concerning Boisduval and LeConte’s plate, which, bad as it is, can.
certainly only represent calanus.

The specimens in the Harris Cabinet all belong to Edwardsii.

The synonymy of the two species will then be as follows :—

Thecla calanus (Hiibn.) Westw.

Rusticus armatus calanus Hiibn., Sammi. exot. Schmett., 1, Lep. 1,
Pap. 11, Gent. 1, Rustici, C. Armati, b. figs. 1-4.

Thecla Falacer God., Encyel. méth., 1x, 600, 633. Boisd. et Lec.,
Lép. Am. Sept., X, 92-94, pl. xxix, figs. 1-5. Morris, Cat. Lep.
N. Amer., 11; Ib., Syn. Lep. N. Amer., 95. Scudd., pars, Prec. Ess.
Inst., 111, 164; Ib., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x1, 378; Ib., Trans.
Chic. Acad. Sc. 1, 331. Grote and Rob., Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 1,
172-3; Ib., Descr. Amer. Lep., 11, 2-3.

Thecla calanus Westw. and Hewits., Gen. Diurn. Lep., 11, 486.
Weid., Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad., 11, 534; Ib., Cat. N. Am. Butt., 34.

Scudder.] 276 [April 6,

Thecla inorata Grote and Rob., Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 1, 323-4;
Ib., Deser. Amer. Lep., m1, 1-2. Saund., Can. Entom., 11, 61-64.
Thecla Edwardsii Saund., ms.1

Thecla Falacer Harr., Treat. Ins. inj. Veg., Ed. 1862, 276.
Seudd., pars, Proc. Ess. Inst., ur, 164; Ib., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat.
Hist., x1, 378; Ib., Trans. Chic. Acad. Science, 1, 331.

Thecla calanus Grote and Rob., Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 1, 172-3,
324; Ib., Descr. Amer. Lep., 11, 2-3; 111, 2.

Mr. 8. H. Scudder also called the attention of the members
to the recent recognition of two distinct forms of Grapta
among the northern specimens in our cabinets, which had for-
merly been labelled G. interrogationis Fabr.

Mr. J. A. Lintner, in a recent paper in the Transactions of the
American Entomological Society, has separated the species having the
upper surface of the secondaries obscured with blackish, under the
name of G. umbrosa; but Mr. W. H. Edwards informs me that, ina
paper recently presented to the same Society, he has shown — and I
think rightly —that the name of interrogationis should be retained
for the darker form, and has proposed that of G. Fabrici for the spe-
cies which Mr. Lintner considers interrogationis. Neither of these
writers, however, seems to haye examined specimens of the southern
species with dusky secondaries, figured by Cramer and by Abbot and
Smith under the name of C' aureum, and by later writers included as

-asynonym of interrogationis. As Linné’s original description of C
aureum referred to a Chinese species, the name of G. Crameri is pro-
posed for this southern form.

April 6, 1870.
Vice President, Dr. C. T. Jackson, in the chair. Forty five
persons present.

Mr. L. S. Richards of Quincy, Mr. Otis Pettee of Newton,
Mr. Charles Barnard of West Newton, Drs. Clarence J. Blake
and EK. A. Perkins and Messrs. Charles EH. Avery, Francis E.

1 See Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 1,172. Can. Entom., 1, 98, 99.

1870.) Q2T7 (Whitney.

Everett, Arthur M. Knapp, Charles F. Lynch, Charles C.
Smith, Charles A. Wellington, David Whiton and Charles G,
Wood, of Boston, were elected Resident Members.

The Vice President announced that the next course of
Lectures under the auspices of the Society, would be deliv-
ered by Mr. Francis G. Sanborn, on four successive Monday
evenings, commencing April 25th; the subject would be
“ Wamiliar Talks about Insects.”

Section of Microscopy. April 13, 1870.
Dr. B. Joy Jeffries in the chair. Five persons present.

Messrs. W. H. Niles and Edward Burgess were elected
Members of the Section.

Mr. W. F. Whitney described the structure of the hairs
borne by the seed of Tillandsia usneoides ; these are covered
with points or barbs, directed toward the seed, formed by
projections of the wall of the cells composing the hairs, which,
catching on passing bodies, insure a wide distribution of the
plant. Mr. Whitney also remarked that he had detected the
presence of raphides in this plant, which, being a true epi-
phyte, must have obtained from the air the mineral matter to
form these crystals. .

April 20, 1870.
Vice President, Dr. C. T. Jackson,‘in the chair. Fifty three

persons present.

The following paper was read : —

NOTE ON THE GLACIAL MORAINES OF THE CHARLES RIVER
VALLEY, NEAR WATERTOWN. By N. S. SHALER.

I have already endeavored to establish the succession of events
during the last glacial period, by a study of the remains of the detri-

Shaler.} 278 [April 20,

tal accumulations then formed in the neighborhood of Boston. The
order of the changes, as developed in this examination, seems to
have been, first, the accumulation of an ice sheet, so deep as to move
over all tse summits in Southern New England; second, a subsidence
of the land to the depth of from one hundred to one hundred and
twenty feet below its present position, accompanied, or succeeded, by
a rapid melting of the glacial envelope, leaving behind it a confused
mass of stones of various sizes, sand and mud commingled together
without distinct stratification, this sheet varying in thickness from
a few feet on the summits of the hills to one or two hundred feet at
the mouths of the valleys of the Charles and the Mystic ; third,
an elevation of the land which restored it to almost its present level,
possibly to a point a little above the level it now has.

After the disappearance of the great glacial sheet, the shore remained
depressed for a sufficiently long time to allow the tidal currents of the
coast to wear away a large part of the unstratified deposit from the
ice, reopening the fiords and river valleys which had been to a great
extent clogged with this debris. Inasmuch as the actual amount of
the work done by these marine currents is progressively greater and
greater, as we pass from the uppermost points where its action is vis-
ible, down to the present level of the sea, we may conclude that it is
likely that this shore began to rise immediately on the retreat of the
glacier, and came slowly towards its present position.

Hitherto I have seen but few evidences of the existence of true
moraines in the New England drift. Most of my study of the phe-
nomena was done before I had ever seen glaciers at work, or had ex-
amined the evidences of their former action in the valleys of regions
where all the drift material is attributable to their work. Without
this practical knowledge it is really impossible to interpret the work
done during the glacial period. Within the last two years, with the
preparation of a year’s study of the glacial phenomena of Switzer-
land, I have been able to recognize at sundry points some features
which looked like true terminal moraines; but these are generally so
far modified by the action of subsequent erosion, which has gone on
in the valley where they are found, that their true character has not
been clearly apparent. A few days ago, however, I found in the val-
ley of the Charles, near Watertown, a mass of drift material disposed
in the most unmistakable moraine shape. The ridge of the moraine
may be traced from a point a few hundred feet from the north bank
of the river at the eastern end of the United States Arsenal grounds

1870.) 279 [Shaler,

at Watertown, in a nearly north course of about a quarter of a mile.
For the first two hundred yards of its course, its form is quite remark-
able, separating it distinctly from the usual ridges of drift material
found in this vicinity. It stands on the alluvial plain of the river like
a fragment of a great dam, having a height of about twenty five feet,
and a breadth of about one hundred. Following it in its northward
course, it gradually becomes less distinct as it comes out of the valley
of the river, and little by little fades away. Having been plowed
over for nearly two centuries, the northward extremity is no longer
clearly marked. ,

There are three sections visible in the moraine; one at its northern
extremity, another where a water gap traverses the rampart, another
where it is cut by the Watertown Railroad. At each point it is evi-
dent that the structure of the mass is that of all true moraines: stones
of varied dimensions mingled together with a certain admixture of
clay and sand make up the mass, which seems entirely without strati-
fication. The general character of the material differs markedly from
that of the drift found on Somerville Hill, or in any other of the
massive glacial deposits. It is much less compact, the fragments are
more angular and of much less varied mineral composition; fragments
of slate rock greatly preponderate in the mass, being much more nu-
merous than in any of the other drift deposits of this vicinity, unless
it be in the other moraines of the same valley.

The relation of this rampart to the other beds of the valley, seems
to indicate that it must have been formed after the close of the first
division of the ice time, later indeed than the commencement of the
reélevation of the land. The ice stream does not seem to have risen
to a great height on the sides of the valley, as the moraine does not
extend more than fifty feet above the high water mark.

On the south side of the river there is visible what seems to have
been a continuation of this moraine, or possibly a lateral moraine
formed at the same time. JI am not quite sure, however, of its real
relations to that just described. ;

It is with much hesitation that I pronounce upon the character of
this ridge of drift. I can say, however, that outside of the Alps I
have never seen anything as clearly referable to the forces which
build terminal moraines, and that in Switzerland no geologist would
hesitate an instant to refer it to this group of glacial deposits.

Niles.] 280 [April 20,

Mr. W. H. Niles thought that there were certain features
in the topography and surface-geology of the region spoken
of which it would be difficult to reconcile with a terminal
moraine located as described by Prof. Shaler.

In Watertown, not far from the locality mentioned, stratified sands
and gravels occur ata higher level. These are frequently obliquely
bedded with marked evidences of shallow water and strong currents.
He believed these beds to be later Post-tertiary deposits. Such facts
would show that in the latter portion of the Post-tertiary, currents of
water must have acted with considerable power at this higher level.

Furthermore, in the vicinity of Boston there are unmistakable evi-
dences of aqueous erosion at lower levels, cotresponding with the
level of the locality in question, He spoke of some of the features
to be observed on Winter Hill, Somerville. About the upper portion
of the hill the slopes are quite regularly curved, and the underlying
slate rock is smoothed and finely striated. Descending the slope
towards Mystic River, the striz disappear and the surface becomes
irregular. He regarded these facts as clear evidence that, subsequent
to the glaciation which gave the form and the striated surface of the
upper portion of the hiil, currents had so eroded the lower portion of
the slope as to cause the irregularity of surface. That, since the
elacial epoch, aqueous agencies have extensively rearranged the sur-
face materials in more elevated situations, as well as at the same level
with said locality, is quite evident. He argued that it would be diffi-
cult to account for so perfect a preservation of a terminal moraine in
the locality specified, while the even more substantial portions of the
region were so extensively modified.

The following changes in the Constitution and By-Laws
were adopted : —

CONSTITUTION.

Article VY to be altered so as to read —

The officers of the Society shall be a President; two Vice Presi-
dents; a Corresponding Secrétary; a Recording Secretary; a Treas-
urer; a Librarian; a Custodian; and a Committee of three on each -
department of the Museum; who, together, shall form a Board for
the management of the concerns of the Society, and be called the
Council,

1870.] 281 [By-Laws.

BY-LAWS.
Section ITI, Article VII, to be altered so as to read —

The Custodian shall be a person of acknowledged scientific attain-
ments. He shall have general charge of the building and its con-
tents; shall have free access to all the collections at all times; and
shall act in concert with the Committees, to whom he shall bear the
relation of adviser and assistant. In case of the absence or neglect
of the Committees, he shall act in their stead, and perform their
duties. He shall prepare and read at the annual meeting a report of
the state of the Museum, compiled from the special reports made to
him by the Committees. He shall keep a book to be called the Dona-
tion Book, in which shall be recorded, under their respective depart-
ments, all donations to the Museum, with the date and name of
donor. And he shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed
by the Council and mutually assented to.

Section II, Article VIII, to be altered so as to read —

The Committees shall be entrusted with the care of the Museum,
They shall be designated for particular departments at the time of
their election; they shall consist of not more than three members,
one of whom shall be nominated to the Society by the Nominating
Committee to act as Chairman in each Department; they shall, as
soon as possible after a donation is made or specimens received,
deposit them in their respective cabinets; shall arrange the specimens
in their appropriate departments according to some system approved
by the Custodian; and, so far as is practicable, label them with the
names they bear in such system. ‘They shall also, as far as is prac-
ticable, keep a correct catalogue of articles in their care, and shall be
authorized to select duplicate specimens from the cabinet, and, with
the assent of the Custodian, effect exchanges therewith. Each Com-
mittee shall make a written report to the Custodian, a month previous
to the annual meeting, concerning the collection under its charge: the
additions made during the year, and the important deficiencies which
exist.

Section V, Article II, to be altered so as to read —

No specimens shall be removed from the Museum, without the
leave of the Custodian and the Chairman of the Committee of the
department to which they belong,who shall take a receipt for the
same, and be responsible for their restoration in good order.

Scudder.) 282 [April 27,

The title of Section VI to be altered so as to read “Of
Committees of the Council.”

Section VIII, Article I, to be altered so as to read —

A meeting shall be held on the first Wednesday in May annually.
for the choice of cflicers and other general purposes. At this meeting
an annual report, embodying the several reports of the Committees
and Librarian, shall be read by the Custodian; and a report on the
state of the funds by the Treasurer, who shall also present an esti-
mate of the necessary expenses of the ensuing year.

Section of Entomology. April 27, 1870.
Mr. C. S. Minot in the chair. Eight members present.
The following paper was presented: —

On ASYMMETRY IN THE APPENDAGES OF HeExaApop INsEcTs,
ESPECIALLY AS ILLUSTRATED IN THE LEPIDOPTEROUS GENUS
NisonrapEs. By Samuet H. ScuppDER AND EDWARD
BURGESS. ;

A conspicuous feature in the structure of the higher animals is
their bilateral symmetry — the tendency of the organs and frame
work to exact reverse repetition upon either side of a longitudinal
axis.

This bilaterality is also shared to a certain extent by some of the
lower animals, and is generally more noticeable in the external con-
figuration of the body than in the internal organs; it is apparent, not
only in those portions of the body which are disposed in pairs, but
also in the central organs, the opposite sides of which repeat each
other inversely.

In the lower animals the exceptions to the law of bilateral sym-
metry are frequent and conspicuous, the shells as well as the bodies
of mollusks often affording striking examples. Among the higher
animals, at least in the exterior sculpture of the body, cases of abso-
lute asymmetry are rare; the most prominent instance occurs in the
mature flounders; others are well known, such as the very unequal
development of the tusks of the narwhal, and the two sides of the

1870.] 283 [Burgess,

skull in many cetaceans. The crustacea, however, present numerous
instances of asymmetrical development; for example, in the general
form of Bopyrus and Peltogaster, and in the claws of many decapods.

We are not aware that any cases of asymmetry have been re-
corded among the worms; and certainly very few among insects;
there are occasionally slight differences in the right and left mandibles
of some mandibulates, and Coccus has recently been referred to by
Gerstaecker as an example of asymmetry, without further specifica-
tion; we have been unable to discover to what he refers. Loew, also,
in the first of his monographs of the North American Diptera, states
that the hypopygium (the external genital armature) of the males of
Syrphide and Pipunculide is unsymmetrical. We append a figure
of this organ in an American species of Phora, closely allied to, if not
identical with, P. microcephala Loew, in which the left clasp (c) is
very much stouter and somewhat longer than the right one (c’); the
drawing is magnified thirty five times.

In a recent study of the external genital organs of the males of
butterflies, we chanced to examine those of certain native species of
Nisoniades, and found not only a great difference between allied
species, but a most remarkable asymmetry between opposite clasps of
the same individual; this has led to an examination of all the North
American species of which we could obtain specimens for dissection,
and the results are embodied in this paper. ‘The species have been
found to be much more numerous than was anticipated; and yet we
are aware of several others from distant parts of North America,
which we have not been able to obtain; we trust that the new inter-
est, which will hereafter attach to this otherwise inconspicuous group,
will lead to important results.?

By referring to Fig. 15 of WN. tristis Boisd., which we will use for
illustration,® it will be seen that the clasps (15. R., 15. L.) in this
genus are developed to an unusual degree, and exhibit more clearly
than the central organ the prevailing asymmetry of the parts. With
some minor exceptions, which will be ‘specified below, the left clasp
is always more highly developed than the right, both in the con-
figuration of the whole, and in the sculpture and armature of the
details; each clasp may be divided, for convenience of description,

1 Bronn, Klassen u. Ordn. d. Thierreichs, v, 83.
2 The same organs are asymmetrical in the closely aliied genus Achylodes.

$ This, and all the succeeding drawings, are magnified twenty diameters,

Scudder.] 984 [April 27,

into two parts — an upper and a lower; the upper portion is
ordinarily developed as a broad lobe (1), armed on its upper
edge with a row of very long, stiff bristles, pointing backward,
not exhibited in the drawings; it has a tendency to expand in two
directions, forming what we have called the upper and hind processes
(up, up’, hp, hp’), according to their position; the lobe is generally
smaller in the left clasp than the right; and the hind process
either wanting or minute upon the left. “The lower part of the clasp
is a very long, slender, usually compressed, often twisted and invari-
ably curving blade (b, b’), frequently spined or pointed at tip, its
origin marked below by a denticle; it bears, at the base of the upper
edge, a short, frequently bent or curving process (p), ordinarily
somewhat triangular in shape, and very often armed with spinules;
sometimes (as in JN. trisiis) this process is wanting on the right clasp,
and is usually more slender and frequently longer on the left than on
the opposite side; at their base the clasps form a large, broad, com-
pressed, somewhat gibbous plate.

The upper organ, Fig. 15. U, is much more difficult to describe. It
varies exceedingly in shape, so that one has to examine the parts
carefully, and through a considerable series to determine with cer-
tainty the homologous areas. It also differs much in size, in which
particular it appears to bear an inverse ratio to the dimensions of the
clasps. In general, it may be said to consist of a gibbous, subovoid
main body, contracted toward the tip, and bearing at the extremity a
pair of hooks, (h, h’), occasionally consolidated at the inferior junction
of which a minute, appressed, central plate, or tooth (t), dentiform
on a side view, frequently depends; near the middle of the upper
portion of the main body, the surface is either simply a little ele-
vated, or expanded after elevation into nearly horizontal alations;
or it rises into a dorsal, usually horse-shoe shaped crest (c), the
sides of which sometimes form conspicuous lateral expansions (e, e’),
the whole crest being frequently asymmetrical in elevation and lat-
eral extension, and bearing on its upper edge, or surface, an armature
of spines; from the middle of the upper surface, lateral arms (a, a!)
extend downward and then curve backward, meeting behind, and
at their united extremities expanding into a transverse, usually broad
field, which we have termed the anton: armature (ia), well pro-
vided with spines or bristles.

The movement of the clasps is of course lateral, and that of the
upper organ vertical; but some of the constituent parts of the latter

1870.] 285 : [Burgess,
have an independent motion, the whole apical apparatus, including
the hooks, having a common vertical movement upon the main body,
and the central tooth a forward and backward swing upon the apical
portion.

Besides the asymmetry of the dorsal crest, to which we have re-
ferred, the lateral arms, the terminal hooks and the inferior armature,
(as will be seen in the hind view of the upper organ of NV. trisiis),
frequently partake of the same peculiarity; indeed, this element
seems to pervade every part of the remarkable genital armature in
this genus, as a study of the following descriptions and illustrations,
in which we pass from the simpler to the more complex form, will
show.

One reason, doubtless, that this strange asymmetry has escaped
observation, is the entire concealment of the parts by scales, and the
want of attention to these appendages in butterflies; the upper organ
is protected by an extensive posterior expansion of the terminal
segment of the abdomen, which forms a projecting hood, and which
is also provided at tip with a heavy fringe of excessively long scales;
the clasps are themselves furnished externally with a heavy coating
of pretty long scales, which effectually hides the sculpture of the
parts; although the disparity in length of the two clasps is readily
seen, when it is so marked as in NV. Brizo.

In endeavoring to assign a reason for this excessive development
and remarkable asymmetry of the external genital organs, one can-
not but be struck by the fact that the males of this genus are far
more commonly met with than the females; whether this is due to
the comparative scarcity of the latter, or to the greater seclusion of
their haunts—all the species are sylvan—we are not prepared to say;
the females, however, are taken in the same stations as the males,
and seem entirely at home there; so that we are inclined to adopt the
former hypothesis and to believe that, notwithstanding the simplicity
of the external genital apparatus in the female, the excessive devel-
opment of these parts in the male is in correlation with their superior
numbers, ensuring, beyond doubt, the impregnation of every female;
we do not, however, see how asymmetry gives any superior advan-
_ tage. It may be mentioned in this connection that when a male of
one of these species is. taken between the fingers, the insect frequently
endeavors to use this apparatus as an organ of defence, or perhaps it
might be said, of aggression,,much after the manner of a Panorpa or
a Staphylinus. |

Scudder. ] 286 [April 27,

We have not hesitated to give names to the species described be-
low for the first time, because the parts to which we have confined
the descriptions are, certainly, in this sombre genus, the most charac-
teristic; we believe that only those who confine their descriptions to
the coloration of the wings will blame us; to them we would say that
these descriptions are no more partial than their own, and are based
upon features which admit of a better definition2 In assigning
names we have followed the lead of earlier authors in recalling the
Roman poets and satirists.

GROUP I.

Upper organ: crest wanting; terminal hooks separate, slender;
tooth reduced to a tubercle and bristle. Clasps: blades slender;
basal process unarmed.

Nisoniades Persius Scudder. Fig. 1.

Upper organ: Main body short, slender, high. Hooks very long
and slender, tapering, slightly compressed, separate at base, basal
halves divaricate, but beyond subparallel, curving inequally, the tip
hooked downward, tapering rapidly and sharply pointed; from the
middle of the ridge which unites their bases, a very minute denticle
depends with a projecting bristle. Arms broad at their origin, made
one half as small below by an excision of the posterior edge, directed
downward and slightly forward, then bent at about a right angle
backward, and very soon expanded to a common, very large, spatu-
late cup, opening upward, its outer half composing the inferior arma-
ture of delicate points, widely separate from the base of the terminal
hooks.

Left clasp: Main body nearly triangular— the apex at the point of
attachment — widening rapidly, a little curved longitudinally and
slightly gibbous laterally. Blade very long and slender, the basal
fourth rapidly narrowing, beyond nearly equal, depressed, curving
inward, at first slightly, afterwards rapidly, so as to be subfalcate;
otherwise nearly straight; tip produced to a sharp point; basal proc-
ess consisting of a gibbous subreniform lobe, not half as long as the
blade, constricted at the base, having a general backward direction,
curved a little inward, its upper margin strongly arched, its lower
excised, rounded at the tip, the basal portion of its lower margin bent
inwards and forming a slight, sharp, inconspicuous ridge. Lobelarge,

1 Wherever possible, a large series of specimens has been examined, and we have
found the amount of individual variation very small.

1870.) 287 (Burgess.

broad, uniform in width, as long as the basal process of the blade and
twice as broad, directed backward, somewhat upward and a little
inward, its outer surface turned slightly upward, its apex rounded
and curved slightly inward.

Right clasp: Main body much as in the opposite clasp, but having
a broad angle near the middle of the upper margin, beyond which it
does not broaden; it is also more deeply excised on the lower margin,
Blade as long as that of the left clasp, narrowed at the base and be-
yond depressed as there, but just beyond the middle it is bent slightly
downward, and having its upper margin slightly angulated, or at least
curved a little downward in the outer half; close to the tip the inner
edge is angulated again, broadening the tip, which terminates in a
rounded right angle; basal process consisting only of a small, triangu-
lar, rounded, backward prolongation at the extreme base of the upper
edge of the blade. Lobe extremely broad and large, half as long as
the blade, angulated in the middle of its lower margin, its upper half
produced as a narrowing rounded plate, curved strongly over upon
itself, the concealed margins armed with a few rather prominent
spinules.

New England.

Wisoniades Lucilius Lintner mss. Fig. 2.

Upper organ: Very similar to that of NV. Persius, differing in being
shorter, having shorter terminal hooks; a larger proportion of the
cup, forming the union of the lateral arms, seems to be covered with
the inferior armature, as it extends almost to the base of the bent
_ portion of the arms.

Left clasp: Main body pretty small, slender, straight, slightly con-
vex laterally, increasing rapidly and pretty regularly from the base,
forming a high triangle, whose apex is at the base of the piece.
Blade pretty broad at the base and directed a little downward, de-
creasing rapidly in size, and then uniformly slender, very long,
eurved backward, slightly upward and, considerably and regularly
inward, scarcely compressed, its outer surface twisted slichtly in the
apical half so as to become nearly horizontal and uppermost, very
bluntly rounded at the tip, the upper inner angle a little produced;
basal process digitate, attenuated, incurved, bowed upward, not com-
pressed, slenderest at the base, rounded at tips, a little more than
one third as long as the blade. Lobe forming a slightly longer, broad,
nearly equal, flattened plate, a very little narrower and very broadly

Scudder. ] 288 [April 27,

rounded at the tip, curved slightly inward and twisted a very little,
tending to bring the outer surface uppermost.

Right clasp: Main body like that of the opposite side. Blade sim-
ilar in size, length, form and cirection to the left cla-p, but not so
broad at the base, equally rounded at the tip and armed apically
with a very few minute, inconspicuous spinules; basal process reduced
to a slight pointed triangular tooth, connected with the blade by a
slight ridge. Lobe very large and broad, reaching downward beyond
the base of the blade, fully half as long as it, rounded at tip, directed
backward and a little upward, gibbous, curved inward a little more
than the blade, the tip bent suddenly upon itself and directed straight
forward; the bent apex and incurved lower edge armed, the former
with a few very long, the latter with more frequent shorter, minute
spinules.

New England.

GROUP It.

Upper organ: crest scarcely elevated, with slight, horizontal, lat-
eral expansions; terminal hooks consolidated, stout; tooth very large.
Clasp: appendages well armed, very small when compared to main
body. .

Wisoniades Icelus Lintner mss. Fig. 3.

Tpper organ: Main body short, pretty high, not very slender.
Dorsal crest consisting of a pair of very small, horizontal, lateral
alations, the posterior angle of each rounded, the anterior produced
laterally as a bluntly pointed triangle. Hooks forming a single, stout,
slightly curving, pointed beak, directed backward, bearing beneath,
just beyond the middle, an appressed, dentiform, backward curving
appendage, which is provided, on the outer edges of its apex, with a
pair of short, stout, divaricate thorns; on either side of the extreme
‘ base of the hook, its upper surface expands laterally to a very slight
degree; and from the extreme base of its lower outer surface, an
appressed, conical tooth projects downward and slightly outward.
Arms broad at base, narrowing rapidly, directed downward and at
the bottom bent at nearly right angles backward; they then curve
backward, inward and upward, broadening slightly until they meet
at some distance below the hook, bearing on the whole of the outer
lower surface of the curving portion, the inferior armature of rather
distant, comparatively large, short, blunt spines, largest at the most
posterior point.

1870.] 289 [Burgess.

Left clasp: Main body very broad, increasing slightly in breadth
from the base half way to the tip, nearly flat and straight, the upper
edge produced and curved inward a little near the base, the lower
edge a little full near the base. Blade straight, its lower edge con-
tinuous with the lower edge of the main body, slender, uniform,
slightly compressed, not very long, armed at the apical half with
minute, raised points, and terminating in a rounded point; basal
process as broad as long, rounded, compressed, its hinder two thirds
bent at right angles inwards and a little upwards, and armed along
its whole edge and a portion of its upper surface with minute spin-
ules. Lobe rounded, deeply and roundly excised on either side, of
about the size of the basal process of the blade, but smooth; just in
advance of it the upper edge of the main body is shghtly prominent.

Right clasp: Main body similar to that of opposite side. Blade of
the same length as that of the left clasp and otherwise similar, but
curving very slightly inward and terminating in an unarmed slightly
rounded point, a very little angulated at the tip; basal process devel-
oped as a dactylate apophysis, directed upward, nearly at right
angles to the blade, compressed, but twisted at right angles, so as to
appear depressed, a little broader than the blade, shorter by nearly
one half, its tip broadly and regularly rounded, and armed with mi-
nute spinules. Lobe developed as a bluntly rounded, rather promi-

nent plate in the middle of the upper half of the whole piece.
New England.
Nisoniades Brizo Westwood. Fig. 4.

Upper organ: Main body moderately slender, long and high,
strongly arched; from the middle of the extreme posterior slope of
the upper surface, a lateral, triangular, slightly curved plate or ala-
tion with rounded apex, arises on either side, projecting outward and
a little upward, the anterior edge nearly at right angles with the
median line of the main body, or even directed a little forward, and
a little elevated. Hooks united into one extremely large beak, swollen
beyond the middle, the tip pointed, the sides at base compressed and
directed downward as small flaps; beyond the middle of the lower
surface depends avery large, appressed tooth, the anterior edge nearly
_ straight, the posterior eurved sinuously forward, as seen from the
side, broad and well rounded, the posterior surface having the edge
emarginate, and furnished with a slight median ridge. Arms ex-
tremely broad at origin, tapering very rapidly in a downward direc-
tion, becoming slender before the lowest point is reached, and then

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.—VOL. XIII. 19 AUGUST, 1870.

Scudder.] 290 [April 27,

remaining’ of nearly the same size; below bent squarely at right
angles backward, pursuing a straight horizontal course for half the
distance to the tip, then curving inward and upward, expanding a
little at the united tips, and bearing the inferior armature of minute
raised points — not very distant from the pads at the base of the
terminal hooks.

Left clasp: Main body large and gibbous, its base slender, broad-
ening pretty regularly, nearly straight in projection. Blade broad
at base, narrowing rather rapidly in the basal half, beyond pretty
uniform, the tip rounded and thickened, but obliquely docked; basal
process directed horizontally backward, bent or curved at base in-
wardly, twisted very slightly, with a tendency to bring the inner side
uppermost; the whole upper edge is armed with minute recurved
denticulations, extending as far as the tip, and on the apical third
forming a double row of minuter teeth; the basal process is a rather.
small rounded lobe, whose general direction is upward, at right angles
to the blade, curving a little inward, and having one edge a little
concealed by the minute hind process of the lobe; its whole outer
edge is covered by recurved denticulations, in continuation of those
on the blade; the terminal portion of the outer surface is also mi-
nutely spinulate. Upper process of lobe directed upward, curved
inward and thickened a little above, its edge showing indications of
obsolete denticulations.

Right clasp: Main body similar to that of the opposite side, ex-
cepting that it is much broader at the base — nearly as broad as any-
where. Blade short, about half as long as the opposite clasp, broad,
compressed, the basal half narrowing somewhat, the tip rounded and
scarcely excised, the armature as on the opposite clasp; basal process
similar to the opposite, but smaller and twisted, so that its inner sur-
face is directed backward and a little inward, and this face, instead
of the outer, is furnished with spinules; the border is armed as in the
opposite piece, but the basal border is free from, although concealed
by, the lobe. Each of the processes of the lobe is simple and broadly
rounded, the hind scarcely the larger.

New England to Florida.

GROUP III.

Upper organ: crest as in Group 11; hooks separate, moderate;
tooth stout, conical. Clasp: blade stout, bent at right angles near
the middle; right lobe dactylate.

1870.] 291 [Burgess.

Nisoniades Martialis Scudder. Fig. 5.

Upper organ: Main body long and slender, not elevated, unusually
small; crest consisting of a pair of depressed, slightly curving, lat-
eral expansions, nearly horizontal, the anterior angle produced as a
small, narrow, rounded lobe, directed outward and slightly forward.
Hooks short, moderately slender, slightly divergent, broadly sepa-
rated at base, the main body at their extreme base expanding later-
ally in a ridge nearly or quite continuous with the lateral arms; tooth
stout, conical, directed somewhat forward, terminating bluntly with a
slightly elevated apical ridge. Arms slender, directed at first for-
ward and slightly downward, then downward and slightly forward,
finally bent abruptly at a right angle at the bottom, and continued
backward to the inferior armature, which is borne upon its upward
curved, slender limb, on either side of, and behind, the tooth.

Left clasp: Main body increasing rapidly in breadth from the base
to the commencement of the lobe; transversely it is curved a little,
longitudinally it is almost straight. Blade of nearly uniform width,
elbowed just before the middle in an upward direction, and at the
same time bent at an angle of about forty five degrees inward, the
outer surface becoming uppermost, carrying with it the upper half of
the basal portion of the blade; the apical third of the outer surface,
and particularly the border and broadly rounded, faintly uncinated
tip, armed with minute spinules or raised points; a minute tubercle
shows the position of the basal process. The region of the lcbe is
marked by a distinct furrow running far toward the base of the main
body; the lobe is of medium size, bent a little inward, with a slight
sinuosity, and is rudely triangular; the basal portion of its upper
border is a little swollen, its apical half slightly arched and thickened.

fight clasp: Main body similar to that of the left piece but slen-
derer. Blade compressed and tuberculate at the base of the lower
edge like that of the left clasp, but having the upper edge slightly
thickened and bent inwards; it is broad at base, narrows slightly and
recularly for three fourths the distance to the apex, excepting a cen-
tral, broad, scarcely elevated denticle on the upper edge; is there
bent abruptly inward and slightly upward, then suddenly narrowed

_and terminates in a bluntly rounded point; this narrowed portion is
armed like the tip of the opposite blade; basal process wanting.
Lobe broad at the base, narrowing immediately, suddenly and ex-
tremely, and then developed into a somewhat compressed policiform
process of nearly uniform size, parallel to the basal portion of the

Scudder.] 292 [Aprll 27,

blade, about as long as its terminal portion, ending in a thickened,
bluntly rounded tip.
Northern States.

GROUP IV.

Upper organ: crest elevated as a gibbous protuberance, sur-
mounted by prickles; terminal hooks separate, stout; tooth stout,
conical on a side view. Clasp: basal process of left blade larger at
the tip than at the base, scarcely longer than broad, directed upward;
right lobe three times as broad as long.

Nisoniades Terentius nov. sp. Fig. 6.

Upper organ: Main body small, not very slender, short, not high.
Crest protruding upward and a little backward into a plump, bulbous
ridge, armed with minute points, and, when viewed from above, with
a broad furrow a little upon one side of the middle; this may be due
to shrinkage. Hooks very short, very stout, curved, bluntly pointed,
widely separate at base, divaricate almost at right angles; from the
middle of the ridge uniting their bases depends a short, rather small
denticle, bluntly conical on a side view, very broadly obcordate on a
hind view. Base of the lateral arms greatly produced in a pos-
terior direction; otherwise directed downward, then bent at more
than a right angle backward, the lower edge very soon expanding
quite broadly, so as to meet the similar portion of the opposite one
beneath, and bearing upon this united belt the inferior armature,
which occupies with its minute raised points a very large and broad
field, reaching nearly to the base of the terminal hooks.

Left clasp: Main body pretty broad, base obliquely and very
largely docked above, upper margin deeply, broadly and roundly ex-
cised just before the lobe; transversely it is a little gibbous, and
longitudinally a very little curved. Blade very long, compressed, its
upper edge a little incurved, giving it a solid appearance, gradually
twisted so as to bring the outer surface uppermost; it diminishes in
size very gradually to the tip, curving very slightly inward in contin-
uation of the curve of the main body; viewed laterally it is slightly
sinuous in its course, the apex bent inwards nearly at a right angle,
rapidly tapering, squarely docked and armed with very minute teeth
at the tip; basal process directed upward and somewhat backward,
bent also a little inward, especially by a twist of the hinder edge; it
is small, slightly longer than broad, broader at tip than at base, its
hinder edge straight and smooth, its front and upper edge rounded

1870. 293 [Burgess.

and conspicuously armed with minute teeth, which are borne also, to
some degree, upon the outer surface near the tip; at the base it is
very closely connected with the lobe. Lobe forming a very broad
and very short flap, directed upward and a Little outward, its apex
searcely at all rounded, but the outer angle produced into a small,
incurved, rounded pad.

Right clasp: Main body similar to that of the other side, with
rather deeper excisions and more prominent projections. Blade ex-
ceedingly broad and short, its outer surface gibbous, especially near
the apex, and twisted a little in its course so as to bring its outer
surface somewhat upward, its curve the continuation of that of the
main body, as on the opposite side, the lower edge directed a little
upward with a sinuous curve, the upper edge curved upward, the
apex broader than the bases, squarely docked, the lower angle
rounded, the upper square, almost produced and armed with a few
minute spinules beyond the central excision of the apical edge; basal
process almost entirely concealed; it is a small, narrow, appressed,
- dentiform, bluntly pointed piece, directed almost straight inward
from the base of the upper edge of the blade. Lobe exceedingly
broad and very short, nearly twice the breadth of that of the oppo-
site side, and having a similar direction, its apical border excised,
the angles forming the upper and hind processes, the former well
rounded, gibbous and incurved, the latter greatly produced as a pro-
longed flap, uniform in breadth, well rounded at apex, gibbous and
bent strongly inward at right angles, crowding against and conceal-
ing the basal process of the blade, which it equals in length, and
almost coming in contact with the blade itself.

Florida.

Wisoniades funeralis nov. sp. Fig. 7.

Upper organ: Main body pretty short, moderately arched, rather
broad and high. Posterior extremity of upper surface broadly and
bluntly protuberant in an upward, backward direction, and bearing
upon its swollen summit a small, horseshoe-shaped, gibbous, elevated
erest, opening forward and followed in that direction by a distinct
furrow ; the crest is completely covered with minute raised points.
Hooks small, well rounded, compressed, pretty stout, sharply pointed,
divaricate, separated pretty widely at their bases, and supporting
there a depending appressed tooth, broader than long, its sides angu-
lated, its otherwise angular tip slightly excised. Arms very small at
base, expanding backward very extensively; directed straight down-

Scudder.] 294. [April 27,

ward, then curved backward and inward at nearly a right angle,
expanding at tip and on their united apices bearing the inferior arma-
ture,—a very large and broad field of raised points.

Left clasp: Main body rather slender, the upper portion of the
obliquely docked base slightly full, and just beyond, anterior to the
lobe, a little excised; lower edge a little curved; longitudinally al-
most straight, transversely a little gibbous. Blade directed backward
and very slightly upward, long, compressed, slender, sinuous, regularly
and slightly tapering, bent a little inward and curving slightly in the
same direction; upper half of the outer surface bent strongly inward,
especially on the basal half, the apex very slender, bent abruptly
inward nearly at right angles, rounded and minutely serrulate at tip;
basal process with its anterior edge nearly opposite the denticle on
the lower edge of main body, marking the origin of the blade, and
consisting of a compressed, slightly gibbous, spatulate, well rounded,
almost sessile lobe, directed upward and a little backward, curving,
especially the upper half, a very little inward, the upper half, at least,
of the outer surface covered with short, blunt spinules; it is scarcely ~
as long as the width of the blade just beyond it. Lobe very broad
and very short, curving somewhat inward, rising abruptly from the
upper edge of the main body, directed upward and backward, its
anterior as long as its posterior margin, but the latter bent over in-
ward at right angles, the broad apical margin nearly straight, the
angles sharp.

Right clasp : Main body slender, a good deal like that of the oppo-
site clasp, but more deeply excised. Blade very broad and less than
half as long as that of the opposite side, gibbous, twisted so as to
bring most of the outer surface nearly horizontal, curved inward,
scarcely downward, of nearly uniform breadth throughout, the apex
bluntly docked, its outer lower angle broadly rounded, its inner upper
angle square, very minutely serrulate and curved a little downward;
basal process mostly concealed from the outside, very peculiar, being
formed of an appressed pinching of the inner, upper, basal surface of
the blade, forming a small, transverse, rounded flap, slightly longer
than broad, directed inward and upward, and armed at tip with long
spinules. Lobe excessively broad and quite short, directed upward
and somewhat backward and inward, transversely rather strongly
curved, its outer angles broadly rounded and curved inward, its pos-
terior border strongly rounded and produced, and a little shorter
than the anterior, which is slightly excised; as viewed laterally, the

1870.] 295 [Burgess.

apical margin is nearly straight; in reality it is very broadly and
regularly excised.

This Texan species resembles WN. tristis of California in the white
fringe to its wings.

Wisoniades Ovidius nov. sp. Fig. 8.

Upper organ: Very similar to that of NV. funeralis, but differing
from it in having the dorsal crest flattened above, thrust more back-
ward, in having slenderer terminal hooks and the dependent, ap-
pressed denticle not so broad and more excised at tip.

Left clasp: Main body much as in JN. funeralis, but slightly
broader, the upper portion of the base not so full, and not followed
by an excision. Blade directed backward and slightly upward,
pretty long, compressed, moderately slender, regularly and slightly
tapering, the apical half curving inward a little, the upper half at
base, nearly the whole at tip, curving over gradually inward, the
apical portion tapering rapidly by the excision of the lower edge,
bent and twisted a little so as to be directed inward, considerably
backward, and on its basal portion slightly upward, terminating in a
somewhat blunted point, armed with minute serrulations; basal process
consisting of a subspatulate, compressed lobe, half as long again as
broad, directed upward and scarcely backward, curving over inward
considerably, its apical border curved but slightly angulated on either
side, and broadly bordered with minute, but not very fine spinules;
it is about as long as the width of the blade just beyond, seen lat-
erally. Lobe very broad and short, tapering very rapidly, apical
margin straightly docked, anterior and posterior borders equal in
length, but the posterior angle produced and broadly and abruptly
bent over inward, so as to give the lobe the appearance of being
directed backward more than upward.

fight clasp: Main body more slender than on the opposite side,
resembling the left clasp, but pretty deeply excised previous to the
lobe; blade very similar to that of NV. funeralis but considerably
shorter, yet of equal width, directed a little upward, bent more in-
ward, the tip curved less inward, the outer surface not so strongly
twisted; basal process quite similar to that of NV. funeralis. Lobe
almost as broad as in WV. funeralis and otherwise similar, but the pos-
terior margin is much more produced, the outer angle more prominent
and incurved, and the apical margin, even on a side view, is con-
spicuously excised. |
Florida.

Seudder.] a 296 [April 27,

GROUP V.

Upper organ: crest slightly elevated, and bearing a backward-
facing, bristly shield, expanding above; hooks separate, moderately
stout; tooth of moderate size. Clasps: basal process of left blade
triangular, hind angle greatly produced; right lobe consisting of a
long curving finger, directed backward.

Nisoniades Ennius noy. sp. Fig. 9.

Upper organ: Main body rather long and not high, nor greatly
curved; posterior part of upper surface much elevated and bearing,
near the extremity, a crest in the form of an appressed plate, facing
backward and very slightly upward, narrow at base, rapidly and
greatly expanding above, the outer angles sharp, the upper border
arched, and bearing an extensive armature of slender clustered
spinules, curving forward; anterior to it the upper surface has a dis-
tinct median furrow. Hooks very short and stout, compressed,
bluntly pointed, divaricate, pretty widely distant at base, and bearing
at their junction a pretty broad, very short and small, bilobed, ap-
pressed tooth. Arms of nearly uniform size, curving in all their
course, having at first a general downward direction, then bent in a
sharp, angular curve at less than a right angle, beyond which the
limb is directed upward, backward and inward, and bears at the
united tips the inferior armature, which is a very large and broad belt
of raised points. The crest and arms are somewhat asymmetrical.

Left clasp: Main body pretty broad, irregularly gibbous, increasing
rapidly in width from the base backward, the terminal edge squarely
docked between the lobe and blade. Blade very long and slender,
the outer surface facing upward and outward, curving slightly inward
and upward, the upper edge with a median, broad, slight denticle,
the apex rounded, its inner angle produced to a sharp point, bent
inward and a little downward, armed with minute spinules; basal
process subtriangular, attached by a narrow neck, one apex, with the
smaller half, directed backward, its tip pointed and bent a little
inward; the other apex, with the larger half, directed upward and a
little forward, bent also strongly inward, and at the same time twisted
so as to make the outer surface face a little backward; this part of
the surface is armed with minute spinules and the tip is rounded.
Lobe widely distant from the basal process of blade, quadrate in
shape, nearly twice as broad as long, a little broadest at apex, di-
rected backward and a little upward, curved also somewhat inward

1870.] 297 [Burgess.

and a little downward, the lower portion of apex a little produced,
rather laterally than apically, but rounded.

Right clasp : Main body not broad, nearly equal, the upper portion
of the base largely docked diagonally. Blade long and broad, di-
rected somewhat upward, curved, especially near apex, a little in-
ward, the outer surface twisted a very little upward; it is broadest in
the middle and tapers beyond very gradually to a well rounded tip;
basal process wanting. Lobe closely contiguous, and at base par-
allel to the blade, long and slender, directed a little upward, curved
inward; the apical half tapers suddenly to a long and very slender,
nearly equal, curving dactyl, directed a little downward and nearly
straight inward, bluntly pointed and armed at the apex with some
very minute spinules.

New England.

Nisoniades Juvenalis Westwood. Fig. 10.

Upper organ: Main body short and moderately high. Posterior
part of upper surface not greatly elevated, bearing at the extremity
an appressed, slightly sinuous plate, facing backward, comparatively
narrow at base, immediately expanding greatly, so as to appear al-
most sessile; the outer angles, especially that upon the right side, are
greatly produced and sharply pointed; the upper border is broadly
arched and armed as in N. Ennius, and the median furrow is as in
that species. Hooks short, very broad at base, bluntly pointed, tri-
angular, depressed, inequally curved, divergent, distant at the base
by the width of the tooth, which is so hidden in the only specimen
we have been able to examine that it cannot be described without
injury. Arms much as in Ennius, but slenderer, bearing at their
united tips a broad belt of raised points — the inferior armature.

Left clasp: Similar to that of N. Ennius, but differing from it in
the following particulars: the upper margin of the main body has a
slight sharp tubercle just previous to the lobe, indicated in NV. Ennius
only by a scarcely noticeable elevation. Basal half of the blade
fully as broad as that of VV. Ennius, while beyond the median denti-
cle the upper edge is considerably narrowed by a broad rounded ex-
cision, making this portion slenderer than in NV. Ennius, and scarcely
more than one third as broad as the basal portion; the apex is much
more produced and very finely pointed, and the denticulations more
distinct; the basal process differs only in having the hinder portion
produced to a greater length and more slender, being nearly one
third the length of the inner margin of the blade; while in NV. En-

Scudder.] 298 [April 27,

nius it is scarcely one fifth of the same. The lobe differs in being
much broader at the tip — one half as broad again as the base — and
in being less curved inward.

Right clasp: The blade differs from that of N. Ennius in being
generally broader and in tapering only from beyond the middle of
the apical half. The lobe is similar but rather broader on the basal
half; the apical half is also much broader — twice as broad as in JV.
Ennius, and more than one half as broad as the base of the lobe —
and subspatulate in shape, broadly rounded at the tip.

Southern States.

GROUP VI.

Upper organ: Crest elevated and surmounted by a korseshoe-
shaped, infundibuliform, spiculiferous ridge; hooks separate, large
and rather stout; tooth as in Group tv. Clasps: Basal process of left
blade consisting of a long and slender finger parallel to the blade,
armed at apex and sometimes on upper edge; upper and hind process
of left lobe prominently developed.

Nisoniades Propertius nov. sp. Fig. 11.

Upper organ: Main body rather short, high and slender. Poste-
rior extremity greatly elevated, the crest forming a half funnel-shaped,
appressed and gibbous, transverse plate, facing backward and a little
upward, and armed with little spicules, which on the margin become
very long curving bristles; anteriorly it is supported on either side by
a thin, high, compressed ridge, running a long distance forward.
Hooks small, stout, strongly curved, pointed, often with secondary
denticles near the base, a little divaricate, their bases widely distant
and connected by a nearly straight edge, from the middle of which
depends a small, smooth, transversely oval, appressed tooth, bending a
little forward; at the extreme base of the hooks, on either side, is a
recurrent, rather long and slender, blunt denticle, directed downward
and a little outward and forward. Arms rather slender, tapering
slightly, directed downward and a little forward, at bottom bent

.abruptly at less than a right angle, a little beyond which they expand
and unite beneath, supporting the inferior armature, consisting of a
broad, quadrate, gibbous patch of raised points.

Left clasp: Main body large, broad and long, increasing but little
in width, quite gibbous, longitudinally nearly straight. Blade exces- .
sively long and slender, the outer portion so twisted as to be nearly
horizontal and uppermost, and in this position is sinuous and directed

1870.] 299 [Burgess.

a little upward; it is also bent pretty strongly inward with a very slight
curve; it is nearly uniform, tapering slightly on the outer half, the
extremity curving downward and slightly rounded, the apex and
apical portion of the inner edge armed with very minute denticulations,
directed inward; basal process directed at first upward and backward,
the posterior portion bent pretty strongly downward; but just beyond
the base it turns abruptly at nearly right angles backward, and extends
subparallel to the blade for some distance, developed as a subspatulate,
slender plate; the whole rounded tip and the inner edge are armed, the
former with minute, the latter with heavier serrations. Lobe developed
as an extension of the upper posterior angle of the main body, directed
backward and upward, and curved also inward, of nearly uniform
breadth, twice as long as broad, the tip broadly rounded; the upper
edge of the main body is strongly, broadly and roundly excised at
the base of the lobe.

Right clasp: Main body similar to that of the opposite side but slen-
derer. Blade quite similar to that of the opposite clasp, very slightly
broader, and beyond the middle expanding slightly instead of dimin-
ishing, the tip itself tapering, rounded, and with the outer half of
the inner edge very delicately denticulate; basal process broad, tri-
angular, bluntly pointed, directed backward, curving over inward,
armed with very minute and very distant serrulations. Lobe devel-
oped as a somewhat similar, rather longer plate, more strongly curved
inward, directed upward and unarmed, the main body deeply and
roundly excised at its anterior base.

California, H. Edwards.

Nisoniades Tibullus nov. sp. Fig. 12.

Upper organ: Main body rather slender, short and high. The
crest is composed of a pair of small, broadly rounded, prominently
raised, united alations, inclined toward each other at more than a
right angle, each facing backward, upward and a little inward, a
little gibbous and supported by a sharp, elevated ridge running from
either side of the anterior part of the main body; they are completely
covered above with longer and shorter spinules, developing, on the
upper edge, into quite long, curving, bristly hairs, arranged, when
viewed from above, somewhat in the form of a horseshoe. Hooks
short, very stout and broad, very widely separate at base, slightly
divaricate, asymmetrical, with occasional, more or less developed, lat-
eral denticles; dependent from the ridge uniting their bases is a very
skort and broad, appressed, fabiform tooth, its edges a little raised.

Scudder.] 300 [April 27,

Arms directed downward and a little forward, of nearly equal size
throughout, at bottom curved very abruptly backward and upward,
but with the lower edge expanding to meet that of the opposite side,
and bearing upon their united limbs the two rounded lobes, directed
upward and united at their edge, which form at once the apices of
the arms and the inferior armature of raised points.

Left clasp: Main body large, gibbous, the base docked diagonally,
increasing a little in breadth outwardly, slightly curved longitudi-
nally, the upper edge incurved and lobed beyond the middle, docked
squarely at the apex; the outer half is deeply grooved above the
base of the blade. Blade very long and slender, strongly depressed,
nearly uniform in width, the apical third narrowing a little, the
whole curving strongly inward, the basal half also directed backward
in a straight course, the apical half curving a little upward, the ex-
treme tip squarely appressed and bent inward, inner edge excised just
before the apex, and beyond minutely denticulate; basal process
broad at base, compressed, directed upward, its upper posterior angle
produced backward as a somewhat elongate, rounded lobe, separated
from the blade, to which it is nearly parallel, by a very deep hollow-
ing; the basal portion of the upper edge curves slightly inward, the
whole upper outer margin, together with the apical half of the hind
prolongation armed with pretty strong but minute teeth. Lobe small,
consisting of a subspatulate flap, projecting from the upper hind
corner of the main body, bent strongly inward, but with an equally
upward backward course, as long as the upper edge of the basal proc-
ess of blade and half as broad as long, the tip broadly rounded and
the apical half minutely pitted.

Right clasp: Main body much narrower than that of the opposite
side, nearly equal, excepting at the base, the upper margin with an
acute denticle in the middle, beyond which it is roundly and deeply
excised. Blade long and rather slender, strongly compressed, twisted
just beyond the base so that the outer becomes the upper surface, on
a side view directed at first straight backward, then with a slight up-
ward curve and again at the tip straight backward; viewed from
above, curved a little and regularly inward, rounded and minutely
denticulate along the inner angle of the apex; basal process wanting.
Hind process of lobe consisting of a small, rounded, nearly semi-
circular, compressed pad, at the middle of the apex of the main
body, directed backward, curved a little inward, the apical half
minutely denticulate; upper process composed of a pretty large, sub-

1870.] 301 (Burgess.

triangular pad, directed upward, curving over inward and even a
little downward, the apex rounded, thickened and gibbous.

California.

Wisoniades Horatius nov. sp. Fig. 13.

Upper organ: Main body rather long and slender, not high. Pos-
terior extremity bearing a greatly elevated crest, similar to that of
the following species, NV. Virgilius, formed of a half funnel-shaped
plate, slender at base, expanding greatly upward, facing backward
but scarcely upward, its upper edge recurved and spiculiferous, its
right extremity extraordinarily produced, extending as a sort of
bristly finger backward and outward, not upward, and at tip curving
downward; its lower edge also sometimes bears a slight bristly tuber-
cle in the middle. Hooks much as in N. Virgilius, but the left one
almost entirely obsolete; the dependent tooth broad, obpyriform, the
edge forming a slightly projecting rm. Arms and inferior armature
as in VV. Virgilius.

It should be mentioned here that the drawing of the upper organ
was taken from a larger specimen than that which furnished the illus-
tration of the clasps; the former came from Texas; the latter from
Massachusetts.

Left clasp: Main body broad and rather short, slightly gibbous, the
upper edge full at base, the lower nearly straight. Blade moderately
long, the upper three fourths bent over inward so as to be horizontal;
or on the basal half slightly deflected, nearly equal in width, but a
little constricted near the middle, the apical fourth tapering to a
bluntly rounded apex, which is curved slightly downward; viewed
laterally, the blade tapers regularly and slightly, is straight and hor-
izontal; viewed from above it curves a very little inward; basal
process developed as a slender, scarcely compressed dactyl, bent over
backward from its origin, so as to be nearly horizontal on a lateral
view, scarcely curving inward, near one third as long as the blade,
a little enlarged at the tip, and armed with a few very minute spin-
ules around the edge of the enlarged portion. The lobe consists of
an upward prolongation of the upper hind anele of the main body
into a bluntly pointed triangular expansion, curving inward, leaving
the apical border of the main body straight, and at right angles with
the lower margin.

fight clasp: Main body much as on the opposite side, but the up-
per portion of the base is not so full, and beyond the middle the upper
border is slightly elevated. Blade broad, not very long, directed

Scudder.] 302 [April 27,

slightly upward, especially at the tip, slightly excised along the mid-
dle, a very little larger at the apex than at the base, gibbous at the
base, beyond flat, twisted so that the outer surface becomes nearly
‘horizontal, curved slightly inward, the apex, especially the upper
angle, still more so, the tip docked almost squarely and a little diag-
onally, so that the apical edge is directed almost straight backward,
very broadly rounded, the edge slightly thickened, the angles not
sharp; basal process consisting of a small, backward directed, tri-
angular tooth, bluntly pointed and as long as the smallest breadth of
the blade, and a little longer than the breadth of its own base. Lobe
consisting of an upward, posterior projection of the upper hind angles
of the main body, forming a subtriangular, broadly rounded, gibbous
pad, curving inward and a little backward, separated from the basal
process of the blade by a very broad, deep and regularly curved
excision.

New England, Texas.

Nisoniades Virgilius nov. sp. Fig. 14.

Upper organ: Main body long and slender, not high. Posterior
extremity bearing greatly elevated asymmetrical alations, united in a
somewhat horseshoe-shaped, curving, hollowed plate or crest, exces-
sively produced as a slightly upraised, pointed triangle on the right
side, directed backward and upward; the whole crest faces upward
and backward, its united upper edge fringed with minute spicules,
and is supported on either side by a slender ridge running from near
its middle a short distance forward to the side of the main body.
Hooks very small, asymmetrical, the right being much the larger,
pointed, scarcely curving downward at tip, approximate at base,
divergent; tooth small, sessile, spatulate, appressed. Arms asym-
metrical, very slender, nearly uniform, curving, having first a gen-
eral direction downward and slightly forward, afterwards backward,
upward and inward, the curve quite regular, expanding slightly at
tip and bearing between the extremities the inferior armature—a
rather small rounded field of minute raised points.

Left clasp: Main body almost identical in form with that
of N. Horatius, excepting that the apical border lies at a
little more than a right angle with the lower margin, on _
account of the greater projection of the lobe. -Blade as in
N. Horatius, excepting that the basal half of the upper two thirds
is bent over horizontally, the part beyond not quite so much; it is
also a little broader, directed slightly upward, the tip bent scarcely

1870.] 303 [Burgess

downward ; basal process not quite so long as in the NV. Horatius, and
the whole apical half enlarged. Lobe projected further backward
than in NV. Horatius, forming a longer and more slender triangle.

Right clasp : Main body quite as in LV. Horatius, but a little broader.
Blade also similar, but broader throughout and at the tip nearly one
half as broad again as in the middle; basal process consisting of a
small, elongate, subtriangular tooth, nearly uniform in width, bluntly
pointed, fully twice as long as broad at the base and as long as the
narrowest breadth of the blade, directed straight backward. Lobe
as in WV. Horatius, but a little larger and longer and scarcely so much
incurved. °

New England.

GROUP VII.

Upper organ: crest greatly elevated, expanded laterally into very
large, curving, prickly, asymmetrical flaps; hooks and tooth as in
group V. Clasps: much as in group VI.

Nisoniades tristis (Boisduval.) Fig. 15.

Upper organ: Main body long and rather slender, not high, some-
what arched ; posterior extremity of the upper surface strongly ele-
vated and then expanded laterally into very unequal, outward and
downward curving alations, that of the left side forming an exces-
sively enlarged, broad, rounded lobe, the lower anterior portion
bent downward more than the other and produced anteriorly to a
considerable extent; the whole upper surface and edges and a por-
tion of the under surface are covered with minute raised points, which
become developed on the anterior edge into distinct spinules ; that of
the left side form a very long and slender, slightly sinuate, unarmed
plate, somewhat constricted toward the base, the tip well rounded,
not quite as long as that of the opposite side. Hooks moderately
stout, short, arching, pointed, scarcely divaricate, rather distant at
base, the right nearly abortive; tooth appressed, subcordate, with
compressed neck, projecting downward and very slightly backward,
the edges unarmed, emarginate. Arms slender, tapering slightly, di-
rected downward, with a slight anterior curve, bent backward abrupt-
ly at less than a right angle and then directed backward, upward
and inward, bearing between their tips the inferior armature, a rather
small, asymmetrical, reniform field of raised points.

Leftclasp: Main body very broad, uppermost portion of the base quite
full, lower edge very slightly curved ; longitudinally nearly straight, lat-
erally but slightly gibbous. Blade long, directed almost horizontally

Scudder.] 804 [April 27,

backward, the distal portion tapering very slightly ; viewed from above,
it appears to curve slightly inward, to be strongly depressed, the in-
ner margin curved slightly downward in the middle, pretty slender,
the basal half of nearly uniform width, just beyond the middle fur-
nished with a slight tooth on the inner edge, beyond which the blade
is strongly excised and continues again of nearly equal width, but
tapering slightly to the well rounded tip, which is serrulate with in-
curving hooks; basal process shaped somewhat as in NV. Virgilius,
but smaller and more spatulate, almost the whole margin serrulate
with blunt spines. Lobe consisting of a very broad and short, broadly
rounded extension of the upper hind angle of the main body, di-
rected backward and upward, its lower corner angular and incurved.

Right clasp: Main body broad, not so full at the base above as on
the opposite side but distinctly angulated and even slightly produced
in the middle of the upper half. Blade not very long but broad, di-
rected slightly upward, the outer surface twisted over so as to be al-
most horizontal, the middle of the inner edge depressed still more,
the inner edge a little swollen in the middle of the basal half, beyond
excised, broadest at the tip, which is obliquely and squarely docked,
most minutely serrulate and slightly curved; basal process want-
ing. Lobe exceedingly broad and very short, directed backward
and upward, very gibbous, the upper angle produced roundly and
considerably, the lower forming the hind process—a rather small,
triangular, bluntly pointed denticle, serrulate on the edge.

California, H. Edwards.

GROUP VIII.

Upper organ: unknown. Clasps: left blade exceedingly broad
and rapidly tapering; its basal process nearly sessile; upper process
of left lobe greatly developed; right lobe developed similarly and
parallel to the right blade, but smaller.

Nisoniades Plautus nov. sp. Fig. 16.

Upper organ: This portion of the only specimen we have seen
proves to be damaged to such a degree that neither drawing nor
description could be made; we can only say that it seems to differ
from all the usual types of this extraordinary genus as greatly as the ©
clasps do.

Left clasp: Main body large, broad, widening, quite gibbous,
roundly curved longitudinally. Blade excessively broad, more than

1870.] 305 {Burgess.

half as broad as the main body, directed upward and curved some-
what inward, particularly at the tip; the basal half tapers but slightly ;
the apical half tapers strongly to a fine point, is bent slightly down-
ward, twisted so as to bring the outer surface uppermost, leaving the
posterior inner termination of the basal half protruding inward as a
blunt, rounded, gibbous denticle; the apex is hooked slightly inward
and armed with very minute denticulations; basal process sessile,
consisting anteriorly of a triangular, pointed, spinous, depressed
piece, directed inward and forward, and curving slightly upward;
and posteriorly of a basal, unarmed, long and slender, compressed
but very gibbous, dactyloid plate, directed backward, and curving
strongly upward, terminating in a rounded apex. Lobe arising from
the upper, hind angle of the main body, directed backward and up-
ward and curved quite strongly and regularly inward, consisting of a
compressed, pretty long and broad plate of uniform width, more than
twice as long as broad, with a rounded apex, and having its lower
margin broadly and slightly excised.

Right clasp : Main body differing extraordinarily from that of the
opposite side, being very slender, the base of the blade marked on
the lower edge by a greatly produced, pointed, triangular denticle,
more prominent than in any species examined by us, and directed
downward. Blade long, broad, compressed, directed a little upward,
curving a little inward; the basal three fourths of nearly equal width,
tapering slightly; gibbous and twisted so as to bring the greater por-
tion of the outer surface uppermost; the apical fourth is quite differ-
ent, being only half as broad as the basal three fourths, on account
of the abrupt excision of the lower half, causing the basal portion to
terminate with a sharp lower angle, which, with the apical half of
this portion of the lower edge, is bent inwards; the terminal fourth
is scarcely half as broad as the basal portion, broadens slightly
toward the apex, and is squarely docked at tip, the inner angle pro-
duced slightly as a minute, pointed denticle; basal process wanting.
Lobe unusually developed, forming a long, compressed dacty]l, sub-
parallel to the blade, its outer surface a little twisted so as to face
somewhat downward and curved strongly inward, especially near the
tip; it is of nearly uniform width, its upper edge slightly swollen
_ opposite the outer half of the larger portion of the blade, and has its
tip produced along its lower edge only, tapering rapidly as if by an

oblique excision, and ending in a roundly pointed tip, the whole of

PROCEEDINGS B. 8. N. H.—VOL, XIII. 20 NOVEMBER, 1870.

Seudder.] 306 [April 27,

the narrowed portion being bent slightly downward, curving strongly
inward and armed with minute denticles.
Florida.

We close with the following statements concerning the synonymy
of the species: IV. Ennius nob. is the northern representative of NV.
Juvenalis Westw., and has generally been taken for that species.
N. Lucilius Lintn. and N. Icelus Lintn. have hitherto been con-
founded with NV. Persius Scudd. and N. Brizo Westw., but separated
from the same by Mr. J. A. Lintner in a paper shortly to be pub-
lished. NV. costalis Westw. is probably NV. Juvenalis Westw., though
possibly VV. Ennius nob., or even N. Virgilius nob.; it can hardly
be satisfactorily determined without an examination of the type.
Either N. Propertius nob. or N. Tibullus nob. may be the Cali-
fornian species which Boisduval, in his Lépidopteres de la Californie,
has considered to be NV. Juvenalis Westw. N. Tages var. Cervantes
of Boisduval, in the same paper, is an undescribed species. which we
did not obtain in season to include in this essay. We have seen no
Californian species which could possibly be referred to NV. Brizo of
Boisduval, Lépidopteres de la Californie. We doubt whether J.
Lherminiert Westw. can be included in this group; and NV. Catullus
Westw. is certainly the representative of a distinct genus.

Explanation of the Plate illustrating Asymmetry in the genital armor of Insects.
The lettering on all the figures is the same.

U. Side view of the upper organ from the right side.

U,. Ditto, from the left side.

Ua. Upper organ from above.

Ub. Upper organ from behind.

R. Right clasp.

Rb. Right clasp from above.

L. Left clasp.

Lb. Left clasp from above.

Figs. 1-16 are magnified 20 diameters.

Fig. 17 is magnified 35 diameters.

1870.] 307 [Annual Report.

Annual Meeting, May 4, 1870.

Dr. C. T. Jackson in the chair. Seventy three members
present.

Mr. S. H. Scudder presented the following Report of the
Custodian for the past year : —

In presenting, to-night, my final report of the annual oper-
ations of the Society, I trust the members will pardon an
occasional review of the experience of past years; such re-
marks will be brief and simply offered to show what progress
has been already made and what lessons can be drawn for
future guidance. As it is evident that in many minds our
present system is an experimental one, any considerations
which may help to solve the problems of the Society’s daily
life will be worthy of attention.

During the year that has just closed there have been
eighteen general meetings of the Society, eight of the sec-
tion of entomology, and seven of that of microscopy. At
the general assemblies, the average attendance has been
thirty two, at those of the entomological section eleven, and
at the microscopical meetings nine. Forty seven scientific
communications, made at these meetings by twenty five per-
sons, have been printed in full or by title in our Proceedings,
viz., thirty one papers by fifteen persons at the general
meetings; twelve papers by nine persons at the meetings
of the entomological section, and four papers by as many
persons at those of the section of microscopy. The follow-
ing are their titles: —

Acassiz, A. Notes on Beaver Dams. June 16, 1869.
On the habits of a few Echinoderms. June 16, 1869.

ALLEN, J. A. Notes on the Mammals of Iowa. December 17,
1869.
Notes on Massachusetts. Reptiles and Batrachians. March 16,
18705.

Annual Report.] 308 [May 4,

Brewer, Dr. T. M. On unspotted crow’s eggs. October 20, 1869.

Covrs, Dr. E. On a chick with supernumerary legs. May 19,
1869.
Observations on the Marsh Hare. June 2, 1869.
Notice of a cyclopean pig. June 16, 1869.
On the Osteology and Myology of Didelphys virginiana. October
6, 1869.

DatLt, W. H. Description of the alluvial deposits of the Yukon
River, Alaska. October 20, 1869.
On the distribution of marine animals. November 3, 1869.
On winter insects in Alaska. November 24, 1869.
Revision of the Classification of the Mollusca of Massachusetts.
March 16, 1870.

Epwarps, A. M. Notes on Diatomacer. February 9, 1870.

Hacen, Dr. H.. On Listing’s improvements of the microscope.
November 10, 1869.
Synopsis Pseudoscorpionidum Synonymica. March 23, 1870.

Jackson, Dr. C. T. On native carbonate of magnesia and on the
method of making artificial stone. December 3, 1869.
On the origin of syenite and granite. December 3, 1869.

JEFFRIES, Dr. B. J. On the canal of Fontana. February 2,
1870.

Minot, C. S. American Lepidoptera. I. Geometride. May 26,
1869.
American Lepidoptera. II. Phalenide. November 24, 1869.

Mutter, F. Account of the nests of a species of Termes in Bra-
zil.. January 26, 1870. |

Nites, W. H. Objections to the alleged morainal character of the
drift near Watertown. April 20, 1870.

Perxins, Dr. G. H. The Molluscan Fauna of New Haven. -
Part I. Cephalopoda and Gasteropoda. October 6, 1869.
The Molluscan Fauna of New Haven. Part I. Acephala and
Bryozoa. November 3, 1869.

1870.] 309 [Annual Report.

Putnam, F. W. Notes on the occurrence of Euleptorhamphus
longirostris on the coast of Massachusetts. March 16, 1870.

Sanborn, F. G. Insect captures in Andover. January 26, 1870.

ScuppER, 8S. H. Remarks on the manuscripts of Dr. T. W. Har-

ris. November 17, 1869.

On the asymmetry of the external genital armature of the males
of Nisoniades. January 26, 1870.

Description of the larva and chrysalis of Papilio Eurymedon of
California. March 2, 1870.

On the synonymy of Thecla calanus. March 23, 1870.

Remarks on Grapta interrogationis. March 23, 1870.

ScuppeErR, 8S. H. and Bureess, E. On asymmetry in the appen-
dages of Hexapod Insects, especially as illustrated in the lepi-
dopterous genus Nisoniades. April 27, 1870.

SHALER, N. S. On the changes in the geographical distribution of

the American buffalo. October 6, 1869.

Note on the occurrence of the remains of Tarandus rangifera Gray
at Big Bone Lick, in Kentucky. November 17, 1869.

On the relations of the rocks in the vicinity af Boston. December
3, 1869.

On the parallel ridges of glacial drift in Eastern Massachusetts,
with some remarks on the glacial period. January 19, 1870.

On the Phosphate Beds of South Carolina. March 2, 1870.

Note on the glacial moraines of the Charles River Valley, near
Watertown. April 20, 1870.

SHuRTLEFF, C. A. On an abnormal caterpillar of Callosamia Pro-
methea. January 20, 1870.

Stearns, R. E. C. On a new species of Pedipes from Tampa
Bay, Florida. October 6, 1869.

StoppER, C. On the two valves of LEO OES oreganus. Jan-
uary 12, 1870.

TrouveLot, L. Upon the tendency of tree boughs’ to bend in an
easterly direction. March 16, 1870.

Watney, C. P. Description of the female of Limenitis Proser-
pina. May 26, 1869.

Annual Report.] 310 [May 4,

Wuitnry, W. F. The structure of the hairs of Tillandsia usneoi-
des. April 13, 1870.

Wyman, Dr. J. Discovery of a true crocodile in Florida. May
19, 1869.
On the brain of Didelphys virginiana. October 6, 1869.

This number is much smaller than that of the two previous
years, and indicates, to a certain extent, what all have no-
ticed, a lamentable decline in the interest of our meetings.
We lack, just here, organized effort; let the evening sessions
be placed in the charge of one or more persons who shall see
that each meeting is ably sustained, throw open our doors to
all who wish to come, announce, if you will, the subjects to
be treated (as is always done in England), and the increase
of attendance and of varied discussion will act with such
mutual force that no more complaint will be possible.

Some have thought that the want of interest in our meet-
ings was chargeable to those who have devoted themselves.
to pure science; that since their number has increased a feel-
ing has arisen that only that which is new should be brought
to the attention of the meetings. Yet I think two things
will be found to be true: that our scientific quite as fre-
quently as our non-scientific men speak of subjects which are
not novel; and that were the interest of novelty taken from
the record of those earlier days which we are told to look
back upon with regret, we should find comparatively little left.

One Honorary, three Corresponding and thirty nine Resi-
dent Members have been elected. Of the resident members
fourteen have not complied with all the requirements of the
Constitution, and their names are not yet placed on our rolls.

Two courses of evening lectures, each twelve in number, ~
have been given during the winter. The first —Sketches
of Animal Life, by Mr. Edward 8. Morse — was attended by
an average audience of seventy six persons. The second —

1870.] 311 {Annual Report.

The Earth We Live On, by Mr. William T. Brigham — had
an average attendance of one hundred and ninety eight per-
sons. A third course, consisting of four lectures by Mr.
Francis G. Sanborn, is still in progress, and is entitled Famil-
iar Talks upon Insects; the attendance thus far has averaged
sixty two. On the second evening of Mr. Brigham’s course
there was an attendance of two hundred and sixty five per-
sons, the largest number present at any one lecture.

A few figures will show the constantly increasing success
of our experiment in introducing lectures as a part of our
system of popular instruction. During the first year, the au-
diences averaged 56; during the second, 73; and during the
third, or past year, 127. Lectures given by the same person,
on different topics, have had, in one case, an increasing aver-
age audience of from about 40 to 75; and in another from
100 to 198 — or, if we look at the subjects alone, the attend-
ance on our zoological lectures has nearly doubled, on our
botanical courses has risen from 68 to 100, on our geological
from 66 to 198, and on our short courses devoted to special
subjects from 12 to 62. Yet no systematic plan has been
adopted by the Council to further this mode of imparting
information. The lecturers have ordinarily been selected
shortly before the delivery of their courses, and but brief
announcement given to the public of the Society’s inten-
tions. Surely, with a definite system, with lecturers chosen
deliberately and seasonably and with the programme of the
courses announced early in the autumn, we could not fail to
interest and instruct a much larger class than any to which
we now have access.

Of our publications there is little to be said. The present’
number of subscribers to our Memoirs is 130, to our Pro-
ceedings, 183. A large number of Memoirs await the
resumption of our quarto publications, which, for economy’s
sake, have been temporarily suspended; a further postpone-
ment of activity in this department cannot fail to be disas-

Annual Report.] B12 [May 4,

trous. In our Proceedings we have finished the twelfth, and
extended far into the succeeding volume, printing in all 291
pages. A small edition of the last annual report of seventy
six pages was printed separately for special distribution, and
the address of Professor Agassiz at our recent celebration of
the Humboldt centennary, together with an account of the
evening's festivities, an octavo pamphlet of one hundred and
seven pages, has been largely distributed.

And here we may refer to the part which the Society took
in celebrating the centennial recurrence of the birth day of
Humboldt ; conceived and carried to a successful issue
mainly through the energy and perseverance of the Rey.
kh. C. Waterston, the Society is deeply indebted to Professor
Agassiz both for the heartiness with which, though suffering
in health, he undertook an unaccustomed task, and for the
characteristic simplicity and able manner in which he carried
it out. As the financial results of the day $7,040.66, mainly
the result of special subscriptions, have been placed in the
hands of the Trustees of the Museum of Comparative Zo6l-
ogy as a Humboldt Scholarship, for the benefit of young and
needy persons engaged in study at that Museum; the officers
of the Museum have formally accepted the trust.

The transmission of our publications to home and foreign
Societies has, of course, been small, yet we must not omit to
thank the Smithsonian Institution for continued liberality in
their free delivery abroad. We have sent away 30 parts_
of the Memoirs, 18 volumes and 8 parts of the Journal, 15
copies of the Harris Correspondence, 2 copies of the An-
nual, 5 of the yearly Reports, 86 complete volumes and loose
sheets equivalent to about 265 volumes of the Proceedings—
amounting in all to over 200,000 octavo pages.

Besides these publications, we have distributed on behalf.
of the Commonwealth, three hundred copies of the Report
on the Invertebrates of Massachusetts, recently published by.
the State. The Council petitioned for five hundred copies;

3870.] 313 [Annual Report.

the original resolve recommended a grant of four hundred
copies, but it was reduced previous to its passage to the
number above mentioned; by the terms of the resolve, the
Society was compelled to limit its distribution to foreign
academies and libraries and most of the principal ones were
thus supplied. The judicious action of the Legislature, in
placing its scientific publications where they will be of the
greatest permanent benefit, merits the commendation of all
who, like ourselves, are aiming at the widest diffusion of
knowledge.

The Elomike Societies, in response to our particular
solicitation, have favored us with many early volumes of
their publications.

* Académie des Sciences, Agriculture, Arts et Belles-

Lettres . : 4 te) AEX.
New York State potieuitaral Scciehy =| eA bani.
* Naturforschende Gesellschaft . . . . . Bamberg.
* Bombay Geographical Society . : ; 5 - Bombay.
* Journal of Anatomy and Physiology. . . . Cambridge, Eng.

Naturforschende Gesellschaft Graubiindens . Chur
Oberlausitzische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften . Gorlitz.

Nederlandsche Entomologische Vereeniging . . ’sGravenhage.
Medicinisch-naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft . Jena,
* Verein zur Verbreitung naturwissenschaftliche Kennt-
nisse : “weer aKatel.

Kongelige Nordiske Oldsskrift Selskab - . « Kjobenhavn.
* British Museum . ° ° . A . . - London.
Zoological Society . . Series) 40! nes ug

Société Linnéenne . Lyon.

Reale Istituto Lombardo di Soienae: ethers oat ee Milano.

Societa Italiana di Scienze Naturali ; <:; Se sf
* Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Club. - « . Newcastle-upon-Tyne.
* Société Botanique de France . : - Paris.

K. Bohmische Gesellschaft der Miiesencchartant . Prag.
* Société des Sciences Naturelles 5 See | Strasbourg.

Provinciaal Utrechtsch Genootschap van Kunseen

en Wetenschappen . s pate 6 6 - Utrecht.

Of these we must particularly mention the Bombay
Geographical Society, the Gorlitz Scientific Association, the
Royal Institute of Science at Milan, the British Museum at

Annual Report.] 314 [May 4,

London and the Utrecht Society of Arts and Sciences, which
have given us almost or quite complete sets of their Transac-
tions, often dating back many decades.

We have also entered into exchange, for the first time,
with the following Academies and Journals additional to
those marked with an asterisk in the preceding list.

Maryland Academy of Sciences . . . . Baltimore.
Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie . . ° . ‘ - Berlin.
Bowdoin Scientific Review . - Brunswick, Me.
Agricultural and Horticultural Society of naa - Calcutta.
Dudley and Midland Geological and Scientific So-

ciety : : o | Re . ’ - Dudley.
Edinburgh Geclosienl Society 9.) ) = : : - Edinburgh.
R. Comitato Geologico @Italia. . . . # °* Firenze.
Teyler’s Godgeleerd Genootschap . : ° - Haarlem.
Nature : i % : : - London.
The Journal of iwnlied Scionee - - ° . a:
Académie du Gard . : c= : : - Nimes.
Petites Nouvelles Entomologiques . . . . Paris.
Revue des Cours Scientifiques . ; : r

North China Branch of the Royal Asiatic Sacto - Shanghai.
Académie des Sciences, Inscriptions et Belles-Let- .
tres . : ; emu gee eae - : - Toulouse.

Kongelige Norske Videnskaber-Selskab . . . Throndhjem.
Istituto Veneto . : . a kee - - - Venezia.

The accompanying table gives a summary of the additions
to the library by volumes, parts of volumes, pamphlets and
maps or charts; they are more numerous than during any
previous year of the Society’s history. i

Octavo. || Quarto. || Folio. a Le
vls|pts|ph ||vls|pts)ph |/vls {pts|ph |/Ch’ts |/To’1]
Books presented by individuals. . a 37|149 37 24) 19 ‘18 3 (5 ape "366
= es “« Publishing Com. 1) 22) 12 | 36
«* purchased (Wolcott Fund) . 81} 41) 13]| 40} 8) 2)! 5 1 191
‘* deposited in Binney library . 2

ss sc by the Republican In- |
SUMGUGIONE. Pere. lie) <: Oe 22 22
“* received in exchange . . . {/596/559)111)| 45/277 2| 33 17/1709
Total . ||771les0l285]|124|309| oil] 201 861 || 30/2826

1870.) : 315 [Annual Report.

The binder, having attended to the most important series
in the library, has recently been dismissed. During the past
year one thousand and ninety eight newly bound volumes
have been placed on the shelves, a number of repairs made
and one hundred and twenty copies of the Proceedings
covered. Work has also been done for outside parties, and
the signatures of the Proceedings and extras issued to au-
thors, folded. Special reference should here be made to
the Harris manuscripts;. the binder has secured the most
delicate fragments with such ingenuity and skill that both
sides of the manuscripts can be seen when necessary, without
danger; thus all may inspect these valuable memoranda and
mementoes.

The assistants in the library have continued the revision
of the Card Catalogue and completed about one third. The
remarkable growth of the library has delayed the progress
of the work, not only from the time required to attend to
the new accessions and the preparation of unbound series for
the binder, but also from the changes necessitated in the
arrangement of the cases. We shall soon be obliged to build
the gallery in the back library. The pamphlets have contin-
ued to receive constant attention whenever time permitted,
and from one fourth to one third of the older pamphlets, as
well as all the new donations, are now accessible.

The Librarian has recently made an enumeration of the
books; they have been counted as bound, whether contain-
ing more than one volume, as is frequently the case, or not;
the parts have been estimated at their proper proportion of
the volumes to which they belong and the pamphlets counted
separately; this enumeration therefore gives the number at
its least valuation, and is proportionally a much smaller esti-
mate than those previously made. There are 9,396 volumes
and 2,677 pamphlets. Of these volumes 1,010 belong to
general literature, mainly deposited by A Republican Insti-
tution; 806 are botanical, 453 entomological, 402 geological
and mineralogical, 510 encyclopedic; 613 treat of verte-

Annual Report.] 316 [May 4,

brates, 536 of travels and local faunz, and Journals and pub-
lications of Societies number 4,173. No classification of the
pamphlets can be given until they are in a more orderly con-
dition.

707 books have been borrowed from the library by 85
pergons; none are supposed to have been lost.

The exploration on the Isthmus of Tehuantepec, on the
part of Prof. F. Sumichrast, referred to in the preceding Re-
port, has been continued during the past year, and several
boxes of specimens have been forwarded to Washington.

In accordance with the arrangement made with the Smith-
sonian Institution, all the insects have been sent to us for
arrangement and identification, the other collections being
distributed to specialists, for a like purpose. The birds are
in the hands of Mr. George N. Lawrence of New York, by
whom a list will be prepared on the completion of the entire
labor, and presented to the Society for publication. The rep-
tiles, in a similar manner, have been placed in the hands of
Prof. E. D. Cope, and the land shells in the care of Mr.
Thomas Bland of New York. It is believed, in view of
the eminence of Prof. Sumichrast as a naturalist, and his
well-known ability as a collector, that important results to
science will be developed by a careful examination of his
collection. The expenses of this exploration, in addition to
the contribution on the part of the Society, have been borne
mainly by the Smithsonian Institution and the Kentucky
University at Lexington, aided by a moderate contribution
from the Academy of Natural Sciences at Philadelphia.
Such portion of the expense as has not been met by sub-
scriptions already named, will, it is hoped, be defrayed by
the sale of duplicate specimens. -

It is with great regret that we announce the death of our
esteemed coadjutor, Col. A. J. Grayson, to whose labors,
in the exploration of north-western Mexico, the Society has
contributed in connection with the Smithsonian Institution.

1870.] 3 1 i [Annual Report.

It has been the desire of the two institutions to secure,
through his means, a careful investigation of the fauna of the
Sierra Madre of north-western Mexico; and as June was con-
sidered the most eligible time for this labor, Col. Grayson
made a short visit, prior to that period, to the Island of Isa-
bella, off the coast, for the purpose of studying the habits
of the sea-fowl during their breeding season. On this island
he laid the foundation of a malarious disease that impaired his
constitution, aud after an illness at his home, in Mazatlan, he
died on the 17th of August last.

The fund contributed bythe Society for the exploration
already referred to, was unexpended at the time of his death,
and was returned to the Institution by his widow, and the
amount was transferred, in accordance with a vote of the
Council, to the expedition of Prof. Sumichrast. Prof: Baird
has in preparation a list of the birds collected by Col.
Grayson during his explorations in north-western Mexico,
which he expects to complete and present to the Society
for publication, as soon as his other duties will permit. The
specimens obtained embrace quite a number of new species,
which will be described in the work mentioned.

In accordance with an arrangement made by the Custo-
dian with the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, a
considerable quantity of miscellaneous unassorted material
has been received from the Institution and returned in an
orderly condition, the Society being repaid for the labor ex-
pended by the first choice of the duplicates.

Having concluded to give up the Ethnological department,
the Boston Marine Society have allowed us to transfer the
collections long ago presented by them, and consisting mainly
of Polynesian implements, to the Peabody Museum of
Archeology; the space thus vacated will be given to
- mounted specimens of mammals.

The Council have lent a number of age birds to the
Institute of Technology to be used in their regular courses
of instruction; temporary loans from other departments

Aunual Report.] 318 [May 4,

have also been made, and our collections frequentiy visited
by classes from the same establishment; it is greatly to
be desired that still closer bonds may unite us to this
sister Institution, having, in part, at least, a common end —
the promotion of popular scientific knowledge. Our doors
have been opened at different times to a number of classes
from other establishments, public and private, and we hope
that many more may avail themselves of the cordial invita-
tion which we would extend to all.

There have been about 40,000 visitors to the Museum dur-
ing the year. The building has been open to the public 103
days, and the number of visitors has averaged 391. The
greatest number present on any one day was 781, October
23d. These figures are doubtless lower than they should be.

The department of Mammals and Comparative Anatomy
has received from the Smithsonian Institution a stuffed spec-
imen of the great antarctic seal collected on the exploring
expedition of Commodore Wilkes. A living opossum and a
number of its young, sent in the summer by Dr. C. Kollock,
of South Carolina, have been mounted in characteristic atti-
tudes, and interesting specimens have been received from the
Union Street Menagerie, Capt. Bowley and others. The
long neglected catalogue has been brought up to the present
time, and the new style of label attached to about one hun-
dred specimens.

The mounted Birds have received the most careful at-
tention during the year. Every specimen has been taken
down, thoroughly examined, cleansed, and where necessary,
treated with benzine and other materials; secure and sim-
ple appliances have rendered the doors’ of the cabinets as
nearly air tight as possible; the *bolts have been repaired;
every crack has been carefully closed, the whole interior
repainted, and the ravages of insects so checked that with
comparatively little patience and care these pests can be

1870.] ; 319 [Annual Report.

entirely eradicated; to accomplish this, four or five per-
sons have worked for two months continuously from eight
to ten hours per day, extending their labors far into warm
weather. Since that time the collection has been repeatedly
examined, and very many specimens repoisoned and carefully
watched. The Curator now reports them to be in good
order. The case for skins has been completely filled, and
many unmounted specimens have been stored in some of the
transportation trunks for want of a more suitable place. Mr.
F. E. Everett has contributed twenty seven interesting skins
collected by himself in Colorado, the Smithsonian Institution
have added about fifty specimens from various American
localities, including some of the rarest birds of Alaska; and
Messrs. 8. Mixter, H. A. Purdie and others, have presented a
number of specimens from this vicinity.

Extensive additions have been made to our collections of
Bird’s Eggs and Nests, mostly by exchange. From Mr. G. L.
Layard of the South African Museum at Cape Town, we have
received a choice consignment of more than three hundred
eggs of one hundred species of birds, several of which are
quite rare; the Smithsonian Institution has sent us a good
many European nests and eggs, and very large series of
valuable nests and eggs of American birds; a still larger
collection, selected by the Curator on a recent visit to Wash-
ington is daily expected. Two invoices of eggs have been
received from the Rev. Mr. Jones, of Madison, Conn., con-
taining about twenty species useful for exchange, and Dr.
Baldamus, of Halle, has sent eggs of twenty four species of
very rare and valuable birds, mostly from Africa, Eastern
Europe and Western Asia. The Curator has also added
nearly forty species of European eggs from his own collec-
tion, Mr. 8. Mixter has presented some of the bulkier nests
of New England birds, and Mr. B. P. Mann about fifty eggs
and nests collected by him in North Carolina.

In exchange for many of these the Curator has made good

Annual Report.] 320 [May 4,

use of the valuable duplicates presented last year by Mrs.
Bryant. Over three hundred nests, about one half with the
proper complement of eggs, have been assorted, labelled and
placed on exhibition, and the collection is in admirable or-
der ; the new accessions have all been catalogued, the broken
or fractured specimens repaired, and the duplicates placed
singly in numbered wrappers, available at any moment for
exchange. The Curator has commenced the arrangement of
a special New England collection and requests, from all who
are interested in its formation, the gift of authentic speci-
mens.

One hundred and fifteen specimens, received from fifteen
contributors, have been added to the collection of Reptiles.
The greater part of them are from different localities in the
United States; one tenth only are batrachians, the remain-
der true reptiles. One of the most valuable additions is
a fresh specimen of the Boa constrictor, which has been
finely mounted by Mr. Jillson. The two largest invoices
were from the Southern States, one being the collection
made by Dr. E. Coues, in North Carolina, and the other by
Mr. B. P. Mann, in South Carolina. Two rare Massachu-
setts species have been received, the Plestiodon fasciatus
and the Malacoclemmys palustris, both collected at New
Bedford by Mr. R. C. Ingraham.

About two hundred specimens have been taken from the
storage jars and placed on exhibition, and two thirds of the
North American specimens in cases supplied with labels.
The cataloguing of the collection has also been commenced,
parchment numbers having been attached to nearly six hun-
dred specimens. Unfortunately, in many instances, the rec-
ords of localities and of the donor’s names have either been
lost, or were never properly made, so that the collection is
less valuable than it would otherwise be.

In respect to our native species the most marked deficiency
is in the turtles, many of our common species, when pres-

1870.] 321 [Annual Report.

ent at all, being represented by very imperfect specimens.
Neatly mounted or fresh specimens of even the New Eng-
land species would be thankfully received. It is also desir-
able to make a complete collection of eggs of serpents and
turtles, and specimens, either fresh or neatly prepared, are
solicited by the Curator.

The Fishes, with but few exceptions, which would require
an expenditure of about two hundred dollars, have been
transferred to separate jars and placed upon the shelves, ar-
ranged according to faunze; the specimens, 3896 in number,
embraced in 1082 lots, have all been catalogued, and to a
considerable extent identified, but not yet labelled; the col-
lection is in good order; no important donations have been
received. :

The Entomological collections are in better condition and
order than at any time during the past ten years; more than
fifty trays of mounted and, to a very great extent, labelled
specimens have been placed on exhibition, and we have no
more available room in which to expand the collection; the
erection of railing cases for the two bird rooms, would effect
what is necessary for this purpose, and at the same time re-
move the danger of accident from the present lowness of the
railing. The Sphingide and Buprestide have been carefully
revised and relabelled by the assistant, and large additions
made both by himself and the Curator; with Mr. P. S.
Sprague’s continued assistance, the revision of the Carabide
of the general and of the Harris collection has been com-
pleted; attention has also been paid to the gigantic grass-
hoppers of tropical America, extensive series of butterflies
have been spread and exhibited, and those of the Harris col-
lection finally revised and arranged by the Curator; nearly
two hundred jars of alcoholic specimens have been put in
order, catalogued and labelled, and for the first time in this
building placed on exhibition ; the identification and prepara-

PROCEEDINGS B. Ss. N. H.—VOL. XIII. 21 DECEMBER, 1870.

Annual Report.] aoe [May 4,

tion of the spiders and myriapods is also progressing fayor-
ably. Assistance has been rendered in various ways by
Messrs. Burgess and Minot. Nearly five thousand specimens
of insects have been sent away in exchange to Mr. E. L.
Layard, of Cape Town, Africa, Mr. H. Edwards, of San
Francisco, Messrs. W. Gulick, C. T. Robinson and G. L.
Graef of New York, to the Rev. Mr. Bethune, of Canada, and
to a number of persons in this vicinity. Mrs. Stratton has
presented about twenty five hundred insects of all orders,
collected near Boston by her son, the late Mr. Frank Stratton. ©
Mr. H. Edwards has sent collections, principally of beetles, —
from Nevada, Oregon and New Zealand, and Dr. E. Coues a
large collection of Orthoptera from North Carolina. The
insects from Tehuantepec, taken on Professor Sumichrast’s
Expedition, are worthy of special mention; considerable
additions have also been made by Messrs. Clapp, Dall, Wa-
ters and others.

Mr. S. I. Smith, of New Haven, has labelled a portion of
our crabs, and described some that are new to science;
the worms have been rearranged and relabelled, and almost
the whole collection of Lower Articulates placed in the most
satisfactory condition. The Curator has made a large col-
lection of specimens in this department, and promises, when
they have been carefully studied, to deposit a series in the
Museum. Donations of New Zealand specimens have been
received from Messrs. H. Edwards and P. 8. Sprague.

The Curator of Mollusks reports that nearly all the larger
genera of siphon-bearing gasteropods, belonging to the Pratt
collection, are now permanently mounted on black tablets
and placed on exhibition; a part of his time has been spent
in making a preliminary arrangement of the bivalves belong-
ing to the same collection, and these are also placed in our
show cases. Valuable series of British shells have been re-
ceived from the Smithsonian Institution and smaller dona-

1870.] 32 3 [Annual Report.

tions from other parties, including in particular some Floridan
mollusks presented by Mr. R. EH. C. Stearns, Unionide from
Cedar River, Iowa, by Mr. John King, and some three hun-
dred mollusks from California, Peru and New Zealand, by
Mr. H. Edwards.

The collection of Radiates has been greatly improved and
little remains to be done; the alcohol has been replenished,
new labels have been attached, and a large portion of the
corals and sponges mounted in an erect position upon black
tablets; interesting specimens from New Zealand and Cali- °
fornia have been sent by Mr. H. Edwards, and a series of
sixty one specimens from various localities, with a select col-
lection of named species from the Gulf of California, re-
ceived in exchange from the Museum of Yale College; the
latter are mostly types of new species described by the
Curator.

The Microscopical collections continue in good order.

The Botanical department still remains without a Curator.
It has, however, received an important addition in the herba-
rium of the Hon. J. A. Lowell, containing many thousand
specimens carefully labelled, mounted and catalogued. Mr.
Lowell has also given specimens of wood and a mass of un-
arranged duplicates and special collections, among the latter
many of Oakes, Fendler, Wright and others. No collection
of plants, says Mr. Brigham, the acting Curator, has ever
been given to the Society, at once so large, so valuable and im-
mediately accessible for reference. The cases in which these
plants were contained have been placed in a new gallery,
constructed for the purpose in the botanical laboratory;
every sheet has been carefully inspected and put in order.
_ By the generous subscription of a few gentlemen of this city,
we have been enabled to purchase and mount a specimen of
the Californian Redwood tree, consisting of a ring of bark,

Annual Report.} 324 [May 4,

forty feet in circumference. Professor Paul Reinsch has sent
quite a series of European plants, principally mosses, lichens
and algae; and a complete set of the mosses of North Amer-
ica, comprising over five hundred specimens, has been pur-
chased from Professor Leo Lesquereux. The whole herba-
rium should be carefully examined and many specimens
poisoned. The acting Curator recommends the erection of
new cases in a gallery, in which dried mounted specimens,
illustrative of the larger divisions of plants or possessing an
economic value, could be exposed to view. The principal
donors to the collection, in addition to those already men-
tioned, have been Messrs. G. B. Emerson, R. C. Greenleaf,
J. M. Barnard, C. J. Sprague, J. F. Hunnewell, G. W. Arm-
strong and W. T. Brigham.

No further progress has been made in labelling the Palzon-
tological collection; before this is done, the collection needs
a thorough revision, requiring an amount of consecutive time
which the Curator has not been able to devote to it; indeed
he has only retained the office because no one of requisite
knowledge could be found to replace him. The only impor-
tant addition consists of a few specimens of Devonian Insects
from New Brunswick—the oldest known remains of this
group in the world, — presented by the Natural History So-
ciety of St. John.

The Department of Geology has been partially rearranged
and labelled; no additions of any consequence have been
made.

The Curator of Mineralogy has completed the entire re-
arrangement and relabelling of the mineralogical cabinet ; this
has been an arduous task, much time having been required
to verify the correctness of the labels supplanted. The col-
lection is now in perfect order, and the specimens number
about twenty eight hundred. There is a great deficiency in

1870.] 8 DAS {Annual Report.

the number of species, and orders have been sent abroad to
supply a portion of our wants from an appropriation for the
purpose, made some time since by the Council. The Curator
hopes that when the financial condition of the Society will
permit, an annual appropriation for additions to his collections
will be allowed. The department is indebted to Dr. C. T.
Jackson, Messrs. W. 8. Coffin, T. Gaffield, J. HE. Cover, J.
Parkman, Capt. G. H. Preble and others, for interesting
specimens presented during the year.

From these accounts it appears that while some collections
need a good deal of revision, and many are not yet entirely
supplied with the uniform system of labelling lately adopted,
the museum is in much better order and in a far safer condi-
tion than it has been at any time since our removal to this
building. The library also has increased and the lectures
have proved a success; but in our publications and in the
interest of our meetings, we have sadly fallen off; last year,
with an income of more than twelve thousand dollars, the So-
' ciety published no more than it averaged for the first twelve
years of its existence ; then its members were but a handful,
and the total annual receipts scarcely one thousand dollars ; a
yearly subsidy of three hundred dollars from the State was
considered a bounty, but could not prevent the constant in-
debtedness of the Society,—so important did the publications
seem to the founders of our institution; they were men who
associated, not principally for the purpose of building up a great
Museum, not even to create a popular interest in a know!l-
edge of natural history, but —I use the language of a former
President of the Society, frequently quoted before — “ drawn
together by a similarity of tastes and pursuits, for the pur-
pose of increasing their knowledge by frequent intercourse.”

Without being too tightly bound by the intentions of the
founders of the Society, we must not altogether lose sight of
the principles which they avowed. Should any urge that we
interpret those principles wrongly, let them examine the

Annual Report.] 326 [May 4,

record. But it should also be taken into account that times
have changed since then; public opinion which formerly
sneered now applauds; therefore we should seize the work of
the day and foster the sentiment already in our favor; we
should “popularize Science,’—not by degrading it, but by
divesting it of its mysteries, by elevating the popular knowl-
edge to our own standard ; yet that is not all; we must our-
selves go forward, leading the way to higher fields of science ;
otherwise we forget the spirit of science itself, which is progress,
and ask of others what we do not ourselves perform. Our
Society has thus a double office to fulfil, and neither part can
be neglected without detriment to both. Let it open to the
public a museum fitted for study and showing, by the nicest
devices, the meanings of Nature; let it set forth these truths
in lectures, from which practically none shall be debarred ;
but at the same time give the more thorough students an
opportunity to meet for mutual discussion, a library in which

to consult the investigations of their fellow students in all

parts of the world, and as prompt and satisfactory a channel

for the publication of their own researches as any kindred
institution affords. Debar our scientific men these privileges

and you take from yourselves the good fame which the Soci-

ety has fairly earned at home and abroad, and defeat the very
object for which it was founded ; you cast away the means of

properly displaying the treasures the museum affords; and

spurn the good will of many officers of the Society — those

upon whom the chief burden of the meetings has always

fallen; and it is a fact of no little significance that more than

one half of the office bearers to whom, during the past ten

years, the care of the Museum has been entrusted, have been

drawn from the ranks of those who have been under the in-

struction of Professor Agassiz.

Concerning the Museum in particular, I will only add a
few words. The Society is in possession of very large
collections; with but few exceptions, sufficient, in my judg-
ment, for all its purposes. Our aim should not be to sus-

1879.] Sa [Annual Report.

tain a great museum; one such exists in our immediate
vicinity, and it is squandering our resources to attempt to
duplicate it ; neither, and for the same reason, should we
aim at making an industrial one; but rather seek to main-
tain, first, a popular educational museum, in which all and
none but the characteristic forms of life and inorganic na-
ture shall be displayed, and in such various ways as Nature
herself employs; and second, a complete local collection, re-
stricted at widest to our New England flora and fauna. The
first is rightly expected of us by our Patrons; the second
both by them and by visitors from without our limits; yet
to carry out such a plan it is imperative that more skilled
labor should be regularly employed, and a man of broad
scientific culture placed at the head of the museum with
its interests alone in charge; otherwise the very multitude
of our Curators will become an evil and our best energies
be wasted.

I trust these remarks will not seem misplaced or presump-
tuous. I could not refrain from speaking, as this may be my
last opportunity and the interests of the Society are most
dear tome. No one of my age has been connected so long
or so intimately with its Council, and to no one have such
weighty responsibilities been entrusted. I have endeavored,
to the best of my poor ability, to prove worthy of your confi-
_ dence, and faithfully to perform the duties to which you
have called me; you are the judges in how far I have suc-
ceeded; and now that I am compelled to relinquish my
charge after a varied service of more than ten years, I would
bear glad testimony to the courtesy with which the difficulties
of my official position. have been smoothed, to the forbear-
ance of the officers toward my imperfect service, and to your
continued generous support. I should be false to myself if
I did not add my publi¢ recognition of the entire faithfulness
and thoroughness of the work of those who have been en-
gaged to assist me in the various departments of the Soci-
ety’s operations; and to particularize in this imperfect praise

Annual Report.] 328 [May 4,

one whose service has been constant, multiform and invalu-
able for more than six years. With renewed thanks for
your many kindnesses, and my most earnest wishes for the
increased prosperity of our good Society, I bid you farewell.

1870.] 329 {Annual Report.

LETTERS RECEIVED

DURING THE YEAR ENDING APRIL 30, 1870.

From the Academia Real das Sciencias de Lisboa, March 24th, 1868; Société
Linnéenne de Bordeaux, April 6th, 1868; Accademia delle Scienze di Bologna,
May 4th, 1868; Académie Royale, etc., de Belgique, Bruxelles, September 7th,
1868; Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Halle, September 9th, and October 20th,
1868; Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Zurich, September 30th, 1868; Natur-
forschender Verein in Briinn, October 28th, 1868; Bureau de la Recherche
Géologique de la Suéde, Stockholm, November Ist, 1868; Société des Sciences
Naturelles de Neuchatel, November 15th, 1868; Naturforschende Gesellschaft in
Danzig, November 30th, 1868; Gesellschaft fiir Ackerbau, etc., Briinn, Decem-
ber Ist, 1868; K. Akademie der Wissenschaften in Wien, December 14th, 1868;
Schweizerische Gesellschaft fiir die gesammten Naturwissenschaften, Bern, Jan-
uary 1st, 1869; Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Bern, January, 1869; Essex
Institute, Salem, Mass., March 22d, June 17th, September 30th, October 14th
and 380th, November 17th, December 2d and 27th, 1869; Geological Museum,
Calcutta, March 30th, 1869; Académie Royale des Sciences de Lisbonne,
March 30th, 1869; Utrecht Society of Arts and Sciences, March, 1869; Société
Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou, April 9th, 1869; Naturhistorischer Verein
der preussischen Rheinlande, etc., Bonn, April 15th, 1869; Smithsonian Institu-
tion, Washington, April 17th aud 20th, and June 29th, 1869; Madras Literary
Society, April 18, 1869; Lyceum of Natural History, New York, May 3d and
10th, and December 13th, 1869; Accademia delle Scienze, Bologna, May 9th,
1869; R. Istituto di Scienze, Lettere ed Arti, Venezia, May 17th, 1869; Goth-
enburg Society of Science and Literature, May 20th and September 18th, 1869;
Mass. Horticultural Society, Boston, May 27th, 1869; American Philosophical
Society, Philadelphia, June 26th, 1869; Academy of Sciences, Chicago, June
28th, 1869; Prof. James D. Dana, New Haven, July 13th, 1869; Dr. John Torrey,
July 16th, 1869; Prof. J. W. Dawson, Montreal, July 17th, 1869; Naturfor-
schende Gesellschaft, Danzig, July 24th, 1869; Prof. Joseph Henry, Smith-
sonian Institution, July 27th, 1869; Trustees of New York State Library,
Albany, July 31st, 1869; Verwaltungs-Ausschuss des Ferdinandeums zu Inns-
bruck, August Ist, 1869; K. Sdchsische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften,
Leipzig, August 13th, 1869; Vorarlberger Museums-Verein, Bregenz, August
14th, 1869; Naturhistorischer Verein, Dessau, August 16th, 1869; Leeds Philo-
sophical and Literary Society, August 26th, 1869; Naturwissenschaftlicher
Verein, Bremen, August 31st, 1869; Zoologisch-mineralogischer Verein, Regens-

Annual Report.] 830 [May 4,

burg, September ist, 1869; Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Basel, September
11th, 1869; Liverpool Geological Society, September 17th, 1869; Natur-
forschende Gesellschaft in Halle, September 17th, 1869; Naturwissenschaft-
licher Verein fiir das Fiirstenthum Liineburg, September 19th, 1869; India
Museum, September 22d, 1869; Dr. H. B. Geinitz, Dresden, September 24th,
1869; Société des Sciences de Finlande, Helsingfors, September 24th, 1869;
Naturhistorisch-medizinischer Verein, Heidelberg, September 80th, 1869; Na-
tuurkundig Genootschap, Groningen, September, 1869; Société d’ Agriculture,
Sciences et Arts de la Sarthe, Le Mans, September, 1869; Lyceum of Natural
History, New York, October 4th and 18th, 1869; Société d’ Agriculture, etc.,
Tours, October 8th, 1869; Académie Royale des Sciences 4 Amsterdam, Octo-
ber 6th, 1869; Naturforschende Gesellschaft Graubiindens, Chur, October 13th,
1869; K. Universitatsbibliothek, Kiel, October 15th, 1869; Verein der Aerzte in
Steiermark, October, 1869; K. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Géottingen,
October, 1869; Medizinisch-naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft zu Jena, No-
vember, 1869; Académie de Stanislas, Nancy, November 9th, 1869; Société
Royale de Botanique de Belgique, Bruxelles, November 14th, 1869; Directors of
Museum at Bergen, November 11th, 1869; McGill University, Montreal,
November 19th, 1869; Journal de |’ Agriculture, Paris, November 19th, 1869;
Provinciaal Utrechtsch Genootschap van Kunsten, etc., Utrecht, Novem-
ber 24th, 1869; Massachusetts Historical Society, Boston, November 29th,
1869; General Theological Library, Boston, November 29th, 1869; New Hamp-
shire Historical Society, Concord, N. H., November 29th, 1869; N. E. Historic-
Genealogical Society, Boston, November 29th, 1869; Public Library of City
of Boston, December 3d, 1869; Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou,
December 16th, 1869; York Institute, Saco, Me., December 7th, 1869;
Senckenbergische naturforschende Gesellschaft, Frankfurt a. M., December
9th, 1869; Bureau de la Recherche Géologique de la Suede, December 10th,
1869; Editor of the Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, 1869; Melbourne Public
Library, Librarian of, December 22d, 1869; Naturhistorische Geselischaft
zu Niirnberg, December 25th, 1869; K. Danske Videnskabernes Selskab,
Kjobenhaven, December 31st, 1869; Accademia Gioenia di Scienze Naturali,
Catania, 1869; Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Freiburg, January 10th, 1869;
Essex Institute, Salem, Mass., January 18th, February 3d and 28th, March 21st
and May 14th, 1870; Trustees of New York State Library, Albany, January
20th, 1870; American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia, January 21st, 1870;
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C., February 15th, 1870; Maryland
Academy of Sciences, Baltimore, February 21st, March 2d and April 30th,
1870; Akklimatisations-Verein in Berlin, March 14th, 1870; Institute of Natu-
ral Science, Halifax, N. S., March 22d, 1870; Geological Survey of ‘Canada,
Montreal, March 80th, 1870; Library of Parliament, Ottawa, April 2d, 1870;
Literary and Historical Society, Quebec, April 2d, 1870; University of Toronto,
Librarian of, April 2d, 1870; Library of Parliament, Toronto, April 2d, 1870;
Canadian Institute, May 4th,1870; Société des Sciences Naturelles, Neuchatel,
1870, acknowledging the receipt of the Society’s publications.

From the Librarian of the British Museum, October 25th, 1865; Gelehrte
Estnische Gesellschaft, Dorpat, February 18th, 1868, and October 22d, 1869;

1870.] 331 [Annual Report.

Societa Italiana di Scienze Naturali, Milano, June 15th, 1868; Royal Geograph-
ical Society, London, August, 1868; Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Ziirich,
September 30th, 1868; Bureau de la Recherche Géologique, Stockholm, No-
vember ist, 1868; Société Entomologique des Pays-Bas, Leide, December 1st,
1868; Société Hollandaise des Sciences a Harlem, January Ist, 1869; K.
Akademie der Wissenschaften, Wien, March 6th, 1869; Utrecht Society of
Arts and Sciences, March 23d, 1869; Naturforschende Gesellschaft zu Halle,
March 30th and August 25th and 30th, 1869; Académie Royale, etc., de
Belgique, Bruxelles, April 1st, 1869; Bombay Geographical Society, April
Ist, 1869; Société Royale de Zoologie & Amsterdam, May 31st, 1869; K.
Svenska Vetenskaps Akademien, Stockholm, May and July, 1869; Natur-
forschende Gesellschaft, Bern, May, 1869; Schweizerische Naturforschende
Gesellschaft, Bern, May, 1869; Historischer Verein, Ansbach, June 10th, 1869,
and March 3ist, 1870; Mittelrheinischer geologischer Verein, Darmstadt, July
3d, 1869; Royal Geographical Society, July, 1869; K. Preussische Akademie
der Wissenschaften, Berlin, August 8d, 1869; Naturhistorischer Verein in Augs-
burg, August 4th, 1869; K. Sachsische Gesellschaft, Leipzig, August 13th, 1869;
Mannheimer Verein fiir Naturkunde, August, 1869: Schlesische Gesellschaft fiir
vaterlandische Cultur, Breslau, September Ist, 1869; Société des Sciences de
Finlande, Helsingfors, September 8th, 1869; Académie Royale des Sciences a
Amsterdam, September 15th, 1869; L’ Université de Leyde, October 18th, 1869;
Museets Naturhistoriske Afdeling, Bergen, October 22d, 1869; Société scien-
tifique de la Zélande a Middelbourg, November 23d, 1869: Senckenbergische
naturforschende Gesellschaft, Frankfurt a. M., November, 1869; Utrecht Society
of Arts and Sciences, November 24th, 1869; Universidad de Chile, Santiago,
1869; Teylers Stichting te Haarlem, 1869; Bataafsch Genootschap, etc., Rotter-
dam, 1869; Professor Dr. H. Low, former director of the Realschule, Meseritz,
December 15th, 1869; Professor Francesco Zantedeschi in Padova, December
16th, 1869; British Museum, February 23d and April 4th, 1870; Museum, New-
castle-upon-Tyne, March 11th, 1870; Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, Cam-
bridge, Mass., May 12th, 1870; Societa Italiana di Scienze Naturali, Milano,
presenting their various publications.

From the Oberlausitzische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Gorlitz, November
20th, 1868; Gesellschaft naturforschender Freunde zu Berlin, January 18th, 1869;
Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein fiir das Fiirstenthum Liineburg, February 23d,
. 1869; New York State Agricultural Society, Albany, April 7th, 1869; Konig].
Bohmische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Prag, April 8th, 1869; Société
Impériale Géographique de Russie, St. Pétersbourg, May 15th, 1869; Nova
Scotian Institute of Natural Science, Halifax, May 25th, 1869; Agricultural and
Horticultural Society of India, Calcutta, June 21st, 1869; Prof. John Torrey,
New York, July 16th, 1869; Royal Academy of Sciences, Stockholm, July 30th,
1869; Literary and Philosophical Society of Manchester, August 2d, 1869;
Kaiserlich-Konigliche Geologische Reichsanstalt, Wien, August 20th, 1869;
Oberhessische Gesellschaft fiir Natur-und Heilkunde, Giessen, September 2d,
1869; Nederlandsche Entomologische Vereeniging, Rotterdam, September 7th,
1869; Natural History Society of Northumberland, Durham, and Newcastle-
upon-Tyne, Newcastle, September 13th, 1869; Cercle Artistique, Littéraire et

Annual Report.] 302 [May 4,

Scientifique d’ Anvers, September 14th, 1869; Verein von Alterthumsfreunden
im Rheinlande, Bonn am Rhein, September 24th, 1869; Linnean Society, London,
September 25th, 1869; Verein nordliche der Elbe, Kiel, October 5th, 1869;
Liverpool Geological Society, November 3d, 1869; Kongelige Norska Uni-
versitets, Christiania, November 29th, 1869; Académie des Sciences, Agriculture,
Arts et Belles-Lettres d’Aix, December 30th, 1869; Verein “ Lotos,’’ Prague,
January 21st, 1870, acknowledging the receipt of the publications of the Soci-
ety and presenting their own.

From the Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Emden, 1869; North China Branch
Royal Asiatic Society, Shanghai, July 19th, 1869; Bataafsch Genootschap der
Proefondervindelijke Wijsbegeerte te Rotterdam, August 25th, 1869; Socicté
Botanique de France, Paris, 1869; Verein noérdlich der Eibe, Kiel, October Sth,
1869; Dudley and Midland Geological and Scientific Society and Field Club,
January 3d, 1870; Oberlausitzische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Gorlitz,
January 18th, 1870; Verein zur Beférderung des Gartenbaues, Berlin, March
23d, 1870, acknowledging the publications of the Society and sending desiderata.

From the Royal Scottish Society of Arts, Edinburgh, March ist, 1869; Isaac
Lea, Philadelphia, July 24th, 1869; Société Impériale d’Emulation, Abbeville,
November 38d, 1869; Société Paléontologique de Belgique, Anvers, December
28d, 1869; British Museum, January 15th, 1870, acknowledging the publications
of the Society, and promising to send their own.

From the Utrecht Society of Arts and Sciences, November 25th, 1869, send-
ing their recent publications, and offering to send the Verhandlungen of the
Belles-Lettres and Political Economy Sections, if we desire them.

From the Revue des Cours Littéraires et Scientifiques, Paris, January 3d,
asking for exchange, and March 28th, 1870, thanking for assent to their request.

From the Societa Italiana di Scienze Naturali, Milano, March 28th, 1868, and
June 2d, 1869; Société Linnéenne de Lyon, March, and November 15th, 1869;
Koniglich Bayerische Akademie der Wissenschaften, Miinchen, March 6th, and
December 1st, 1869; Naturforscher-Verein zu Riga, May 17th, 1869; J. Joseph
Bianconi, Bologna, June 23d, 1869; Bombay Geographical Society, August 27th,
1869; Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein, Bremen, September ist, 1868; Zoologi-
cal Society of London, November 5th, 1869; Naturforschende Gesellschaft zu
Bamberg, 1869; Société d’Emulation de Doubs, Besancon, December 11th, 1869;
Société Entomologique de France, Paris, February 7th, 1870, acknowledging
the publications of the Society, presenting their own, and requesting that de-
ficient parts may be supplied.

From the Entomologischer Verein, Stettin, September, 1869; Scientific Opinion,
London, October 8th, 1869, asking for publications and deficient parts.

From the Kaiserlich-Koénigliche Geologische Reichsanstalt, Wien, October
9th, 1858; Geological and Polytechnic Society of the West Riding of York-
shire, Leeds, November 16th, 1868; Geological Survey of India and Geolog-
ical Museum of Calcutta, April 14th, 1869; Société des Sciences Physiques
et Naturelles de Bordeaux, April 29th, 1869; Société Impériale d’ Agriculture,
d’Histoire Naturelle et des Arts Utiles de Lyon, July 12th, 1869; Zodlogical
Society of London, January 18th, 1870; Royal Society of Edinburgh, 1870,
acknowledging the receipt of the publications of the Society, sending their
own, and regretting their inability to supply deficiencies. ,

1870.1 333 [Annual Report.

From the Bureau de la Recherche Géologique de la Suéde, Stockholm, No-
vember ist, 1868, asking and acknowledging the publications of the Society,
and announcing donations.

From Mr. Lewis H. Morgan, Albany, N. Y., February 16th, 1869, presenting
thanks for corresponding membership and credentials.

From the Edinburgh Geological Society, April 8th, 1869, presenting publica-
tions and asking for those of the Society in exchange.

From the Societa Ligure di Storia Patria, Genova, May 20th, 1868, acknowl-
edging the receipt of publications of the Society and promising to send its
own, and asking for those promised but not received.

From the Museo di Storia Naturale della R. Universita di Bologna, July 8th,
1869, acknowledging the receipt of books from the Society, the Secretary
promising to send his own publications in exchange, as none are issued by those
departments of the University.

From the Naturforschende Gesellschaft Graubiindens, Chur, September 15th,
1869, announcing the death of the Vice President, Herr Gottfried Theobald,
Professor der Naturwissenschaften an der graubiindernischen Kantonsschule.

From the Verein der Aerzte in Steiermark, Graz, October 2d, 1869, communi-
cating through the Society with the Surgeon General of the United States.

From Prof. J. Capellini of the University of Bologna, November 12th, 1869,
presenting his thanks for diploma of corresponding membership.

From the Maryland Academy of Sciences, Baltimore, December 16th, 1869,
announcing the organization of that body, and requesting friendly relations with
the Society.

From the Royal Geographical Society, London, 1869, asking for local in-
formation.

From the Naturforscher Verein zu Riga,January 12th, 1870, announcing, and
inviting the Society to be present at, the observance of its twenty fifth
anniversary.

From the Gesellschaft zur Beforderung der gesammten Naturwissenschaften
in Marburg, January, 1870, presenting their publications, and also desiderata
out of print which they have discovered and purchased for the Society, at the
bookstores.

From Dr. Felix Fliigel, March 3d, 1870, and M. G. von Niepl, February 28th,
1870, Secretary of the Society of Natural Sciences at Briinn, announcing the
dissolution of the Werner Verein in Brinn.

From the Nederlandsche Maatschappij ter bevordering van Nijverheid, Haar-
lem, 1870, announcing the offer of a premium for the best method of lighting
Buoys for night-service.

Annual Report.] 834 [May 4,

ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY

DURING THE YEAR ENDING APRIL 30, 1870.

Contributions to the Mineralogy of Nova Scotia. By Professor How. tv.
8vo. Pamph. 1869. From the Author.

A Guide to the Study of Insects. By A. S. Packard, Jr.,M.D. Parts vi—
x. 8vo. Salem, 1869. rom the Author.

Appendix to Report on Mollusca. By E.§S. Morse. 8vo. Pamph. Salem,
1869. From the Author.

I. Réapparition du Genre Arethusina Barr. IJ. Faune Silurienne des Envi-
rons de Hof,en Bavierre. Par Joachim Barrande. 8vo. Paris, 1868. From
the Author.

Lepidopterological Miscellanies. By Coleman T. Robinson. 8yo. Pamph.
New York, 1869. From the Author.

Modern Ideas of Derivation. Address of Principal Dawson, as President of
the Natural History Society of Montreal, May 18,1869. 8vo. Pamph. From
the Author.

An Examination of the Hypothesis of Central Heat in the Earth, and of the
assumed Connection of Volcanoes and Earthquakes therewith. By R. W. Has-
kins, A. M. 8vo. Pamph. Buffalo, 1869. From the Author.

Prodromus of a Study of North American Fresh Water Algz. By Dr. Ho-
ratio C. Wood, Jr. 8vo. Pamph. Philadelphia, 1869. From the Author.

First Annual Report on the Noxious, Beneficial and other Insects of the State
of Missouri. By Charles V. Riley. 8vo. Jefferson City, 1869. From the
Author.

An Address on the Occasion of the Hundredth Anniversary of the Birth of
Alexander von Humboldt. By James P. Luse, A. M. 8vo. Pamph. New
Albany, Ind., 1869. From the Author.

On some Elementary Principles in Animal Mechanics. By the Rev. Samuel |
Haughton, M.D. 8vo. Pamph. From the Author.

Catalogue and Synonymy of the Genera, Species and Varieties of Recent
Mollusca, described prior to January 1, 1867. By S. R. Roberts. Partiv. 8vo.
Philadelphia, 1869. rom the Author.

Mammalia of Massachusetts. By J. A. Allen. 8vo. Pamph. Cambridge,
1869. From the Author.

Geological Report of the Exploration of the Yellowstone and Missouri Rivers.
By Dr. F. V. Hayden, Assistant. 1859-60. 8vo. Washington, 1869. From
the Author.

La Teoria delle Associazioni Poligeniche applicata allo Studio dei Silicati.

1870.] a5) [Annual Report.

Dal Prof. Cav. Luigi Bombicci. 8vo. Pamph. Bologna, 1868. From the
Author.

I Corpi Considerati come Chimiche Individualita, etc. Dal Dr. Antonio
Mazzoni. 8vo. Pamph. Faenza, 1868. From the Author.

Alla Memoria di Giuseppe Stabile. Antonio Stoppani. 4to. Pamph.
From the Author.

The Antiquity of Man in America. By William Gossip. 8vo. Pamph.
Halifax, N. S., 1869. From the Author.

Contributions to the Geology of Ohio. By Col. Charles Whittlesey. 8vo.
Pamph. Cleveland, 1869. From the Author.

The Water-Power of Maine. By Walter Wells. 8vo. Augusta, 1869.
From the Author.

On Dakosaurus from the Kimmeridge Clay of Shotover Hill. By J. Wood
Mason, Esq. 8vo. Pamph. London, 1869. From the Author..

On the Anatomy of Balzenoptera rostrata. By Alexander Carte and Alexan-
der Macalister. 4to. Pamph. London, 1868. From the Author, Dr. Carte.

The Geology of the New Haven Region, with special reference to the Origin
of its Topographical Features. By James D. Dana. 8vo. Pamph. New
Haven, 1870. From the Author.

Contributions to the Natural History of Nova Scotia. By J. Matthew Jones,
F. L.S. Insecta. Coleoptera, Parti. 8vo. Halifax, 1870. From the Author.

Verzeichniss der Kafer Deutschlands von Dr. G. Kraatz. 8vo. Pamph.
Berlin, 1869. From the Author.

Sur les Insectes fossiles du Calcaire lithographique de la Bavieére, qui se
trouvent au Musée Teyler; par H. Weyenbergh, Jr. 8vo. Pamph. Harlem,
1869. From the Author.

Annual Report of the State Geologist of New Jersey, for 1869. By Geo. H.
Cook. 8vo. Pamph. Trenton, N. J., 1870. From the Author.

Land and Fresh Water Shells of North America, Parti. By W. G. Binney
and T. Bland. 8vo. Washington, 1869. From the Authors.

Flora Brasiliensis; ediderunt Carolus Fridericus Philippus de Martius. Fasc.
XLVI, XLVI. Folio. Lipsiz, 1869. From Mrs. B. D. Greene.

The American Monthly Magazine. N.S8., Vol. 1, April—June, 1836; 11, Aug.,
Sept., 1836; m1, Jan.—April and June, 1837; 1v, July, Aug., Nov., Dec., 1837.
8vo. Boston and New York. From Miss Joy.

Revue des-Cours Scientifiques de la France et de ’Etranger. 7° Année, No.
3. 4to. Paris, 1869. Krom Professor Agassiz.

Two Photographs of the “ Cushing’? Elm, in Hingham. From Mr. F. U.
Tracy.

Franklin Society Publications. I. The Printer. By James W. Sheahan.
4to. Pamph. Chicago, 1869. From the Franklin Society of Chicago.

Bibliotheca Historico-Naturalis. Jahrg. xviu, Heft 2; xix, 1. 8vo. Gdot-
tingen, 1869. From Mr. L. W. Schmidt.

The Hingham Journal. Vol. xx, No. 26. Folio, 1869. From Mr. T. T.
Bouve.

Memoir of George Livermore. By Charles Deane. 8vo. Pamph. Cam-
bridge, 1869. From Rev. R. C. Waterston.

Annual Report.] 336 [May 4,

Annual Reports of the Superintendent of Public Instruction of the State of
New York, 11th, 138th-15th. 8vo. Albany, 1865, 1867-9. From Hon. A. B.
Weaver.

Observations sur diverses Diatomées servant de Tests. Par E. Hartnack.
8vo. Pamph. Anvers, 1865. From Mr. C. Stodder.

Catalogue of the Officers and Students in Yale College, 1869-70. 8vo.
Pamph. New Haven, 1869. From the Trustees.

Forty-sixth Annual Report of the Mercantile Library Company of Philadel-
phia. Svo. Pamph. January, 1869. From the Company.

Prang’s Chromo Journal. Nos. 1-5. 4to. Boston, 1868, 1869. From Mr. L.
Prang.

Medallion of J. E. and M. E. Gray. From Dr. J. E. Gray.

The History and Development of Races. Annual Address before the State
Historical Society of Wisconsin, Feb. 28, 1869. By Hon. Harlow S. Orton.
8vo. Pamph. Madison, 1869. From the Society.

British Butterflies. By W.S. Coleman. 16mo. London, 1862. From Mr.
C. S. Minot.

L’Organization du Regne Animal par Emile Blanchard. Arachnides, Livr.
1-18. 4to. Paris, 1852. From Mr. Wm. Holden.

Stereograph of the Fertile and Sterile Fronds of a fringed and tufted Fern
found in Wilton, N. H. From Mr. Wm. Edwards.

Eighteenth Annual Report of the Trustees of the Free Public Library of the
City of New Bedford. 8vo. Pamph. 1870. From the Trustees.

Third Report of the Commissioners of Fisheries of the State of Maine, 1869.
8vo. Augusta, 1870. From Mr. Chas. G. Atkins.

Report of the Commissioners of Fisheries for the year ending January 1,
1870. 8vo. Pamph. Boston. From Mr. Theodore Lyman.

Report on the Invertebrata of Massachusetts, published agreeably to an Order
of the Legislature. Second Edition, comprising the Mollusca. By Augustus
A. Gould, M. D. Edited by W. G. Binney. 8vo. Boston, 1870. From the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts. :

The Fibre Plants of India, Africa and our Colonies. By James H. Dickson.
8vo. London. From Mr. C. J. Sprague.

Supplement to the Catalogue of Books in the Mercantile Library of the City
of New York. 8vo. 1869. From the Mercantile Library Association.

Report on the Lewis Gold Mine, White County, Georgia. Made by Adelberg
and Raymond. 8vo. Pamph. New York, 1866. From Dr. S. Kneeland.

Fourteenth and Fifteenth Annual Reports of the Board of St. Louis Public
Schools, 1867-8, 1868-9. 8vo. From the Public School Library Society.

Experiments upon the Physiological Action of Bromide of Potassium and
Ammonium. By Robert Amory, M.D. 8vo. Pamph. Boston, 1869.

A Contribution to the Physiological Study of Veratrum viride and Veratria.
By the same, and S. G. Webber, M.D. 12mo. Pamph. Boston, 1869. From —
the Author, Dr. Amory.

The Surface Geology of the Basin of the Great Lakes and the Valley of the
Mississippi. By J.S. Newberry, M.D. 8vo. Pamph. New York, 1869.

1870.] } aot [Annual Report.

The Geological Survey of Ohio; its Progress in 1869. By the same. Address
to the Legislature, February 7, 1870. 8vo. Pamph. New York. From the
Author.

Observations on the Genus Unio. By Isaac Lea. Vol. mr. Index to Vol.
xu and Supplementary Index to Vols. 1-x1, Vol. 11. 4to. Philadelphia, 1869.

Notes on Microscopic Crystals included in some Minerals. By the same.
8vo. Pamph. Philadelphia, 1869. From the Author.

Origine de la Navigation et de la Péche, par Gabriel de Mortillet. 8vo.
Pamph. Paris, 1867.

L’Epoque quaternaire dans la Vallée du P6. By the same. 8vo. Pamph.
Paris, 1864. From the Author.

Morphologische, Anatomische und Physiologische Fragmente. Von Paul
Reinsch. 8vo. Pamph. Moskau, 1865.
Die Meteorsteine. By thesame. 4to. Pamph. 1869. From the Author.

First Annual Report upon the Geology and Mineralogy of the State of New
Hampshire. By C. H. Hitchcock. 8vo. Pamph. Manchester, 1869.

The Elevation of Mountains. By thesame. 8vo. Pamph. Hanover, N. H.,
1870. From the Author.

On the Meteoric Stone which fell December 5th, 1868, in Franklin County,
Alabama. By George J. Brush. 8vo. Pamph. New Haven, 1869.

On Durangite, a Fluo-arsenate from Durango in Mexico. By the same. 8vo.
Pamph. New Haven, 1869. From the Author.

Additamenta ad Historiam pe bandarcm. Af Chr. Fr. Liitken. 4to.
Pamph. Kjdbenhavn, 1869.

Om Ganoidernes Begrzendsning og Inddeling. By thesame. 8vo. Pamph.
Kjobenhavn, 1869. rom the Author.

Intorno ad Alcuni Insetti perforatori dei Metalli. Memoria del Dottor Gian
Antonio Bianconi. 4to. Pamph. Bologna, 1867.

Sul Rhynchoprion columbae Hermann o Argas reflexus Latr. By the same.
4to. Pamph. Bologna, 1867. From the Author.

Description d’une nouvelle Espéce Américaine du Genre Caiman (Alligator),
par M. Alf. Preudhomme de Borre. 8vo. Pamph. Bruxelles, 1869.

Description d’un jeune Individu de la Dermatemys mawii. By the same.
8vo. Pamph. Bruxelles, 1869. From the Author.

_ Report on the Waverley Gold District, with Geological Maps and Sections.
By Henry Youle Hind, M. A. 8vo. Pamph. Halifax, N. S., 1869.

Preliminary Report on a Gneissoid Series underlying the gold-bearing Rocks
of Nova Scotia. By the same. 8vo. Pamph. Halifax, N. S., 1870. From
the Author.

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.—VOL. XIII. 22 DECEMBER, 1870.

Annual Report. } 338 {May 4,

Description of a new species of Protichnites from the Potsdam Sandstone of
New York. By O. C. Marsh. 8vo. Pamph. New Haven, 1869.

Notice of some new Mosasauroid Reptiles from the Greensand of New Jersey,
etc. By thesame. 8vo. Pamph. New Haven, 1869.

On the Preservation of Color in Fossils from Palzeozoic Formations. By the
same. 8vo. Pamph.

Notice of some Fossil Birds from the Cretaceous and Tertiary Formations of
the United States. By the same. 8vo. Pamph. New Haven, 1870. From
the Author.

Untersuchungen iiber die Gattung der Klippsschliefer (Hyrax herm). Von
Johann Fr. Brandt. 8vo and 4to. Pamphs. St. Petersburg, 1869.

De Dinotheriorum Genere Elephantidorum Familiz adjungendo, etc. By the
same. 8yvoand 4to. Pamphs. St. Petersburg, 1869.

Wenige Worte in Bezug auf die Erwiderungen in Betreff der Vertilgung der
Nordischen Seekuh. By the same. 8vo. Pamph. Moskau, 1868.

Einige Worte iiber die europiisch asiatischen Storarten (Sturionides). By
the same. 8vo. Pamph. St. Petersburg, 1869. From the Author.

Map of Alaska, photographed from the original drawing by W. H. Dall.

Observations on the Geology of Alaska. By thesame. 8vo. Pamph.

Alaska and Adjoining Territory, 1869. From a Reconnaissance by the same.
Map.

Materials for a Monograph of the Family Lepetide. By the same. 8vo.
Pamph. Philadelphia, 1869.

List of the Birds of Alaska, with biographical Notes. By W. H. Dall and
H. M. Bannister. 8vo. Pamph. Chicago. From the Author.

A Catalogue of Birds found in Costa Rica. By George N. Lawrence. 8vo.
Pamph.

Description of seven New Species of American Birds from various localities,
with a note on Zonotrichia melanotis. By the same. 8vo. Pamph. Philadel-
phia, 1868.

Catalogue of Birds from Puna Island, Gulf of Guayaquil, in the Museum of
the Smithsonian Institution, collected by J. F. Reeve, Esq. By the same. 8vo.
Pamph. New York, 1869.

List of a Collection of Birds from Northern Yucatan. By the same. 8vo.
Pamph. New York, 1869.

Characters of some New South American Birds, with Notes on other rare or
little known species. By the same. 8vo. Pamph. New York, 1869. From
the Author.

Sur les Phénoménes périodiques en général. Par M. Ad. Quetelet. 8vo.
Pamph. Bruxelles, 1868.

Taille de 1Homme a Venise, pour PAge de vingt Ans. By the same. 8vo.
Pamph. Bruxelles, 1869.

Physique Sociale. Sur l’Homme et les Développement de ses Facultés. By
the same. €vo. Pamph. Bruxelles, 1868.

.

1870.) 339 [Annual Report.

Sur la sixiéme Session du Congrés statisque des différents Peuples, tenu &
Florence, du 27 Septembre au 5 October, 1867. By the same. 8vo. Pamph.
Bruxelles, 1867.

Progrés des Travaux Statistiques. By the same. 8vo. Pamph. Bruxelles,
1868. From the Author.

Intorno al Magnetismo trasversale alla Direzione della Corrente Elettrica.
Experimenti dei Prof. Francesco Zantedeschi. 8vo. Pamph. Padova, 1869.

Incertezze della Livellazione Barometrica e Geodetica. By thesame. 8vo.
Pamph. Brescia, 1865.

Termografia-Agghiacciamento. Memoria. By the same. 4to. Pamph.
Roma, 1869.

Annotazioni alla Topografia Atmosferica della Statistica Italiana teorica e
pratica del Cav. Avy. Luigi Guala. Bythe same. 8vo. Pamph. Padova,
1869.

Suil’ Esistenza delle Linee Longitudinali dello Spretto solare, etc. By the
same. 8vo. Pamph. Venezia, 1869. :

Delle Oscillazioni Calorifiche orarie, diurne, mensili ed annue del 1867. By
the same. 8vo. Venezia, 1870.

Comunicazione Telegrafica tra l’Europa e America. By the same. 8vo.
Pamph. 1870. From the Author.

Studi sul Tarso-metatarso degli Ucceli, etc., del Professore Gio. Giuseppe
Bianconi. 4to. Bologna, 1863.

Degli Scritti di Marco Polo e dell’ Uccello Ruc da lui menzionato. Memoria
1,11. Bythesame. 4to. Bologna, 1862, 1868.

Descrizione delle Forme Cristailine di Zolfo delle Miniere del Cesenate. By
the same. 4to. Pamph. Bologna, 1861.

Alcuni Ricerche sui Capreoli delle Cucurbitacee. By the same. 4to. Pamph.
Bologna, 1855.

Repertorio Italiano per la Storia Naturale. By the same. Anno 1853, 1854.
8vo. Bononiez.

Intorno alla Modernita del Delta di Egitto. Bythesame. 8vo. Pamph.
Bologna, 1851.

Dei Calore prodotto per |’ Attrito fra Fluidi e Solidi, etc. By the same. 8vo.
Pamph. Bologna, 1862.

Cenni Storici sugli Studj Paleontologici e geologici in Bologna, etc. By the
same. 8yvo. Pamph. Milano, 1862.

Antiche Nozioni intorno alla Origine dell’ Ambra grigia. By the same.
8yo. Pamph. Bologna, 1864.

Intorno al Giacimento delle Fuciti, etc. By the same. 8vo. Pamph. Mi-
lano, 1867.

Les Singes et 1Homme. By thesame. 8vo. Pamph. Versailles, 1865.

Sul Sistema Vascolare delle Foglie. By the same. 8yo. Pamph. Bologna,
1838.

On Meteorites. By the same. 8vo. Pamph. London, 1863. From the
Author.

Annual Report.] 340 [May 4,

Public Library of the City of Boston. Bulletin, Nos. 10-12. 8vo. 1869.
Seventeenth Annual Report of the Trustees. 8vo. 1869. From the Trustees.

Observations sur l’Origine des Corps Météoriques, Aérolithes, Bolides ou Pi-
erres qu’on dit tombées du Ciel. Par Mme. Jeannette Power. 8vo. Pamph.
Paris, 1867.

Observations et Expériences Physiques sur les Mceurs, la Nourriture, etc.,
d’ Aminaux Marins et Terrestres. Par Mme. Jeannette Power. 8vo. Pamph.
Paris, 1867. From Mr. Maurice Colmache.

Daily Programme of the Eighteenth Meeting of the American Association
for the Advancement of Science, commencing August 8, 1869. 8vo. Pamph.
Salem.

Photograph of George Peabody. From Mr. F. W. Putnam.

Alphabetical Catalogue of the Library of Congress. Supplements for 1867,
1868. 8vo. Washington.

Report of the Librarian for the year 1869. 8vo. Pamph. Washington.
From the Librarian.

Institutions of Entomology. By Thomas Pattinson Yeats. 8vo. London,
1773.

Untersuchungen iiber die Entwickelung des Schadelgrundes. Von Rudolf
Virchow. Folio. Berlin, 1857. From Dr. B. Joy Jeffries.

The Pathology of Drunkenness. By Thomas Sewall, M.D. 4to. Pamph.
Albany, 1841.

Lectures on Geology. By C Charles Lyell. 8vo. Pamph. New York, 1848.
From Dr. J. Parkman.

Verzeichniss Sammtlicher von der Kais. Akademie der Wissenschaften seit
ihrer Griindung bis letzten October 1868 veroffentlichen Denkschriften. 8yo.
Wien, 1869.

Bibliotheca Historico-Naturalis Physico-Chemica et Mathematica. Jahrg.
xvi, Heft.2; x1x,1. 8vo. 1869, 1870. From Mr. B. Westermann.

First and Second Reports of the Civil Service Commission. 8vo. Ottawa,
1869.

Tables of the Trade and Navigation of the Dominion of Canada for the fiscal
Year ending 30th June, 1869. 8vo. Ottawa, 1870. From Major L. A. H.
Latour.

A New Meteoric Iron—‘“‘ The Wisconsin Meteorites’? — with some Remarks
on the Widmannstatian Figures. By J. Lawrence Smith. 8vo. Pamph. New
Haven, 1869.

Photographs illustrating Widmannstatian Figures in Meteoric Tron. From
Prof. J. L. Smith.

1870.] 341 [Aunual Report.

Nouvelle Théorie du Métamorphisme des Roches. Par le chev. C. Montagna.
8vo. Naples, 1869.

De la Houille dans le Royaume d’Italie. By the same. 8vo. Paris, 1867.
From Dr. A. A. Hayes.

Peabody Institute, Baltimore, Md. Address of the President to the Board
of Trustees on the Organization and Government of the Institute, February 12,
:1870. 8vo. Pamph.
Discourse on the Life and Character of George Peabody. By Severn Teackle
Wallis. Published by the Peabody Institute. 8vo. Pamph. Baltimore, 1870.
- From the Peabody Institute.

New Geological Map of Wisconsin, prepared mostly from original Observa-
tions, by I. A. Lapham. Milwaukee, 1869.

A Map of Wisconsin. Prepared for the Legislative Manual, by the same.
Milwaukee, 1868.

The Bureau. Vol. 1, No.4. 4to. Chicago, 1870. From Mr. I. A. Lapham.

Manual for the use of the General Court, 1869-70. 12mo. Boston.

Language for the Hand and the Eye. 8vo. Pamph. Boston, 1870.

Catalogue of Dissolving Views and Magic Lantern Slides, painted by C. W.
Briggs, Norton, Mass. 8vo. Pamph. Waltham, 1870. From Mr. F. G.
Sanborn.

Das Leben der Insekten in Bezug auf den Gartenbau. Von Dr. Kriech-
baumer. 8vo. Pamph. 1864.

Hymenopterologische Beitrage. Von Dr. J. Kriechbaumer. 1. 8vo. Pamph.
Wien, 1869.

Beitrag zur Dipterenfauna Tirols. Von Josef Palm. 8vo. Pamph. Wien,
1869.

Ueber die Mikroskope Nordamerikas. Von Dr. H. Hagen. 8vo. Pamph.
1870. From Dr. Hagen.

Financial Reconstruction and Specie Payments. Speech of Hon. Charles
Sumner, January 12,1870. 8vo. Pamph. Washington.

Report of the Commissioner of Agriculture for the year 1868. 8vo. Wash-
ington, 1869.

Patent Office Report, 1867, Vols. 1-1v. 8vo., Washington, 1868.

Laws of Neutrality. Speech of Hon. O. P. Morton, Senate, February 9, 1870.
8vo. Pamph.

Report of the Superintendent of the United States Coast Survey, showing
the Progress of the Survey during the year 1866. 4to. Washington, 1869.
. From Hon. Charles Sumner.

Mélanges Orthoptérologiques. Par Henri de Saussure. Fasc.1,2. 4to.
Genéve, 1869.
Etudes sur 1’ Aile des Orthoptéres. By the same. 8vo. Pamph.

Annual Report.] 342 [May 4,

Hyménoptéres divers du Musée Godeffroy. By the same. 8vo. Pamph.

Essai d’un Systéme des Mantides. By the same. 8vo. Pamph.

Essai monographique sur les Oxybelus du Bassin du Léman (Insectes Hy mé-
nopteres). Par Frédéric Chevrier. 8vo. Pamph. Schaffhouse, 1868. From
M. Henri de Saussure.

Lés przedpotopowy Krzéslicki. (Alces fossiles Krzeslicensis.) Dr. Jézef
Szafarkiewicz. 4to. Pamph.

Die Christenverfolgungen der ersten drei Jahrhunderte. Eine Studie von
Rudolf Plehwe. 4to. Pamph.

Ueber den Fiirstentag in Luck am 6. Januar des Jahres 1429. 4to. Pamph.

Die Erlernung der franzdsischen Sprache. Von Brennecke. 4to. Pamph.
Colberg, 1849.

Reisebriefe. 1. Von Leibnitz bis Napoleon nr. 8vo. Pamph.

Molluscorum Systema et Catalogus. System und Aufzaihlung sémmtlicher.
Conchylien der Sammlung von Fr. Paetel. Herausgegeben von Dr. S. W.
Schaufuss. 8vo. Dresden, 1869. From Dr. Feliz Flugel.

Catalogo delle principali Specie di Funghi crescenti nei contorni di Torino.
Per del Dott. Coll. Cav. Antonio Garbiglietti. 4to. Pamph. Torino, 1867.

Intorno all’ Opera Manoscritta del Dottore Francesco Valenti Serini sopra i
Funghi sospetti e velenosi del Terr. Sanese. By the same. 8vo. Pamph.
Torino, 1864.

Descrizione di Celosoma’ dirino con exencefalia idrocefalica. By the same,
and A. Moriggia. 8vo. Pamph. Torino, 1870.

Catalogus Hemipterorum Heteropterorum Italiz indigenarum. By the same.
8vo. Pamph. Florentiz, 1869.

Cenni istologici sul seme del Solanum lycopersicum L. By the same, and A.
Moriggia. 8vo. Pamph. Milano, 1868.

Intorno all’ Opuscolo del Dott. G. Bernardo Davis intitclato Dutch Anthropol-
ogy. Bythesame. 8vo. Pamph. Torino, 1866.

Ricerche intorno alla conformazione del Bacino delle Donne Giavanesi. By
the same. 8vo. Pamph. Torino, 1868.

Sopra alcuni recenti Scritti di Craniologia Etnografica di Dottori G. Nico-
luccie G. B. Davis. By the same. 8vo. Pamph. Torino, 1866.

Sull’ Antropologia della Grecia. By the same. 8vo. Pamph. Torino, 1868.

Antichita dell’ Uomo nell’ Italia Centrale. Nota del Dott. Nicolucci. By
the same. 8vo. Pamph. Torino, 1868.

Lettera indirizzata al Dottore Olivetti. By thesame. 8vo. Pamph. Tor-
ino, 1868.

Il Cervello di un Negro della Ghinea pel Dottore G. B. Davis. By the same.
8vo. Pamph. Torino, 1868.

Sopra il Cranio ed Encefalo di un Idiota. Memoria di Paolo Gaddi. §8vo.
Pamph. Torino, 1868. :

Intorno all’ Opera dei Dottori G. B. Davis e J. Thurnam intitolata Crania
Britafiica. By thesame. 8vo. Pamph. Torino, 1869.

Intorno all’ Opuscolo del dottore G. B. Davis sul Cranio Umano subfossile di
Neanderthal. By the same. 8vo. Pamph. Torino, 1865. °

1870.] 343 {Annual Report.

Rivista Bibliografica, 1866, 1867. 8vo. Torino.

La Paleoetnologia in Roma, in Napoli, nella Marche e nelle Legazioni,
Relazione del dottore Luigi Pigorini. 8vo. Pamph.* Parma, 1867.

Annuario del Museo Zoologico della R. Universita di Napoli. Per Achille
Costa. 8vo. Pamph. Torino, 1868. From Dr. Garbiglietti.

Entomological Notes, m. By Samuel H. Scudder. 8vo. Pamph.

Descriptions of new Species of Orthoptera in the Collection of the American
Entomological Society. Bythesame. 8vo. Pamph. Philadelphia, 1869.

A Preliminary List of the Butterflies of lowa. By thesame. 8vo. Pamph.
Chicago, 1869.

Record of American Entomology for the year 1868. Edited by A. S. Pack-
ard, Jr.,M. D. 8vo. Salem, 1869.

Act of Incorporation and By-Laws of the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia. Proof Copy. Report of the Committee to revise the By-Laws.
8vo. Pamph. 1866.

Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution for
1868. 8vo. Washington, 1869.

Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the University of Wisconsin for
the year ending September 30, 1869. Svo. Pamph. Madison.

Orthopterologische Studien. Von C. Brunner vy. Wattenwyl. 1. 8vo. Pamph.
Wien, 1861.

Ueber Tetraplatia volitans. Von Dr. A. Krohn. 8vo. Pamph. Berlin, 1865.

Zusammenstellung der Echiniden der Gruppe der Diademiden. Von Wilh.
Bolsche. 8vo. Pamph. Berlin, 1865.

The Birds of East Pennsylvania and New Jersey. By William P. Turnbull,
LL.D. 8vo. Pamph. Philadelphia, 1869.

General Laws and Resolves passed by the Legislature of Massachusetts dur-
ing the Session of 1869. 8vo. Boston. .

Das Amiens-Geroll von Herrn Alfred Tylor. 8vo. Pamph. Stuttgart, 1869.

Good Health. Vol.1. 8vo. Boston, 1869-70.

The American Journal of Horticulture: Vol. m1, No.2. 8vo. Boston, 1868.

Ueber eine fossile Gattung der Afterscorpione, von Custos Corda. 8vo.
Pamph.

D. D. Opat{rJum Insecti Genus. Quod Venia exp. Fac. Med. Upsal.
Preside C. P. Thunberg. P. P. Axelius Loffman in Audit. Botanico d. 1x.
Jun. 1821. 4to. Pamph. Upsalie.

De Locustis, etc., in Academia Jenensi sub Presidio Joh. Parlihebenstreiti,
d.xxvi. Aug. 1693 publicé disputabit Christianus Prange. 4to. Pamph.
Jenz. From Mr. S. H. Scudder.

Education in Massachusetts. A Lecture delivered before the Lowell Institute,
_ February 16,1869. By George B. Emerson. 8vo. Boston, 1869.
Encyclopédie Méthodique. Botanique. Par M. le Chevalier de Lamarck.
Tomes I-vuil; Suppl. 1-v. 4to. Paris, 1789-1817.
Tableau Encyclopédique et Méthodique des trois Régnes de la Nature,
Botanique. Par M. le Chevalier de la Mark. Tomes 1-111 et Planches. 4tea
Paris, 1791-1823.

Annual Report.] 344 [May 4,

Historia Plantarum Universalis. Auctoribus Johanne Bauhino et Joh. Hen-
rico Cherlero. Tom. 1-111. Folio. Ebroduni, 1650-51.

Algues de la Normandie. Par M. Roberge et J. Chauvin. Fasc. yi.
Folio. Caen, 1826-381.

Herbier dela France. Par M. Bulliard. Vols. 1-111. 4to. Paris, 1780.

Icones Fucorum. Von Eugenius Johann Christoph Esper. 2 vols. 4to.
Niirnberg, 1800.

Muscologia Recentiorum a Sam. El. Bridel. T. 1, 11 et Suppl. 4to. Gothae,
1797-1822.

Caroli Linnzi Systema Plantarum Europae. Tom. I-1v, vi, vm. 8vo. Col-
oniz-Allobrogum, 1785-7.

Géographie Botanique Raisonnée. Par M. Alph. De Candolle. Tom. 1, 11.
8vo. Paris, 1855.

Histoire Naturelle des Végétaux. Phanérogames. Par M. Edouard Spach.
Tom. 1-vit et Atlas. 8vo. Paris, 1834-9.

Florae Siculae Synopsis. Auctore Joanne Gussone. Vols. 1,1. 8vo. Neapoli,
1842-4.

The Botanist’s Companion. By William Salisbury. Vols.1,m. 8vo. Lon-
don, 1816.

Guide du Botaniste, par E. Germain. 8vo. Paris, 1852.

Synopsis Methodica Fungorum. Auctore Dr. C. H. Persoon. 8vo. Got-
tings, 1801.

De Fungorum Origine. Auctor Carolus Ludovicus Blottner. 8vo. Pamph.
Hale.

Caroli Godofredi Hagen Tentamen Historie Lichenum et presertim Prussi-
corum. 8vo. Regiomonti, 1782.

Caroli & Linné Systema Vegetabilium. Editio decima quinta. 8yo. Got-
tinge, 1797. :

Die Wilde Baumzucht. Von Carl Ludewig Willdenow. 8vo. Berlin, 1811.

Anatomie der Pflanzen von Karl Asmund Rudolphi. 8vo. Berlin, 1807.

Filicum Species in Horto Regio Botanico Berolinensi cultae. Recensitae a
Henr. Frid. Link. 8vo. Berolini, 1841.

Hortus Americanus: containing an Account of the Trees, Shrubs, etc., of
South America and the West India Islands, and particularly of the Island of
Jamaica. By the late Dr. Henry Barham. 8vo. Kingston, 1794.

Mémoires sur l’Utilité des Lichens. Par MM. Hoffmann, Amoreux fils et
Willemet. 8vo. Lyon, 1787.

Histoire des Lichens. Genre Sticta. Par D. Delise. 8vo. Paris, 1822.

Icones Algarum Europezarum. Représentation d’Algues Européennes. Par
C. A. Agardh. 8vo. Leipsic, 1828-35.

‘“‘ Kalefiophytes.’”? Agardh, Bornet, Pringsheim, Brébisson. 8vo.

Enumeratio Plantarum Vascularium Inarmiensium. Auctore Joanne Gus-
sone. 8vo. Neapoli, 1855. ;

Recherches Chimiques et Microscopiques sur les Conferves, Bisses, ete. Par
Girod-Chantrans. 4to. Paris, 1802.

Das entdeckte Geheimniss der Natur im Bau und in der Befruchtung der
Blumen. Von Christian Konrad Sprengel. 4to. Berlin, 1793.

1870.] 345 {Annual Report.

Sylloge Plantarum Florae Neapolitanae hucusque detectarum. Auctore
Michaele Tenore. Tom. 1, et Append. 8-5. 8vo. Neapoli, 1831.

A Synopsis of North American Willows. By N. J. Andersson. 8vo. Pamph.
Cambridge, 1858.

Essais sur une Classification des Algues et des Polypiers Calciféres. Mé-
moire sur les Corallines. Par J. Decaisne. 8vo. Pamph. Paris, 1842.

J. T. Kleinii Plantarum Marmarum Fabricam Vermiculosam. 8vo. Petrop-
oli, 1760.

Histoire des Champignons Comestibles et Vénéneux par Joseph Roques.
Atlas. Folio. Paris.

Stirpes Cryptogamicae a Joanne Hedwigio. Folio. Lipsiae, 1785.
_ Cours Elémentaire d’Histoire Naturelle. Botanique, par M. Adrien de Jus-
sieu. 6° Ed. 8vo. Paris, 1855.

Caroli Linnaei Fundamentorum Botanicorum. Tomus 1. 8vo. Coloniz-
Allobrogum, 1786.

Lichenographia Universalis. Redegit Erik Acharius. 4to. Gottinge, 1810.

From Mr. Geo. B. Emerson.

Kongliga Svenska Vetenskaps Akademien, Stockholm. Handlingar, -x..
Nya Handlingar, 1-Lxxu. 8vo. 1739-1854. Ny Foljd, Bd. v, 2; v1; vu, 1.
4to. 1864-7. Register, 1739-1825. 8vo. Ofversigt af Forhandlingar, Arg. 1-
X, XXII-XxXy. 1845-53, 1865-68. Lefnadsteckningar ofver Ledaméter, Band
1, Haft. 1. 1868. Ledamoter 1866-9. 8vo. ;

Kongliga Svenska Fregatten Eugenies Resa. Zoologi, vi. 4to. Stockholm,
1868.

Icones Selectae Hymenomycetum nondum delineatorum. Editae ab Elia
Fries. Fasc.1,11. Folio. Holmiae, 1867.

Hemiptera Africana descripsit Carolus Stal. Tom. 1-1vy. 8vo. Holmiae,
1864-6.

Sketch of the Geology of Spitebersen: by A. E. Nordenskiold. 8vo. Pamph.
Stockholm, 1867.

Die Thierarten des Aristoteles von den Klassen der Saugethiere, Vogel, Rep-
tilien und Insekten. Von Carl J. Sundevall. 8vo. Stockholm, 1863.

Conspectum Avium Picinarum edidit Carolus J. Sundevall. 8vo. Stock-
holmiae, 1866.

Om Gotlands Nutida Mollusker af G. Lindstrém. 8vo. Pamph. Wisby,
1868. ;

Ophiuroidea viventia huc usque counts enumerat A. Ljungman. §8vo,
Pamph. Holmiz, 1867.

Phanogenia, ett hittills okindt slagte af fria Crinoideer. Af S. Lovén. 8vo.
Pamph. Stockholm, 1866.

Om Leskia mirabilis Gray. Af S.Lovén. 8vo. Pamph. Stockholm, 1867.

Om en miarklig i Nordsjén lefvande Art af Spongia. Af S. Lovén. 8vo.
Pamph. Stockholm, 1868.

On some Fossils found in the Eophyton Sandstone at Lugnis in Sweden,
By J. G. O. Linnarsson. 8vo. Pamph. Stockholm, 1869.

On the existence of rocks containing organic substances in the fundamental

Annual Report.] ; 346 [May 4,

gneiss of Sweden. By L. I. Igelstrém, A. E. Nordenskidld and F. L. Ekman.
8vo. Pamph. Stockholm, 1867.

Sveriges Geologiska Undersékning, Stockholm. Nos. 26-30, Blad. 26-30.
8vo. Blad., folio. 1868.

Bergen’s Museum, Bergen. Sondre Bergenhus Amtsformandskabs Forhand-
linger i Aaret, 1867, 1868. 8vo.

Indbydelsesskrift til den offentlige Examen i Bergens Kathedralskole, 1868,
1869. 8vo. Bergen.

Les Péches de la Norwége par Herman Baars. 8vo. Pamph. Boulogne-
sur-Mer, 1866.

Beretning om den internationale Fiskeriudstilling i Boulogne-sur-Mer, 1866,
af Herm. Baars. 8vo. Pamph. Bergen, 1867.

Lesebok i Landsmaalet. Ved Olav Paulson. 12mo. Bergen, 1869.

Facitbog til Regnebog for Begyndere af G. C. Krogh. 8yo. Pamph., Ber-
gen, 1869.

Kortfattet Fremstilling af det norske Landsmaals Grammatik ved M. Ny-
gaard. 8vo. Pamph. Bergen, 1867.

Om Maalsagen og det Bergenske Maalstrevy. Af E. Mohn. 8vo. Pamph.
Bergen, 1868.

Han og Ho. Af Kristofer Janson. 12mo. Bergen, 1868.

Marit Skjolte. Av Kristofer Janson. 12mo. Bergen, 1868.

Fra Norge. Af Kristofer Janson. 12mo. Kjobenhavn, 1868.

Norska Gaator famlade av Stiftamtmann W. F. K. Christie, utgjevne ved
Kristofer Janson. 8vo. Pamph. Bergen, 1868.

Praktisk Geometri indeholdende Plangeometri og Stereometri. Af G. C.
Krogh. 8vo. Bergen, 1869.

Beretning om Lungegaardshospitalets Virksomhed i Treaaret 1865-7. Ved
D. C. Danielssen. 8vo. Pamph. Christiania, 1868.

Om Spedalskhedens Therapie. Af D. C. Danielssen. 8vo; Pamph. Ber-
gen, 1868.

Kongelige Norske Frederiks Universitet, Christiania. Notice of the death of
Dr. Sars. Aarsberetning for Aaret 1868 med Bilage. 8vo. 1869. Universi-
tets-Program, 1856, 1, 2 (Voss); 1858, 2; 1859, 2 (Broch); 1860, 2; 1869, 1
(Voss, Sexe). Solennia Academica in Memoriam sacrorum per Lutherum Re-
formatorum, 1825, 1826, 1828-35, 1838-41, 1843, 1844. Diein Natalem augustis-
simi Regis Caroli Joannis, 1825-34, 1836-38, 1844. Dissertations, 8 pamphlets.
4to. '

Nyt Magazin for Naturvidenskaberne, Bind xv1, Heft. 1-4. 8vo. Chris-
tiania, 1869.

Forhandlinger ved de Skandinaviske Naturforskeres tiende Méde i Christiania
fra den 42° til den 10% Juli 1868. 8vo. Christiania, 1869.

Physiographiske Forening, Christiania. Nyt Magazin for Naturvidenska-
berne, Bind 1, Heft 1. 8vo. 1835. Register, Bind. 1-xv. 8vo. 1869.

Kongelige Norske Videnskabers—Selskab, Throndhjem. Skrifter det 19%
Aarhundrede, Bind xv, Heft. 1,2. 8vo. 1865-8.

Verein nordlich der Elbe zur Verbreitung naturwissenschaftlicher Kenntnisse,
Kiel. Mittheilungen, Heft. 1-1x. 8vo and 4to. 1857-69.

1870.] 347 [Annual Report.

Kongelige danske Videnskabernes Selskab, Kjobenhavn. Skrifter, 5 Raekke,
natury. og math. Afd., Band vii, 2-5. 4to. 1869. Oversigt, 1867,7; 1868, 3-
5; 1869, 1,2. 8vo. ;

Om Ventilation af Private Bygninger. Af Chr. Krarup. 8vo. ESB ;
Kjobenhavn, 1869.

Kongelige Nordiske Oldskrift-Selskab, ibenhae Antiquarisk Tidsskrift,
1843, 1846-63. Mémoires, 1840-49; nouvelle série, 1867, 1868. 8vo. Régle-
ment Général. 4to. Pamph.

Tillaeg til Aarboger for Nordisk Oldkyndighed og Historie. Aarg. 1867-8.
8vo.

Naturhistorisk Forening i Kjébenhavn. Videnskabelige Meddelelser, Aaret
1866, 1867. 8vo. ;

Dorpater Naturforscher-Gesellschaft, Dorpat. Archiv fir die Naturkunde,
Liv- Ehst- und Kurlands, Erste Serie, Band tv. 1868. Sitzungsberichte,
Band mu. 1869. Verhandlungen, 48'° Sitzung. 1869. 8vo.

Gelehrte estnische Gesellschaft, Dorpat. Verhandlungen, Band v, Heft 4,
1869. Sitzungsberichte, 1868. Schriften, No.7. 1869. 8vo.

Finska Vetenskaps-Societeten, Helsingfors. Ofversigt af Forhandlingar, 1x~
x1. 1869. Bidrag till Kannedom af Finlands Natur och Folk, Haft. x1-x1v.
Helsingfors, 1868, 1869. 8vo.

Notiser ur Sdllskapets pro Fauna et Flora Fennica Forhandlingar, Haft. x.
8vo. Helsingfors, 1869.

Gedachtnissrede auf Alexander von Nordmann, den 29 April 1867 von Dr.
Otto E. A. Hjelt. 8vo. Pamph. Helsingfors, 1868.

Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou. Bulletin, 1868, Nos. m-1v.
8vo.

Imperial Moscow Society of Rural Economy. Journal, 1868, Nos. 1-8; 1869,
7. Russian Rural Economy, Vols. 1, Nos. 1-3; 11, 4. 1869. Four pamphlets on
agricultural subjects. 8vo.

Naturforscher-Verein, Riga. Correspondenzblatt, Jahrg. xv. 8vo. 1869.

Académie Impériale des Sciences, St.-Pétersbourg. Mémoires, Tomes xu,
Nos. 4, 5; x11; xIv, 1-7. 1868, 1869. Bulletin, Tome xt, Nos. 4,5; xiv,
1-3. 4to.

Imperial Russian Geographical Society, St. Petersburg. Journal, Vols. m1,
4-8; v,1I. Report, 1868. 8vo.

Societas Entomologicze Rossicze, Petropoli. Horz, Tome v; vi, 1,2. 8vo.
1867-9.

Historischer Verein von Mittelfranken, Ansbach. Jahresberichte, xxx1v-—
XXXVI. 4to. 1866-8.

Naturhistorischer Vereinin Augsburg. Bericht, xx. 8vo. 1869.

Naturforschende Gesellscheft zu Bamberg. Berichte, 1, vi-vitt. 4to. 1854.
8vo. 1863-8.

Archiv fir Naturgeschichte, Berlin. Jahrg. xxxim, Heft. 6; xxxIv, 5; xXxxv,
1-3. 8vo. 1868, 1869.

Deutsche geologische Gesellschaft, Berlin. Zeitschrift, Band. xx, Heft 4;
XxXI. 8vo. 1868, 1869.

Annual Report.} 348 [May 4,

Entomologischer Verein, Berlin. Berliner Entomologische Zeitschrift, Jahrg.
XII, 3-4; xX111. 1868, 1869. Inhalts-Verzeichniss, Jahrg. vu—-xu. 1869. 8vo.

Konigliche Preussische Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin. Abhand-
lungen, 1868. 4to. Monatsberichte, Febr.-Dec., 1869. 8vo.

Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie, Berlin. Jahrg. 1, Heft. 1-5; m,1. 8vo. 1869, 1870.

Naturhistorischer Verein der preussischen Rheinlande und Westphalens,
Bonn. Verhandlungen, Jahrg. xxv. 8vo. 1868.

Verein von Alterthumsfreunden im Rheinlande, Bonn. Jahrbucher, Heft.
XLIII-XLVI. 8yvo. 1867-9.

Fest-Programm zu Winckelmann’s Geburtstage, 1867, 1868. 4to. Bonn.

Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein, Bremen. Abhandlungen, Band u, Heft 1.
8vo. 1869.

Schlesische Gesellschaft fiir vaterlandische Cultur, Breslau. Abhandlungen,
Phil.-hist. Abth., 1868, Heft 11; 1869. Abth. f. Naturw., 1868, 1869. Jahres-
Bericht, xLvi. 1869. 8vo.

Naturforschender Verein, Briinn. Verhandlungen, Band yr. 8vo. 1868.

Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Danzig. Schriften, Neue Folge, Band 1,
Heft 2. 8vo. 1869.

Mittelrheinischer geologischer Verein, Darmstadt. Karten und Mittheilungen,
Section Lauterbach-Salzschlirf. 8vo. Kart. folio. 1868. Notizblatt des Ver-
eins fir Erdkunde, 111 Folge, Heft 7. 8vo. 1868.

Versuch einer Statistik des Grossherzogthums Hessen auf Grundlage der Bo- —
denbeschaffenheit. Von Rudolph Ludwig. 8vo. Pamph. Darmstadt, 1868.

Naturhistorischer Verein fiir Anhalt in Dessau. Verhandlungen, Bericht
XXVIII. 8vo. 1870.

Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft Isis in Dresden. Sitzungs-Berichte, 1869.
8vo.

Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Emden. Jahresbericht, 1868. 8vyo. Kleine
Schriften, x1v. 4to, 1869.

Senckenbergische naturforschende Gesellschaft in Frankfurt am Main. Ber-
icht, Band vir, Heft. 1,2. 4to. 1869.

Zoologische Gesellschaft, Frankfurt a. M. Der Zoologische Garten, Jahrg.
x. 8vo. 1869.

Oberhessische Gesellschaft fiir Natur- und Heilkunde, Giessen. Bericht, x11.
8vo. 1869.

Oberlausitzische Gesellschaft der Wissenchaften, Gorlitz. Neues Lausitzis-
ches Magazin, Band. x1, 2-4; XIII-XVI; XVII, 2-4; XVIII-XXVI; XXVIII-—
XXXIV; XXXVI-XLI; XLV, 2; XLVI, 1,2. 8vo. 1833-69.

Konigl. Gesellschaft der Wissenchaften, Gottingen. Nachrichten, 1869. Gét-
tingische gelehrte Anzeigen, 1869, Band. 1, 1. 8vo.

Verein der Aerzte in Steiermark, Graz. Sitzungs-Berichte, vi. Vereins-
jahr. 8vo. 1869.

Verein der Freunde der Naturgeschichte in Meklenburg, Giistrow. Archiv _
Jahrg. xx. 8vo. 1869.

Naturforschende Gesellschaft zu Halle. Abhandlungen, Band. x, Heft. 3, 4;
x1, 1. 4to. 1868, 1869.

1870.) 349 [Annual Report.

Naturwissenchaftlicher Verein in Halle. Zeitschrift fiir die gesammten Na-
turwissenschaften, Band. xv1I-xx11. 8vo. 1861-68.

Naturhistorisch-medizinischer Verein zu Heidelberg. Verhandlungen, Band
v,1,2. 8vo. 1869.

Ber damedourn fir Tirol und Vorarlberg, Innsbruck. Zeitschrift, Dritte Folge,
Heft x1v. 8vo. 1869.

Tageblatt der 48. Versammlung deutscher Naturforscher und Aerzte. Inns-
bruck, 1869. Festschrift. Pamph. 4to.

Medicinisch-naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft, Jena. Jenaische Zeitschrift
fir Medicin und Naturwissenschaft, Band. 1; v,1,2. 8vo. 1864, 1869.

Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Zoologie, Leipzig. Band. xix; xx, Heft. 1, 2.
8vo. 1869, 1870.

Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein fiir das Fiirstenthum Liineburg. Jahresbe-
richte 1-x1. 8vo. and 4to. 1852-62. Jahreshefte m1. 1867. Beitrage zur
Naturkunde. 1861. 8vo.

_ Mannheimer Verein fiir Naturkunde, Mannheim. Jahresbericht xxxv. 8vo.
1869.

Gesellschaft zur Beforderung der gesammten Naturwissenschaften in Mar-
burg. Schriften, Band. -1v; Supplement-Heft. 1-v. 8vo. and 4to. 1823-69.

Koniglich Bayerische Akademie der Wissenchaften, Miinchen. Abhandlun-
gen der Math.-phys. Classe, Band x, 2. 4to. 1868. Sitzungsberichte, 1867, 11,
Heft 83-1869, 11, Heft 3. 8vo. Almanach, 1867. 12mo.

Denkrede auf Heinrich August von Vogel. Von August Vogel. 8vo.
Pamph. Miinchen, 1868.

Ueber die Theorien der Ernahrung der thierischen Organismen. Von Carl
Voit. 4to. Pamph. Miinchen, 1868.

Denkschrift auf Carl Friedr. Phil. von Martius. Von C. F. Meissner. 4to.
Pamph. Miinchen, 1869.

Ueber die Entwicklung der Agrikulturchemie. Von August Vogel. Festrede,
24 Juli, 1869. 4to. Pamph. Miinchen.

Koniglich bohmische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften in Prag. Abhandlun-
gen, 6° Folge, Band um. 4to. 1869. Sitzungsberichte, Jahrg. 1859-64, 1867,
1868. 8vo.

Konig]. bayerische botanische Gesellschaft, Regensburg. Flora, Neue Reihe,
Jahrg. XXvil. 8vo. 1869.

Zoologisch-mineralogischer Verein, Regensburg. Correspondz-Blatt, Jahrg.
XXIII. 8vo. 1869.

Meklenburgischer patriotischer Verein, Rostock. Landwirthshaftliche Anna-
len; 1868, Nr. 31-52; 1869. 4to.

St. Gallische naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft, St Gallen. Bericht iiber
die Thatigkeit wahrend des Vereinsjahres 1867-8. 8vo. 1868.

Entomologischer Verein, Stettin. Entomologische Zeitung, Jahrg. xxx. 8vo.
1869.

Neues Jahrbuch fir Mineralogie, Geologie und Palaeontologie, Stuttgart.
Jahrg. 1869, Heft. 2-7; 1870, 1. 8vo.

Verein fiir vaterliindisehe, Naturkunde in Wirttemberg, Stuttgart. Wiirt-

Annual Report.] 850 [May 4,

tembergische naturwissenschaftliche Jahreshefte, Jahrg. vu, Taf. 8-13;
xxv, Heft1. 8vo. 1869.

Kaiserliche Akademie der Wissenchaften, Wien. Sitzungsberichte, 1 Abth.,
Band. tvu, 4-L1x, 2; 2° Abth., Lym, 4-L1x, 3. 8vo. 1868, 1869.

K. K. Central—Anstalt fiir Meteorologie und Erdmagnetismus, Wien. Jahr-
biicher, Neue Folge, Band 1v, 1867. 4to. 1869.

Kais. kon. geologische Reichsanstalt, Wien. Jahrbuch, Band xrx, Nr. 1-3.
1869. Verhandlungen, 1867, 6-9; 1868, 10; 1869, 6-13. 8vo.

K. K. Minsterium des Innern, Wien. Reise der Osterreichischen Fregatte
Novara, Anthropologischer Theil, mz Abth. 4to. 1868.

Physicalisch-medicinische Gesellschaft, Wiirzburg. Verhandlungen, Neue
Folge, Band 1, Heft 3. 8vo. 1868.

Schweizerische naturforschende Gesellschaft. Verhandlungen, 52 Jahresver-
sammlung, 1868. 8vo. Einsiedeln.

Schweizerische entomologische Gesellschaft. Mittheilungen, Vol. mr, Nos.
1,2. 8vo. Schaffhausen, 1869. .

Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Basel. Verhandlungen, Theil v, Heft 2.
8vo. 1869.

Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Bern. Mittheilungen aus dem Jahre 1868.
8vo. 1869.

Naturforschende Gesellschaft Graubiindens, Chur. Jahresbericht, Neue
Folge, Jahrg. I-v1ll, xIv. 1856-63, 1869. Statuten, 1868. 8vo.

Die Thermen von Bormio. Von Dr. Meyer-Ahrens und Chr. Gr. Briigger.
8vo. Ziirich, 1869.

Die Bader von Bormio und die sie umgebende Gebirgswelt. .Von G. Theobald
und J. J. Weilenmann. 12mo. Chur.

Le Fonti medicinali ed i Bagni di Tarasp (Tarasp e Scollio) nella Bassa Enga-
dina, Grigioni. 8vo. Pamph. Coira, 1866.

Institut National Genevois, Geneve. Mémoires, T. xm. 4to. 1869. Bulle-
tin, Nos. 82-34. 8vo. 1869.

Société de Physique et d’ Histoire Naturelle de Genéve. Mémoires, Tome xx,
Pen 4t0n) 869:

Société Vaudoise des Sciences Naturelles, Lausanne. Bulletin, Vol. x, Nos.
60, 61. S8vo. 1868, 1869.

Sociéte des Sciences Naturelles de Neuchatel. Bulletin, Tome vu, Cah. 1, 2.
8vo. 1868, 1869.

Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Ziirich. Vierteljahrsschrift, Jahrg. x11, x11.
8vo. 1867, 1868.

Genootschap Natura Artis Magistra te Amsterdam. Bijdragen tot de Dier-
kunde, Afl. rx. 4to. 1869.

Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen, Amsterdam. Verslagen en Me-
dedeelingen, Afd. Naturkunde, Tweede Reeks, Deel ur. 1869. Jaarboek,
1868. Processen-Verbaai, 1868-9. 8vo. :

Société Hollandaise des Sciences de Harlem. Programme, Année 1869. 8vo.

Liste des Publications des Sociétés savantes, etc., dans la Bibliothéque, 1
Janvier, 1869. vo.

1870.} ; 301 [Annual Report.

Teyler’s Godgeleerd Genootschap, Haarlem. Verhandelingen, Nieuwe Serie,
Deel 1, Stuk 2. 8vo. 1869.

Archives Néerlandaises des Sciences Exactes et Naturelles, La Haye. Tome
mi, Livr. 3-5. 8vo. 1868.

Academia Lugduno Batave. Annales Academici, 1861-2, 1864-5. to.
1864-9.

Zeeuwsch Genootschap der Wetenschappen, Middelburg. Verslag, 7 on
1869. Archief, vil. 1869. 8vo.

Philippus en Petrus Lansbergen. Van Dr. A. A. Fokker, door J. van der
Baan. 8vo. Pamph. Middelburg, 1869.

Nog Eene (ondere) Verordening (ordonnantie) op het Delven, enz., in Zeeland.
8vo. Pamph. Middelburg, 1869. .

Twee Rekeningen der Stad Hulst uit de eerste Helft der xv1e Eeuw. Door F.
Caland. 8vo. Pamph. Middelburg, 1869.

De Ongezondheid van Zeeland. Door Dr. A. A. Fokker. 8vo. © Pamph.
Middelburg, 1869.

Bataafsch Genootschap der Proefondervindelijke Wijsbegeerte te Rotterdam.
Medallion, to celebrate the centennial anniversary of the foundation of the So-

ciety.
. Provinciaal Utrechtsch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen, Utrecht.
Verhandelingen, Deel 1-x. Nieuwe Verhandelingen, Deel 1-xvi. 1781-
1846. _Verhandelingen, 1851. Nieuwe Reeks, Deel 1, St. 2. 1869. 4to.
Aanteekeningen, 1845-59, 1865. Verslagen, 1850-52, 1854-61, 1868-9. Cata-
logus der Archeologische Verzameling, 1868. 8vo.

Académie Royale des Sciences, des Lettres et des Beaux-Arts de Belgique,
Bruxelles. Mémoires, Tome xxxvir. 4to. 1869. Bulletins, 2° Série, T.
XXV, XXVI. 8vo. 1868. Annuaire, 35° Année. 12mo. 1869.

Société Royale de Botanique de Belgique, Bruxelles. Bulletin, Tomes v1,
No. 3; vir. 8vo. 1868, 1869.

Société Royale Linnéenne de Bruxelles. Exposition publique, Sept., 1869.
8vo. Programme des Conférences, 1868, 1869. Rapport, 1866-8. Medallion.

Spicilége de la Fiore Bruxelloise, par Felix Muller. Fasc.1,2. 8vo. Brux-
elles, 1864.

Recherches Bryologiques. Revue de quelques Genres de Mousses pleuro-
carpes par Louis Piré. Fasc. 1,2. 8vo. Gand, 1868.

Les Sphaignes de la Flore de Belgique par Louis Piré. 8vo. Pamph. Brux-
elles, 1868.

Flore Analytique du Centre de la Beigique par Louis Piré et Felix Muller.
12mo. Bruxelles, 1866.

Société des Sciences Naturelles du Grand-Duché de Luxembourg, Tome x.
8vo. 1869.

Société des Sciences, des Arts et des Lettres du Hainaut, Mons. Mémoires
et Publications, 3° Sér., T. 1m. 8vo. 1869.

Académie des Sciences, Agriculture, Arts et Belles-Lettres d’Aix. Mémoires,
Tomes I, I-1x. 8vo. 1819-67. Séances publiques, 1866-9. 8vo.

Académie Impériale des Sciences, Belles-Lettres et Arts de Bordeaux. Actes,
8° Série, 80° Année, Tr. 1-8. 8vo. 1868.

Annual Report.] 352 [May 4

Société des Sciences Physiques et Naturelles de Bordeaux. Mémoires,
Tomes v, fe. 19-end; vi, 1; vir; vit, fe.a. 8vo. 1867-9.

Société d’ Histoire Naturelle de Colmar. Bulletin, Années vim, rx. 8vo. 1868.

Société d’Agriculture, Sciences et Arts de la Sarthe, Le Mans. Bulletin,
1869, Tr. 1,2. 8vo.

Académie Impériale des Sciences, Belles-Lettres, et Arts de Lyon. Mémoires,
Sciences, Tome vir. 8vo. 1857.

Société Impériale d’ Agriculture, Lyon. Annales, 2° Série, T. rv, 2-6; v;
3° Série, Tome x1. 8vo. 1852, 1853, 1867.

Société Linnéenne de Lyon.- Annales, 1836; Nouv. Série, Tomes v, v1, VIII, x,
XVI. 1858-68. Comptes-Rendus, 1839-42, 1844. 8vo.

Académie du Gard, Nimes. Mémoires, Novembre, 1867—Aout, 1868. 8vo.
1869. ;
Ecole Impériale des Mines, Paris. Annales des Mines, 1868, 6; 1869, 1-4.
8vo.

Journal de Conchyliologie, Paris. 3° Série, Tome rx, Nos. 2-4; x, 1.
8vo. 1869, 1870.

Petites Nouvelles Entomologiques, Paris. Année 1, Nos. 1-13, 15,16. 4to.
1869-70.

Revue des Cours Scientifiques dela France et de lEtranger, Paris. Année
vi, Nos. 1-20. 4to. Paris, 1869, 1870.

Revue et Magazin de Zoologie, Paris, 1843-68; 1869, Nos. 2-12; 1870, 1.
8vo.

Société Botanique de France, Paris. Bulletin, Tomes x1m-xv, xvi a Compte
Rendu 4, Rev. Bibl. E. et Sess. Extr. 8vo. 1866-9.

Actes du Congrés International de Botanique tenu a Paris en Aout 1867.
8vo. Paris. ;

Société d’ Anthropologie de Paris. Bulletins, 2° Série, Tome mm. 8vo. 1868.

Société de Géographie, Paris. Bulletin, Février, 1869-Février, 1870. 8vo.

Société Entomologique de France, Paris. Annales, 4° Série, Tome vit.
8vo. 1868. ;

Société Géologique de France, Paris. Bulletin, 2¢ Série, Tomes xxv, Nos.
5,6; XXvI, 1-4. 8vo. 1868, 1869.

Société Impériale et Centrale d’Agriculture de France, Paris. Mémoires,
Années 1863, 1866. Bulletin, 3° Série, Tome m1. 1868. 8vo.

Société Impériale et Centrale d’Horticulture de France, Paris. Journal,
2° Série, Tome 111, Nos. 2-12. 8vo. 1869.

Société Impériale Zoologique d’Acclimatation, Paris. Bulletin Mensuel,
2° Série, Tomes vi, Nos. 3-12; vu, 1,2. 8vo. 1869, 1870.

Société des Sciences Naturelles de Strasbourg. Mémoires, Tomes 11—-v; VI, 1.
4to. 1885-66. Bulletin, Années1; 1,1. 8vo. 1868, 1869.

Académie Impériale des Sciences, Inscriptions et Belles-Lettres de Toulouse.
Mémoires, 6° Série, Tome v1; 7° Série, Tome 1. 8vo. 1868, 1862.

La Minerve de Toulouse. Prospectus. 8vo. 1868.

Accademia delle Scienze dell’ Istituto di Bologna. Memorie, Serie 11, Tom. Vit;
vul, 1-3. 4to. 1868, 1869. Rendiconto, Anno Acad. 1867, 1868. 8vo.

1870.] 353. [Annual Report.

R. Comitato Geologico d’Italia, Firenze. Bollettino, Nos. 1,2. 8vo. 1870.

Societa Entomologica Italiana, Firenze. Bullettino, Anno 1, Fasc. 2-4. 8vo.
1869.

* Societa Ligure di Storia Patria, Genova. Atti, Vol. m1, Append.; Iv; v,1;
vi, 1; viu,1. 8vo. 1866-8.

Reale Istituto Lombardo di Scienze e Lettere, Milano. Concorso, 7 Agosto
1869. Pamph. Memorie, Classe di Sci. Math. e Nat., Vol. x, fasc. 4, 5;
x1, 1; Lettere e Sci. Moral., etc., Vol. 1, 11, Iv-Ix; x, 6. 1848-68. Atti,
Vol. 11. 1860-63. 4to. Rendiconti, Classe di Sci. Math. etc., Vol. 1v, 3-10;
Title Pages of r-1v. Classe di Lettere, etc., 1v, 4-10; T. P., 1-1v. Serie 1,
Vol. 1; 1,1-10. 8yo.1867—9. Annuario, 1868. 16mo.

Societa Italiana di Scienze Naturali, Milano. Memorie, Tom. 1, 1-10; m1, 1-
10; 1, 2-4; Iv, 1-3. 4to. 1868. Atti, Vol. x, x1. 8vo. 1867-9.

Coleopterorum Diagnoses Observationesque repetitz in Catalogo dupletorum,
etc. Novis Annotationibus a fratribus A. et Jo. Bapt. Villa. 8vo. Pamph.
Mediolani, 1868.

Gli Insetti Longicorni. Memoria di Antonio Villa. 8vo. Pamph. Milano,
1867.

Riflessioni sugli Insetti e nuove Osservazioni sui medesimi durante l’Eclisse
del 6 Marzo, 1867. Memoria da Antonio Villa. 8vo. Pamph. Milano, 1867.

Relazione sugli Insetti chi devastano il Trifoglio. Antonio Villa. 8vo.
Milano, 1868.

Sull Insetto distruttore del Trifoglio. Antonio Villa. 8vo. Pamph. Mi-
lano, 1868.

Terza Riunione straordinaria della Societa Italiana di Scienze Naturali. Re-
lazione dal Antonia Villa. 8vo. Pamph. Milano, 1869.

Cenni sul Terreno Cretaceo di Toscana comparato con quello della Brianza.,
Memoria dal Giovanni Battista Villa. 8vo. Pamph. Milano, 1868.

Clausilia Isseli. Fratelli Villa. 8vo. Pamph. Pisa, 1868.

Notizie sulle Cavallette o Locuste. Relazione dei Fratelli Villa. 8vo. Pamph.
Milano, 1867.

Sulle Comparse ed Emigrazioni d’Insetti. Fratelli Villa. 8vo. Pamph.
Milano, 1868.

Regia Accademia di Scienze, Lettere ed Arti, Modena. Memorie, Tom. vir,
Ix. 4to. 1867,1868. Veratti sul Tema proposto, etc., Concorso Accad. dell’
Anno 1866. 8vo. Pamph. 1867. Garelli, Dissertazione Premiata, etc., 1866.
8vo. Pamph. 1867.

Reale Istituto d’ Incoraggiamento alle Scienze Naturali, Economiche e Tech-
nologiche di Napoli. Programma di Pubblico Concorso per |’Anno 1870. 4to.
Pamph.

R. Istituto Tecnico di Palermo. Giornale di Scienze Naturali ed Econo-
miche, Vol. iv; v,1,2. 4to. 1868, 1869.

Regio Istituto Veneto di Scienze, Lettere ed Arti, Venezia. Memorie, Vol.
xIv,2. 4to. 1869. Atti, Tom. x11; x1v,1-6. 8vo. 1867-9.

Royal Geological Society of Ireland, Dublin. Journal, Vol. 1, Parti. 8vo.
1868.

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.—VOL. XIII. 23. DECEMBER, 1870.

Annual Report.] B04 [May 4,

The Journal of Anatomy and Physiology, Careveite Nos. 1,11; Second
Series, Nos.1-v. 8vo. 1866-9.

Dudley and Midland Geological and Scientific Society and Field Club, Dud-
ley. Transactions, Vols. 1; 11, Nos. 5-8. 8vo. 1862-8.

Edinburgh Geological Society. Transactions, Vol. 1, Parts 1-3. 8vo. 1868-
1870.

Botanical Society of Edinburgh. Transactions and Proceedings, Vol. x,
Part 1. 8vo. 1869.

Royal Society of Edinburgh. Transactions, Vol. x11, 1; xxIv, 1; XxXv, 2.
4to. 1832, 1864-9. Proceedings, Session 1868-9. 8vo. ;

Royal Scottish Society of Arts, Edinburgh. Transactions, Vol. vi, Parts
4,5. 8vo. 1868.

Leeds Philosophical and Literary Society. Annual Report for 1868-9.
8vo.

Literary and Philosophical Society of Liverpool. Proceedings, Nos. xx-
XXII. 8vo. 1866-8.

Liverpool Geological Society. Abstract of the Proceedings, Session the
tenth, 1868-9. Anniversary Address by the President, Oct. 13, 1868. Pamph.
8vo.

British Museum, London. Specimens of a Catalogue of Lycznide.
4to. Pamph. 1862. Catalogues. 4to. Orthopterous Insects, Part 1.
Phasmidz. 1859. Shield Reptiles, Part 1. 1855. Catalogues. 8vo.
Carnivorous, Pachydermatous, and Edentate Mammalia. 1869. Bones of
Mammalia. 1862. Seals and Whales. 1866. Mammalia and Birds of New
Guinea. 1859. ~* Birds of the Tropical Islands of the Pacific Ocean. 1859.
British Birds. 1863. Batrachia Salientia. 1858. Acanthopterygian
Fishes, Vols. 1-vir. 1859-68. Apodal Fish. 1856. Hispide, Parti. 1858.
Halticide, Part 1. 1860. Coleopterous Insects of the Canaries. 1864. Co-
leopterous Insects of Madeira. 1857. Diurnal Lepidoptera of the Family
Satyride. 1868. Specimens of Blattariz. 1868. | Dermaptera Saltatoria,
I, 11. 1869. Heteropterous-Hemiptera, 1-111. 1867, 1868. Amphipodous
Crustacea. 1862. British Non-Parasitical Worms. 1855. Guide to the
Systematic Distribution of Mollusca, Part. 1. 1857. Fabrician Diurnal
Lepidoptera. 1869. Hand-List of Genera and Species of Birds, Part 1.
1869.

Catalogues, Lists, etc. 12mo. British Fossorial Hymenoptera, Formi-
cid, etc. Ichneumonide. Hymenoptera, Part 1. British Animals,
II, I1V-IX, XI-XVII. Osteological Specimens. Mammals, etc. of Nepal and
Tibet. Mammalia, 11, 11. List of Mammals. Genera and Subgenera of
Birds, 111, 1-3; Iv, v. Colubrine Snakes. Tortoises, etc. Amphibia, 11
Lizards. Fish. Lophobranchiate Fish. Specimens of Fish, 1. Insects;
Specimens of Lepidopterous, 1; Lepidopterous, 1-xxxv; Coleopterous, I, VI-
1x; Neuropterous, I-1v and 1; Hemipterous, 1, 11; Homopterous, 1-Iv and
Suppl.; Hymenopterous, 1-vi1; Dipterous, 1-vu. Myriapoda, I. List of
Crustacea. Catalogue of Crustacea. Entozoa. Mollusca, 1v. Nomen-
clature of Mollusca, 1. List of Mollusca, 1-1. Pulmonata, tI. Con-
chifera, 1, 11. Bivalve Mollusca, 1. Phaneropneumona. Auriculidy, etc.

1870. 855 [Annual Report.

Mazatlan Shells. Shells of South America; of Cuba; of the Canaries.
Mollusca and Shells collected by Eydoux and Souleyet. Marine Polyzoa, It.
Recent Echinida. British Diatomaceze. 1848-67.

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History, London, Fourth Series, Nos.
XVU-XIxX. 8vo. 1869.

Anthropological Society, London. The Anthropological Review, Nos. xxv,
XXVI. 8vo. 1869.

Entomological Society of London. . Transactions, 1869, Parts 1-Iv. 8vo.

Geological Society of London. The Quarterly Journal, Nos. 97-99. 8vo.
1869.

Linnean Society of London. Transactions, Vol. xxv1, Parts 2, 3. 4to.
1868,1869. Journal, Botany, Vols. x, 48; x1, 48-51; x11: Zoology, x, 43-46.
Svo. 1868, 1869. Proceedings, Session 1868-9. List, 1868. 8vo.

Nature; a weekly illustrated Journal of Science, London. Nos. 1-24. 4to.
1869, 1870. |

Royal Geographical Society, London. Journal, Vol. xxxvi. 1868. Pro-
ceedings, Vol. x11, Nos. 2-5. 1869. 8vo.

Royal Horticultural Society, London. Journal, New Series, Vol. u, Part 6.
8vo. 1869.

Royal Institution of Great Britain, London. Proceedings, Vol. v, Parts, 5-7.
1869. List, 1869. 8vo.

Scientific Opinion, London, Nos. 49, 54-76. 4to. 1869, 1870.

The Geological Magazine, London, Vol. v1, Nos. 4-12; vit, 1-3. 8vo. 1869,
1870.

The Journal of Applied Science, London, Vol. 1, Nos. 1, 3, 4. Folio. 1870.

The Journal of Travel and Natural By lancer, Vol. 1, No. 6. 8vo.
1869.

Triibner’s American and Oriental =p Record, London, Nos. 44-55.
4to. 1869, 1870.

Zodlogical Society, London. Transactions, Vol. vi. 4to. Proceedings of
the Scientific Meetings, Parts m—v, vim (1834-40); 1868, Part m1; 1869, I.
8vo.

Literary and Philosophical Society of Manchester. Memoirs, Third Series,
Vol. m1, 1868. Proceedings, Vols. v-vur.. 1866-8. 8vo.

Natural History Transactions of Northumberland and Durham, Vol. 1, Parts
1-3; 11,1. 8vo. Newcastle-upon-Tyne. 1865-7, 1869.

Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Club, Newcastle-upon-Tyne. Transactions,
Vols. 1, Parts 1-8, 5; 1, 1113 rv, 1,3, 4; v, 1, 2,43; v1, 2. 8vo. 1848-64..

Bombay Geographical Society. Transactions, Vols. 1-xvm1; Index to Vols.
I-XVII. 8vo. 1844-68.

The Times of India, Bombay, Vol. xxx, No. 18. Folio. 1869.

Asiatic Society of Bengal, Calcutta. Journal, 1869, Part 1, No. 1. Pro-
ceedings, 1869, No. 4. 8vo.

Agricultural and Horticultural Society of India, Calcutta. Journal, New
Series, Vol.1, Parts 1-4. 8vo. 1867-9.

North China Branch of the Royal Asiatic ee Shanghai. Journal, New
Series, No. v. 8vo. 1869.

Annual Report.] 356 (May 4,

Nova Scotian Institute of Natural Sciences, Halifax. Proceedings and Trans-
actions, Vols. 1; 11, Parts 2,3. 8vo. 1863-9.

The Canadian Naturalist, Montreal, New Series, Vols. m1, No. 1; rv, 2-4.
8vo. 1869.

Le Naturaliste Canadien, Québec, Tomes 1, Nos. 6-12; 11, 1-5. 8vo. 1869,
1870.

Literary and Historical Society, Quebec. Transactions, Sessions of 1867-9.
New Series, Part 6. Manuscripts relating,to the early History of Canada. 8vo.
1866.

The Canadian Journal of Science, Literature and History, Toronto, Vol-
x11, Nos. 2-4. 8vo. 1869.

The Canadian Entomologist, Toronto, Vols. 1, Nos. 10-12; m, 1-6. 8vo.
1869, 1870.

Universidad de Chile, Santiago. Anales, 1867, 1868. 8vo.

Anuario Estadistico de la Repttblica de Chile, 1867. 4to. Santiago de Chile,
1868.

Memoria que el Ministro de Estado en el Departamento del Interior presenta
al Congreso Nacional de 1868. Relaciones Exteriores. Justicia, etc. Haci-
enda. 8vo. Santiago de Chile, 1868.

La Guerra a Muerte. Por B. Vicufia MacKenna. 8vo. Santiago de Chile, 1868.

Cuento Jeneral de las Entradas i Gastos Fiscales de la Reptiblica de Chile en
1867. 4to. Santiago de Chile, 1868.

Lei de Presupuestos de los Gastos Jenerales de la Administration Publica de
Chile para el Afio de 1869. 8vo. Santiago de Chile, 1868.

Observationes Meteorolojicas hechas en el Observatorio Astronémico de San-
tiago ien el Faro de Valparaisoen el Ano de 1868. Por J. I. Vergara. 8vo.
Pamph. Santiago de Chile, 1869. %,

American Association for the Advancement of Science. Proceedings of the
Seventeenth Meeting, Chicago, August, 1868. 8vo. Cambridge, 1869.

New York State Agricultural Society, Albany. Journal, Vols. xv-xvu;
xvitt, Nos. 2-11; x1x, 1-11; xx, 1-4. 1869. Transactions, 1843, 1851, 1854,
1866. List of Premiums and Regulations for the Twenty-ninth Annual Fair.
Pamph. 1869. President Failes’ Address, Annual Meeting, 1869. Pamph. 8vo.

Report on the Trial of Plows, held at Utica by the New York State Agricul-
tural Society, September, 1867. 8vo. Albany, 1868.

Second National Trial of Mowers, Reapers, etc., held at Auburn, July, 1866.
8vo. Albany, 1867.

First and Second Reports of the Special Committee on the Disease known as
the Rinderpest. 8vo. Albany, 1867.

Report of J. C. Dalton, M.D., Commissioner for the InveEapaion, of Abortion
in Cows. 8vo. Pamph. Atbanee 1868.

Report of Wm. H. Carmalt, M.D., Commissioner for the Investigation ‘of
Abortion in Cows. 8vo. Pane obs 1869.

Address on Agricultural Education delivered before the New York State
Agricultural Society, at Albany, February 10, 1869, by Andrew D. White.
8vo. Pamph. Albany, 1869. :

1870.] Bot {Annual Report.

The Fattening of Sheep in Winter. By Jurian Winne. 8vo. Pamph.
Albany, 1869.

Some of the Hindrances and Helps to the Advancement of Agriculture. By
George Buckland. 8vo. Pamph. Albany, 1869.

Census of the State of New York for 1865. By Franklin B. Hough. Folio.
Albany, 1867.

Eighty-first Annual Report of the Regents of the University of the State of

_New York. 8vo. Albany, 1868.

State of New York. Special Report on Savings Banks, made by Emerson
W. Keyes. 8vo. Albany, 1868.
Fifteenth Annual Report of the Superintendent of Public Instruction of the

State of New York. 8vo. Albany, 1869.

Ninth Annual Report of the Superintendent of the Insurance Department of
the State of New York. 8vo. Albany, 1868.

Twenty-fourth Annual Report of the Executive Committee of the Prison As-
sociation of New York, 1868. 8vo. Albany, 1869.

Annual Report of the State Engineer and Surveyor of the State of New York
for 1867. 8vo. Albany, 1868.

Transactions of the’ Medical Society of the State of New York for the year
1868. 8vo. Albany.

Transactions of the Homceopathic Medical Souiets of the State of New York
for 1868. Vol. vi. 8vo. Albany.

Transactions of the Eclectic Medical Society of the State of New York for
1867. 8vo. Albany, 1868.

Maryland Academy of Sciences, Baltimore. Charter, Constitution and By-
Laws, 1867. Circular, Letter, List of Officers and Card of Meetings.

American Academy of Arts and Beiences, Boston. Proceedings, Vol. vir,
Sign. 44-end. 8vo. 1868.

Massachusetts Horticultural Society, Boston. Transactions for the year
1869. 8vo. 1870.

Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Boston. Fifth Annual Catalogue of
the Officers and Students, 1869-70. 8vo.

National Association of Wool Manufacturers, Boston. Bulletin, Vols.1, Nos. 3,
4; 11,1. 8vo. 1869, 1870.

Our Dumb Animals, Boston. Vol. 11, Nos. 4, 8,9, 11. 4to. 1869.

The Boston Medical and Surgical Journal, O. S., Vols. Lxxv, 5; LxxvVI, 18,
26; uxxvu, 4: N.S., Vols. 1, 1; 11,4, 19, 21; 11, 2, 13-26; Iv, 1-9, 12-26; v,
1-8, 10-17. 8vo. 1869, 1870.

The Bowdoin Scientific Review, Brunswick, Me., Nos. 1-6. 8vo. 1870.

Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, Cambridge. Bulletin, Nos. 9-13. 8vo.
1869.

Chicago Academy of Sciences. Transactions, Vol. 1, Part 2. 8vo. 1869.

Naturhistorischer Verein von Wisconsin, Milwaukee. Jahres-Bericht, 1870.
8vo.

The American Journal of Science and Arts, New Haven. Second Series,
Nos. 141-146. 8vo. 1869, 1870.

Annual Report.) 358 [May 4,

Lyceum of Natural History, New York. Annals, Vol. rx. Nos. 5-9. 8vo.
1869.

The American Agriculturist, New York, Vols. xxvuit, Nos. 6-12; xxrx, 1-5.
4to. 1869, 1870.

Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. Journal, New Series, Vols. v1,
Part 4; vir. 4to. 1869. Proceedings, 1868, Nos. 4-6; 1869, 1-4. 8yo.

The American Journal of Conchology, Philadelphia, Vols. rv, Pt. 5; v, 1-3.
8vo. 1868-70.

American Entomological Society, Philadelphia. Transactions, Vol. rm, Nos.
2-4. 8vo. 1868, 1869.

American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia. Transactions, Vol. x1, Part
8. 4to. 1869. Proceedings, Vol. x1, Nos. 81, 82. 8vo. 1869.

The American Entomologist, St. Louis, Vols. 1, Nos. 9-12; m, 1-5. 8vo.
1869, 1870. ;

Essex Institute, Salem. Bulletin, Vol. 1, Nos. 83-12. 1869. Proceedings and
Communications, Vol. v1, Part 1, 1868. 8vo.

Peabody Academy of Science, Salem. The American Naturalist, Vols. 11,
Nos. 8-12; 1v,1, 2. May, 1869, 1870. First Annual Report of the Trustees,
January, 1869. 8vo. .

The California Farmer, San Francisco, Vols. xxx1, Nos. 12-14, 17, 18; xxxu,
11-19, 23, 24; xxx, 1-12. Folio. 1869, 1870. :

Monograph of the Bats of North America. By H. Allen, M: D. 8yo.
Pamph. Washington, 1864.

New Species of North American Coleoptera, by John L. Leconte, M.D. Part
1. 8vo. Washington, 1863.

List of the Coleoptera of North America. By John L. Leconte, M.D. Part
1. 8yvo. Washington, 1863.

Catalogue of the described Lepidoptera of North America. By John D.
Morris. 8vo. Pamph. Washington, 1860.

Catalogue of the Orthoptera of North America. By Samuel H. Scudder.
8vo. Pamph. Washington, 1868.

Catalogue of the described Diptera of North America.* By R. Osten Sacken.
8vo. Pamph. Washington, 1858.

Monographs of the Diptera of North America. By H. Loew. Parts 1, rv.
8vo. Washington, 1862, 1869.

Catalogue of Minerals with their Formulas, etc. By T. Egleston. 8vo.
Pamph. Washington, 1863.

The Chemical News, Vol. 1, Nos. 5,6. 4to. New York, 1869.

American Antiquarian Society, Worcester. Proceedings, Semi-Annual
Meeting, April 28, 1869; Annual, October 21,1869. 8vo. By Exchange.

Dipterologise Italic Prodromus. A Camillo Rondani. Vol. v1; vu, 1-3.
8vo. Parme, 1856-65. se

An Account of some of the Marine Shells of the United States. By Thomas
Say. With other pamphlets on Natural History. 6vo.

Ueber die Entstehung des rollendeten Insekts in Larve und Puppe. Von Dr.
August Weismann. 4to. Pamph. Frankfurt a. M., 1863.

1870.] 309 {Annual Report.

Etudes sur les Glaciers. Par L. Agassiz. 8vo. Atlas, folio. Neuchatel,
1840.

Description des Echinodermes Fossiles de la Suisse; par L. Agassiz. Parts
1,2. 4to. Neuchatel, 1839, 1840.

Nomenclator Zoologicus. Auctore L. Agassiz. Fasc. 1-xu. 4to. Soloduri,
1842-7.

Mémoires sur les Moules de Mollusques vivans et fossils, par L. Agassiz.
‘Parti. 4to. Neuchatel, 1839.

Iconographie des Coquilles tertiaires. Par L. Agassiz. Livr. 1-4. 4to.
Neuchatel, 1840-45. By Exchange.

Boston Society of Natural History. Proceedings, Vols. x11, Sign. 22-end; x1,
1-16. 8vo. 1869, 1870.

Notes on Mexican Pompilids, with Descriptions of New Species. By E. T.
Cresson. 8vo. Pamph. Boston, 1869.

Descriptions of some Extinct Fishes previously unknown. By E. D. Cope.
8vo. Pamph. Boston, 1869.

Mr. W. H. Niles on the occurrence of existing species of shells under Fort
Warren. 8vo. Pamph. Boston, 1869.

The Geographical Distribution of the Native Birds of the Department of
Vera Cruz. By F. Sumichrast. Translated from the French by T. M. Brewer,
M.D. 4to. Pamph. Boston, 1869.

Notices of the Hemiptera obtained by the Expedition of Prof. James Orton
in Ecuador and Brazil. By P. R. Uhler. 8vo. Pamph. Boston, 1869.

On new and Imperfectly known Echinoderms and Corals. By A. E. Verrill.
8vo. Pamph. Boston, 1869.

Conchological Memoranda, No. 4. By Robert E. C. Stearns. 8vo. Pamph.
Boston, 1869.

Further Enumeration of New Eneland Fungi. By Chas. C. Frost. 8vo.
Pamph. Boston, 1868.

Notes on Beaver Dams. By Alex. Agassiz. 8vo. Pamph. Boston, 1869.

On the Habits of a few Echinoderms. By Alex. Agassiz. 8vo. Pamph.
Boston, 1869.

Address delivered on the lectern Anniversary of the Birth of Alexander
von Humboldt, under the auspices of the Boston Society of Natural History, by
' Louis Agassiz. 8vo. Boston, 1869.

Abstract of some Remarks on the Relations of the Rocks in the vicinity of
Boston. By N.S. Shaler. 8vo. Pamph. Boston, 1869.

The Molluscan Fauna of New Haven. By Geo. H. Perkins, Ph.D. 8vo.
Pamph. Boston, 1870.

On the Parallel Ridges of Glacial Drift in Eastern Massachusetts. By N. S.
Shaler. 8vo. Pamph. Boston, 1870.

On the Mammals of Iowa. By J. A. Allen. 8vo. Pamph. Boston, 1870.

Notes on Diatomaces. By Prof. Arthur Mead Edwards. 8vo. Pamph.
Boston, 1870. From the Publishing Committee.

Annual Report.] 360 [May 4,

The Butterflies of North America. By William H. Edwards. Parts m-y.
4to. Philadelphia, 1868, 1869.

Die Eruption des Vesuv im Mai 1855. Von J. F. Julius Schmidt. 8vo.
Tafeln, folio. Wien und Olmiiz, 1856.

Der Naturforscher. Stiick. 1-xxx. 8vo. Halle, 1774-1804.

Recherches sur les Mceurs des Fourmis'Indigenes. Par P. Huber. 8vo.

Philosophia Zoologica. Auctore J. Van der Hoeven. 8vo. Lugduni Batay-
orum, 1864.

Jani Van der Hoeven Oratio de aucta et emendata Zoologia post Linnzi Tem-
pora, habita Die vir Mensis Februarii anni MDCCCXLIII, quum Magistratum
Academicum deponeret. 8vo. Lugduni Batavorum, 1843.

Repertorum fiir Anatomie und Physiologie. Von G. Valentin. Band. -vu1.
Svo. Berlin, 1837-43.

_ Archiv fiir Zoologie und Zootomie. Herausgegeben von C. R. W. Wiedemann.
Band. 1-v. 8vo. Berlin, 1800-1806.

Histoire Naturelle des Insectes. Par M. V. Audouin et M. A. Brullé. Tomes
Iv-vi, Coléoptéres; 1x, Orthoptéres et Hemipteres. 8vo. Paris, 1834~45.

Zoologisches Magazin. Herausgegeben von Dr. C. R. W. Wiedemann. Band
I, Stiick 1-8. 8vo. Kiel, 1817-19.

' Magazin fir das Neueste aus der Physik und Naturgeschichte, Band. 1-v11;
x1I,1. 8vo. Gotha, 1785-90; Weimar, 1806.

Magazin fiir die Liebhaber der Entomologie. Herausgegeben von Johann
Casper Fuessly. Band.1,u. 8vo. Ziirich und Winterthur, 1778, 1779.

Neues Magazin fiir die Liebhaber der Entomologie. Herausgegeben von Joh.
Caspar Fuessly. Band. 1-1. 8vo. Ziirich und Winterthur, 1782-7.

. De l Organisation des Animaux, ou Principes d’Anatomie Comparée. Par M.
H. Ducrotay de Blainville. Tomer. 8vo. Paris, 1822.

Hollaindische Beitrage zu den anatomischen und physiologischen Wissen-
chaften, Bandi. 8vo. Diisseldorf und Utrecht, 1848.

C. Linnzi Systema Nature. Editio secunda, auctior. 1740; editio sexta,
1748. Stockholmiz. Secundum sextam Stockholmiensem emendatam et
auctam Editionem. Lipsiz, 1748. Editio (nona) multo auctior et emenda-
tior. Lugduni Batavorum, 1756. LEditio decima,reformata. Tom. 1-111. Hol-
mize, 1758-68. Editio duodecima. Tom. 1-111. Holmiz, 1766-8. 8vo.

Tijdschrift voor Entomologie, Deel 1-vi11; Tweede Serie, Deel 1-11. $8vo.
*sGravenhage, 1858-68.

Nederlandsche entomologische Vereeniging. Handelingen, Deel 1, Stuk. 1-4.
4to. Leiden, 1854-7. Verslagen 14-22. 1858-67. Wetten. Pamph. Am-
sterdam, 1852. 8vo.

Versammlung deutscher Natursforscher und Aerzte. Ami*tlicher Bericht,
XIX, XXXI-XXXV, XXXVII. 4to. 1842-62.

Annals of Anatomy and Physiology. Conducted by John Goodsir. Nos.
1m. $8vo. Edinburgh, 1850-53.

Mémoire sur la Conformité Organique dans Echelle animale. Par Ant.
Dugés. 4to. Montpellier, 1832.

Entwicklung des Hummereies, dargestellt von Dr. M. P. Erdl. 4to. Pamph.
Miinchen, 1848.

1870.] 361 [Annual Report.

Die Pflanzen und Thiere des tropischen America, von Dr. C. F. Ph. von
Martius. 4to. Tafeln, folio. Miinchen, 1831.

Surinaamsche Vlinders. Deeli-111. 4to. Amsterdam.

De Uitlandsche Kapellen.. Door den Heer Pieter Cramer. Beschryving,
Deel 1-1vV; Plaaten, Deeli-rv. 1779-82. Aanhangsel, door Caspar Stoll’, 1791.
4to. Amsteldam. 7

Afbeeldingen en Beschryvingen der Cicaden. Door Caspar Stoll’. 4to.
Amsterdam, 1788.

Atbeeldingen en Beschrijvingen der Spoken, Wandelende Bladen, etc. Door
Caspar Stoll’. 4to. Amsterdam, 1813.

Annalen des Wiener Museums der Naturgeschichte, Band.1, 1. 4to. Wien,
1836-40.

Petri S. Pallas Spicilegia Zoologica. Tom.1,u. 4to. Berolini, 1774-6.

P. §. Pallas Miscellanea Zoologica. 4to. Hagze Comitum, 1766.

Zeitschrift fiir Physiologie. Von Fr. Tiedemann, G. R. und L. C. Treviranus.
Band. 1-v. 4to. Heidelberg, 1824-31.

L'Institut, Tomes 1-vi. 4to. Paris, 1833-9.

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History, No. 110; Second Series, No.
16; Third Series, No. 116; Fourth Series, Nos. 3-7, 10. 8vo. London,
1846-68.

Synopsis Avium. Ab Alcide D’Orbigny. 8vo. Pamph. 1837.

Catalogue of Scientific Papers. (1800-1863.) Compiled and published by
the Royal Society of London. Vol. 1. 4to. London, 1869.

Contributions & 1’ Ornithologie par le Baron F. de La Fresnaye. 8vo. Paris,

1832-55.
_ Archiv fiir Anthropologie, Band mm, Heft. 3, 4. 4to. Braunschweig, 1869.
_ Musci Boreali-Americani, quorum Specimina exsiccata. W.S. Sullivant et
L. Lesquereux ediderunt. Editio secunda. 8vo. Pamph. Columbi Ohioen-
sium, 1865.

Catalogo Metodico dei Pesci Europei di Carlo L. Principe Bonaparte. 4to.
Napoli, 1846.

Index ad Caroli Luciani Bonaparte Conspectum Generum Avium. §8vo.
Pamph. Lugduni Batavorum, 1865.

Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle des Pays-Bas, Livr. 1-1x. §vo. Leyde, 1862.

Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, Band. x1, 6; xvi, 1-4; xvu,2,8. 8vo. Ber-
lin, 1845-51.

The Genera of Diurnal Lepidoptera. By Edward Doubleday and John O.
Westwood. Vols.1,11. Folio. London, 1846-52.

Geological Survey of Canada. Paleozoic Fossils. Vol. 1. By E. Billings.
8vo. Montreal, 1865.

Introduction to Cryptogamic Botany. By the Rev. M. J. Berkeley. 8vo.
London, 1857.

De Candolle. Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabilis. Part. xiv,
Sect. 1; XV, 1, fasc.2. 8vo. Parisiis, 1856-66.

The Natural History of the Tineina. By H. T. Stainton, assisted by Professor
Zeller, J. W. Douglas and Prof. Frey. Vols. tv, v. 8vo. London, 1859, 1860.

The Record of Zodlogical Literature, 1868. Vol. v. 8vo. London, 1869.

Annual Report.] 362 [May 4,

United States Exploring Expedition. Botany. Phanerogamia. By Asa
Gray, M.D. 4to. Atlas, folio. New York, 1864.

Systéme Silurien du Centre de la Bohéme par Joachim Barrande. Vols.
11,11. 4to. Prague et Paris, 1867, 1868.

The Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine, Nos. 68-71. 8vo. London, 1870.

The Ibis, Vol. v1, No. 21. 8vo. London, 1870.

The Monthly Microscopical Journal, Nos. xmI-xvi. 8vo. London, 1870.

Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science, New Series, Nos. xxxvut,
xXxxvul. 8vo. London, 1870.

Journal fiir Ornithologie, Jahrg. xvi, Heft.1. 8vo. Leipzig, 1870.

Die Europische Insecten, door Maria Sibilla Merian. Die Surinaamsche In-
secten, by the same. Folio. Amsterdam, 1730. From the Wolcott Fund.

Recueil d’Observations de Zoologie et d’Anatomie Comparée, faites dans
l’Océan Atlantique, dans l’Intérieur du Nouveau Continent et dans la Mer du
Sud pendant les Années 1799-1803. Par Al. de Humboldt et A. Bonpland.
Vols. 1,11. 4to. Paris, 1811-33. Deposited in the Binney Library.

Hardwicke’s Science Gossip, 1867, 1868. 8vo. London, 1868, 1869.

The Insect World. By Louis Figuier. 8vo. New York, 1869.

The Ocean World. By Louis Figuier. 8vo. New York, 1869.

The Vegetable World. By Louis Figuier. 8vo. New York, 1869.

The Natural History of Man. Africa. By the Rev. J. G. Wood. 8vo.
London, 1868.

Sketches of Central Asia. By Arminius Vambéry. 8vo. Philadelphia,
1868. ,

Travels in Tartary, Thibet and China, during the years 1844-6. 2vols. By
M. Huc. 8vo. London.

Travel and Adventure in the Territory of Alaska. By Frederick Whymper.
8vo. New York, 1869.

The Life of John James Andubon, the Naturalist. Edited by his Widow.
8vo. New York, 1869.

Personal Narrative of a Year’s Journey through Central and Eastern Arabia
(1862-3), by William Clifford Palgrave. 8vo. London, 1863. Deposited by the
Republican Institution.

1870.) 363 {Annual Report.

ADDITIONS TO THE MUSEUM

DURING THE YEAR ENDING APRIL 30, 1870.

May 11, 1869. Snake from the Gulf of Tonquin, China; scorpion from the
W.I1., by Wm. Hovey.

May 12. Nine specimens of birds from Hardwick, Mass., by Sam’l Mixter.
Humming bird from Framingham, Mass., by Jas. W. Clark.

May 18. Sixteen species of marine mollusca from Florida and Gulf of Mex-
ico, determined and given by Robt. E. C. Stearns.

May 26. A Gar-pike and Lota from Lake Champlain, and a Nereis from
Beverly, by Mr. Thos. Lee. A living female Opossum and nine young from
Cheraw, S. C., by Dr. C. Kollock. Fresh female specimen of Dendroica ceru-
lescens Coues, from Newton, Mass., by H. A. Purdie.

May 31. Thirty-six skins of birds, five mammals, etc., from Alaska, by the
Smithsonian Institution.

June 6. Chicken snake by C.S. Minot. Coleoptera and Diptera from Dor-
chester, by F. A. Clapp, and two thousand three hundred insects frdm Natick,
Mass., by Mrs. Martha W. Stratton.

June 16. Bird’s nest from N. Wrentham, by Miss S. S. Bonney. Skins of
Massachusetts birds, by H. A. Purdie. Saperda calcaraita, etc., from Newton
Corner, by Dr. G. F. Waters. Vanessa antiopa from Lexington, by C. A. Wel-
lington. Phrynosoma cornuta from Texas, by Mrs. Dearborn.

June 19. Nests and eggs from South Carolina, by Ben. P. Mann.

June 29. Fossil Neuroptera of the Devonian from Lancaster, N. B., by Prof.
C. F. Hartt. Samples of mud and vertebre of a Cetacean from the Rappahan-
nock, by C. P. Dillaway. Alligator, by Dr. B. S. Codman.

July 1. Reptiles from South Carolina, by B. P. Mann. Mandrill from Mr.
Cullen.

July 21. Asbestos by James Ball. Birds from Sherborn, Mass., by A. L.
Babcock. Limax by Mr. Byatt. Actinolite from Reading, Vt., by W. W.
Culver.

Aug. 5. Lepidoptera from Lynn, Mass., by W. H. Dall. Diptera from Cali-
fornia, by W. H. Dall.

Aug. 11. Carduelis tristis, etc., from Somerville, by C. W. Costellow. Radi-
ata from various localities, by A. E. Verrill. Nests and eggs of insects and
birds from Wrentham, Mass., by Luther Hills. Nests of various species
from Andover, Mass., by C. Martin. Nest from Andover, y C. S. Smith.
Fossils from Springfield, Ohio, by Jas. Couhig. Mephitis from Greenwood,
Mass., by Geo. Coles.

Aug. 27. Sword of sword fish from Greenland, by C. W. Tufts.

Annual Report.) 364 [May 4,

Aug. 81. Amblystoma from Brookfield, Mo., by E. P. Austin. Alligator from
New Orleans, by Mrs. Webber. Plestiodon fasciatus from New Bedford, Mass.,
by J. A. Allen.

Sept. 10. Fungi from Dorchester, Mass., by C. C. Stimpson.

Sept. 18. Eggs of Ophibolus eximius from Walpole, Mass., est S. E. Stone.
Diptera from Behrings Sea, by W. H. Dall.

Sept. 16. Sponges from the Mediterranean, by R. R. Beoit: Larve of
Citheronia from Newton, Mass., by Dr. G. F. Winter,

Sept. 25. Gordius from Binge N. H., by C. E. Ware. Siren from Colorado,
by Geo. J. Dickinson. Larve of Vanessa from Mass., by S. H. Scudder.
Snakes, fishes, and insects from Calcutta and Ceylon, by Henry R. Williams.

Sept. 27. Fossil ferns, etc., from Mazon Creek, Ill., by Davenport Academy
of Sciences. Tetrao urogallus from the Pyrenees, by R. B. Forbes. Lutenia
sirtalis, by Dr. Bemis. Quartz from Thornton, N. H., by C. S. Minot. Limax
from Newton, Mass., by H. A. Purdie. Limestone from St. Anthony, Min., by
Geo. Carpenter. Plat yphyllum from Mount Tom, Mass., by T. D. Smith. Lep-
idoptera from Cambridge, Mass., by Chas. Wright.

Oct. 5. Triton from Medford, by F. G. Sanborn.

Oct. 7. Coot from Mass., by C. F. Shimmin. Diapheromera femorata Say,
from Medford, Mass., by H. A. Bailey.

Oct. 14. Unionide from Cedar River, Iowa, by John King.

Oct. 15. Sandstones from Holland and Scotland, by J. S. Mendels.

Oct. 20. Egg of Ostrich from Africa; nests of native birds, etc., from Massa-
chusetts, by Ernst Papendiek. Quartz nom Chelsea, Vt., by Thdmnas Gaffield.

Oct. 25. Jlex from Massachusetts, by Dr. S. Kreetintt Bryozoa from At-
lantic City, N. J., by L. B. Felt. Seeds from summit of the Andes, in Chili, by
Dr. §. Kneeland. Sponges from Massachusetts, by O. P. Allen. Sponges from
Cuba, by Samuel H. Scudder.

Oct. 28. Orthoptera and Reptilia from Fort Macon, N. C., by Dr. E. Coues.
Fishes and turtles from Cohasset, Mass., by Dr. S. Kneeland. Plants of various
kinds from Germany, by Paul Reinsch. Cannel Coal from England, by F. G.
Merriam. Plants, mollusca, and minerals from various localities, by Samuel
Wells, Jr. Shells from Cape Flattery, by H. O. Preble.

Noy. 1. Birds from Colorado, by F. E. Everett. Copper ores from West
Mass., by F. E. Everett.

Now 4. Mink from Massachusetts, by Dr. J. B.S. Jackson. Boa by Benj.
Eston.

Nov. 10. Seal from the Antarctic Ocean, by the Smithsonian Institution.
Coleoptera and a scorpion from Santa Croix, W.1., by Samuel Wells, Jr.

Nov. 11. North American mosses, by L. Lesquereux. Scales of Lepisma,
by E. Samuels.

Nov. 15. Shells from the Hawaiian Islands and California, two species of
Coral from Hawaiian Islands, etc., by W. T. Brigham. Salamander from Massa-_
chusetts, by J. C. Higgins.

Nov. 17. Spherium from West Newton, by Dr. G. F. Waters.

Noy. 20. A general collection of Fossils, Minerals, Corals, Reptiles, Fishes
and Mammals, by John Parkman.

Nov. 25. Eels from Chiltonville, Massachusetts.

1870.]. 865 [ Annual Report.

Nov. 29. Soundings off coasts of Maryland and Virginia, by C. P. Dillaway.
Insects, also, by C. P. Dillaway.

Dec. 9. Scolopendra from Massachusetts, by N. M. Lowe. Albert Coal, by
F. G. Merriam. Shark’s Jaw from Bermuda, by Edwin Bicknell. Rattle of
Crotalus from Groton, Mass., by Dr. S. A. Green. Tin Ore and several specimens
of Native Carbonate of Magnesia from various localities, by Dr. C. T. Jackson.

Dec. 14. Birds from Massachusetts, by C. S. Minot. Fossils from Columbia,
N. H., by S. H. Huntington. Iron pyrites, by Mr. Willard. Tin ores from
Winslow, Me., by Dr. C. T. Jackson.

Dec. 16. Colias from Akyab, on the coast of Arracan, by W. T. Brigham.
Skeleton of foetal mouse, by J. L. Little, Jr. Head of red-tailed hawk from
Waltham, Mass., by J. C. Stimpson.

Dec. 18. Galena from Wisconsin, by W. E. Coffin.

Dec. 22. Native copper and silver from Lake Superior by W. E. Coffin.
Acrocinus longimanus from Brazil, by Hollis Thayer.

_ Dec. 28. Bark and wood of Sequoia from California, by J. G. Dow. A
collection of birds’ eggs from Europe, by Dr. T. M. Brewer.

Dec. 30. Moss agates from Rocky Mountains, by Geo. H. Preble.

Jan. 8, 1870. Astur atricapillus from Wood’s Hole, Mass., by Jos. S. Fay. A
large collection of insects from Santa Domingo and Tehuantepec, by Dr. F.
Sumichrast.

Jan. 9. Insects of various orders from Cambridge, Mass., by S. H. Scudder.
Asellus from Cambridge, Mass., by Edward Burgess. Clava leptostyla from
Beverly, Mass., by Edward Burgess. Fulgora and Phrictus from the headwaters
of the River Amazon, by S. H. Scudder.

Jan. 14. Section of an Ammonite from England, and a Trilobite from Locust
Springs Hospital, Md., by H. J. Bowditch.

Jan. 19. Shingle from the Sequoza from Sonoma, Cal., by J.S. Dow. Piter-
opus rubricollis from Calcutta, by Capt. Albert Lewis. Stawrolite and Garnet in
Hornblende from Franconia, N. H., by H. F. Goodman. Duck from Massa-
chusetts, by J. Galvin. Bald eagle from Quincy, Mass., by N. B. Furnald. Rock
. from the Island of Chittapittai, by Dr. S. Cabot.

Jan. 29. Hymenoptera, Diptera, etc., from Cambridge, Mass., by S. H.
Scudder.

Feb. 2. Spider, N. W. Coast of Africa, by W.S. Tower. Pteromys volucella
from Hardwick, Mass., by Geo. Mixter.

Feb. 12. Specimens of fossils and Radiata from San Francisco, and Mollusca
and Insects from various localities, by Henry: Edwards. Micaceous concretions
from Ryegate, Vt., by Jonas H. Priest.

Feb. 14. Nests of two birds from Cambridge, Mass., by F. P. Atkinson.
Part of sup. maxillary and tusks of walrus from Gulf of St. Lawrence, by
Gideon Rowley.

Feb. 16. Hymenoptera from Mexico, by 8. H. Scudder. Rocks and fossils
from Gay Head, by J. C. Perry. Nests of birds from Florida, by Geo. Mixter.

Feb. 26. Eggs of tortoises and serpents from Florida, by Samuel Pasco.
Dianous chalybeus from Lake Superior, by F. G. Sanborn. Nests and eggs of

Annual Report.] 366 [May 4,

birds from Florida, by Samuel Pasco. Nests and eggs of birds from Minnesota
and Monterey, Cal., by Dr. T. M. Brewer. Book eaten by insects, by W. T.
Brigham.

March 1. Nest and eggs of hermit thrush from Lynn, by S. O. Welch. Nest
of Trochilus colubris from Winchester, Mass., by J. C. Mason. Stalactites from
Proctor’s Cave, Ky., by the same. Cuttle fish from Kaui, by S. B. Dole.

March 3. Fibre and bulb of soap plant from California, by J. S. Dow. Bird
skins from Kodiak, by the Smithsonian Institution.

March 4. Terrapins from New Bedford, Mass., by R. C. Ingraham. Shells
from Great Britain, by the Smithsonian Institntion.

March 12. Nests of wasps, by Wm. Edwards. Cells of Hymenoptera in
apple wood, from Dorchester, Mass., by F. A. Clapp.

. March 18. Imago and Cocoon of Selandria, by S. H. Scudder. Insects and _
reptiles from Caibarien, Cuba, by N. H. Bishop.

March 28. Canine monstrosity, by F. W. Barton. Mutilla and Prionotus
from Clarksville, Tenn., by H. R. Bryant. Tortoise from Reed’s Ferry, N. H.,
by A. K. Adams.

March 30. Lump fish and star-nosed mole from Plymouth, Mass., by T. M.
Coffin.

April 5. Eggs of birds, etc., by S. W. Johnson. Tumor from stomach of
haddock, by N. E. Atwood.

April 8. Trichine by Dr. F. Nickerson. Larve of insects from Lowell,
Mass., by W. T. Brigham. ;

April 20. Lobster from Provincetown, Mass., by N. E. Atwood. Insects from
Hardwick, Mass., by Geo. Mixter. Ata sponsa, by W. T. Brigham. Crystals
of quartz from Ashland, Mass., by J. Carson.

April 29. Radiata from La Paz, Cal., by Museum of Yale College. Stalac-
tites, etc., from the Caves of Cajuanes, and Radiates, Articulates, etc., from
Remedios, Cuba, by N. H. Bishop. Coccus on the currant, by F. G. Sanborn.
Cocoons of Prometheus, etc., from W. Newton, by Dr. G. F. Waters, and the
same from Jamaica Plain and Nahant, by C. S. Minot.

DEPARTMENT OF ORNITHOLOGY.

AMERICAN.

Aquila canadensis. Vireo altiloquus. n.
Syrnium cinereum. Collurio elegans. n.e.
Surnia ulula. Collurio dendroica. n.
Geococcyx califormicus. n. e. Vireo Swainsonii. n.
Hylotomus pileatus. Oreoscoptes montanus. n.
Selasphorus platycercus. n. Harporhynchus cinereus. n. 6.
Milvulus tyrannus. Salpinctes obsoletus. n. e.
Sayornis sayus. n. e. Thryothorus Bewickii.

- Contopus Richardsonii. n. e. Troglodytes Parkmanni. n.
Empidonax obscurus. n. e. Chamaea fasciata. n.

Geothlypis Macgillivrayi Baird. n.e. Sitta pusilla.

1870.]

Eremophila cornuta. n. e.

Carpodacus Cassinii Baird. n.e.

Aegiothus exilipes Coues.

Leucosticte griseinucha. n.e.
Melospiza Heermanni. n. e.-

Melospiza fallax. n. e.

Passerella schistacea Baird. n.e.

Cyanospiza cyanea. n.
Pipilo oregonus. n. e.
Pipilo megalonyx. n.
Quiscalus major Viell. n.
Corvus caurinus Baird.
Cyanocitta californica. n.
Cyanura macrolophus. n.
Melopelia leucoptera. n.

Chamepelia pallescens Baird.

Gyps fulvus.

Aquila imperialis.
Aguila pennata.
Pandion haliztus.
Buteo ferox.

Milvus aegypteus.
Falco subbuteo.

Falco Eleonore.

Falco vespertinus.
Otus brachyotus.
Merops zgyptius.
Cannabina linota. n.
Passerina melanocephala.
Alauda brachydactyla.
Budytes Rayii.
Motacilla sulphurea.
Turdus iliacus.
Turdus merula. n.
Turdus musicus. n.
Curruca nisoria.
Aedon galactodes.
Troglodytes borealis.
Lusciniopsis fluviatilis.
Pecile palustris.
Pterocles arenarius.
Lagopus albus.

Bonrasa sylvestris.

367

Tetrao Richardsonii
Pedicecetes columbianus.
Bonasa umbelloides.
Lagopus rupestris.
Lophortyx Gambelii
Callipepla squamata.
Squatarola helvetica.
Strepsilas melanocephala
Phalaropus fulicarius.
Rallus crepitans. n.
Dendrocygna fulva.
Bucephala islandica Baird.

. Larus smithsonianus Coues.

Chroicocephalus minutus.
Mergulus alle.

EUROPEAN.

Otis tarda.

Charadrius philippinus.
Charadrius cantianus.
Chetusia gregaria.
Strepsilas interpres.
Numenius pheopus.
Pelidna melanotus.
Ardeola Sturmi.
Falcinellus igneus.

- Phenicopterus roseus.

Larus minutus.
Sterna anglica.
Sterna Dougallii.
Hydrochelidon hybrida.
Cygnus mansuetus.
Anser erythropus.
Tadorna casarca.
Querquedula circia.
Branta rufina.
Fuligula ferina.
Fuligula nyroca.
Podiceps nigricollis.
Podiceps arcticus.
Uria troile

Uria ringvia.

Uria arra.

[Annual Report.

Annual Report.]

Neophron pileatus.
Vultur Kolbii.

Buteo jackal.

Aquila pennata.
Chiquera typus.
Tinnunculys rupicolus.
Tinnunculus guttatus.
Tinnunculus rupicoloides.
Accipiter rufiventris.
Astur musicus.
Serpentarius reptilivorus.
Circus ranivorus.

Circus maurus.

Bubo maculosus.

Bubo sibiricus.

Cypselus cafer.

Hirundo capensis.
Hirundo dimidiata.
Cotyle fuligula.

Merops apiaster.

Upupa minor.
Nectarinea chalybea.
Nectarinea famosa.
Drymoica ocularius.
Drymoica substriata.
Drymoica subruficapilla.
Drymoica capensis.
Drymoica thoracica.
Calamodyta gracilirostris.
Bradypterus corypheeus.
Saxicola pileata.
Saxicola monticola.
Saxicola infuscata.
Saxicola sperata.
Saxicola pollux.
Saxicola sinuata.
Paroides capensis.
Parisoma Layardii.
Motacilla capensis.
Anthus capensis.
Turdus olivaceus.
Petrocincla rupestris.
Bessonornis pheenicurus.
Pycnonotus nigricans.
Lanius collaris.

368 _ [May 4,

AFRICAN.

Telophonus bacbakiri.
Laniarius silens.
Corvus capensis.

Juida bicolor.

Juida morio.
Hyphantornis capensis.
Hyphantornis capitalis.
Ploceus capensis.
Ploceus oryx.

Estrelda astrild.
Fringilla canicollis.
Fringilia striaticeps.
Passer arcuatus.
Fringillaria vittata.
Alauda crassirostris.
Megalophonus cinereus.
Megalophonus guttatus.
Certhilauda garrula.
Certhilauda africana.
Crithagra Selbyil.
Crithagra butyracea.
Colius erythropus.
Colius striatus.
Columba guinee.
Columba arquatrix.
(Enas capensis.

Turtur semitorquatus.
Turtur senegalensis.
Francolinus clamator.
Francolinus afer.
Francolinus Levaillantii.
Coturnix dactylisonans.
Pterocles tachypetes.
Pterocles variegatus.
Eupodotis caffra.
Eupodotis scolopacea.
Eupodotis afra.

Struthio camelus.
Oedicnemus maculosus.
Hoplopterus coronatus.
Charadrius tricollaris.
Anthropoides tanloyannes

_ Ardea atricollis.

Scopus umbretta.
Fulica cristata.

1870.] a ei 369 [Annual Report.

Anas erythrorhyncha. Anous stolidus.

Anas flavirostris. Podiceps cristatus.
Rhynchopsis capensis. Spheniscus demersa.
Puffinus cinereus. Aptenodytes chrysocoma.
Diomedea exulans. Plotus Levaillantii.
Lestris antarcticus. Graculus africanus.
Larus dominicanus. Graculus lucidus.

Onychoprion fuliginosus.

SOUTH AMERICAN.

Psittacus passerinus. Troglodytes hornensis.
Cinchlorhynchus brevirostris. Turdus magellanicus.
Tyrannus cajana. Turdus rufiventris.
Saurophagus pitangua. Diplopterus guira.
Troglodytes platensis.

AUSTRALIAN.
Melopsittacus undulatus. — Nymphicus nove-hollandize.

PROCEEDINGS B. §. N. H.—VOL, XIII. 24 MARCH, 1871.

Annual Report.]

370

{May 4,

REPORT OF THE TREASURER

FOR THE YEAR ENDING APRIL 30, 1870.

Mr. Edward Pickering presented the following report of
the Treasurer for the past year: —

The Receipts and Expenditures.for the year have been as follows :

Receipts.

Dividends and Interest
Courtis Fund Income
Pratt “e é
Wolcott * Ok
Walker ‘ Ms
Annual Assessments .
Admission Fees

Life Membership

Total 3 ; : : 5

(one half.)

Expenditures.
Cabinet
Library
Publications ¥ é :
Less receipts from sales >
Gas A . . : 5 5
Fuel

Repairs of the Museum Building
Lectures : : : : 2
Less receipts from sale of Tickets

Binding Expenses . .
Salaries and wages
General Expenses

Excess of Expenditures over Receipts

. $1,571.51
1,194.00

$990.56

394.50

$7,856.90

666.91

446.00

570.00

1,233.16

1,345.00

125.00

100.00

$12,342.97
$925.34
943.08
377.51
135.51
631.30
836.32
596.06
1,371.24
6,688.25

1,464.47) $13,969.08

$1,626.11

The above is exclusive of the incomes of the Bulfinch Street Es-
tate Fund ($1786.60), the Walker Prize Fund, and one half of
the Walker Fund, which are specially appropriated, and are not

received by the Treasurer.

Bye

1870.)

[Annual Report,

The following is a statement of the Property of the Society, ex-

elusive of the’ Cabinet and Library.

Museum Building.
Cost of Building and Furniture, per last eet
Expended during the year
Walker Fund.
Notes secured by mortgage :
Walker Prize Fund.
19 Shares Atlas National ae

26 § Tremont

Gry Globe . Gs

7 ‘ Philadelphia, Wilmington & Balt. R.R. Co.
ne Vermont & Canada R.R. ae

Cash . :

une St. Estate Fund.

Note secured by mortgage
84 Shares Tremont N ational Bank .

eens Globe
IB 998 Vermont & Canada R. 1, Co.
Cash . F

Courtis Fund.
50 Shares Globe National Bank ..
85 aoe Philadelphia, py uineton & Balt. R.R. Co.
$400 U.S. 5-20 Bonds :
S. P. Pratt Fund.
27 Shares Philadelphia, Wilmington & Balt. R.R. Oe

50 “ Norwich & Worcester R.R. Co.
10 <“ Webster National Bank .

6 --** Boston
Cash i 5

HT, F. Wolcott Fund.
$6,000 Chicago and N. Western R.R. Co. 10’s Bonds .

General Fund.

17 Shares Bates Manufacturing Co.
35 Everett Mills .

380 “ Hamilton Woolen Manuf. Co.
80 ‘“* Washington Mills . ¢
12 ‘** Cocheco Manuf. Co.
2 ‘* Lowell Manuf. Co.
4 ‘ Laconia Manuf. Co.
38 ‘ Pepperell Manuf. Co.
ll ‘ Neptune Ins. Co.
18 ‘ Boston Ins. Co. ‘i
Ig eG Vermont and Canada R. R. Co.
9 ‘ Michigan Central R.R. Co. . :
a « Ogdensb’g & Lake Champl’n R.R. Pref. Stk.

$6,000 Albany City Bonds ;

20 Shares National Bank of Redemption

85 ‘* Pennsylvania Central R.R.Co. .
$4000 Bonds Summit Branch R.R. Co., 1870.

Miscellaneous.

Unsettled Accounts and Cash
Less outstanding bills 5

Total value of Property April 30,1870 . A 5 3
30, 1 1869 . sorauite .

Dimnution of value the past year

se Philadelphia, Wilmington & Balt. R.R. oe

$136,725.14
460.52

$2,204.00
3,183.00
771.38
366.00
1,429.25
7.00

$15,000.00
10,122.00
257.12
1,611.79
60.14

$6,250.00
1,827.50
425.00

$1,407.68
5,212.75
1,072.75
657.25
121.94

$1,700.00
3,500.00
7,500.00
8,000.00
7,200.00
1,800.00

$1,151.90
234.00

$137,185.66
41,105.00

7,910.63

27,051.05

8,502.50

8,472.32
6,058.27

86,880.53.

917.90

324,083.86
327,411.86

$3,328.00

4
=

Annual Report.] aa [May 4

In making up this statement, I have reduced the valuation of the
manufacturing stocks bequeathed to this Society by Dr. W. J.
Waiker, our great Benefactor, by the sum of $4,790.00.

All which is respectfully submitted,
E. PICKERING,

Treasurer Boston Society of Natural History.
Boston, April 30, 1870.

Mr. T. T. Bouvé, on behalf of the Trustees, presented the

following report on the Trust Funds of the Society for the
past year :—

[Annual Report.

375

1870.]

Dr. Tuos. T. Bouvé, Cuas. J. Spragur anp Epwarp Pickrerine, Trusters, In Accounr Or.

with THE Courtris Funp or tum Boston Socirrry or Narurau History.

— _ _ + as ——_—

1869,

1870.
July 6. |To Cash received of Philadelphia and Wil- April 80. |By Cash paid to Treasurer . wees $666.91
mington R.R. Diy. on 85 Shares $70.00
Sept. 24. “received of Globe Bank Dividend
870. on Stock F 250.00
Jan, 3. “received of P hiladelphia and Wil-
: mington R.R, Div. on 85 Shares 70.00
Mar. 22. “ received of Globe Bank Dividend
on Stock ; : ; 250.00
uy «rec. Int. on U.S. Bonds. $24.00
and Premium on Gold 2.91 26.91
$666.91 $666.91
Errors Excepted. Boston, April 30, 1870.

Boston, April 80, 1870. ‘The Pech of this Fund consists on date, of
O

TIHOS. T. BOUVEH, Trusren.
Examined and found correct.

R. C. GREENLEAR,
JOHN CUMMINGS:

50 Shares Globe Bank at 125 =. ‘ ‘ F , 4 6 5 F F a é fe 6 C 6 $6,250.00

85 Shares Phil. & Wil. R.R.at52 . ce ei beerdngs ie hiidded vee epee te) 8 1,827.50
U. S. Bonds $400 (‘Transferred from GeneralFund) . + . . 6 «6 Oot es aan 425.00
$8,602.50

[May 4,

374

Annual Report.]

€9'0TSLS

002 ’ . . . . . . . . . . . e e . . . puvy wo Ysvg
CG 6GF‘T ; : : ? ; ; : 2 : : : : * “WW Vpvuvwy puv yuoutsoA sorwys PL
00°99§ ; : ¥ ; : ; : : : : WW UOysurmyr AA pus viydpopeiy.y, sorvys J
SS TLL : ; : ’ : ; ‘ ; : ; : : : : ; * yuvg oqol9 sareys 9
00°SSL‘S ; cs ; : : ‘ 4 . ; ‘ : : . : HOSL IB yung yuoutoAy, soreys 9z
00°F0a'sS : 3 : : ; : 3 : ‘ ; : i : : , OTT 7B Uv svyV SolBUS 6T
JO SJSISMOD OFBP TO puny sy} Jo Ajtodoarg ou, ‘OL8T ‘0g [dy ‘uoysog
‘AMLSONL “WTANO “L ‘SOML SONTINWOO NHOL
TVAINAWHD “90
“OLST ‘08 Id y ‘uojsog *poydooxny sro. PD RAeeIOD punos pus pourmiexny
€9'S1e'°os 89'6L9's
LT FS : : ojVp WO UTOTY
Aq PpoAtodor JuNoW J[Vy
OUO PUNT TOT’ AA SoosuaAy, FO 93 ” ‘g judy
00°96 : * UGE SBIZV ” ” ” ”
100’ 0&T * yueg juoUW.LT, ” ” ” ”
00°08 : JUV OQO[Y PUOPIATT podaAtooor ,, ‘Tadw
00°9L8 : : : Srey * oFVp WO
woyy Aq Poatodoe JUNOUNG JLVYy OO
Pun WOY[VAA SOoJSNIT, JO poatooaI ,, °8 “AVITAL
00° FL ; OO UL UW WOpSUTUTTT AA Pus
VIYdppviyg UO puUoplAIq podAlooor ,, ‘ph UCL
\00°6T : : : 0D “UY Bpeavy ‘OL8T
pues yuoULIOA UO PUPA poarodot ,, ‘00d
00°L soured 4, LOTS PN waters, Wie Soaks ONS
00' FTE : * 0099 “37°37 epv ISVOJIOTT UO Jsoroyuy Jo
“UVD PUL JUOWIOA SoIVISG, ,, > OT dw JUNOWTB J[VY OUO SooJsnaAy, JO 9 ” ‘L’°Ppo
GL°80P : " Y90US “WU vps 00°S6 ; UCT SBIPFV ” ” ”
“UBD PUB YUOULIOA SIV Fy, ,, 9 ‘6 “IVI |!00°08T * yueg pUOUTOET, 99 ” ”
09°90 ; * yOoIS “Wy eps "OLST (00°08 : yUV_ oqo[D puoprlaAlq poalooer _,,
“UB PUB YUOULIDA SAIBYYEG ,, 4, 7 ‘L‘290_—s [loo gue : : : ‘ e}8p uo Woy
00°99 YIOFS “YW WOR Sureaye AA Aq poaatadot gunowe jyeq ouo
puv viydjoprryg el ty) eet 9 ‘LT 490 puny Joy[VAA SoojsHAT, JO podarooor ,, ‘L490
SE TLL ‘ YUVA OGOLH sorvysg 9 tof pred ysvop Aq} ‘Lounge 6r' LOLS : : : * gunod0v JO COUVL[V YSvVO og] ‘oe [LIdw
“698T. “698T

“AMOLSIPFT TIVGNLIVN AO ALAINOS NOLSOG FHL #0 GNOY ASNADX AY TVIOAdS GNV AZIAGd UVAWMIVAA AHL WLIM

"0

LNAOOOV NI “SAEISAUT, “ONIMAMOIY GUVMGY GNV TaADvudg “¢ ‘svHO “TANOg ‘J, ‘SONY,

“aq

3 Dr. Tuos. T. Bouvs, Cas. J. Sprague anp Epwarp PickrriIne, TRUSTEES, IN ACCOUNT . CR,
e
& WITH THE INCOME FROM THE WALKER FuND or THE Boston Socrmty or NArurAL History.
3 = =
5 1869. 1869.
4 Oct. 1. |To Cash received six months’ Interest on Oct. 1. |By Cash paid to Treasurer, one half of amount
4 Mortgage Note . : : received on date : : 5 $375.00
=e sé “« six months’ Interest on Mor $750.00 y «« paid to Trustees of Prize Fund one
Oct. 7. gage Note . : A half amount received on date . 875.00
1870. Gb “‘ six months’ Interest on Mort- 4838.15 Oct. 7. us paid to Treasurer, one half amount
March 8, gage Note . ; ; 6 received on date i ; 6 241.58
‘¢ six months’ Interest on Mort- a WG paid to Trustees of Prize Fund one
- gage Note . ; c : 750.00 1870. half amount received on date . 241.57
April 5. March 8. «« paid to Trustees of Prize Fund one
483.15 half amount received on date . 875.00
sf «paid to Treasurer one half amount
received on date : 3 : 875.00
April 5. «« paid to Treasurer one half amount
received on date j 6 F 241.58
LO eae: «paid to Trustees of Prize Fund on
eA half amount received on date . 241.57
$2,466.30, $2,466.80
Errors Excepted. Boston, April 30, 1870.
THOS. T. BOUVE, Trusterx.
Examined and fonnd correct, e
R. C. GREENLEAFP,
JOHN CUMMINGS.
Boston, April 80, 1870. The Property of this Fund consists on date of
Mortgage Notes amounting to Sec reie IS US br a OR a aa toe acre Same me tere ee te et UY
Ss
5

Zt
is Go Teo‘L28
, ral ees
a FL'09 : ° e ° . . . e e . a . . . . . . . . pury inde) ysvy
6) T19 T ; j 3 : : i : : ‘ : ‘ : : *00 TL UW VPVUvy puv yUOUIOA SoLvys OT
Al tg) EG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IOI yu oqort ) SorBys Z
00°GCL_ OT | : 4 F 5 :. : 5 s 5 . : . 7 AGL 4% ‘9039 Uv JUOWOLT, SOLCIS $8
00°000°eT$ : ; " . - : ; t ‘ : z ; : * UMS “{ “CF FO oJON OSvsy}1oP
JO S}SISMOO puny sryy Jo Aptodorg ou, ‘OLST ‘OE Tad y ‘uoysog
Se er a eee
SSONTWWOO NHOL :
‘AVAINGALS “0 “WL
JO01100 PUNOF puv pourwexg
‘AMISoNL, WTANOT WL ‘SOHL
‘OLST ‘08 Tidy ‘uojsog ‘poy dooxnt SIOLIGL
Re} G0'626' TS G0°626'TS
| ‘
oo 00° 0GP 5 : : * Salva Fg 001g
yUuvg_ JUOUToIT, WO puoprarq poateoor —,, ”
00°OT " SOIBUS % Y909S
YUVT OOH WO puoprarq poarooor ,, ‘T Tadw
\09°9G . * 390IS “UUW Bpvuvy “OL8T
puy PWoUrI A UO PUOPTAT PoAToood —,, 5p
00°0SP ee
FL'09 a Leh eee = OOUGICGY — 55 UO 4SoLIJUT ,SYJUOUL XIS poadtooor ,, ‘oad
: Go LLP * Y90FS S,0D ‘Ww vpe 00°0L : ; ; * sgorlvys Z% ‘3]0010
-UvO puB TOUR, SOIVYS F 0 7 "6T rdw yurg eqoyH uo puseprlArq podAtvoor ,, 9
0S’ L6P * 3909S 8.09 “WY vpv “OLST 00° 0ZF : : : * SOIVITS FR 6Y9099
-UBD puV aan SVIVYG G be ” “00d YUVY FWOULOTT, WO PUOPLATT] poaToood —_,, ‘TL ‘190
mm F0°60L * YO0IS 80D “Uy vpv 00°0SF * OJON O8SBSL10]T
~ -UVD pUB qUOULIO A SoIvyg J ‘PL “9900 WO yso1oJUyT (SYJUOU XIS poATooor “1G ACTT
fo) ZL Leos : yUuVg_ eqoy,H sorwysg gz 107 pred yse) Sq| ‘Lounge |iepzprs : : g ‘ puvy Wo s0uv[eq ‘qsep OL] ‘og tad w
for 2, ) )
o 698T ‘698T
jam —
5 “AMOLSIFL IVIOLVN LO ALAINOG NOLSOG WHL AO GND i ALVIS CAHULS HONTATOG WML WLIM
& ‘a9 j.FNNMOOOV NI ‘SHULSOY J, ‘ONIMH MOLT adavMay aGNv HNOVadS “f° “SVHY) “TA NOG sa bi “SOHT, ‘dd

[Annual Report.

3l7

1870.]

Dry Tinos: 1. Bouvm -Cnid. J. Spraccn AND Epwarp Picxerine, TRUSTEES, IN ACCOUNT Cr.
WITH THE Wo.Lcott Funp or THE Boston Soctery or Naturat History.

— SSS

1869. | 1870.
Oct. 20. |To Cash received Dividend on Chicago and |- Apr. 30. |By Cash paid to the Treasurer, and ex-
1870. N. Western R.R Bonds $285.00 pended by him for Books : $570.00
Apr. 30. 5 ef Dividend on Chicago and
N. Western R.R. Bonds 285.00
é $570.00 $570.00
Errors Excepted, Boston, April 30, 1870.

THOS. T. BOUVH, Trusrezs.

~

Examined and found correct,

R. C. GREENLEAF,
JOHN CUMMINGS.

Boston, April 80, 1870. The Property of this Fund on date consists of i
' Chicago and North Western Railroad Bonds ‘ o $6,000.00

spbicn ronEeeoul $6,058.27; the increase being due to non-expenditure of the whole income for
ooks.

.

~
in ‘TUNS OAOGV OT} FYSNOAG ATMO Yor A ssepo v Fo Surlog sprog oy “yanoure yey TOF PIAToood spuog pvoayreyy 4yue9
4 AION MON OY} FO o[ws BO} SULAMO ST “QQO'OLY “sanboq ay} Fo JUNOWE Po}wBIs OY} UOT puny sry FO UoNurarp yuoredde oud,
GE'SLESS
FG TCL . . . e . . . . . . . . . . e e e e e pusy 106) Yseyn
89° LOFT. : ; : ; : ; , ; "479 9B prorrey Woy Surat 4, pue vIdopelryd sorvys 1z
GLZLOL : : : ; : ? : : : ms 3 ‘ i ‘ ; * LOTS 9B YUvg_ «oysqo A, soreys OT
031.69 . . Q : ‘ ‘ : : : Phew eo : : * HGEOLS 4B UR [VUoNeN WOO sorvys 9
ra acy y : : . : : : . : . : : POLS 4B pvorrery 1ayso910 AA pure YOIM.LO AT SATIS OG
JO SISISUOD OUP LO puny srg? Jo Azredorg oy, “OAS. ‘08 Trad ‘toysoq
, SUNIWWOO NHOL
AVWINGALD °O Uw
JO9L109 punoy puv pouluexn
co
t= é .
fan) ‘TaLSOUL “‘WANOT ‘iL ‘SOHL
‘OLSL‘08 Indy ‘moysog *poydooxy so.
¥6'L9¢$ F6' L9¢%
O00 FS ‘Uv [VUONCN Wojsog ,, ” ” "8G “IVT
00°03 “TE LOM PUBYMION ,, ” ” “CL ‘uve
00° PS ‘Ua TEM pus ig ,, ” ” € uUve
‘OL8T
00°0F UBT “YN IOISqoM ,, ” ” ”
‘FG IST z z oJep TO puvy WO <dUKR[Vq YseO Ag ” 00° FG YUVY [VUONCN uojsog ,, 9 =» ‘L200
= 00°9FFS : : : ; : WOTIIT[OD 00°F : “WY uoysaru |
25 TO LOQvy oy wry Aq popuedxoe pur “TEAL PUB “TIT JO SpUeprATp ‘oor YsvQ og! 9 Atop
5} Ivok SULINP ToMsvoiy, oy} 09 pred yseg Ag] ‘og ‘ady_ || sez " * eyep WO puvy uo oouvreg yseQ oy] “Og -adyw
5 ‘OLST. ‘698
a a
5 AMOLSIFT TVEALVN AO ALAIOOG NOLSOG AHL 40 GNNG LLIVYG FHL HALIM
S BQ) LNNOOOV NI ‘SHALS AT, ‘ONTMA MOLT aduavMay anv HNOVaAdS °f “SVHY) ‘TA NOG al bh “SOHT, ‘ad.

1870.) | 3 79 [Annual Meeting.

Dr. Baldamus of Halle, Mr. Wm. P. Turnbull of Philadel-
phia, and Col. R. L. Playfair, British Consul at Algiers, were

elected corresponding members.

Mr. F. W. Putnam thought that something more than a
simple vote of thanks was due to the retirmg Custodian, and
therefore moved that the rules be suspended and Mr. Scud-
der made a Life Member of the Society. The motion was
seconded by Mr. T. T. Bouvé and carried by acclamation.

The Prize Committee reported, through Dr. J. B. 8. Jack-
son, that only one essay had been offered in competition for
this year’s prize and it was not deemed worthy of it.

They announced as the subject of the prize for 1872:
“The Darwinian question; its bearing on ‘the development

of animal life.”

The Nominating Committee reported, through Mr. R. C.
Greenleaf, a balloting list of officers for the ensuing year.

They stated that letters had been received from the Presi-
dent, Dr. Jeffries Wyman, now absent in Europe, declining
to be a candidate for reélection; they hoped, however, that
he might be induced to continue in the office, and therefore
requested further time for consideration. They also stated
that the Council had only that afternoon rescinded their
action in regard to the Microscopical Department, and had
divided the Departments of Mammals and Comparative
Anatomy, and the Committee had not yet had time to select
suitable candidates for them.

The following gentlemen were then elected officers for
3 70—71 —

Annual Meeting.] 380 {May 4
PRESIDENT,

VICE-PRESIDENTS,
CHARLES T. JACKSON, M.D., THOMAS T. BOUVE.

CORRESPONDING SECRETARY,
SAMUEL L. ABBOT, M.D.

RECORDING SECRETARY,
J A. SWAN.

TREASURER,
EDWARD PICKERING.

LIBRARIAN,
J. A. SWAN,

CUSTODIAN,
ALPHEUS HYATT.

COMMITTEES ON DEPARTMENTS.

Birds ; Nests and Eqqs. Mollusks.
Tomas M. BREWER, M.D., EDWARD S. Morss,
SAMUEL CABoT, M.D., JOHN CUMMINGS,

J. A. ALLEN. LEVI L. THAXTER.

Fishes and Reptiles. Paleontology.
D. H. STor=ER, M.D., W.. Hi. Nias;
FE. W. PuTNaAM, N.S. SHALER,
N. E. ATwoop. T. T. Bouvs&.

Insects. Botany.

F. G. SANBORN, Wo. T. BRIGHAM,
ASS: PACKARD, IR > MepE CHARLES J. SPRAGUE,
EDWARD BURGESS. J. A. LOWELL.

Crustaceans and Radiates. Minerals and Geology.
A. S. PACKARD, JE., NLD THomMAS T. Bouvs&,

A. E. VERRILL, CHARLES T. JACKSON, M.D.,
ALEXANDER AGASSIZ. WILLIAM T. BRIGHAM,

The Nominating Committee were instructed to bring in
additional nominations for the vacant departments.

The Secretary then presented the following papers by Dr.
A. 8. Packard, Jr., M. D.:-—

1870.] 381 (Packard.

CATALOGUE OF THE PHALZNIDEH OF CALIFORNIA.
By A. S. Packarp, Jr., M.D.

‘ The following notes are taken from a monograph of the North
American species of this lepidopterous family in course of prepara-
tion. The new species here described were kindly communicated
by Messrs. Henry Edwards and J. Behrens of San Francisco, Cal.
A few species, and those among the most interesting, are from Ne-
vada.

The occurrence of the genus Heterolocha, not before found in
North America; of a species of Rumia more closely allied to the Ku-
ropean R. crategata than R. sulphurea Pack. MS. found in Maine,
and of a species of Chesias, indicate that in this family as in the
Bombycidae, the Nocturnal Lepidoptera repeat on the Pacific slope of
our continent certain features peculiar to the European, or western
shores of the eastern hemisphere, as has been observed in the Diurnal
Lepidoptera, the Neuroptera, and the Crustacea and Mollusca of
California.

Unless otherwise stated the specimens were collected in California.

The types of the new species are contained in the Museum of the
Peabody Academy of Science, Salem.

Cheerodes nubilata n. sp. °.

Closely allied in form and structure to C. transversata; the fore wings
slightly more falcate, but the hind wings a little less caudate. Fawn
colored, like dark individuals of C. transversata. Head, palpi and
body concolorous with the base and outer edge of the wing, being
specked with black scales and short strige. On the basal third of
wing, is a very distinct dark, zigzag, broad, diffuse, blackish band, not
reaching the costa, being most distinct on the hind edge; the outer
line is brown, and is curved on the submedian cell, thence going
straight to near the apex where it is reflected at an acute angle on to
the costa; the angle, however, is less acute than in C. transversata, and
the reflected portion half as long. Just outside of this line are five
diffuse blackish patches, one on the inner edge near the angle, the
other resting on the apex, and forming a diffuse oblique line which
passes within the angle of the outer line. The median part of the
- wing between the two lines is clear tawny fawn color, with obscure
' large transverse strigze not present elsewhere on the wing. The dis-
cal dot is large and distinct, smaller on hind wings. Hind wings with
thick diffuse strige, less fine than on fore wings, and a single outer

Co

Packard.] 382 [May 4,

slightly sinuate brown line, on the inner side of which the wing is
clearer than elsewhere. Beneath, the wings are closely dotted with
dark scales, with the outer lines reproduced, though most distinct on
the hind wings.

6. Length of fore wing, .85; body, .65 inch. Behrens.

Choerodes egrotata (Guen.) 4, ?.

The wings are less faleate than in C. transversata and transducens,
the hind wings are like C. transversata, but with a slight tooth be-
tween the apex and central large tooth, while the wings are without
the usual band on their outer third. Head, palpi, and antenne the
same. Body and wings of a uniform pale light fawn color; wings al-
most white beneath. Head with thick hairs on vertex, the scales be-
ing longer than usual; just below the antenne a dark brown band;
below a little paler than the vertex. Palpi tipped with brown. An-
tennz concolorous with the rest of the body. Wings densely
speckled with brown; an inner curved, very slightly dusky line with
five or six black dots, and a similar line going from just beyond the
middle of the hinder edge, following a sinuous course to the costa
near the apex, with a black dot on each venule. A few minute
black dots on base of fringe, which is concolorous with the rest of
wing. A slight discal dot on both wings, that on fore wing small but
diffuse, that on hind wing a minute black dot; hind wings same
as fore wings, the speckles are arranged in a faint band, straight,
crossing the middle of the wing. An outer curved row of black dots
parallel to the outer edge. Beneath, dull white; costa and antenne,
half of fore wings, together with the costa and outer half of hind wings
sprinkled with black scales, and a row of dots parallel to outer edge
of wing near edge; discal dots as above, but larger and much more
distinct. Fore legs dusky in front, tarsi of hind and middle legs
dusky, otherwise white.

Length of fore wing, .83 ; body, .65 inch.

This common species varies in the tint of the wings, and the outer
line of dots varies in distinctness and degree of sinuosity. In one
specimen the outer band on the fore wing divides into two, the
inner, opposite the discal dot,being a broad wavy band situated half-
way between the dot and the outer band.

Several specimens received from Mr. Behrens show that this spe-
cies varies considerably in the degree of distinctness of the dusky
cloud on the inside of the outer row of dots, the inner edge often be-
ing straight and crossing the middle of the wing, while both pairs

1879.] 383 [Packard.

of wings, in some examples, are much darker than in others. The
lines and dusky borders are more conspicuous, the inner and outer
lines farther apart, and the inner line more curved in the 6. The
wings of this sex are paler, the speckles being less numerous. The
wings of the 2 also vary. ©

One ¢ from Mr. Behrens differs in being of a deeper fawn color,
with the two lines on the fore wings and single outer line on the hind
wings, forming very distinct dentate black lines, and the two on the
fore wings much nearer together than usual; discal dot obscure, and
inner line on the fore wings less curved than in other ¢ specimens.
It is a little smaller in size. Beneath the same, but the lines more
distinct. Wrongly referred to the genus Tetracis by Guenée.

Heterolocha Edwardsata n. sp. 3, ¢.

This very interesting species evidently is an aberrant form of this
genus of Lederer’s. The head agrees with Epione; the form of the
wings is amean between Rumia and Epione, and the venation is that
of Rumia, quite different from that of Epione. The wings seem to
be more faleate and the outer edge more oblique than in the other
species described, and in our species the usual line on the hind wings
is wanting, approaching Rumia in that respect. The ¢ antenne
are very broadly pectinated, the branches suddenly shortening on
the outer quarter, the tip being filiform. The ? antenne are mod-
erately pectinated, the tip being filiform. The hind wings are not
so produced and rounded towards the apex as in Epione, though
more so than in Rumia; mesial tooth slightly marked. Body and ab-
domen much as in Rumia.

6. Head yellow, with reddish pink orbits and palpi. Body yellow,
and wings of the same color, the hind wings being unmarked, a little
paler; the fore wings with a discal dot and a single oblique outer
scalloped line going obliquely from the outer quarter of the inner
edge to the costa just before the apex; the fringe is yellow, slightly
stained with dark brown below the apex, the under side of the wings
ls sparsely scattered with minute brown scales; beneath are two sub-
apical lines forming a V, the fringe is brown, and the wings more
speckled than above; discal dots larger than above.

The ¢ differs in its much larger size and in the inner line being pres-
_ ent, forming a broad diffuse brown band, interrupted by the veins and
_ angulated in the median space; the outer edge of the wing reddish
brown beyond the oblique scalloped line, the wing becoming more
yellowish on the edge, and the fringe dark brown below the apex.

Packard.} 384 [May 4,

The scalloped line reappears distinctly beneath ; discal dot large;
several other brown flecks are scattered over the middle of the wing.

Length of body, .50; fore wing, 6 .70, 2 .75 inch.

Dedicated to Mr. Henry Edwards, who has been the first to dis-
cover the genus in North America.

Eillopia Californiaria n. sp. ?.

Connects by its large palpi projécting beyond the front, and by
its full front EL. fascaria Pack. MS. with the other species, E. fer-
vidaria, etc. Pale ash with numerous brown scales and strige,
thickened on hind wing. Middle of wing dark brown, contrasting
remarkably with the rest of the wing; inner side of the band moder-
ately oblique, the edge being straight, not sinuate. On the outer side
the band is deeply hollowed out, the course being very regular, and
towards the costa the band retreats towards the middle of the wing
so that the band is just as wide on the costa as at the lower por-
tion opposite the excavation. Beyond, the wing is colored as near
the base. Hind wings more densely speckled than fore wings, with
a short, straight, brown line starting from inner edge near the inner
angle, and fading away before reaching the middle of the wing;
otherwise the wing is unmarked. Beneath, no lines, but the wing is
ochreous, with a distinct yellowish tinge, and is densely speckled
with brown, uniformly on both wings.

Length of body, .50; fore wing, .72 inch. Behrens.

Ellopia ? placeraria Guen. Hist. Nat. Lép. Uranides et Pha-
lénites, i, 132.

Tetracis zgrotata Guen. i, 141.

Tetracis truxaliata Guen. i, 142, pl. 20, fig. 9. Two males,
Edwards; a female, Behrens.

This species is intermediate between the section of the genus to
which 7’. aspilates and T. crocallata belong, and the third section of
which 7. trianguliferata is the type, as shown in the great length of
the palpi, and the acutely angulated wings.

Tetracis trianguliferata n. sp. 6.

This remarkable species belongs to a distinct section of the genus
from any described, as the 6 antenne are pectinated, the palpi are
remarkably long, and the venation is different. Though at first in-
clined to separate it as a new genus I shall retain it in the present
one, assuming that this and 7. truzaliata are the more aberrant forms
of the genus; the palpi do not vary so much in Endropia, though

1870.] 385 (Packard.

the wings and legsdo. LL. truxaliata, however, is more nearly allied
to our eastern species than the present one.

It differs from L. aspilates and crocallata in the head being a little
smaller, and the front slightly narrower, while the antenne are well
pectinated, the pectinations being slender and rather long, as long as
in some species of Caberodes. The palpi are remarkably long, erect,
rising far above the front, and usually pointed; the third point is
more indistinct than is usual in this genus or in Endropia or Caberodes.
The hind femur is slender, ‘not swollen as in the other species; the
costa is much wider, so that the subcostal venules are shorter and
thrown off at a much greater angle; the lozenge shaped subcostal cell
is one half smaller than in the two other species, and there are other
slicht differences, the venation of 7’. crocallata and aspilates being al-
most identical. ‘The wings are a little narrower, much more angu-
lated, andthe markings are different. ‘This divergence is paralleled by
that observed in the species of Endropia, though L. serrata is serra-
ted and the wings long and narrow, while in EL. pilosaria Pack.
MS., the wings are short and broad, and the edges entire; this is the
most aberrant species of the genus known to us. In Caberodes there
is much the same divergence from the generic type. C. florida dif-
fers from C. majoraria, the type of the genus, in having narrow an-
culated and faleate wings, and antenne with pectinations half as
long as in the latter species.

‘Tt is bright ochreous yellow, both wings dotted over with brown
specks. Orbits and tips of palpi speckled with light brown. Three
large brown spots edged with dark brown onthe costa, the basal one
next the thorax not extending below the subcostal vein, and nearly
twice as long as broad, the second just within the middle of the wing,
equilaterally triangular, the apex blunt and resting on the median
vein; the third is nearer the apex than the second spot, and is equi-
jaterally triangular, with the apex acute and resting on the independ- —
ent venule. Between these two last spots are three small costal spots.
A minute discal dot. Fringe concolorous with the rest of the wing.
Hind wings with a large tooth; a large tooth in middle of fore wing.
Hind wings slightly paler on inner half, no markings. Beneath, the
large triangular spots are faintly reproduced and the brown speckles
are long and larger than above. ‘The fringe is yellow, with a brown
line at base. :

Length of fore wing, .76 inch. Edwards.

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.—VOL. XIII. 25 MARCH, 1871.

Packard.] 8386 [May 4.

Azelina Hubneraria Guen. i, 159.

Specimens from Messrs. Edwards and Behrens do not differ from
examples from Massachusetts and Illinois. In the female, however,
the outer line is less sinuate, and the inner line on the fore wings is
nearly obsolete.

Azelina Behrensaria n. sp. é.

Closely allied structurally with A. Hiibneraria. Ash granite gray.
Head and body pale granite gray, abdomen darker; a line on hinder
edge of each segment; thorax very hairy, with a prominent median
crest. A broad, fawn colored brown band in middle of wing, limited
by the inner and outer line which are dark black brown and very
distinct ; inner line curved just below the costa, and slightly sinuate
below the median vein; outer line sinuate as in Hiibneraria, having a
deep curve inwards in the middle of the wing, and another near the
inner edge,'and oblique on the costa. Beyond this line the wing is
ash gray as at base, with a large oval diffuse fawn-brown spot ex-
tending from near the internal angle to the middle of the wing. Edge
of the wing a little darker than next to the outer line; a dark line at
base of fringe. In the hind wings, which are pale ash gray, the sin-
gle outer line is nearer the outer edge than in A. Hiibneraria, and is
a little more sinuate. Base of fringe lined with black, and four black
diffuse intervenous spots very unlike the large distinct ones of A.
Hiibneraria. On fore wings a large curvilinear white discal dot,
lined within with black scales. Beneath, uniformly pale ash ; discal
dot more diffuse than above, with a black dot within.

Length of fore wing, .73; body, .65 inch. Behrens.

At once known by the broad fawn-brown central band on fore
wings, contrasting with the pale granite ash gray of the rest of the
wings and body, and by the clear, large discal dot. Antenne a little
slenderer than in Hiibneraria.

Metanema cervinaria n.sp. ¢.

Differs structurally from the other species described by Guenée,
in the antennz not being pectinated, but finely ciliated beneath, while
the palpi are rather large and stout, passing a little beyond the front.
The body and wings are of an uniform fawn color, the scales being
thick and close. The basal line is angulated on the median vein, ex-
tending thence straight to the costa, and below the median vein its
course to the inner edge is oblique and slightly sinuous. The outer
line pale testaceous; like the inner it is a little more distinct, and is

1870.] 387 [Packard.

slightly sinuous ; it is situated half way from the inner line to outer edge.
Apex very acute, median angle large, as is that on the hind wing.
A minute black discal dot on both wings. On hind wings the single
straight pale line is a little broader than on fore wings. Fringe short,
testaceous, a little reddish at base, especially towards the angles. Ab-
domen a little paler than thorax. Beneath, the wing is pale ochre-
ous with dense black strige, often confluent; both wings are shaded
with a slight ashen tinge on the outer edge ; on fore wings the strigze
unite in diffuse patches, forming an irregular broad band on the outer
third of the wing; fringe as above.

Length of fore wing, .87; body, .72 inch.

W. Springs, Cal. Behrens.

This fine species may be recognized by its large size, uniform fawn
color, the simple antenne, and the two testaceous lines on the fore
wings.

Metanema forficaria Guen. i, 172.

Boarmia clivinaria Guen. i, 245.

Boarmia Californiaria n. sp. 6. °.

This fine species belongs to Guenée’s first group, and is aied to
the European B. repandaria. The male is ash colored, with nu-
merous black scales, and is clouded more or less with dull ochreous
patches. Antenne well pectinated. The usual three transverse black
diffuse lines present ; the basal one is much curved, a little wavy,
and ends on the costa at the basal third. On the costa it is straight,
just below pointed subacutely outwards, and curved outwards a little
just below the median vein, thence going obliquely to the basal
fourth of the inner edge of the wing. From the inner edge a sup-
plementary diffuse brown line accompanies it on the inner edge as far
as the median vein. The middle line is sinuate, curved just below
the costa, and towards the costa becomes much broader. ‘The outer
line is more clear, runs near the middle line, and consists’ of three
wavy, slightly marked scallops, one point resting on the lower subme-
dian venule, the other on the third médian venule. A submarginal
zigzag white line ; a scalloped black distinct line on the edge of the
wing. Fringe ash brown ; three diffuse ochreous brown patches on
the inner edge of the wing. Hind wing marked like the fore wing ;
the basal line diffuse, blackish, straight; a rather obscure discal dot
(none visible on fore wings). An outer slightly scalloped line, like the
basal one, not reaching the costa. It goes straight from the inner
edge to the middle of the discal area, where it makes a slight bend

Packard.] 388 [May 4,

inwards towards the costa; it is bordered without by a broad diffuse
brown line. Beyond isa blackish submarginal line, a little angulated
in the discal space; edge of wing deeply scalloped, the points sub-
acute. The female is paler ash, less ochreous and the hind wing
more deeply scalloped.

Beneath pale ash with blackish scales and minute strigz; discal dot
on both pairs of wings large, rounded and distinct, the outer line com-
mon to both wings faintly reproduced.

Length of body, .65; fore wing, .80—.82 inch. Behrens.

Tephrosia Californiaria n. sp. é.

This species belongs to the same group as 7. canadaria, but the
wings, fore and hind, are shorter and broader; otherwise the head,
antenne, and form of the body are the same. Reddish ash, fore
wings a little deeper reddish; with three diffuse dusky brown lines,
the basal, on the inner fourth of the wing, curved, angulated on the
submedian vein, and sinuate just below the median vein; the middle
line is situated just beyond the discal dot, and is slightly oblique,
sinuate, and connected with a large dusky cloud enclosing the discal

.dot, and sending a diffuse line to the costa and internal margin of the
wing. Half way between the discal dot and the outer edge of the
wing is a broad scalloped line deepening in tint towards the points of
the scallops; a larger scallop than the others rests on the inner edge
of wing; just below the middle of the wing are two large twin scal-
lops and two larger than the others near the apex, there being eight
scallops in all, A row of black dots along the edges of both wings;
fringe concolorous with both wings. Discal dot on fore wings minute,
black, surrounded by a white round spot. On the hind wing three
faint diffuse lines start from the inner edge, disappearing in the middle
of the wing. Beneath clear pale ash; discal dots distinet, costal and
outer edge speckled with black scales. Varies in size and distinctness
of median cloud on fore wings, and of the short lines on hind wings.
36.

Length of body, .50; fore wing, .57-.64 inch. Behrens.

Tephrosia ferruginosaria n. sp. °.

This cannot be the female of the preceding species, though belong-
ing to the same section and closely allied: to it structurally. It is fer-
ruginous ash on fore wings, thorax and head. Base of wing (nner.
quarter) ash, with thick dusky scales, concolorous with the outer edge
of the wing. In the middle third of the wing is a broad dusky band,

1870.] 889 [Packard.

alittle wider on the costa than on the inner edge, and opposite the
discal det produced outwards into an obtuse point. Discal dot black,
larger than in JZ. Californiaria, and surrounded by a white ring.
Half way between this and the outer edge of the wing is a slightly
oblique scalloped line (eight distinct scallops), the points acuter and
much smaller than in 7’. Californiaria ; a few white scales about the
points, within dark brown; a broad, rather clear, pale rust red band
between the scalloped line and the mesial broad dusky band.

Along edge of fore wings a row of minute black dots, much smaller
than in 7. Californaria, and obsolete on hind wings. Hind wings
considerably paler than fore wings, freckled with dusky scales, ar-
ranged in three diffuse indistinct bands, one enclosing the discal dot;
the basal one rather near the mesial one. Beneath uniform pale ash
freckled with minute black scales. Both wings alike, discal déts
distinct on both wings. Hind wing not so clear of scales as in T.
Californiaria, and no row of marginal black dots, as in that species.

Length of body, .45; fore wing, .58 inch.

Behrens.

This is more rust red than any species known to me. We have
no reddish tinged specimens from the Eastern States.

WNemoria? faseolaria Guen. i, 351.

Synchlora liquoraria Guen. i, 375.

Acidalia sideraria Guen.i, 451.

Acidalia 5-linearia n. sp. 6. °.

White speckled with minutely brown scales; head white on the ver-
tex ; front black, palpi white, edged above with black scales. Anten-
ne of 6 with long coarse hairs. Thorax and body white ; wings
white, finely powdered with brown scales, fore wings with five yel-
lowish brown lines, the basal one on the inne fourth of the wing
much curved on the median vein ; the second is the broadest and
most distinct, going obliquely from the outer third of tke costa to the
middle of the inner edge. Half way between this line and the outer
edge is a wavy slender line, parallel to, the edge; and between it and
the outer edge are two faint diffuse irregular lines. The outer #ar of
these lines are continued on the hind wing, the inner and shortes: pne
being straight and distinct, the others more or less waved. Discal
dot minute, black, much ae and more distinct on hind wing. .The
outer edge of fore wing is Bros, edged with black between the
venules, and there are ape black dots on the fringe, opposite the
ends of the venules; fringe white. Costa testaceous above and on

Packard.] 390 [May 4,

the under side. Beneath, the discal dots more distinct. Beyond the
discal dots on fore wings are two black lines, the outer wavy; and on
the hind wings one line only is present, being wavy and situated
nearer the outer edge than its fellow on the upper side. Wings paler
than above.

Length of body, .38-.48 ; fore wing, .54-.64 inch. Edwards, Beh-
rens. Allied to our eastern A. enucleata Guen.

Acidalia granitaria n. sp. 6.

A smaller species than usual, of a granite gray, slightly tinged with
brown. Body dusky, with conspicuous white scales; tarsi white;
abdomen ringed with white; tipped with white. Antenne with
curved bristles. Palpi dark. Head rather dark. Inner half of
fore wings uniformly black pepper-colored, enclosing a black, round,
rather prominent discal dot, just beyond which is an oblique, slightly
waved, pale whitish band, bordered externally with a black line, most
prominent on the inner edge of the wing. Beyond this line is a nar-
row white line, broadest on the inner edge of the wing. Beyond is
a brownish, broad, diffuse band, with a row of longitudinal white spots
just beyond, with brownish scales between the spots. On the edge,
at the base of the fringe, is a row of white spots, each spot with a
dark spot on the outer edge consisting of a few blackish scales.
Fringe concolorous with the rest of the wing.

Hind wings marked the same as in the fore wings and colored the
same. Just beyond the conspicuous discal dot is a brown line;
beyond is a broader pale band, lined with black and with a narrow
whitish line beyond. ‘Then succeeds a diffuse brownish band, and
the outer edge and fringe are marked in the same way.

The same markings are repeated on the under side of the wing.
The discal dot is less distinct than above, beyond is a distinct sinu-
ate blackish line on a whitish field, and still beyond is a brown line
half as wide as on the upper side of the wing. The edge of the wing
is whitish, with fine intervenular black spots, and the fringe is
checkered with black opposite the ends of the venules.

Leneth of body, .23; fore wing, .28 inch.

Differs from the other species here noticed by its diminutive size
aud granite gray color. Edwards. }

Acidalia Californiaria n. sp. ¢, &.

Snuff brown, head and antenne and thorax darker brown, anten-
nz with long dense cilia, curved at the ends. Abdomen paler than

1870.] 391 [Packard,

thorax. Wings of a uniform snuff brown, speckled minutely with
black, especially along the costa. No basal line on fore wing; a
prominent dusky, diffuse, wavy extradiscal line, oblique, a little sinu-
ate, parallel with the outer edge of the wing ; half way between this
and the base of the fringe are two indistinct lines, the inner one
most distinct and very wavy; a narrow dark line along the base of
fringe, which last is clear snuff brown. A faint brown discal dot.
The same lines are repeated on hind wings. Beneath scarcely paler
than above, with the extradiscal line black and very distinct, finer
than on the upper side; the two other lines very faint, the inner one
however, in some specimens, quite distinct and very wavy. A mar-
ginal row of small black dots; the base of both wings is thickly
speckled with black scales.

Length of body, .35-.40 ; fore wing, .40-.46 inch. Edwards.

A. Pacificaria n. sp. 6, ?.

Closely allied to the preceding, but differing in its smaller size, the
more rounded apex of fore wings, and the less oblique outer border.
The extradiscal line is blacker than in the other species, and much
less oblique, with a bend inwards below the median vein; discal dot
distinct, black. Near the outer edge is a pale, clear, irregular, scal-
loped line parallel to the outer edge, and diminishing in width towards
the costa. A marginal row of distinct, minute, black dots, not present
in the other species, and the wing is more dusky at base. Beneath,
the two outer lines are nearly equally distinct, the outer one waved;
hind wings much asin A. Californiaria.

Length of body, .34; fore wing, .35 inch. Edwards.

Acidalia rubromarginaria. ¢.

Brown, with a reddish tint. Body and base of both wings ferru-
einous dull brown; both wings dull reddish brown at base; on fore
wings this tint extends to a little beyond the middle of the wing, its
outer edge irregular, angulated in the middle and excavated below.
It is crossed just before the middle of the wing by a slightly oblique,
dark line, on which rests an irregular row of light brown scales; be-
yond the wing is a clear tawny brown, with a submarginal line
curved and slightly waved, made up of black dots on the venules
connected by a slight line; this line is parallel with the outer edge
of the basal dark area. A marginal row of black dots; fringe deep
brick red. Hind wings the same, but the dark portion at base only
extends to first third of wing, and the broken wavy curved line of

Packard.] 392 [May 4,

dots is half way between this and the outer edge; fringe brick red,
contrasting well with the clear tawny brown of outer two-thirds of
wings. Beneath uniformly pale tawny brown, with a common diffuse
waved middle line, doubled on the anterior half of hind wings, en-
closing a narrow, oval, irregular spot, and a very faint, submarginal
row of minute black dots; fringe red.

Length of body, .28; fore wing, .35. Edwards.

Macaria Californiaria n.sp. 6, 2.

Of the normal type of the genus. Allied to M. 4-signata Walk.
Pale gray, speckled with a few brown scales. Fore wing with no
transverse lines; three equidistant dark brown spots on the costa,
the basal one smallest and narrowest, the middle one triangular, the
outer one square and connected with an oblique row of blackish dots
situated on the venules; that’ on the independent venule being the
largest, and long ovate. Outside of this spot the wing is slightly
clouded. A row of minute black dots at base of fringe, which is
concolorous with the rest of the wing. The outer edge of wing is
not excavated. The inner is not otherwise marked, except by fre-
quent transverse strige. Hind wings with no bands; an obscure dis-
cal dot; uniformly strigated with dark brown. Beneath, the fore wing
is strigated on the costa; veins distinct, testaceous. Hind wings stri-
gated all over the under surface, the strigee forming a slightly marked
diffuse band near the outer edge. Behrens and Edwards.

Length of body, .85; fore wing, .57 inch.

Halia marcescaria Guen., ii, 92.

Guenée does not mention the oblique, brown, narrow line present
on the fore wings of two 6 6, nor the conspicuous double row of
black dots along the abdomen. Edwards.

Halia cineraria n. sp. ¢, &.

Closely allied to H. marcescaria, but it is pale ash gray. 6 Head
and palpi ash, wings a little paler, while H. marcescaria has a testa-
ceous hue. The fore wings are marked just like H. marcescaria, but
they are narrower, and more excavated just below the apex. The
strigee are a little thicker on the costa than elsewhere. ‘There are
no indications of a basal line ; the outer line is situated nearer the
middle of the wing than in the other species ; in the middle of the
wing on the line is a black dot. Just beyond the line is a semi-trans- -
lucent broad band. Discal dot as in other species. Beneath, the
fore wing is pale ash, clear in the middle of the wing, with a speckled

1870.] 393 [Packard.

costa and outer edge. Hind wings ash, mottled densely with brown
seales; discal dot distinct ; the wings darker on outer half beyond
the single distinct brown line, with a dusky patch in the middle of
the wings adjoining the line.

In the ? there is no line on fore wings. The hind wings are more
aneulated and dentated than in H. marcescaria. ;
Length of wing, .56 ; body, 6 .45 inch. Edwards and Behrens.

Tephrina marmorata n. sp. ¢.

Closely allied in form and markings to T. strigularia, wrongly re-
ferred by Mr. C.S. Minot (these Proceedings, vol. x11.) to Anisopteryzx.
These two species belong to a distinct section of the genus, and at
present I refer it to Tephrina, though I need more material to under-
stand the genus better. The front of the head is much fuller, and
the wings are more pointed, and the palpi are quite short, projecting
but a little distance beyond the front. Body and wings pale ash with
a testaceous hue ; a little deeper hue on the outer edge of both wings.
The costal edge is marked with minute strige, most distinct on the
extreme edge. A square whitish spot on the inner third of the costa,
and an outer white distinct line broadest on the costa, disappearing
before reaching the inner edge of the wing, bent on the first median
venule. The fringe on both wings is white, checkered with large
square brown spots ; no discal spot above or below on either wing
Under side of fore wings bathed with yellow testaceous, veins distinct,
testaceous; extreme costal edge dark, with white strige. Outer white
line faintly reproduced, making with the white apex a rude V, en-
closing a triangular mottled space ; remainder of the wing clear of
scales. Under side of hind wings marbled beautifully, the ground
color being white, with dark strigee arranged in broken bands; a
central broad band angulated on the independent venule, with yel-
lowish spots, especially on the venules, and the wing within is
densely strigated, with the median area white, with a few brown
strigee ; from the inner angle arises a broad band which terminates
on the first median venule. The outer edge of the wing is sprinkled
with brown, especially on the apex and costa; elsewhere it is pure
white. ‘

Probably from near the snow line, as our New England species was
_ found by Mr. Sanborn on the summit of Mt. Washington.

Length of body, .50; fore wing, 75 inch. 2%. Edwards. Nevada.
Tephrina alae Guen., li, 97.
Tephrina muscariata Guen., ii, 98.

Packard.] 394 [May 4,

Tephrina neptaria Guen., ii, 99.

Tephrina monicaria Guen., ii, 100.

Tephrina Lorquiniaria Guen., ii, 101.

Panagra flavo-fasciata n. sp. é.

Uniform granite gray, thickly speckled uniformly over the surface
of the wing ; head and thorax concolorous. A slightly oblique nar-
row brown line, lined with yellow testaceous scales on inner quarter
of wing, fading away on the costa. <A circular black discal dot
centered with white. An outer oblique, slightly sinuate yellow testa-
ceous line, fainter on inner edge and costa of wing, lined externally
with black scales ; a marginal row of triangular intervenous black
dots. (Hind wings and‘ abdomen wanting.) ~ Beneath, uniformly
speckled with gray and white scales; costa a little clearer; the
diffuse discal spot indistinct. No bands or spots.

Veins testaceous and distinct beneath. I refer, with slight hesita-
tion, a female specimen to this species from Mr. Behrens, which has
the two bands on the fore wings a little farther apart, and the discal
spot twice as large. These may be sexual differences. The hind
wings have a diffuse discal spot, and a single diffuse slightly sinuous
line beyond the middle of the wing, not reaching the costa. It does
not reappear beneath, though the discal dot is large and distinct.

6 Fore wing, .56 inch; ? fore wing, .58 inch.

Edwards and Behrens.

Selidosema juturnaria Guen., ii, 147. 3, °.

In a male received from Mr. Behrens, the wings are clearer, the
outer line less distinct ; the dusky cloud near the internal angle
of the wing is wanting, and the fringe is slightly checkered as in 2 ;
the hind wings are crossed on the under side by a well-marked curved
band of large brown spots, and the under side is of a paler ashen
gray than in the other specimens.

The ? differs from ¢ in the fore wings being clearer beyond the
outer broad band, and in not having the large dark patch below the
middle of the wing (present in the male), while the outer edge of the
hind wings is clearer ; but it differs most in having the fringe check-
ered with white and dusky brown. Same gize as 6. A faint band on™
under side of hind wings not present in my single male specimen.

Selidosema Californiaria n. sp. °.

Pale Ash, bathed on the fringe and beneath with reddish pink;
the palpi are longer, and scales of front rougher than in TJ. jutur-
naria, otherwise it is structurally the same, though larger. Fore

1870.] 395 (Packard.

wings crossed by a single curved, diffuse, dusky line, beginning on
outer third of costa and curving and fading away before reaching the
inner edge ; this slightly marked line being more regularly curved
than in S. juturnaria. No discal dot seen above. Hind wings free
from markings, fringe pinkish, and both wings beneath bathed with
reddish pink. On fore wings a linear, small, discal dot; on hind wings
a larger rounded discal dot. No band on hind wing, or any other
markings or dusky scales, and on fore wings is a faint reproduction of
the single outer line, disappearing before reaching the middle of the
wing.

eet of fore wing, .86 inch. Behrens.

A larger species than S. juturnaria, and ‘at once recognized by the
red fringe and underside of wings.

Selidosema feeminaria Guen., ii, 149.

Fidonia avuncularia Guen., ii, 155. Nevada. Edwards.

Gorytodes uncanaria Guen., ii, 180. Edwards.

Larentia implicata Guen., ii, 284.

Eupithecia subapicata Guen., ii, 331.

Eupithecia rotundopuncta n. sp.

This species is of the more usual form, with long slender palpi
reaching far beyond the head. General color pale reddish brown.
Head, palpi, and body, like the wings. Fore wings covered with wavy
brownish lines, dull whitish between ; discal dot large and round.
Just beyond the discal dot there is a clearer band succeeded by a
more dusky band widening on the costa, and lined externally at
intervals with whitish. At base of fringe a row of intervenular, deep
brown linear spots ; fringe concolorous with the rest of the wing.
Hind wings clear in middle and on costa. A submarginal zigzag
brown line, and marginal row of intervenular linear spots.

Beneath, the curvilinear dusky discal dot is distincts wings clear,
checkered on the costa with a submarginal dusky band; a marginal
row of intervenular linear spots, aud a dusky spot on the fringe
opposite the end of each venule.

Length of fore wing, .40 inch. Edwards.

EKupithecia Nevadata n. sp.

In this pretty species the wings are much longer than usual, the

~ outer edge being very oblique, the head very prominent, the protho-

rax being rather long, and the palpi rather short, very broad, pass-
ing beyond the front by a distance equal to that between the base
of the antennz, while in the species previously described the palpi

Packard.] 3 96 [May 4,

surpass the front by a distance equal to the length of the head itself.
They are black, with a few white scales along the middle of the side ;
front edge of front blackish ; front itself and vertex whitish ; thorax
whitish, with a few black scales. Fore wings pale gray. Base of
costa black, terminating abruptly in a slightly curved black line
ending in the middle of the median space ; costa throughout dusky.
Just before the middle of the wing is an oblique blackish band di-
rected outwards and passing below the subcostal vein. Just above
the discal dot is a square, black, costal patch, succeeded by two white, ©
short lines. Half way between these and the apex are two twin
white costal bands, with a broad black patch on each side. Beyond,
is a squarish reddish brown patch, and the extreme apex is gray.
The base of the wing below the costa is quite clear, with scattered
dark scales,and a black linear spot on the end of the median vein at
the origin of its branches ; from this spot a linear reddish line ex-
tends to the discal dot, and below two dusky lines extend to the
inner edge of wing, the inner being the wider. The discal dot is
curvilinear, black, very distinct, edged with white externally. A
few red scales are scattered over the space inside the discal dot.

Beyond the discal dot is a broad, clear, pale gray band, with a row.
of longitudinal black linear spots on the outer edge, becoming longer
towards the costal edge of the wing ; this broad space terminates on
the subcostal vein ; it is limited on the outer edge by a wavy light
line. Beyond, is a row of reddish diffuse patches, forming a wide
series of scallops. The outer edge of the wing is dusky gray ; along
the base of the fringe is a linear narrow black line interrupted by
the ends of the venules. The long fringe is dirty white, with slightly
darker scales. Hind wings clear on the costal and median areas,
with a distinct, round, discal dot, the inner and submedian region
covered with dark and light alternating crinkled lines, most marked
on the venules.

Beneath, fore wings clear, with costa dusky at base; discal dot
distinct, linear, extending to costa. Half way between it and a sub-
apical black patch is a black line consisting of two dots. Beyond the
discal dot both wings are lineated finely with black and gray, and the
biack line at base of fringe is very distinct.

Length of fore wing, .50 inch. Nevada. Edwards.

Hypsipetes Californiata n. sp.

Ash gray. Front of the head pale ash, palpi brown, pale on the
edges. Eyes black ; tegule pale ash speckled with black. Base of

1870.] 397 [Packard.

fore wings pale gray; an oblique black line finely and acutely pointed
on the median vein goes obliquely outwards ; it is bordered within
with reddish ; this, with an irregular black line crossing the wing
obliquely just before the discal dot and bordered within with red,
forms a dark band crossing the wing and enclosing a median watery
ash band. A dark irregular black line, forming a great angle on the
‘last subcostal venule, where it is connected with an oblique black
apical broken line. Between this and the intradiscal line is a clear
light ash area, narrow on the inner edge of the wing, and three
times as wide on the costa, and enclosing a linear long black dis-
eal dot. This extradiscal line is bordered externally with reddish
brown, which is followed by a watery ash band indented on the ven-
ules. Beyond, the wing is dark ash, the fringe concolorous. The
oblique black apical line consists of three or four longitudinal spots.
Hind wings rather paler and of the same color beneath. Fore wings
considerably darker beneath.

Length of fore wing, .70 inch. Behrens.

Hypsipetes 5-fasciata n. sp. °.

Of the ash gray color usual in the genus. Body and wings colored
alike ; two dusky spots on the prothorax, and two on each patagium.
The fore wings are crossed by five dark smoke-colored bands ; the
basal one goes obliquely outwards from the costa to the inner edge,
_ being angulated on the median vein. Beyond is a band twice as
broad, dislocated in the median space; beyond and close to the pre-
ceding is a band half as wide and crossing the wing just before the
middle. Just beyond it is a faint linear discal mark; the middle of
the wing is clear. In the outer third of the wing is a narrow band,
more or less scalloped like the others, and obtusely angulated out-
wards; a broad submarginal band deeply scalloped on the outer edge,
the scallops being deeply pointed; the band increases in width
towards the costa, the usual oblique apical streak partially conceals
one of the scallops, being very well marked ; outer edge of wing ash,
not smoky. ‘The veins and their branches are black on the bands.
Hind wings light ash with no markings, and not sprinkled over with
black scales, as in the preceding species ; a very faint discal dot.

Beneath uniformly ash, the bands and discal spot very faintly re-
produced, more distinct on the costa ; the discal dot on the hind wing
quite distinct.

Length of fore wing, .68 inch. Behrens.

Differs from H. Californiata in the quite different arrangement of

Packard.] 398 [May 4,

the bands, which are of a peculiar smoky color, not reddish, and
appearing as if translucent. Rubbed specimens show the bands very
distinctly.

Hypsipetes nubilofasciata n. sp. 6, ¢.

This is a little smaller species than the preceding, but with a
similar arrangement of the bands. It is a little lighter gray, with a
very faint yellowish tinge in rubbed specimens. The fore wings are
crossed by six bands ; the basal is directed obliquely outwards from
the costa, and irregularly edged on each side with reddish scales, and
is waved and angulated in the median space. ‘This is succeeded by a
broad smoky band, widest in the middle, just beyond which is a
curved black band widening towards the costa, and wavy towards the
inner edge of the wing, and bordered on both sides with reddish
scales. Parallel and just beyond is a similar line, but a little narrower
and less distinct, and bordered on each side with reddish scales which
do not reach the costa. Just beyond this is a broad, sinuate, smoky
band, irregular on the edges; the outer edge of the wing is also
smoky, forming a broad marginal smoky band, not present in the two
preceding species. A blackish oblique apical streak. The hind
wings are of the usual pale ash color, but are crossed beyond the
middle by two dusky curved bands.

Beneath, the bands are very faintly reproduced on both wings, but
their terminations on the costa of the fore wings form five large square
dusky spots.

Length of body, .42; fore wing, .62 inch. Edwards and Behrens.

This species may at once be known by the outer edge of the fore
wings being smoky, and the black band edged with reddish, except
on the costa. It is a smaller species than the two others.

Coremia convallaria Guen., ii, 410. ¢, ¢. Edwards.
Behrens.

Coremia defensaria Guen., ii, 411.

Coremia propugnata W-V. Does not differ from specimens
from Iceland and New England.

Coremia plebeculata Guen., ii, 419.

Coremia Californiata n. sp. °.

This is closely allied to C. ferrugata, but is larger. The markings
are arranged on the same plan. The ferruginous base of the fore
wings is traversed by a pale line ; the outer edge of this reddish area
is straight, instead of being curved as in C. ferrugaia, slightly
wrinkled, with an acute angle on the subcostal vein. This is suc-

1870.] 399 [Packard.

ceeded by a clear pale ash band, traversed, however, by two linear
reddish lines. The middle of the wing is crossed by a broad reddish
band, black on the edges, and traversed by three dark lines very dis-
tinct on the costa, the lines being acutely angled outwards just below
the subcostal vein ; the inner side of the band is a little curved, but °
not wrinkled, while in C. ferrugata it is not only plainly wrinkled but
deeply and acutely indented on the subcostal vein ; the outer edge of
the band and the markings on the outer edge of the wing are much
as in C. ferrugata. ‘The hind wings are less distinctly striped. The
apical portion of the fore wings beneath is tinged with reddish. The
hind wings are marked much as in C. ferrugata.

Head reddish brown, especially on the vertex. Palpi and occipital
scales dull ashen, concolorous.

Length of body, .42; fore wing, .60 inch. Edwards.

Scotosia heesitata Guen., ii, 444.

This agrees in the main with Guenée’s description, which was
probably drawn from a specimen less perfectly preserved than ours.

Behrens.

Scotosia Californiata n. sp.

This belongs to a different section of the genus from S. hesitata,
the apex being more pointed, the costal edge less rounded, and the
palpi stouter and much shorter. It is dull ash, palpi blackish. Fore
wings crossed by very fine numerous, wavy, parallel, black lines. Base
of wing dull ash, crossed by a slender black line and edged with
black, beyond which is a pale whitish line, succeeded by a broad
dusky band; and beyond is a whitish band situated on the basal third
of the wing. Beyond are four black wavy lines crossing the middle
of the wing. Three submarginal black finer lines, and well-marked
on the costa, below consisting of venular black dots. A marginal,
zigzag, distinct, black line, fringe dull ash. Hind wings clear, much
paler, without any bands except four short wavy lines near the inner
angle. <A black, zigzag¢,marginal line following the deep points of the
well-scalloped edge of the wing. Beneath, the wing is clear and
paler than above, but yet rather dusky, with black costal bands, and
two obscure rows of testaceous venular spots. The zigzag marginal
line is very distinct. Hind wings thickly dusted with black scales,
~ with three obscure rows of venular dots on the outer half of the wing,
and the marginal black line very distinct. The discal dots small but
present on each wing. Legs black, ringed with white.

Length of fore wing, .70 inch. Edwards.

Packard.] 400 [May 4,

Cidaria mancipata Guen., ii, 468.

Cidaria nubilata n. sp. é.

Palpi long, acute, dark, with a few pale scales on the edges ; front
dark in the middle, whitish on the sides. Body and wings ash ; base
‘of fore wing dark, limited externally by a white, scalloped line,
which is straight on the costa, with a scallop on the median space,
another on the submedian, and a third on the inner edge. Another
similar line, exactly parallel to this, crosses the wing nearly midway
between it and the discal spot, which is small, black, linear, ovate.
Beyond this spot the wing grows more and more dusky to the outer
line, which is white, straight, and widest on the costa, wrinkled
slightly below and in the middle of the wing, between the independ-
ent venule and the third median, forming a large, rounded, double
toothed projection; from the third median to the inner edge the line
is straight, consisting of three scallops, the central one being largest.
A submarginal scalloped line, zigzag towards the costa, each scal-
lop separate, and centered with a triangular or lunate spot. Just
below the apex is around, black spot, resting on the black line on
the edge of the wing. Hind wings whitish, with a few short, dark
and white lines on the inner edge; one sinuate, extending to the mid-
dle of the wing; the outer edge of the wing is dusky, with a black,
marginal line, interrupted by white dots. Beneath, both wings much
alike, ashy, with a slight ochreous tinge, blackish along the edge of
the costa; discal dot distinct on the fore wings. A dusky outer line
half way between the discal dot and outer edge of the wing, in-
dented opposite the discal dot. A submarginal row of distinct, white
spots, less distinct on the hind wings. A long pencil of black hairs
arises from the base of the fore wings, and is partially concealed by
the costa of the hind wings. Legs dusky, broadly ringed with white.

Length of fore wing, .64 inch. Edwards.

Differs from any of the succeeding species by its clear, cloudy
ash color, and want of any brown or ochreous tints.

Cidaria subochreata n. sp. 6, ?.

Palpi long, acute. Body and wings dull rusty brown, with scat-
tered white scales. Head, palpi, and body concolorous. Fore wings
dull rusty brown; a darker band across the base; the outer edge
ziezag, consisting of three acute points, that in the median space the
largest, very acute ; beyond, is a paler band, which is succeeded by a
little wider, dusky band, becoming narrower on the inner edge. A
lighter median band, enclosing the oval discal dot; this band varies

1870.] 401 [Packard.

in being brown or white, and is in the female twice as wide as in the
male, and varies in width in the latter. This median dark or white
region is scalloped externally with a large toothed subacute projec-
tion in the middle of the wing, being straight on the costa, and on
the inner edge. In’ some specimens this outer edge of the median
band is clearly resolved into two, and in the single female three,
brown, parallel, contiguous wavy lines. The outer edge of the wing
is clear, rusty brown, with a row of obscure dusky patches half way
between the scalloped line and the outer edge of the wing. <A sub-
marginal row of longitudinal, intervenular, black linear spots. A
black line at the base of the fringe, and a dusky line alony the fringe.
Hind wings dusky ochreous, brighter on the outer third of the wing;
a slight discal dot, a brown, interrupted line along the base of fringe,
which is dusky brown. Beneath, bright ochreous on both wings, a
broad, dusky band angulated in the middle of the wing, in the female
consisting of two brown lines; this band disappears towards the
inner edge; on hind wings an outer much curved brown line. Brown
discal dots present on both wings.

Length of fore wing, .50-.58 inch. Edwards.

This species varies much in the central part of the wing, the band
enclosing the discal dot varying from brown to white, and the angle
of the outer edge being acute or rounded. It differs from all the
other species known to me by the bright, ochreous underside of both
wings, and the dusky band bent at nearly right angles.

Cidaria leoninata n. sp. |

This is a smaller species than the foregoing, with long, acute
palpi, and antenne ciliated as usual. The body and wings are tawny
brown, with scattered patches of ochreous scales. Palpi tawny, with
scattered white scales. Front ochreous, with brown scales. Fore
wings with three broad, dusky bands of nearly equal width, angulated
on the median space, and scalloped on the edges, which are black ;
those of the second and third bordered with white. The second and
third with the band between, form a central, dusky band, occupying
a third of the wing, and containing an indistinct, brown, discal dot ;
the outer edge of the band is less angulated than in the two preced-
ing species, and consists of three large scallops, being straight on the
costal and subcostal region. A submarginal row of brown patches,
margined externally with white points ; towards the apex are three
longitudinal black streaks, with an oblique, black, apical streak,
interrupted by the venules. A row of marginal black dots. Fringe

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.—VOL. XIII. 26 MARCH, 1871.

Packard.] 402 [May 4.

brown, pale at base, and checkered with dusky spots. Hind wings
tawny, rather dusky on inner two-thirds, with the usual marginal row
of fine, black dots. Beneath, ochreous dusky on the inner two-thirds

_of wings, the outer edge of the dusky area indented on the independ-

ent vein, and going from the second median obliquely inwards. Two
minute black patches on the costa, near the apex an apical black
spot. Fringe checkered with dusky spots.

Length of body, .40; fore wing, .47 inch. Edwards.

Cidaria rubro-suffusata n. sp. 3, °.

In this interesting species the palpi are rather short and blunt,
hairy, the front being unusually hairy, the scales standing up more
than usual. Body and antenne black, with scattered’ white scales.
The fore wings suffused with red as a ground color, the hind wings
clear brick red. Fore wings thickly covered with dark bands; base
of wing blackish, succeeded by a narrow, reddish brown line, slightly
curved ; beyond, is a dark band scarcely curved, and succeeded by a
salmon-colored band, with a dark, thread-like line running just be-
yond its middle. The middle of the wing is blackish, with three
black, wavy lines running through it; the discal dots, round and
black, being situated nearly on the innermost of the three. This
broad, dark band, is more curved on its inner side in the 6 than @,
and is narrower. ‘The outer edge is sinuate, with a dentate projec-
tion on the first median space. Beyond this band is a clear, dull,
salmon-colored band, with a wavy, dusky line running through it,
while the edge of the wing is dull brown. A marginal row of black,
subtriangular spots, fringe brown at base; beyond, obscurely check-
ered with reddish and dusky spots. Hind wings brick red ; about
six short, fine, wavy lines on the inner edge; a very distinct row of
black, marginal, intervenular spots, and fringe as on fore wings.
Under side of both wings red; hind wings deeper red than fore pair,
crossed by fine, black, interrupted lines, three on each wing; discal
dots black, and costa of fore wings with about seven black dots, the
subapical one largest ; fringe as above, but duller.

Length of body, .30 ; fore wing, .44—.50 inch. Nevada. Edwards.

This species may at once be recognized by the brick red hind
wings and underside of all the wings; the hairy front, and blunt,
hairy palpi.

Cidaria 4-punctata n. sp. 6, ¢.

Front gray, with a few yellow scales, orbits whitish, palpi tipped
with whitish ; four black dots on thorax, and one at the base of the

1870.] 403 [Packard.

patagia, which are tipped with black; a few golden yellow hairs
are scattered over the thorax. ‘Two rows of black dots along the
abdomen; edges of the wings white. Legs black, ringed with white.
Fore wings pale gray, crossed by numerous wavy and zigzag white
lines, and numerous black, costal stripes; five whitish, zigzag lines
before the discal dot ; these lines are edged with black, the basal one
on the inside, the fourth on the outside. The discal dot is in a clear
space, occupying the middle of the wing, with a costal band just over
it ; there are ten of these short, costal black bands. Beyond the
costa is a double white line with large scallops terminating on the
costa. A submarginal, more finely scalloped whitish line, parallel
with the outer edge. Between these two lines, and about as far from
the apex as the costa, are several black, irrecular dots, a part of
them sometimes forming a short, black line, bordering the extra-
discal whitish line. All these lines are accompanied by scattered
golden scales. A row of black spots at the base of the fringe, com-
posed of two twin subtriangular dots, opposite to which the pale,
eray fringe is checkered with dusky. The discal dot is oval, black
and conspicuous. Hind wings whitish, entirely clear, with the fringe
lineated at the base, and otherwise as in the fore wings.

The under side of the wings is tinged with salmon color, becoming
deeper towards the apex of the fore wings. Costa edged with black
to just beyond the discal dot, which is large and prominent. A sub-
apical, broad, subtriangular black. patch, extends from the costa to
the first median venule. A discal dot present on the hind wing;
fringe more distinctly checkered with black than above, and with a
heavier black line on the edge of the wing, interrupted by the
venules.

Length of body, .40; fore wing, .55 inch. Edwards, Behrens.

This seems to be a common species.

Cidaria multilineata n. sp. 3.

This species is closely allied to C. 4-punctata, but is a little
smaller. Front gray, a chocolate-colored band between the an-
tennz ; a black spot on the front of the basal joint of the antenne,
vertex behind the antenne whitish. Orbits and palpi reddish brown,
the latter white beneath at base. Prothorax reddish brown, abdomen
pale gray, with a pair of diverging pale brown spots on each abdomi-
nal ring. Fore wings with eleven costal black marks, being the
termination of as many lines crossing the wing with varying degrees
of distinctness. Two dark, wavy lines near the base of the wing,

Packard.] 404 [May4,

the outer one bordered externally with white ; then succeeds a pale,
brownish band, with a few black dots, composing an obsolete line, but
well marked on the costa; beyond, a row of white spots, beyond
which is a broad ash band, like one just beyond the discal dot, which
is distinct, oval, black, and situated in a band of clear gray bordered
with scalloped dark lines. Beyond the extradiscal broad dusky
band, is arow of white spots sueceeded by two rows of minute black
dots on a clear ash ground. A submarginal, distinct, white scalloped
line, and a marginal black line, consisting of two intervenular black
dots; the lines are externally edged with scattered groups of reddish
scales. ‘The fringe is white, checkered with dusky. Hind wings pale
ash, outer edge dusky with a submarginal pale line ; edge of the
wing and fringe as in fore wings ; a minute linear discal dot. Be-
neath, four discal dots of equal size and very distinct ; both wings
pale whitish gray with two obscure extradiscal lines, and a submar-
ginal, diffuse, half effaced dusky line on both wings.

Length of body, .40; fore wing, .55 inch. Edwards.

Eubolia custodiata Guen., ii, 491.

Chesias occidentaliata n. sp. 6, ¢.

The fore wings are lanceolate oval, the outer edge of the wing
being very long and oblique, and as long as the inner edge of the
wing. It is russet brown, the vertex being considerably paler than
the front of the head and palpi. The antennz are finely ciliated
beneath. Fore wings russet brown, with dark scales along the veins
and their branches. No markings or transverse stripes. The discal
dot is large, round, black, distinct, and the wing is a little clear
towards the apex, both along the costal and inner edge. Along the
costa are faint brown spots, especially above the discal dot, where
four of them are slightly marked. Hind wings clear russet ash, paler
than the fore wings, but dusky along the inner edge; with three, short,
wavy lines, one at the inner angle, the other two approximate and
nearer the middle of the inner edge. A pale line along the middle
of the abdomen, interrupted by black dots; a similar stripe runs
along each side.

Length of body, .42 ; fore wing, .54 inch. Edwards.

Baptria Californiata n. sp.

This pretty species is black, with three narrow, waved white bands ~
crossing the fore wings ; the two basal ones connect on the inner
edge of the wing, where they form a circular ring, enclosing a black
spot ; above, they are equidistant, and are dentate on the median

1870.] 405 [Packard.

vein, the teeth advancing towards each other. The outer line is very
sinuate, widening in the middle and thence sending a linear sinuate
line te the inner angle of the wing. Close to the outer edge of the
wing, and opposite the rounded bend in the outer band is a round,
white spot. A minute white spot on the inner angle. Hind wings
with a large, black, oval discal spot ; beyond, an indistinct black line,
and beyond this a broad, white band, widening outwards in the
middle and connected with a round, marginal, white spot ; another
white spot on the inner angle. These markings are distinctly re-
peated on the under side of the wings.

Length of body, .35 ; fore wing, .47 inch. Behrens.

[While correcting the proofs of this article, | was informed by Prof. Zeller of
Stettin, in time to make the change in the proof, that the Choerodes egrotata
(Guen.), which I had sent to him under a different ars. name, supposing it to be
undescribed, is the Tetracis egrotata of Guenée. It agrees with his description,
but his determination of the genus misled me, and I am fortunate in being set
right by so critical a lepidopterist as Prof. Zeller. ]

New or Rare AMERICAN NEUROPTERA, THYSANURA, AND
MYRIAPoDaA.

By A] Ss. PACKARD, JR., M.D.

My apology for presenting these isolated descriptions is, that they
add considerably to our knowledge of the geographical distribution
of these groups of insects in North America, and may serve to stim-
ulate observers to look more carefully for the species of the less
familiar groups of insects.

NEUROPTERA.

Amphientomum Hagenii n. sp.

The body, generally, is of a pale, yellowish horn color. Head of
the same color, with a few scattered hairs. Eyes full, round, prom-
inent, subglobose. Ocelli arranged in a very low, flat triangle ; the
anterior one being on a line with the front edge of the eyes. Behind
each of the two basal ocelli, is a blackish brown line, so doubled as
to form three sides of an oblong square, with the open side facing the
anterior ocellus, the inner sides meeting midway between the ocelli.
A dark brown, narrow line extends from eye to eye, passing upwards
in the middle, between the anterior and the other two ocelli. A

Packard.] 406 [May 4,

dark, broad line extends from the eyes to the clypeus. The anterior
ocellus is surrounded with black, and there is a pair of divergent
dark brown lines, a little curved, sending a branch up to the anterior
ocellus. ‘Two curved, dark brown, broad, short bands just above the
clypeus. The clypeus is free, raised above the surface of the front,
and is pale horn color (testaceous), and unspotted. Labrum black.
Mandibles pale, pitchy. Antenne with the basal joint globular ;
the second a little longer, oval, both very much larger than the
sixteen succeeding pale horn-colored joints, the latter being slender,
gradually increasing in length to the tip, each joint provided with
four or five long, stiff hairs, giving a verticillate appearance to the
antenne. Seen in front the difference between the eyes is equal to
the distance from the vertex to the base of the clypeus, the front
being equilaterally triangular. Legs testaceous, the femora pale at
base; beyond, a little dusky, the tibia twice broadly ringed with
dusky ; tarsi pale. Prothorax very short, the tergum being trans-
versely linear ; mesoscutum cordate. Abdomen pale, almost whitish.
Upper wings regularly oval lanceolate, the tips being acute, but not
prolonged ; densely covered with hairs and scales, with the fringe
long on the outer half of the wing, and increasing in length towards
the tip so that the outline of the fringe is oval. Under the micro-
scope the wing membrane is covered with numerous dots, arranged
in irregular wavy rows, the dots much thicker along the edges than
elsewhere. In the middle and along the costa the hairs are developed
into regular flat scales, like those of the Lepidoptera, and the Lepis-
matide and Poduride, varying greatly in form, some being long and
narrow, with acute teeth on the outer edge, and a rather large point
of attachment ; others broad and short, with blunt teeth, and others
more regular in outline ; all with shaded lines proceeding from each
tooth and fading out towards the base of the scale. (See figure,
b, c,d, drawn to the same scale with the camera.) The wings are
glistening gray, and spotted irregularly with dark towards the tips.
Venation: in the fore wings (a) a minute, almost obsolete costal vein,
four subcostal venules; the main vein at the origin of the secona
branch anastomoses with the median vein, forming a long, narrow dis-
cal cell; at one-third the distance between the anastomosis and the tip _
of the wing it sends off a third branch nearly equalling in length the
two basal ones; the median vein has five branches ; after sending
off a ‘branch to anastomose with the subcostal vein, it subdivides,
the upper branch again subdividing midway between the tip and the

1870.] 407 (Packard.

anastomosis. On the basal fifth of the vein a branch arises, which
subdivides, forming the fourth and fifth median venules. A straight,

submedian vein is present. Hind wings similar in form to the fore
pair, but a little narrower ; a slightly marked subcostal vein, ending
opposite the origin of the first and upper branch of the median vein.
The median vein subdivides into five branches, the three basal, lower
ones arising at nearly equal distances apart, and of nearly the same
leneth; the first and upper one arising on the outer fourth of the
wing; a slightly marked submedian vein. The wings are folded at a
low angle over the back.

Length of body, .10 ; of body with the wings folded, .14 inch.

I first observed this insect under the loose bark of a stump, moving
in groups of several, running swiftly when disturbed, like other Psoci,
to a place of concealment, at Brunswick, Maine, early in July. I
also found a specimen Sept. 1st, in Salem, Mass.

Dr. Hagen, the founder of this genus, kindly drew my attention to
the great interest attaching to the discovery of this insect in this
country, indicating the genus, and that the species was undescribed.
In his paper in the “ Entomologists’ Monthly Magazine,” he describes
this and the allied genus Perientomum, and describes of the present
genus two species from amber, two from Zanzibar in gum copal, and
three living forms from Ceylon.

Psectra dipterus Burm.

I took a specimen of this exceedingly rare Hemerobiid insect, at
Brunswick, Maine, Sept. 16th. On showing it to Dr. Hagen, he

Packard.] 408 [May 4,

considered it as the same as the European insect. It is very rare
in Europe, one specimen only having occurred in England, two or
three in Germany, and one in Siberia, as Dr. Hagen informs me.

It agrees perfectly with Mr. McLachlan’s description (Trans.
London Ent. Soc. 1868, p. 170) and agrees pretty well with his
figure, though the abdomen in my specimen is blunt and rounded.
Unfortunately my single specimen is in too poor a condition to be
figured.

Boreus Californicus n. sp.

This species is more nearly allied to B. hyemalis Linn. of Europe,
than to either of our eastern species, B. nivoriundus and B. brumalis
of Dr. Fitch. It is about twice as large as B. nivoriundus, the fe-
male, including the ovipositor, measuring .20 of an inch, the ovipos-
itor being .07 inch in length, while the male is .16 of an inch in
length. The body in both sexes is greenish black, with slight
metallic reflections. ‘The middle of the beak is light brown, pitchy,
the base and tip being black. Antenne and palpi black. The
membranous area behind the head and below the protergum is dark
horn color. The wing pads of the female are rounded semi-elliptical.
The rudimentary wings of the male are dark horn color, darker at
tip; they extend to the base or middle of the fourth abdominal seg-
ment. Legs dark horn color, a little darker at the joints ; the tarsi
a shade darker, with the terminal joint blackish. The ovipositor is
dark horn color, black at base and tip, or entirely blackish beneath.
Lhe whole body is covered with minute white hairs.

In a pair preserved still sexually united, the abdomen of the male
(beneath the female as usual in this genus) is considerably elongated,
directed upwards perpendicularly, and held between the blades of
the ovipositor which gape open widely, the male abdomen reaching
into the very base of the ovipositor.

Several specimens in the Museum of the Peabody Academy of
Science were received, together with valuable collections of other
insects, from Mr. Junius Holleman, who collected them near Fort
Bidwell, Siskiyou Co., Cal., Dec. 11th. They were observed walk-
ing on the snow in the morning, disappearing when the sun shone
brightly at noon.

It represents in California the European B. hyemalis, rather than
our two eastern species, and is another interesting example of the
Huropean facies of the Californian insect fauna.

1870.) 409 [Packard

THYSANURA.

Campodea Americana n. sp.

This species is closely allied to the European C. succinea Nicolet,
but seems to differ in the body being very transparent, and ofthe
same color as the appendages; like that species the anal appendages
are 14-jointed. It is throughout of an amber yellow color. The an-
tennee have the basal joint short and about one-fifth broader than the
succeeding ones, and is short, about one-half as long as broad, being
obliquely truncated, the outer side being the longer. The anal ap-
pendages are long and hairy, the joints gradually increasing in length
until the terminal one is lanceolate oval, and nearly as long as the
10th abdominal segment is broad; between their bases is the broad
triangular 11th tergite. The hairy, single-jointed tarsus is as long
as the tibia, and ends in two rather long curved claws. The protho-
rax is considerably narrower than the head; it is about one-half
as long as broad, sublunate, much rounded behind; the mesothorax is
as round as the head, well rounded in front, and very free from the
prothorax, under which it moves; the hinder edge is square, slightly
rounded; metathorax square in front, a little rounded behind, espe-
cially on the sides.

Abdominal segments very equal in length, with the sides a little
produced posteriorly, terminating in a bristle. The abdominal lateral
locomotive spines are slender, acute, 2-jointed, the basal joint a little
longer than broad ; the second joint moving like a finger backwards
and forwards, acting both as abdominal supports and as locomotive
organs. The head and body are covered with fine yellowish hairs.

Length .12 of an inch.

I found these specimens in Salem, under a stone in damp soil early
in April. This is the first occurrence of any of this family (Cam-
podee of Meinert) in the United States. A species of Japyz (J.
Saussurti Humbert, Rev. et Mag. Zoologie 1868, p. 345,) was dis-
covered in Mexico by Prof. Sumichrast, and it should be looked for
in Texas and the neighboring states.

MYRIAPODA. (PAUROPODA.)

Pauropus Lubbockii n. sp.

While looking over a chip with Myriapods and Poduras on the
under side, brought in from the grounds of the Museum of the Pea-
body Academy, at Salem, Nov. 10, 1870 (while the present article

Packard.] 410 | [May 4,

is going through the press), by Mr. C. A. Walker, I detected a lively
little yellowish white creature, which immediately suggested Sir
John Lubbock’s Pauropus. A closer examination showed that it was
indeed a species of Pauropus, very closely allied to P. pedunculatus
Lubbock, and intermediate in the form of the antennz, between that
species and P. Huzleyi Lubbock. It may be called Pauropus Lub-
bocki, in honor of the original discoverer of this remarkable type of
Myriapods. No more interesting articulate, as Lubbock remarks, has
been discovered for many years; and the occurrence of a species in
America is worthy of note. Lubbock (Trans. Linn. Soc. xxv1,
p- 181-190, 1867,) has given a detailed descript on of the genus,
and an able discussion of the value of the group which it represents,
which he considers as an order equivalent to the Chilopods on the
one hand, and the Chilognaths (Diplopods) on the other, and for it
suggests the name Pauropoda.

It differs from other Myriapods in having but nine pairs of legs,
and bifid antenne terminating in singular sensory appendages. The
mouth-parts resemble those of the Chilopods in a rudimentary condi-
tion, and there are no trachee. The species are of remarkably
small size, though shown by Lubbock to be mature, as he found
spermatozoa developed in them. The young have but three pairs of
legs, as do the young of other Myriapods so far is as known. ‘“ This
little genus, therefore,’ as Lubbock remarks, “does not possess the
characteristics of either order of Myriapods, but forms a link not
only connecting the Chilopods and Diplopods together, but also
bridging over to a certain extent the great chasm which separates
them from other Articulata.”

P. Lubbocku differs chiefly from P. pedunculatus Lubbock, .to
which it seems more nearly allied than P. Huzleyi, in the multiarti-
culate process on each branch of the bifid antenne being of nearly
equal length. The bulbous termination, somewhat resembling the
end of a tenant hair on the feet of the Poduride, and other insects, is
not globose, but subconical, the base being swollen. The form of the
antennal joints and their hairs, and the third multiarticulate append-
age to the fourth joint, is the same as in P. pedunculatus. The form
of the ringed, pyriform organ, situated between the two appendages
of the fourth antennal segment, closely resembles that of P. Huzleyi,
the organ being sessile and much smaller than in P. pedunculatus. In
other respects, such as the form of the body and the blunt hairs scat-
tered over it, the legs, and claws, and the median appendages at the

1870.] Al1 [Stodder.

end of the terminal segment of the body, our species agrees closely
with P. pedunculatus. It is of a decided yellowish tint, and .03 of
an inch in length. It is very active in its motions, and like the
Poduridz, which apparently respire through .the skin, soon dies on
being deprived of moisture.

Section of Microscopy. May 11, 1870.
Mr. E. Bicknell in the chair. Eight members present.

Mr. G. F. Childs was elected a member of the Section.

Mr. Stodder exhibited a section of Tiger wood from Bra-
zil. The wood was very hard, many of the cells being
entirely filled with incrustations deposited in layers. The
medullary rays were quite small and also filled with a deposit
which could easily be dissolved by alcohol; the medullary
rays also contained large quantities of crystals, which were
formed more sparingly in the other portions of the wood.
He also exhibited living spores of Hguisetum.

May 18, 1870.

Vice President C. T. Jackson, m the chair. Forty-four
persons present.

Dr. Thomas M. Brewer exhibited a nest of the Baltimore
Oriole (Iceterus Baltimore) from Florida, composed of Span-
ish moss, (Zillandsia usneoides) verifying the position of
Audubon who has both figured and described the oriole’s
nest as composed of this plant. He said it had since been

Jackson. ] 412 [May 18,

denied that this bird builds its nest where the Villandsia
grows.

Mr. W. T. Brigham exhibited photographs of two meteor-
ites from Tucson, Arizona; the extreme diameters of the
larger one were 49 by 39 inches. It had a central opening,
being formed like an irregular ring, and weighed 1600
pounds; the smaller one, which was solid, measured 49 by 18
inches. They were found in sand.

Dr. C. T. Jackson called attention to the fact that no
meteorites had been found below the modern surface.
Though when exposed to moisture they might be dissolved
and disappear from the deeper strata, yet in many substances,
as in clay and mud, impervious to aerated water, they would
be preserved; and he inferred from this that the fall of
meteorites was of comparatively recent occurrence, viz., since
the Tertiary Strata were deposited. Some meteorites are
characterized as stony, others as metallic; yet metals, as
cobalt, iron, nickel, entered into the composition of all.

It was interesting, he said, to note that the examination of
meteorites disclosed no materials which were not common
to the globe. New combinations, however, had been dis-
covered. Iron, phosphorus and nickel had no where else
been found combined.

A large meteoric mass fell in Bavaria which cut and pol-
ished like steel. Another mass, weighing 3000 pounds, was
found on the bank of the Red River, which is now preserved
in New Haven. A fall of red hot stones attended by fre-
quent explosions occurred in India. One of these stones
was sent to this Society. On the surface, this specimen was
fused to glass. These stones were intensely cold to the
touch.

Dr. Jackson, in his closing remarks, expressed regret that
the Society possessed no collection of meteorites.

1870.1 413 [Brigham.

Mr. Brigham made a few remarks on a deposit of lava
on the Columbia River, which had been cut through and
exposed by the action of water. ‘Though the strata dif
fer mechanically, he said they were substantially the same.
Whether these deposits were derived from Mt. Hood, which
is still active, or from some extinct volcano, is not known.

He also presented to the Society a photograph of one of
the Redwoods, (Sequoia gigantea) known as the “ Grizzly
giant”; and described it as forming part of the Mariposa
Grove. Ten inches of its surface had been burned away. A
branch eighty feet from the ground was six feet in diameter.
He said the skeleton of another giant remained; but the
trees with few exceptions had been injured by fire.

Mr. Brigham also exhibited a specimen of Worchella from
Grafton, Worcester County, Mass. This fungus was found
somewhat abundantly in an orchard, growing in lines which
apparently marked the radiating roots of the trees. He said
it was edible, but whether the true esculenta, or some other
species, he could not determine.

Dr. F. H. Brown exhibited mounted specimens of Ferns
and. Fern-allies from Madeira and Porto Santo, and pre-
sented the following list of species which have been discov-
ered in these islands: —

Order FILICES. (ferns.)

Adiantum Capillus veneris. Athyrium filix-foemina.

fe reniforme. Balantium culcita.
Aspidium angulare. Blechnum spicant.

ts falcinelle. Ceterach officinarum.
Asplenium acutum. Cheilanthes fragrans.

ce anceps. Cystopteris fragilis.

ke axillaris. Davallia Canariensis.

o furcatum. Elaphoglossum squamosum.

ae Hemionitis. Gymnogramma, Totta.

x lanceolatum. leptophylla.

ee marinum. Hymenophyllum unilaterale.

“ monanthemum. Tunbridgense.

Brown.] 414 [May 18

Nephrodium affine. Ophioglossum.
fe elongatum. Polypodium drepanum.
fi feenisecil. ¢ vulgare.
es frondosum. Pteris aquilina.
molle. “«“ arguta.
A oreopteris. Scolopendrium vulgare.
‘ spinulosum. Woodwardia radicans.
Nothoclena marante. Trichomanes radicans.
me vellea.

Order EQUISETACEZ. (Horse-tail family.)

Equisetum Telmateia.

Order LYCOPODIACEZ. (Club-moss family.)

Lycopodium complanatum. Lycopodium suberectum.
cs denticulatum.

Mr. W. H. Niles made the following remarks upon the
system in the physical features of Massachusetts.

To arrive at a clear conception of the first principles involved,
Massachusetts must be considered as a portion of the North Ameri-
can continent. An analysis of the continent discloses how certain
laws of its structure are the foundation of those features included in
this State. Such an analysis shows Massachusetts to be situated upon
the Eastern Slope of the Northern Section of the Appalachian Moun-
tain System. Her location upon the Eastern Slope gives the law
that the ranges increase in height from the eastern side of the State
to the western side. Her position in the Northern Section, south of
the parallel of culmination, which passes through the Adirondack,
Green and White Mountains, gives the law that the general surface
increases in height northward. Sections running entirely across the
State, in east and west, or in north and south directions, show that
these laws are of primary value, in accordance with which the fun-
damental features of the surface now appear.

An analysis of the State itself, shows that it is traversed, in north.
erly directions, by four distinct physical regions; two of which are
high lands, and two are low lands.

The eastern portion of the State has usually been pronounced to
be much broken and very irregular. Mr. Niles said that he had

Niles.] 415 [May 18,

been able to trace some distinct ranges, some of which he briefly
deseribed. Most of these show a general parallelism with the other
Appalachian ranges. But the Blue Hill range of Milton and
Quincy, trends east and west, and other ranges of low hills, in the
vicinity of Boston, are approximately parallel. The general strike
of the rocks usually appears to be nearly parallel with the trend of
the hills. He believed these east and west ranges to be axes of
elevation produced by a secondary force, which acted in a somewhat
different direction from the primary one which determined the pre-
vailing course of the Appalachian Mountain System.

Such is a very brief and general statement of a subject
which Mr. Niles hoped to bring before the Society at some
future time,in a more complete form, illustrated by a map
which is now in preparation.

Mr. Hyatt proposed the following change in Art. VI of
the Constitution; that the words, “after having been nom-
inated at a preceding meeting,” be inserted after the word
“ ballot,” so that the article shall read: Officers shall be cho-
sen by ballot, after having been nominated at a preceding
meeting, and a majority of votes shall be necessary for a
choice.

Mr. J. A. Allen was transferred from the committee on
Ornithology to that on Reptiles and Fishes.

The following gentlemen were elected members of
Department Committees.

Mammals. J. A. Allen, Thomas Waterman, Jr. M. D.,
J. B.S. Jackson, M. D.

Comparative Anatomy. Thomas Dwight, Jr, M. D.,
Jeffries Wyman, M. D., J. C. White, M. D.

Microscopy. Edwin Bicknell, R. C. Greenleaf, B. Joy
Jeffries, M. D.

Ornithology. J. Elliot Cabot.

Sanborn.] 416 [May %,

Section of Entomology. May 25, 1870.
Mr. P. 8. Sprague in the chair. Nine members present.

Mr. I. G. Sanborn reported the recent capture of some
interesting Lepidoptera at Milford, N. H.; among them a
singular variety of Lyccena lucia, 9, several Hesperida, H,
vialis, metea and samoset, besides abundant specimens of
Nisoniades icelus, ennius and perseus.

He also gave an account of some observations recently
made by him at Milford,-N. H., on the habits of the Termes
flavipes KXoll., when removing their young to a place of
safety ; in which labor the soldiers did not assist, but rather
impeded the operations of the workers. Some few of the
latter in exploring the ground for stray larvee, fell a prey to
the extremely small red ants, a colony of which species was
established benegth a corner of the same stone that roofed
the abode of the Termes.

Mr. Edward Burgess informed the Section that Dr. Hagen
would probably bring with him on his return from Europe,
his entire collection of Neuroptera, the largest in existence.
He had been told, he said, that Dr. Hagen desired specimens
of all Phryganeide, preserved by pinning; not put up in
papers like Lepidoptera, as this treatment injured them
irrecoverably.

Wednesday, June 1, 1870.

Dr. C. T. Jackson in the chair. Thirty-five persons
present.

Mr. Edward S. Morse made a verbal communication on_
the Position of the Brachiopoda in the animal kingdom. He
exhibited living specimens of Lingula, which he had pro-
cured during a recent visit to, the coast of North Carolina,

1870.] 417 (Hyatt.

and said he was prepared now, after long and careful study,
to state that the Brachiopods were not mollusks, but true
articulates ; and that their proper place was among the worms,
forming a group near the tubicolous annelids.

This communication will appear in full in the future pages
of these Proceedings.

Mr. A. Hyatt acknowledged himself an unwilling convert.
He said their mutual labors to establish the name Saccata,
instead of Mollusca, had given him a deep interest in the
result of Mr. Morse’s investigations. He spoke of the com-
plete evidence presented of his position, and alluded to Pho-
ronis hippocrepia in confirmation of Mr. Morse’s view of the
annelidan structure of Polyzoa; the only difference between
Phoronis and the Polyzoa lying in the digestive system, the
termination of the intestine being probably near the posterior
end of the body, instead of near the mouth as in Polyzoa.

Dr. Charles Pickering said, in the Feejee Islands the Lin-
gula was found abundantly in the brackish waters of the
estuary of a large river, which is barred at its mouth by
coral reefs. He also referred to the fact that the oldest geo-
logical Lingula was as perfect as those found to-day, as fatal
to much modern theorizing.

The following paper was presented :—

GEOLOGICAL SKETCH OF THE ARGENTINE REPUBLIC.
By Dr. G. A. Maacx, CampripGe, Mass.

Since the year 1789, when a complete skeleton co! ~" yathe-
rium was found in the bank of the river Lujan, one and a half
leagues southwest of Buenos Ayres, which was sent the same
year by the Marquis De Loreto, at that time governor of this Spanish
Vice-royalty, to Madrid, where it at present forms one of the most
valuable treasures of the Royal Museum of Natural History, and fur-
ther since the travels of the celebrated French and English natural-
ists, Mr. Alcide D’Orbigny and Mr. Charles Darwin, over the La
Plata States, the scientific interest in the nature of this large and

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.—VOL. XIII. 27 APRIL, 1871.

Maack.] 418 {June 1,
extensive country of South America has increased among natural-
ists every year. During the last twenty years, especially, Prof. Her-
man Burmeister, the present director of the Museo Publico of Buenos
Ayres, and Mr. Aug. Bravard, for many years director of the
National Museum of Paranda, have devoted themselves to a very
careful study of this region. During my stay in that country I
had also the opportunity of getting an insight into the nature of
those, for a naturalist, very interesting and instructive parts of the
world. Joweagood deal to Prof. Burmeister, and to many other
friends, for valuable information and assistance. If I therefore try
to present to the Society some general outlines of the geology of
the Argentine Republic, it is also my duty to return my best
thanks to those gentlemen.

Unparalleled as the fact is, we find hardly another country in the
world which possesses in its geographical formation such a sharp cir-
cumscription as has the Argentine Republic. In the western part
we have the Cordilleras de los Andes, extending nearly from one end
of America to the other, and running more or less always in the
same meridional direction, that is to say, from the south to the north;
while in Europe and Asia, all the greater chains of mountains, with
few exceptions, have just the opposite direction, from the west to the
east, that is to say, the parallel direction. But this characteristic
direction of the Andes is one of those important causes which have
a determining influence upon the development of unorganized
nature, as well as upon that of plants, animals and even mankind.

Almost everywhere in Europe and Asia we find the surface of
the globe divided by parallel chains of mountains into several
transverse sections, which have their own river systems, their
special geological, as well as botanical, zoological and ethnograph-
ical relations. In South America, and especially in the La Plata
States, we find just the contrary; there the meridional direction
and the very slightly inclined descent to the east have formed
large and extensive plains and rivers; the latter are augmented in
volume very much by the atmospheric moisture, which amounts
during the year to from 926 to 2920 millimetres; but they are separ-
ated from one another by comparatively low watersheds. The dis-
tribution of plants and animals also extends there over a larger area
than elsewhere, because the climatic and geological influences are
of a more uniform character; the general elevation above the
level of the ocean has, in this respect, a more direct and active

1870.] 419 [Maack.

influence than the configuration of this elevation. In short, all,
the natural circumstances in the Argentine Republic are of such a
character that they afford broader and more extensive areas for
the development of the same geological formations, as well as of
the same plants, animals and human beings, and make the tran-
sition from one specific organic province to another less abrupt
and more evident., But just for this reason, the Argentine Repub-
lic is to the naturalist one of the most instructive countries for
studying the distribution of plants and animals, as well as their
dependence upon the geological constitution of the country.

This La Plata plain, the western boundary of which, as I have
already mentioned, is formed by the Cordilleras de los Andes, ex-
tends from the 22d to the 52d degree of south latitude, and embraces,
inclusive of Patagonia, an area of 1,281,000 square miles, with
1,710,000 inhabitants. This area forms, with the plain of the
Orinoco and Venezuela, and that of the Rio Negro and of the
Amazons, the three great divisions into which the low lands of
South America can be divided. Generally speaking, this La
Plata plain consists of two entirely different parts, the limits of
which are traced by a line commencing at the foot of the Cordilleras
under the 31st degree of south latitude, near San Juan, and running
over San Luis della Punta, La Reduccion, and Frayle Muerto to the
Rio Salado, which discharges itself into the river Parana.

The influential character of this line is especially produced by the
' Sierra de Cordova and its branches, the elevation of which has a
meteorologic influence of the first rank, and consequently an influ-
ence also upon the development of plants and animals. This
characteristic feature of the Sierra de Cordova has led the national
government of this Republic to erect an observatory at Cordova,
the capital town of the province, which lies eleven hundred and
seventy-eight feet above the level of the ocean, under the direc-
tion of the distinguished American astronomer, Dr. Gould, of Cam-
bridge. No doubt Dr. Gould will make, during lis stay in that
country, important meteorological observations, and contribute in
this way much towards a _ better understane of its different
‘physical features.

The great value of a correct observation and understanding of
the different physical and meteorological phenomena, is clearly
shown by the following striking fact. In general, the land of
the north-western provinces is not fertile, and the vegetation is

Maack.] 430 [June 1,

very poor; only rich in Leguminous and Opuntiaceous plants. But
on the contrary the province of Tucuman, lying in the northwest
between Salta, Catamarca and Santiago del Estero, is one of the
most fertile and beautiful parts of the whole country; in conse-
quence of which it is called “ the garden of the Republic.”

The explanation of this, at first sight, striking and appar-
ently unnatural fact, is very easy and natural. The high mountains
of Aconquija, lying on the western and southern side of this province,
are covered, during the whole year, at their highest point, (fifteen
thousand feet above the leyel of the ocean) with snow, and con-
sequently condense the atmospheric moisture and so produce rain
enough to render the land fruitful.

The river Parana forms the limit between that plain and those
eastern provinces of the Argentine Republic which are called, in
consequence of their great fertility, ‘(la Mesopotamia Argentina,”
namely Entrerios, Corrientes, and Missiones. The provinces Entre-
rios, Corrientes, Missiones and Santa Fé are called River-provinces
(provincias riberefias) because they lie on the Parand4; which
river, after joing the Uruguay, coming from the southern Bra-
zilian province Santa Catharina, bears the name Rio de la Plata.
Cordova, La Rioja, Santiago del Esero, Tucuman, Catamarca,
Salta and Jujuy are the upper northern provinces, and San Luis,
Mendoza and San Juan, the northwestern provinces, or the ‘ Prov-
incias de Cuyo,” the word “ Cuyo” belonging to the language of
the Indian tribe “Araucans,” and signifying sand.

When we arrive at Buenos Ayres, our first impression of the
country is that of a very large plain. The elevation above the level
of the ocean around the city is very slight, only about ten feet; but
as we go higher up the Parand the elevation is greater; namely, at
Rosario 53 feet, at Parand 90 feet, at Corrientes 200 feet, at Asun-
cion 265 feet, and at the limit of the Republic under the 22d degree
of south latitude, 300 feet. We see a similar rise if we turn to the
northwest; this elevation is at first very slight, but the nearer we
come to the chains of mountains, the elevation increases, and reaches —
at Mendoza an altitude of 2354 feet, and at Copacavana in the
province of Catamarca, an altitude of 3597 feet. Likewise the .
other northern provinces, Tucuman, Salta and Jujuy, lie very high
above the level of the ocean, and join their chains more or less with
those of Bolivia. From these northern regions spring the three
most important and navigable river-branches of the Parand; the

1870.] 421 (Maack.

Pileomayo, the Rio Vermejo (the South American Missouri) and

the Rio Salado, which flow directly from the northwest to the south-
east, and in this way show very clearly the characteristic geograph-
ical structure of this Republic.

It is a curious fact that as soon as we have left the southern part of
the province of Tucuman, where the elevation is from 1600 to 1800
feet, the land descends suddenly in the province of Santiago del
Estero to a height of 500 feet, but in the province of Cordova
increases again and reaches in some places even a height of 2600 feet.
Then the land descends continually, not only to Buenos Ayres, but
further south, to the Magellan strait, except under the 38th degree
of south latitude, where the line of descent is interrupted by the
chains of Tapalquen, of Tandil, of Volcan and a little farther south-
wards by those of Ventana; the former reach a height of 1000, the
latter of 3000 feet.

As I have already stated, the rivers Pilcomayo, Vermejo and
Salado, coming from the northwestern mountains, possess fall enough
to reach without interruption the Paran4; this is not the case with
those many smaller rivers which rise in the mountain-chains of
Cordova; their fall, except the Rio Tercero, is very slight, in con-
sequence of which they are not able to reach the Paranda, and form
sometimes very small rivers or what is called by the native people,
‘“‘arroyos.’’ ‘These arroyos are for a traveller very often great obsta-
cles, because they make the ground boggy and impassable: The
general direction of all these streams is from the northwest to the
southeast.

But the two large and powerful rivers in Patagonia, namely, the
Rio Colorado and the Rio Negro, coming directly from the foot of
the Andes, have a very different character. Their direction is from
the west across the main land to the east, and, without uniting during
their course with any remarkable branch, except the Rio Neuquen
with the Rio Negro, they reach the Atlantic Ocean as powerful and
navigable rivers, and form in this way a ‘natural passage between the
Pacific and Atlantic Oceans. The Rio Negro especially will have
an important influence upon the future development of Patagonia,
because coal and salt are found in the neighborhood of the sources
of its branch ‘‘ the Neuquen,” and also under the same latitude on the
other side of the Cordilleras, near Talcahuano, in Chile. Indeed,
the navigability of these two large rivers, with the discovery of
coal and salt in their neighborhood, will have an important influence

Maack.] 4Y9 [June 1,

upon the future development of Patagona. But this is not all. To
these natural advantages is to be added the easy and quick passage
over the Cordilleras at the source of the Rio Negro. This discovery
was first made in 1855, by Mr. Geise, a German engineer, who in
behalf of the government of Chile made an examination of that
country. Mr. Geise stated that it is possible even for a person to
travel on foot in three days, without difficulty, from Puerto Mants, in
Chile, to Patagonia. Finally, the natural formation of a large bay
on each side, namely the bay of St. Matias on the east, and the
bay of Chiloe on the west, will serve as good ports for commerce.

Taking a general view of the present geographic, orographic and
hydrographic configuration of the Argentine Republic, it is evident
that Nature has enriched the country with unusual abundance and
plenty, and that only skillful and energetic hands are needed to give
to this Republic that cultivation, and commercial and industrial
importance which it should have reached along time ago. In this
respect there is a very large sphere of activity for the President, Mr.
Sarmiento, as well as for the different provincial governments.

A natural question rises concerning the origin and character of
these formations. Let us try to get a clear insight, considering first
the Alluvial.

This formation, generally thin (not more than one to two feet thick)
except in the river channel, covers the land, especially in the western
part of the Republic, and consists generally of a very fine, brown or
ashy sand, which contains microscopic grains of quartz mixed with
finely comminuted clay and lime; the microscopic organisms, also,
found in this ‘‘Pampa sand” are mainly Diatomacee ; Foraminiferze
are never found, and hence we may conclude that this alluvium is a
fresh water formation. In the neighborhood of rivers, also, we often
find shells in this alluvial formation, as for instance, Ampullaria
australis D’Orbigny, Planorbis montanus D’Orb., Paludinella Per-
chappi D’Orb., all of which are at present living in these rivers.
The decomposition of these shells will of course afford a rich lime,
the quantity of which at some points is so great that this alluvial
formation has some practical value. This is also the case, for
instance, with the sand of the bottom of the Rio de la Plata, which
is used by the masons of Buenos Ayres for mixing with purer lime.
This sand consists principally of the decomposed shell of Azara la-
bata. Similar localities are found at Belgrano, near Buenos Ayres,

1870.] 43 [Maack.

further south at Quilmes, near Colonia del Sacramento and Monte-
video, and near Bahia Blanca.

Tn all these different sediments, and also at the bottom of the
larger rivers, we rarely find pebble stones; but as soon as we come
nearer to the interior chains of mountains, these pebbles are mixed
with the alluvial Pampa sand, and in large quantity cover the
surface of the land. Especially is this the case in the neighbor-
hood of Mendoza and Catamarca, where the specific character of
the Argentine alluvium can be very well studied. Of course all
these pebble stones are brought down from the chains of the moun-
tains by the rivers. On account of the slight slope of the whole
country these streams were not able to transport them further than
to the Rio Parand, or the mouth of the Rio de la Plata. For this
reason we do not find them in the lower part of the Republic.

But as compensation for this want we find there a large mass of a
very fine, sandy sediment, which has accumulated in such a quantity
that it has already formed new land; for instance, “las Barracas”
at the mouth of the stream ‘‘ Riachuelo,” the islands ‘‘ San Fer-
nando ” and ‘las Conchas,” northwards of Buenos Ayres; in one of
which was found, some years ago, a skeleton of a whale, one and one-
half feet below the surface covered with large willow trees. This
accumulation commences also at the mouth of the Rio de la Plata.
The fact is, that this La Plata bay is covered from year to year more
and more with this fine Pampa sand, and that the present average
depth of the La Plata between Montevideo and Buenos Ayres
amounts to only six metres ; to this obstacle to navigation, are to be
added the many sand bars already formed in the lower portion of
the river. No doubt some hundred years hence a delta like those
now found at the mouths of the Mississippi, Ganges, Nile and Indus,
will be formed at this place.

Below the alluvial formation lies the Diluvium, which is called
especially ‘‘the Pampean formation.” (Formation pampeenne, D’ Orb.
Pampean mu arwin). The color of: this formation is always more
or less red, and it extends, as we shall see afterwards, not only
through the whole Republic, but further north, as well as to the
south. Its average thickness is from ten to sixty feet. This forma-
tion consists also of sand, clay and lime; the lime forming but a
comparatively small part of its substance. ‘The only exception in
which lime is the prevalent constituent part, is shown in that curi-
ous concretion of this formation which is called ‘‘ Tosca,” a true

Maack.] 424 {June 1,

marl mixed with clay and lime, and more or less sand. This Tosca
is found especially near the coast of Buenos Ayres, where it forms
large rocks which may be easily examined at low tide. The first
impression is more that of a dissolved granitic rock; but a more
careful examination shows that it is only a mechanical composition
of clay and lime, containing some fine grains of quartz, and not at all
a erystalized mass which could have been formed in a regular chem-
ical way out of the diluvial sediment. |

Just as these Tosca concretions are found only in a comparatively
very small area of the Diluvium, so pebble stones are found in this
pampean mud only at certain localities, namely, near the interior
chains of mountains, especially those of Cordova.

More frequent and extensive than these two last peculiarities of
the pampean formation are the ‘‘ Lagunas,” that is to say, lakes of
salt water, which give to the whole country a peculiar character.
They are always situated in the low lands, and their bottom con-
sists of that impenetrable, red, pampean clay. They extend over a
very large area, from the 28d degree of south latitude near
the Rio Vermejo, to the 50th degree, but differ in this respect,
that in the northwestern part the lagunas are more or less dry on
account of the want of rain, while in the southern and eastern parts
they are filled with water during the whole year. The fall of
rain in these regions is nearly four times greater than that of the
northwest. Salinas is the name given to the dry lagunas; but those
larger plains in the south which, at the dry season are covered with
an efflorescence of salt, are called ‘ Salitrates.”’? The Spaniards called
this saline crust ‘‘ Salitrates,’ because they believed that it consists
of saltpetre; but this is not so; it is composed of Glauber’s salt (NaO,
SO?) and gypsum (CaO, SO). These deposits are found especially
near Bahia Blanca, and only at those places which lie but a few feet
above the level of the ocean. At the southern Colony, ‘‘ El Carmen
de Patagones,” near the Rio Negro, there exists a very large salina
consisting almost entirely of common salt (Na Cl). earlier years
it was collected as an article of commerce, but it is too pure for
this purpose; the want of other saline elements rendering it useless
for salting meat. In Brazil and Uruguay, where the underlying rocks
are of a granitic structure, these salinas are never found. In order
to explain this curious phenomenon we must suppose that the great-
est part of the Argentine Republic was covered at an earlier period
by the ocean, ard after its recession; these saline lagunas remained

1870.} 425 [Maack.

in the lower parts of the land. That the ocean extended at an ear-
lier period farther inland than it does at the present time, is proved
as we shall see, by the fossil remains of the upper tertiary formation
of this country.

The most characteristic feature of this pampa mud is the exis-
tence of large and bulky fossils, namely, Megatherium, Mylodon,
Glyptodon, Toxodon, etc., the remains of which will always make
upon every beholder a deep impression and stimulate him to further
investigation regarding the nature of these fossil animals, as well as
the sediments which enclose them. We owe, in this respect, a
good deal of information to Messrs. Aleide D’Orbigny, Darwin,
Owen, Bravard and Burmeister. The latter has devoted himself
for the last eight years especially to a careful study of these pam-
pean fossils, the results of which are very important. Through
his extraordinary skill m drawing, as well as in the mechanical
preparation of these very fragile fossils, Prof. Herman Burmeister
has been able to present to the scientific world correct pictures of
these large animals, and to found in the Museo Publico of Buenos
Ayres, one of the best collections of this kind. We find these fossil
remains generally in the lowest parts of this formation, and very
rarely at the surface. ‘The best places for finding them are the river-
banks or ‘‘ barraneas.’’ Wide as is the distribution of these fossils,
not only over the whole Argentine Republic and the Republic of
Uruguay, but also further north, to the west as well as to the east,
that is to say, to Bolivia, Peru @nd Brazil, we find them especially
abundant near Buenos Ayres and its neighborhood, including an area
of about twenty leagues. The animals, however, which are repre-
sented by those fossils, lived in the more elevated parts of the coun-
try, and their remains were brought down to the low land by the
currents of the different rivers. The proof of this view is found in
the remains themselves, when we take into consideration the manner
in which they are embedded in the pampa mud. We occasionally
find a whole skeleton together at the same place; of course, in such a
ease the animal has died on the spot where it is found; but more
frequently we find the different parts of the body separated from one
another, and in such a manner that the more solid and compact parts
of the trunk are together, while the external and more easily separa-
ble parts, such as the head, the extremities and the tail, are separated
from the rest, and often are embedded in different strata of this sedi--
ment. This fact shows that the extinction of these animals could

Maack.] 496 [June 1,

never have been the result of a cataclysm, but that it has been pro-
duced in the ordinary way, and that afterwards they were imbedded
in the sediment of the rivers.

To arrive at a true and natural explanation of the origin of this
very extensive formation, we have only to study the different causes
which are now at work upon the configuration of the continent,
namely, river-action and volcanic forces.

Below this pampa mud we find an extensive formation, the marine
character of which is proved by the different remains of sea-animals
which are found in it, namely, marine shells, Echinoderms, Crusta-
ceans and marine fishes. The diluvium covers the greater part of
the Republic, but in consequence of a want of natural sections and
cuts, satisfactory exposures are rarely to be found. This formation
belongs to the Tertiary period and consists of two divisions. The
lower is called, by Alcide D’Orbigny, the “ Systeme guaranien,” and
the upper, the “ Syst#me patagonien.”

The former corresponds to the European lignite formation, and is
developed, particularly on the eastern side of the Rio Paranda, com-
mencing in the Missiones and extending southward to the mouth of
the river Corrientes. This formation consists, in the lower part, of
red, ferruginous sandstone which is covered with a ferruginous lime-
stone, over which layers of gypseous clay are found. These three
parts contain no fossils and belong to the same epoch. In the Uru-
guay Republic, near the city Mercedes, on the Rio Negro, I had an
opportunity of studying the southé™n end of this formation, which is
very well developed at that place; I searched several days for fossils,
but could find none. In the Brazilian province of Rio Grande do
Sul, on the Rio Jacuy, lignite is found in this formation, for which
reason it must be compared with the European lignite-formation.

The geognostical and paleontological character of the upper terti-
ary formation (Systeme patagonien) is very different from that of the
lower division. This formation is also very well developed on the
eastern side of the Parana, and especially in the neighborhood of the
eity of Parand. We find it also in the Uruguay Republic, near Viv-
oras, on the Rio Uruguay, as indicated by the presence of shells
typical of this division, namely, Venus Miinsteri and Ostrea patagon-
ica. In comparison with European sediments this division belongs
to the Molasse formation.

The extent of the tertiary formation over the La Plata States can-
not be determined at present for want of sections; but in boring an

1870.] 427 {Maack.

artesian well at Buenos Ayres it was found at the depth of 280 feet;
and, probably, this tertiary formation extends below the surface to
the Cordilleras. Other sedimentary formations are not known as
yet in the Argentine Republic.

Some volcanic products, namely, Amygdaloid and Melaphyr and
also Granite and Syenite with Gneiss and Amphibclis, are found in
the La Plata States. Southern Brazil, the Uruguay Republic, the
island Martin Garcia at the mouth of the Uruguay, and the chain
near San Piedras, are very rich in these rocks.

Montevideo, or San Felipe puerto del Montevideo, the capital
town of Uruguay, stands upon a promontory which consists of gneiss;
but the ‘‘ Cerro de Montevideo,”’ a conical hill one hundred and fifty
metres high, consists only in the lower and eastern part of gneiss,
the western side and the top being composed of amphibolis which
changes into diabas.

In concluding my paper I will mention one fact which deserves
to be better known to the scientific world. It is the occurrence of
large masses of meteoric-iron in those extensive northern plains which
are called “el Gran Chaco.” ‘These plains lie eastward from the Rio
Salado, and from the 19th degree extend in the Bolivian province
Chiquitos, to the 30th degree of south latitude; and from the 40th
to the 45th degrees of longitude westward from Ferro. The rivers
Pileomayo and Vermejo flow through this country, which at present
belongs neither to Bolivia, to Paraguay, to Brazil nor to the Argen-
tine Republic. Different Indian fribes are still the possessors of this
large territory. To study these Indian tribes and make them more
useful to the Argentine Republic, Mr. Porter Cornelius Bliss, a
North American citizen, was sent to that country, by the govern-
ment, in the month of February, 1863. After his return to Buenos
Ayres he reported to the national government the results of his
investigations. In this valuable report, Mr. Bliss stated that the
ground of the Gran Chaco is covered in several places with large
masses of meteoric-iron. This meteoric-iron contains 10 per cent.
of nickel; that of Macama in Bolivia contains only 2 1-2 per cent.
of nickel. To make the statement of Mr. Bliss more complete, I
will add that a large mass of meteoric-iron, of nearly 30,000 pounds
weight, was found, at the end of the last century, at Otumpa, in
latitude 27° or 28°, about seventy leagues eastward from Santiago.
Mr. Parish, the well-known English traveller, sent, during his stay
in this Republic, a large piece to London, where it is preserved in

Maackj. 428 (June 1,

the British Museum. This meteoric-iron contains, according to an
analysis of Mr. Turner, 93.4 iron, 6.618 nickel and 0.535 cobalt. In
the reign of the Spaniards the manufacture of meteoric-iron was not
permitted, in consequence of which but little attention has been
given to this important subject. To Mr. Bliss belongs the credit of
having brought it to the attention of the government and the scien-
tific world.

The foregoing forms but a short sketch of the present known geol-
ogy of the Argentine Republic which I had intended to present to
the Society. But I hope that the many railroads which aré being
built at present, particularly through mountainous parts of this
Republic, will afford the means of increasing our knowledge of the
geology and paleontology of this country, as they have of Europe,
Asia and North America.

Mr. Edward Pickering, Dr. C. F. Winslow, Messrs. C. J.
Sprague, R. C. Greenleaf, and W. H. Niles were appointed a
committee of nomination, and were requested to present at
the next meeting, a candidate for the office of President,
made vacant by the resignation of Professor Jeffries Wyman.

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.

Page 94. Figure of cranium and jaws of cyclopean pig.

Page 108. Figure of Pedipes naticoides. ~

Page ll7. Figure of Nassa fretensis.

Page 150. Figure of Astarte lutea.

Page 407. Figure of wing and scales of Amphientomum Hagenii.
Plate to illustrate asymmetry in the appendages of hexapod insects.

ERRATA.

Page 85, line i4. For MALE read FEMALE.

Page 126, lines8 and 9. Omit Vivipara decisa Gill, Proc. Phil. Acad.
Page 148, lines 24 and 25. For Totteniana read Tottenia.

Page 221, lines5and8. For Rutulus read Eurymedon.

Page 169, line 22. For Cabenodes read Caberodes.

Page 284, line 25. Insert comma between consolidated and at.

INDEX TO VOL. XIII.

Acarus, 263.

Acidalia 5-linearia, 389.

Californiaria, 390.
granitaria, 390.
Pacificaria, 391.
rubromarginaria, 391.
sideraria, 389.

Acmeide, 127. vs

AGassiz, ALEX. Notes on Beaver
Dams, 101 ; on the habits of a few
Echinoderms, 104.

Agassiz, Louis. Thanks of the Society
for his address at the Humboldt cele-
bration, 137. :

ALLEN, J. A. On the Mammals of
lowa, 178; notes on Massachusetts
Reptiles and Batrachians, 260 ; traus-
ferred from department of ornithology
to that of reptiles and fishes, 415.

Alixia myosotis, 131.

Amnicola limosa, 124.

porata, 124.

Amphientomum, species of, discovered
in Brunswick, Me., 272.

Amphientomum Hagenii, 405.

Amycla dissimilis, 113.

Gouldiana, 118.

lunata, 113.
Anachis avara, 113.
Auncylus fuscus, 185.

rivularis, 135.

Anisopteryx ? strigataria, 84.

Anisopteryx strigularia, 170.

Anguisperma alternata, 128.

Angulus polita, 145.

tenera, 144.

Anodonta cataracta, 155.

Anomia ephippium, 160.

Anura, 263.

Arcade, 157.

Arctomys monax, 190.

Argentine Republic, geological sketch
of, 417.

Argina pexata, 157.

Arion hortensis, 131.

Arvicola austera, 194.

pinetorum, 194.
riparius, 198.

Ascidia manhattensis, 160.

Astarte lutea, 150.

ATWoop, Cart. N. HE. Broken skull of
a walrus from the Gulf of St. Law-
rence, 220.

Aulacodiscus oreganus, 195.

Auriculide, 131

Azelina Behrensaria, 386.
Hubneraria, 386.

Baptria Californiata, 404.
BARNARD, JAMES M. Elected to nomi-
nating committee, 209.
Beaver Dams, Notes on, 101.
Bittium Greenii, 127.
nigrum, 126.
Blarina brevicauda, 187.
Blothrus, 264.
Boarmia Californiaria, 387.
clivinaria, 387.
Boreus Californicus, 408.
Bos Americanus, 186.
Bovide, 186.
Brachiopoda, their position in the ani-
mal kingdom, 416.
Brachydontes hamatus, 156.
plicatula, 156.
Brewer, T. M. Remarks on unspotted
grows eggs, 188; on nest of the oriole,
BrigHAM, W. T. Description of two
meteorites, 412; on a deposit of lava,
413; morchella found in Grafton,
Mass., 418; on sequoia gigantea, 413.

- Brown, F. H. On Ferns and Fern

allies from Madeira, 418.

Buffalo, American, 186.

Buffalo, bones of, 136.

Bulfinch St. Fund, 74, 376.

Bulinus hypnorum, 134.

Bulla solitaria, 186.

Bullide, 1386.

BurcGess, EpwarpD. On Dr. Hagen’s
collections of Neuroptera, 416.

BURGESS EDWARD, and SCUDDER, S. H.
On asymmetry in the appendages of
hexapod insects, 282.

By-Laws, alteration of, 281; amend-
ment, 204.

Caberodes marginaria, 169.

Callosamia Promethea, drawing of the
larva of, 205.

Calyptreide, 122.

Campodea Americana, 409.

Canide, 181.

Canis latrans, 181.

lupus, 181.

Cardiadz, 150.

Cardium pinnulatum, 150.

Carychium exiguum, 181.

Castor fiber, 190.

Cellularia turrita, 161.

Celuta amoena, 261.

Cephalopoda, 161.

Cerithiadez, 126.

Cerithiopsis Emersoni, 117.

Cervide, 134.

Cervus canadensis, 154.
virginianus, 186.

Cheiridium, 264.

Chelifer, 264.

Chelignathus, 267.

Chernes, 268.

Chernetide, 268.

Chesias occidentaliata, 404.

Chick, with supernumerary legs, 78.

Cherodes zgrotata, 382
Cherodes nubilata, 381.
Chthonius, 268.
Cidaria 4-punctata, 402.
Cidaria leoninata, 401.
multilineata, 408.
nubiliata, 400.
mancipata, 400.
rubro-suffusata, 402.
subochreata, 400.
Cingula levis, 124.
Cleora pulchraria, 170.
Clidiophora trilineata, 143.
COMMUNICATIONS, VERBAL, BY
Atwood, N. E., 220.
Brewer, 1. M., 138, 411.
Brigham, W. T., 412, 413
Brown, F. H., 418.
Dall, W. H., 136. 188, 164, 171.
Hagen, H., 164, 205.
Hyatt, A., 417.
Jackson, C. T., 172, 412.
Jeffries, B. J., 208.
Mann, B. P., 207.
Minot, C.S., 416.
Niles, W. H., 280, 414.
Pickering, C., 417.
Purdie, H. A., 93.
Sanborn, F. G., 205, 207, 416.
Scudder, S. H., 167, 206, 276.
Shaler, N. S., 136, 172.
Sprague, P. S., 207.
Stodder, C., 195, 236. 411.
Waterston, R. C., 98.
Whitney, W. F., 277.
Wyman, J., 78.

COMMUNICATIONS, WRITTEN, BY

Agassiz, A., 101, 104.
Allen, J. A., 178, 260.
Burgess, Edward, 282.
Coues, Elliott, 78, 98, 108.
Dall, W. H., 240.
Edwards, A. M., 209.
Hagen, H., 268.

Maack, G. A., 417.
Minot, C.S., 169, 282.
Packard, A. S., 381, 405.
Perkins, G. H., 109, 139.
Putnam, F. W., 236.
Scudder, S. H., 221, 272, 282.

Shaler, N. S., 167, 195, 222, 277.

Stearns, R. EH. C., 108.
Trouvelot, L., 258.
Condylura cristata, 187.

430

Constitution, Alteration of Art. V.,
280: change in Art. VI, of, 415.
Corbula contracta, 148.
Coremia Californiata, 398.
convallaria, 398.
defensaria, 328.
plebeculata, 398.
propugnata, 398.
Cee americanus, unspotted eggs of,

Cours Exxtiorr, A.M., M.D. Ona
chick with supernumerary legs, 78;
observations on the marsh hare (Lepus
palustris), 86; notice of a Cyclopean
pig, 93; osteology and myology of
Didelphys virginiana, with appendix
by Jetfries Wyman, M. D., 108.

Courtis Fund, 7], 378.

Crassivenus mercenaria, 147.

Crepidula convexa, 122.

fornicata, 122.
unguiformis, 123.

Crocodile (C.acutus), the head of a,
obtained in the Miami River, 78.

Cumingia tellinoides, 146.

Custodian, Annual Report of, 1, 307.

Cylichna oryza, 135

Cyrenidz, 152.

Cyrtopleura truncata, 139.

Cytheria Sayii, 147.

DatLt, W. H. On bones of the buffalo
and musk ox found in Yucon, 135;
alluvial deposits of the Yucon River,
138; the distribution of marine ani-
mals, 164; insect seen in Alaska in
winter, 171; Revision of the classifi-
cation of the mollusca of Massachu.-
setts, 240.

Department Committees, members
elected, 415.

Diatomacez, Notes on, 209.

Dichela, 268

Didelphys Virginiana. Osteology and
Myology of, 108, 194.

Didelphide, 194.

Didemnium, 160.

EDWARDS, ARTHUR MEAD. Notes on

Diatomacez, 209.
Ellopia Californiaria, 384.

? placeraria, 384.
Ensatella ensis, 144.
Entomology, Lectures on, 277.
Escharina lineata, 161.
variabilis, 161.
Eubolia custodiata, 404.
Encarpus, 269.
Eudamus Bathyllus, 207.
Pylades, 207.

EKuleptorhamphus longirostris, note on

the occurrence of, on the coast of

Massachusetts, 236.
Euleptorhamphus macrorhynchus, 239.
Eupithecia Nevadata, 395.

° rotundopuncta, 395.
subapicata, 396.

Eupleura caudata, 1138.
Eurynia nasuta, 154.

431

Eye, physiology of the, in regard to ac-
commodation,

F°x N, WALTER, elected member of
the section of Entomology, 263.
Felidz, 181,
Felis concolor, 181.
Ferns and fern allies from Madeira, 413.
Fiber zibethicus, 194.
Fidonia avuncularia, 395.
bicoloraria, 83.
Faxonii, 83, 171.
Fredericella regina, 161.
Fulgur carica, 114.

Gasteropoda, 162.
Geomys bursarius, 190.
lage drifts in eastern Massachusetts,
196.
Glacial moraines of the Charles River
valley, near Watertown, note on, 277.
Gorytodes uncanaria, 395.
Grapta, two distinct, species of, 276.
Gyraulus deflectus, 133.
dilatatus, 133.
hirsutus, 134.
parvus, 184.

Hacen, Dr. H. On the improvement
of the microscope, 164; criticism of
Neuroptera in Dr. Packard’s Guide,
205; termes, 206 ; synopsis Pseudoscor-

ionidum synonymica, 2638.
alia cineraria, 392.
marcescaria, 392.

Harris, T. W. Manuscript vols. of, 167.

Hastula, 121.

Helicide, 128.

Helicodiscus lineata, 129.

Hemimactra solidissima, 146.

Hesperomys leucopus, 192.

michiganensis, 193.

Heterolocha Edwardsata, 358.

HUMBOLDT, Committee on celebrating

the Centennial Anniversary of the
birth of, 93; portrait and autograph
letter of, 1837; scholarship, 168; schol-
arship, vote of thanks and acceptance
of fund for, 220.
Hyalina ‘arborea, 128.
electrina, 128.
Hyatt, A. On Mr. Morse’s reclassifica-
tion of the Brachiopods, 417.
Hydrobiine, 124.
Hyla squirella, 261.
Hypsipetes Californiata, 896.
5-fasciata, 397.
nubilofasciata, 398.

Ilyanassa obsoleta, 116.

Iowa, the mammals of, 178.
Isthmia ovata, 130. °
2 ventricosa, 130.

JAcKsoN, Dr. C.T. Native Carbonate
of Magnesia from Greece, California,
Maryland and Kansas, 172; on mete-
orites, 412.

Jaculus hudsonius, 192.

JEFFRIES, B. Joy, M.D. On accommo-
dation in the eye, 208.

Kellia planulata, 152.

Lacuna vincta, 125.

Lamellibranchiata, 139, 162.

Lampsilis radiata, 155.

Lava, a deposit of, in Arizona, 413.

Larentia implicata, 395.

Lasiurus cinereus, 187.

noveboracensis, 187.

Lectures on Entomology, 277.

Ledide,. 158.

Lepidoptera, American. Pt. I. Geomet-

ride, 83.
Pt. II. Phale-
nide, 169.

Lepidoptera from Milford, N. H., 416.

Leporide, 194.

Lepus Callotis, 88.

palustris, observations on the, 86.
sylvaticus, 87, 194.

Letters received during the year ending
April 30, 1869, 32; the year ending
April 30, 1870, 329.

Leucochila armifera, 130.

pentodon, 130.

Levicardium Mortoni, 150.

Library, additions to, during the year
ending April 30, 1869, 36; April 380,
1870, 334.

Limax agrestis, 130.

campestris, 130.
flavus, 180.

Lemenitis Proserpina, Description of
the male of, by C. P. Whitney, 85.

Limneide, 182.

Lingula, in the Feejee islands, 417.

Liocyma Beckii, 257.

Sluctuosa, 256.

Littorina zrrorata, 125.

palliata, 125.
rudis, 125.

Loligo punctata, 111.

Lunatia heros, 118.

Lunatia triseriata, 118.

Lutra canadensis, 183.

Lymnophysa desidiosa, 132.

umbrosa, 132.

Lynx rufus, 181.

Lyonsia hyalina, 148.

Maack,G.A. Geological sketch of the
Argentine Republic, 417.

Macaria Californiaria, 392.

Macoma fusca, 145.

Mactride, 146.

Magnesia, native carbonate of, 172.

Malacoclemmys palustris, 260.

Mann, B. P. Carabus Chamissonis, 207.

Margaritana undulata, 155.

Martesia cuneiformis, 140.

Massachusetts, on the system in the
physical features of, 414.

MAYNARD, C.F. Capture by, of three
specimens of the rare Tennessee warb-
ler in Newton, Mass., 98.

Meeting, Annual, 1, 307.

432

MEETINGS of the General Society, 1;
78, 86, 98, 108, 188, 139, 167, 172, 178,
194, 196, 208, 220, 221, 286, 276, 277, 307,
411, 416.

Meerines of the Section of Entomol-
ogy, 83, 169, 205, 282, 416. .

MEETINGS of the Section of Microseopy,
164, 195, 235, 277, 411.

Melampus bidentatus, 131.

Melantho decisa, 126.

Membranipora tenuis, 161.

Menetus exacutus, 133.

MEMBERS CORRESPONDING. Election of.
Baldamus, Dr. E., 379.
Capellini, John, 108.
Carling, E. B., 108.
Higginson, T. W., 108.
Playfair, R. L., 379.
Trumbull, W. P., 379.

MEMBERS Honorary. Election of.

Baird, Spencer F., 108.

MEMBERS RESIDENT. Election of.
Avery, Charles E., 276.
Barnard, Charles, 276.
Bixby, G. H., M. D.. 108.
Blake, Clarence F., M. D., 276.
Blake, James H., 194.

Bliss, Richard, Jr., 194.
Bocher, Prof. Ferdinand, 108.
Brewster, William, 108.
Child, George F., 195.
Childs, A. A., 195.

Clapp. Frederic A., 194.
Crandall, A. R., 194.
Deane, Charles, 108.

Deane, Ruthven, 108.
Everett, Francis E., 277.
Fisk, D. M., 195.

Fontarire, Emile, 195.
Fuller, Timothy O., 194.
Knapp, Arthur M., 277.
Lynch, Charles F., 277.
Maack, Dr. G. A., 194.
Maynard, Charles J., 195.
Nutter, Frank H., 195.
Perkins, E. A., M. D., 276.
Pettee, Otis, 276.

Rawson, Edward, 108.
Richards, L. S., 276.
Shailer, Robert A., 195.
Smith, Charles C., 277.
Staehli, Dr. Francis R., 194.
Thayer, Hollis, 195.
Thorndike, John H., 195.
Tobey, E. S., 108.

Tobey, P.S., 108.
Wellington, Charles A., 277.
Wheildon, Frederic W., 194.
Whitney, Wm. F., 195.
Whiton, David, 277.

Wood, Charles G., 277.

MrEMBERS. Section of Microscopy,

election of.
Niles, W. H., 277.
Burgess, Edward, 277.
Childs, G. F.,

Mephitis mephitica, 183.

Mesodon albolabris, 128.

Metanema cervinaria, 386.

forficaria, 387.

Meteorites, description of, 412.

Microlabis, 269.

Microscope, improvement of the, 164.

Minot, C. S. American Lepidoptera, I,
Geometride Lat., 83; American Lepi-
doptera, II, Phalznidz, 169.

MIxTER, GEO, elected member of sec-
tion of microscopy, 236.

Modiola, 156.

Modiola modiolus, 157.

Molgula arenata, 160.

Mollusca. Revision of the classification
of, 240.

Molluscan fauna of New Haven, Part I,
Cephalopoda and Gasteropoda, 108 ;
Part II, Acephala and Bryozoa, 129.

Morchella, found in Grafton, Mass.,
413.

Morse, Epwarp §S. Course of Lec-
tures, 154; on the position of the Bra-
chiopoda in the animal kingdom, 416.

Mulinea lateralis, 146

Muridez, 192.

Museum, additions to, 63, 363; Birds,
63; birds nests and eggs, 64; botany,
66; crustacea and worms, 66; fishes,
64; geology, 67; insects, 64; micros-
copy, 67; mammals and comparative
anatomy, 63; mineralogy, 67; palezon-
tology, 67; radiates, sponges, etc., 66:
reptiles, 64; shells, 66.

Museum of Comparative Zoology; vote
of thanks for, and acceptance of fund
for Humboldt scholarship, 220.

Musk ox, bones of, 186.

Mustelide, 183.

Mya arenaria, 142.

Mycticejus crepuscularis, 187.

Myriapoda, 409.

Mytilus edulis, 155.

Naia complanatus, 154.

Nassa fretensis, 117.

Naticidz, 118.

Nemoria faseolaria, 389.

Neuroptera, 405.

Neristoma columella, 133.

Neuroptera, On Dr. Hagen’s collections
of, 416: rare American, 405.

Neverita duplicata, 118.

New Haven, Molluscan fauna of, 108, 139.

NILES, W. H. Ona terminal moraine in
Watertown, 280; on system in the phys-
ical features of Mass., 414.

Nisoniades, the Lepidopterous genus, 282.

Brizo, 289

Ennius, 296.

funeralis, 293.

HAoratius, 301.

Icelus, 288.

juvenalis, 297.

Lucilius, 287.

Martialis, 291.

Ovidius, 295.

Perseus, 286.

?

433

Nisoniades, Plautus, 304.
Propertius, 298.
Terentius, 292.
Tibullus, 299.
tristis, 303.
Virgilius, 302.
Nobert, resolution of 17th band of test
plate, 236.
Nominating Committee, appointment of,
428; report of, 77, 379.
Nucula proxima, 158.
radiata, 158.
Nudibranchiata, 162.

Obisium, 269.
Odostomia bisuturalis, 119.
dealbata, 120.
fusca, 120.
impressa, 120.
producta, 120.
seminuda, 120.
trifida, 120.
Officers, election of, 380.
Ophidia, 262.
Oriole, nest made of Spanish moss, 411.
Orpheus Musical Association, vote of
thanks to, 187.
Ostrea borealis, 159.
virginica, 159.
Ovulide, 122.

PackaRD, A.S.,JR., M.D. Discovered
species of amphientomum, 272; Cata-
logue of the Phalzenide of California,
3881; rare American Neuroptera, 405.

Paine, J. K., vote of thanks to, 187.

Paludinide, 126.

Panagra flavo-fasciata, 394.

Papilio Hurymedon, description of the
larva and chrysalis of, 221.

Pauropus Lubbockii, 409.

Pecten irradians, 159.

Pectinatella magnifica, 161.

Pedipes, on a new species of, from Tampa
Bay, Florida, 108.

Pelorus, 271.

PERKINS, G. H., PH.D. Molluscan
fauna-of New Haven, 108, 189. .

Peronea tenta, 145.

Peitricola dactylus, 149.

pholadiformis, 149.

Phalenide, 169.

Phalenide of California, catalogue of
the, 381. 3

Phalangium, 271.

Pholadide, 189.

Phosphate beds of South Carolina, 222.

Physa ancillaria, 134.

heterostropha, 134.

PICKERING, Dr. C. On Lingula, 417.

Pig cyclopean, notice of a, 93.

Pisidium abditum, 1538.

eequilaterale, 153.
compressum, 153.
variabile, 153.
virginicum, 154.

Planorbella campanulatus, 183.

Planorbis lentus, 183.

Planorbula armigera, 134.

Plestiodon fasciatus, 260.

PROCEEDINGS B.S. N. H.—VOL. XIV.

Pleurotoma brunnea, 121.
cerinum, 121.

Plumatella, 161.

Polymerosomata, 271.

Polyzoa, 161.

Pomatropsis lapidaria, 124.

Pratt fund, 76, 878.

Prize Committee, report of, 379.

Procyon lotor, 184.

Psectra dipterus, 407.

Pseudohyalina exigua, 129.

minuscula, 129.

Pseudoscorpio, 271.

Pseudoscorpionidum synonymica, synop-
sis, 263.

Pteromys volucella, 189.

Putnam, F. W. Note on the occurrence
of Euleptorhamphus longirostris on
the coast of Massachusetts, 236.

Putorius ermineus, 183.

lutreolus, 188.
vulgaris, 188.
Pyramidellide, 119.

Reports of the curator of articulates, 27;
curator of birds’ nests and eggs, 17;
department of botany, 39; curator of
conchology, 27; custodian, 1; curator
of entomology, 27; curator of geology,
30; curator of herpetology, 26; curator
of ichthyology, 26; lecture committee,
8; curator of mammals and compara-
ative anatomy, 16; department of mi-
croscopy, 29; curator of mineralogy,
80; curator of ornithology, 16; publi-
cation committee, 9; prize committec,
379; curator of Radiata, 29.

Report, Annual, of Custodian, 1, 307; of
Nominating Committee, 77, 379; of the
Treasurer, 68, 870; of the Trustees of
the Trust Funds, Bulfinch Street fund,
74, 876; Courtis fund, 71, 3738; Pratt
Fund, 76, 378; Walker Fund, 73, 375;
Walker Prize and special expense fund,
72, 374; Wolcott Fund, 75, 377.

Reptiles and Batrachians of Massachu-
setts, notes on, 260.

Rissoa aculeus, 1238.

minuta, 124.

Rissoella eburnea, 124.

SANBORN, F. G. Drawing of the larva
of Callosamia Promethea, 205; insects
captured in winter, 207: course of Lec-
tures on Entomology, 277; on lepidop-
tera from Milford, N. H.,416; on Ter-
mes flavipes, 416.

Sauria, 262.

SakXicava arctica, 142.

Scalaria lineata, 119.

multistriata, 119.

Scalops argentatus, 187.

Scaphaica transversa, 157.

Sciurus carolinensis, 188.

hudsonius, 188.
’ ludovicianus, 188.

Sciuride, 188.

Scorpio, 271.

Scorpionidea, 272.

Scotophilus fuscus, 187. ;

28 APRIL, 1871.

Scotophilus georgianus, 187.
noctivagans, 187.
Scotosia Californiata, 399.
hesitata, 399.

ScUDDER SAMUEL H., and Epwarp
Burecess. On asymmetry in the ap-
pendages of hexapod insects, 282.

ScuppER, S. H. Mss. of T. W. Harris,
167; genital armature of Lepidoptera,
206; descriptions of the lava and chys-
alis of Papilio Eurymedon of Califor-
nia, 221; synonomy of Thecla calanus,
272; annual report of custodian, 307;
ueauke and Life membership voted to,

19.
Section, a new, 204.
Selidosema Californiaria, 394.
feeminaria, 395.
juturnaria, 394.

Sequoia gigantea, description and photo-
graphs of, 413.

SHALER, N.S. On changes in the geo-
graphical distribution of the American
buftalo, 186; occurrence of the remains
of Tarandus rangifer Gray, at Big Bone
Lick, Kentucky, 167; on the relations
of the rocks in the vicinity of Boston,
172; on the parallel ridges of drift in
Eastern Massachusetts, with remarks
on the glacial period, 196; phosphate
beds of South Carolina, 222; Note
on glacial moraines of the Charles
River valley near Watertown, 277.

Siliqua costata, 144.

Simuia uniplicatula, 122.

Solecurtidz, 144.

Solenide, 144.

Solenomya velum, 152:

Sorecidz, 187.

Sorex Cooperii, 187.

Spermophilus Franklini, 189.

tridecem-lineatus, 189.

Spherium partumeium, 153.

securis, 158.
solidulum, 153.
sulcatum, 152.

SPRAGUE, C.J. Declining to be of the
nominating committee, 209.

STEARNS, Rost. E. C. On a new spe-
cies of Pedipes from Tampa Bay, Flor-
ida, 108.

Stenotrema hirsuta, 128.

monodon, 128.

STODDER, C. On Aulacodiscus oreganus,
195; a new Tolles objective, 286; on
section of tiger wood, 411.

Strobila labyrinthica, 129.

Succinea avara, 129.

ovalis, 129.

Sycotypus canaliculatus, 115.

Synchlora liquoraria, 389.

Talnide, 187.

Tainias striatus, 189.

Tarandus rangifer, the remains of, at Big
Bone Lick, Ky., 167.

Taxidea Americana, 188.

Tectura testudinalis, 127.

Pcllinide, 144,

434

Tennessee warbler, three specimens of,
captured in Newton, by C. F. May-
nard, 93.

Tephrina haliata, 393.

Lorquiniaria, 394.
marmorata, 893.
monicaria, 394.
muscariata, 3938.

Tephrosia Californiaria, 388.
JSerruginosaria, 888.
Sumataria, 84.

Terebride, 121.

Teredidez, 140.

Teredo navalis, 141.

Termes flavipes, on the habits of, 416.

Testudinata, 262.

Tetracis egrotata, 384.

Tetracis trianguliferata, 384.

Tetracis truxaliata, 384.

Thecla calanus, synonomy of, 272.

Thysanura, 409.

Tiger wood, section of, 411.

Tillandsia usneoides, structure of hairs
borne by the seeds of, 277.

Tolles, Mr., a new objective of, 236.

Tomatella puncto-striata, 135.

Tolteniana, gemma, 148.

Treasurer’s report, 68, 370.

Triforis nigrocincta, 118.

Tritia trivittata, 115.

TrouveLor L. On the tendency of
Trees to bend toward the east, 258.

Tunicata, 160.

Turbonilla interrupta, 121.
nivea, 121.

Unionide, 154.

Urodela, 263.

Urosalpinx cinereus, 112.
Ursidz, 184.

Ursus arctos, 184,

Utriculus canaliculatus, 136.

Vallonia minuta, 129.
Valvata sincera, 126.
tricarinata, 126.
Veneride, 147.
Vespertilionide, 186.
Vespertilio subulatus, 187.
Vulpes velox, 182.
virginianus, 182.
vulgaris, 182.

Walker fund, 78, 375.

Walker prize and special expense fund,
72, 374.

Walrus, broken skull of, from Gulf of
St. Lawrence, 220.

WATERMAN, Dr. THOMAS, JR. Chosen
curator of mammals and comparative
anatomy, 204.

WATERSTON, Rev. R. C. On the ap-
proaching centennial anniversary of
the birth of Humboldt, 93; letter, pre-
senting portrait and autograph letter
of Humboldt, 137.

WHITNEY C. P. Description of the
male of Limenitis Proserpina, 85.

435

Wuiryey, W.F. Structure or hairs of Xylotrya palmulata, 141.
ee ee Sencoides, 27. Yoldia limatula, 158.
Wowk corns LD. Onthe heaq Y¥Con River, alluvial deposits of, 138.
of a crocodile, C. Acutus, obtained in ZERRAHN, CARL. Vote of thanks to,
the Miami River, 78. 137.

S
S

oe
_

NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYYy

y
@

INSTIT!

S

ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

NVINOSHLINS
SMITHSONIAN
NVINOSHLIWS
NVINOSHLIWS

‘Ss

VLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYEIT LIBRARIES

SW

ARIES SMITHSONIAN

NOILNLILSNI

NOILNLILSNI
NOILALILSNI

INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS $314

v4

NLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYdEIT LIBRARIES

-

S3INVUGIT LIBRARIES

INSTITUTION
SW =
NN
SY
INSTITUTION

INSTITUTION

SMITHSONIAN INSTIT

NVINOSHLIWNS S3IuY

*

RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI

NVINOSHLINS S3I1YVual) LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

SMITHSONIAN

NVINOSHLIWS
SMITHSONIAN
SMITHSONIAN

Ww) > ep) — : ”
LW = lu Pe KS ww
< 5; = < = \ Ss
a 4 Me YQ =
faa) = jaa) a . co
a O = O ure
al =z aul ae eee . aed
S3IYVYUgI1T LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTIT
i z Dy, Zz G a
w = ow = w
20 Ee _ i Be
=D | ee) ,
a - 2 =v
m = a pe rm
wn = a = 22)

RARITIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYY

Z Z g g Sg
: : : 2 2g
8 2 8 °g 3
= is =, = ey 7
2 = 2 >- = =
= Matea eae Bs ie ! Hp =
_NVINOSHLINS S31YVYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTIT
2 a Z ss aa
7) - =
= ce al pa al
aay) VX = c+
2 SY : : =
= NYA 4 oa =
= | “A ny 2 oF : 2 a
RAR I ES _ SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION OLAS eS S31 uN
S os S ~ ge
FE in e ae ze
=) cm = = 5
I > E = =
FRE i a oe °) =

JES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3luvug

” Fa ” Zz ”
= < = | < = j
N = = = i —|
VE 2 8 g g
Salle: = = = 2
Se =) aS > = >
N an ee. Cee ay Fa 77) Zz
LS en slieael ae lyYVuYg PT BRARI ES ,SMITHSONIAN INSTITUT!
ok , uu < uu LE oe
i = g - Yi, ®
= .. ee =~ es Y aw
<i € a oe 7. S
fe ; : Boe
: ay 2
-1ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION SSIYVUE
= = i =
Ss) | O = O
a es) = w ae
Se a 5 a =
Ky aa fe alg
= = E = C
a. z a 2
pee NS SS lyYVvug fees BRARI ES , SMITHSONIAN
= = Pek = <
po S = ws Wi S = 5
a: YG 2 @ ®
Bice z tig = 2 =
> e
oe Zz a . 2 =
ee SAN INSTITUTION NOILLNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVUE
— & ” oS op) WJ WY ri
aie = oc a CE ox
<x} < 4 SK <.
‘ ce MAN AY NY
he = es =e NN =
| i ae Z } es Zz a se
ISNI_NVINOSHLIWS SSIYVYHYEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTI
at e ay a oe i
es) = = ty
2 a on es YY a
> = > Whip >
i = Uo ff
2 = 2 aE el ie
em ah ™ = m
1ES SMITHSONIAN i. . :
1ES | SMITHSONIAN NVINOSHLINS S31uWuE
PE ” a WY
= < < < = big
WE: = Wes = Vt
\2 2 8 8 8 Ot
x. 2 be Fas = > Mf fp’
_* > = \ = = >
LSNI_NVIN Ssaluvegia. of IAN 7
NVI OSHLINS SSIYVYEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTI

NOILNLILSNI

NOILNLILS
NOILNLILSNI

RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3I1YVus

AS
e
-
~

Pp,

lYVYaIT LIBRARIES
luvuail LIBRARIES

SATION
tN
TITUTION
Uy
g
TITUTION